Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

43rd Annual Convention; Denver, CO; 2017

Program by Day for Monday, May 29, 2017


 

Special Event #367
Tai Chi for Health and Relaxation
Monday, May 29, 2017
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Chair: Jill L. Basso (Desert Sage Tai Chi)

Tai Chi Chuan is a slow-moving, meditative exercise good for health, relaxation, and self-defense. Tai chi is known primarily for its health benefits and promote longevity. Participants will be introduced to tai chi postures and principles of the Yang Tai Chi form, meditation in movement and postures to enhance internal energy (qi) flow in the body. For a weekend full of sedentary activities and intellectual challenges, Tai Chi can assist with relaxation of the mind and body. Please wear loose and comfortable clothes.

 
 
Special Event #368
ABAI Business Meeting
Monday, May 29, 2017
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Convention Center 301
Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: M. Jackson Marr (President, Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Panelists: RONNIE DETRICH (Practice Board Coordinator), MARIA E. MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer, Association for Behavior Analysis International), MARK A. MATTAINI (Program Board Coordinator), M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Science Board Coordinator), MICHAEL PERONE (Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board Coordinator), ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Publications Board Coordinator), WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (Membership Board Coordinator), STEVEN WOOLF (Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator)
Abstract:

This is an annual ABAI business meeting where the leadership of the association will provide an update of ongoing activities and major developments. Attendees will learn from ABAI's president the direction of the ABAI council and from ABAI's CEO the status of finances and administration. Attendees will also hear from the board coordinators including Science, Education, Practice, Program, Membership, Affiliated Chapters, and Publications.

Instruction Level: Basic
RONNIE DETRICH (Practice Board Coordinator)
MARIA E. MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer, Association for Behavior Analysis International)
MARK A. MATTAINI (Program Board Coordinator)
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Science Board Coordinator)
MICHAEL PERONE (Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board Coordinator)
ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Publications Board Coordinator)
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (Membership Board Coordinator)
STEVEN WOOLF (Affiliated Chapters Board Coordinator)
Keyword(s): Business Meeting
 
 
Paper Session #369
Computational Analysis of Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:20 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom A
Area: EAB
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Don (Yuhan) Li (The University of Auckland)
 
The Computational Analysis of Behaviour: Multivariate Models of Behaviour
Domain: Theory
DON (YUHAN) LI (The University of Auckland)
 
Abstract: In Skinner’s (1950) view, a study of behaviour investigates the relationship between experimentally controlled variables and the likelihood of response. Skinner proposed that the canonical datum for indexing the likelihood of response ought to be response rate. However, one may argue that response rates do not dominate all other dependent variables for indexing the likelihood of response. Although contemporary behaviour analysis places less emphasis on rates, models of behaviour typically only account for one type of dependent variable. This constrains those theories to particular dimensions of behaviour. An alternative approach is to construct a multivariate model that links environmental variables to a constellation of dependent variables to produce a more general account of “behaviour”. Computational models of behaviour form a class of models that have this multivariate property. These models output punctuate responses and as a result, almost any arbitrary dependent variable may be calculated. Hence, a computational model allows one to make statements about behaviour in general. The present paper outlines the Computational Analysis of Behaviour and provides an illustration of multi-objective optimisation with Catania’s Operant Reserve (Catania, 2005).
 
 
 
Paper Session #370
Using Technology in Support of Practice
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:20 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: PRA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Rex Jakobovits (University of Washington; Experiad Solutions)
 
Field Test of Novel Therapy Management Software for Model-Based Intervention
Domain: Service Delivery
REX JAKOBOVITS (University of Washington; Experiad Solutions), Radu Bocirnea (Experiad Solutions), Stacey L. Shook (Northwest Behavior Associates; Washington Association for Behavior Analysis)
 
Abstract: Electronic data collection systems can help improve the efficiency of ABA practice, but the majority of providers still use paper methods. Through a large grant from the National Institute of Mental Health, we have developed and tested a new type of therapy management software called Motivity, which takes a novel approach to constructing and delivering ABA programs by allowing interventionists to define their teaching models using a high level markup language. A cloud-based application server generates individualized programs from the encoded models. This greatly streamlines the authoring and maintenance of program libraries, and enables a far more agile teaching process. The Motivity prototype was deployed to Northwest Behavioral Associates (NBA) for a 2-week field test to determine feasibility. Ten NBA staff members and seven families with children with autism were recruited to participate. NBA staff were able to successfully encode 37 out of 49 programs (76%), implementing a wide range of measures and mastery criteria. Staff then used Motivity to conduct therapy sessions two weeks, for a total of 31 sessions (81 hours). Staff were able to successfully perform 97% of data collection in the Motivity-enabled programs. All participants reported that Motivity provided sufficient expressiveness, improved efficiency, and increased speed of progress.
 
 
 
Symposium #371
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Structured, yet Flexible, Approaches to Teaching Receptive and Expressive Labels for Children Diagnosed With ASD
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Discussant: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Joseph H. Cihon, M.S.
Abstract:

Two components of discrete trial teaching (DTT) that have garnered attention of researchers and practitioners alike are prompting strategies and stimulus order and placement of stimuli. This attention has resulted in recommendations for best practice and comparative research. Despite the increase in research and publication of best practice recommendations, numerous questions still require empirical research. This symposium includes two papers which examine the conditions under which DTT is most effective and efficient to teach receptive and expressive language skills. The first presentation discusses the comparison of two different prompting procedures to teach expressive labels for individuals diagnosed with ASD. The second presentation explores effects of stimulus order and placement as it relates to the acquisition of receptive labels for individuals diagnosed with ASD. Practical implications and future research will be discussed. The discussant will provide further considerations on how this research can be used in clinical settings and what is needed in future research.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): counterbalance, DTT, language, prompting
 

The Relative Effectiveness and Efficiency of Flexible Prompt Fading and No-No-Prompting to Teach Expressive Labels to Children Diagnosed With ASD

(Service Delivery)
JEREMY ANDREW LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Multiple prompting systems are available to the practitioner to teach expressive labels. Comparative studies provide the practitioner with information about the strengths and weaknesses of different prompting systems. This information can be invaluable when selecting a system that may work the best for each learner. This study compared the relative effectiveness and efficiency of no-no prompting to flexible prompt fading (FPF) for teaching expressive labels for children diagnosed with ASD. An adapted alternating treatment design was used to compare the two procedures and a concurrent chains schedule was used to assess the participants preference for the two procedures. The results are discussed in the context of practice and future research directions.

 

Evaluating the Effects of Stimulus Order and Placement to Teach Receptive Labels for Children Diagnosed With ASD

(Applied Research)
Aditt Alcalay (Autism Partnership Foundation), JULIA FERGUSON (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Some have recommended counterbalancing the array of stimuli (i.e., target and non-target stimuli) and the order of targets when using discrete trial teaching to teach receptive labels (e.g., Grow & LeBlanc, 2013). Although this method of counterbalancing has been referred to as best practice (Grow & LeBlanc, 2013, p. 58), it remains unclear if counterbalancing leads to improved learning, maintenance, and/or generalization. The present study compared the acquisition of receptive labels across three teaching conditions (i.e., counterbalance, fixed, and teachers choice). The counterbalanced condition consisted of arranging the stimuli based on best practice recommendations (Grow & LeBlanc, 2013, p. 58). The fixed condition consisted of leaving the stimuli stationary throughout each teaching session. The teachers choice condition consisted of arranging the stimuli however the teacher chose. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the effects of each teaching condition across five children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The results are discussed in the context of practice and future research directions.

 
 
Symposium #373
CE Offered: BACB
Narrow, Rigid, and Verbally-Maintained: Exploring Derived Avoidance and Conditioned Suppression
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jonah David McManus (University of Louisiana in Lafayette)
Discussant: Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Chad Drake, Ph.D.
Abstract: Current conceptualizations of human psychopathology are increasingly including verbally-established avoidance and conditioned suppression as normative, but problematic, processes. It seems that private events like sadness or anxiety are not in-kind pathological. Rather, the human tendency to attempt to manage these experiences is what causes dysfunction. Relational Frame Theory offers an explanation for how, through derived relational responding, novel or previously neutral events can come to exert aversive control, narrowing the repertoire such that avoidance dominates. Continued progress in the development of clinical behavior analytic interventions for human suffering will depend on expanding our understanding of these processes. This symposium includes two presentations exploring facets of aversive control in humans. The first presentation will review a series of studies that serve to demonstrate conditioned suppression in humans. The second presentation will focus on establishing some boundary conditions of derived avoidance. Both papers will include a discussion of methodological and clinical implications of their data. A general discussion will follow.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Avoidance, Conditioned Suppression, DRR, RFT
 

When Repertoires Narrow: Examinations of Conditioned Suppression in Humans

ALYSON GIESEMANN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of North Texas), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael Bordieri (Murray State University)
Abstract:

Aversive control has been implicated in clinical behavior analytic conceptualizations of psychopathology in a number of different forms. Aversive control involves both avoidance and conditioned suppression. Conditioned suppression is when a repertoire narrows under aversive control, such that avoidant behaviors dominate and an organisms positively reinforced behaviors decrease. Likewise, psychopathology is characterized by not only a range of avoidant behaviors, but also a disruption of goal-directed behavior, such that clinical behavior analysis tends to focus on shifting control from aversive to appetitive conditions. Conditioned suppression literature, however, has been directly examined primarily in animal behavior, and has not considered how derived relational responding might allow for transfer of suppression functions. The current paper will present data from a series of studies examining conditioned suppression in humans. Data supports both direct and derived conditioned suppression effects associated with aversive control with humans. Implications for assessment and treatment of psychopathology will be discussed.

 

Simple, Not Easy: An Exploration of the Boundary Conditions of Derived Transfer of Avoidance Functions

REBECCA TACKE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of North Texas), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael Bordieri (Murray State University)
Abstract:

Fear and avoidance characterize psychopathology in a number of different forms. This is purportedly attributable to how readily fear and avoidance functions are arbitrarily transferred to neutral or novel stimuli. In fact, several models within clinical behavior analysis emphasize aversive control through derived relational responding as pivotal in the development and maintenance of problematic behaviors. The clinical assumption that this is readily demonstrated by humans in therapy rooms does not mean, however, that it is easily reproduced in the lab. Multiple studies have demonstrated the transfer of avoidance functions across relational networks. The conditions under which transfer of avoidance functions does and does not occur, however, are not well understood. This paper will describe a series of studies which explore, in an iterative fashion, the boundary conditions of derived transfer of avoidance functions, along with a final successful demonstration of derivation of avoidance functions with apparent experimental control. Implications for continued scientific progress in understanding avoidance-based psychopathology are discussed.

 
 
Panel #374
CE Offered: BACB
Clinical Behavior Analysis: Extending the Field Beyond Intensive Treatment Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Teryn Bruni, Ph.D.
Chair: Teryn Bruni (University of Michigan Health System )
BLAKE M. LANCASTER (University of Michigan Health System)
ANDREW R RILEY (Oregon Health and Science University)
KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute for Genetics and Rehabilitation University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Despite historical professional boundaries drawn between Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Clinical Psychology, behavior analytic principles can be flexibly applied across clinical settings and presenting concerns. This discussion panel will reflect on the current state of the field of clinical behavior analysis in the context of pediatric psychology and integrated primary care psychology. The panel will consist of experts in clinical behavior analysis who work in pediatric outpatient clinics within medical settings. Panelists will discuss many important topics including the use of indirect assessment methods to evaluate behavior function, consultation-based interventions, and the specific intervention strategies used in these settings and how they fall in line with ABA principles and processes. The importance of effective communication with parents and non-behavioral professionals will be discussed, with an emphasis on the importance of fostering collaborative relationships and the use of non-technical language. Finally, the challenges of meeting rigorous assessment and data collection standards that exist in more traditional ABA settings will be discussed along with the importance of demonstrating, through research and practice, the applicability of ABA within the general pediatric population.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): clinical ABA, integrated services, medical settings, pediatric psychology
 
 
Symposium #375
CE Offered: BACB
Start From Where You Are, Use What You Have, and Do What You Can: How the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis Can Broaden Its Influence From Autism to Other Applications
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: CSS/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joel L. Vidovic (The Autism M.O.D.E.L. School)
CE Instructor: Joel L. Vidovic, M.A.
Abstract:

Recent commentary at ABAI Conventions and in behaviorally-based popular media publications has highlighted the focus of applications of behavior analysis in developmental disabilities, particularly autism. While there is much to be said about the large-scale potential of our science and the value in diversification of our field, there is also much to be gained from the strong footing that we currently hold in organizations serving individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Within these organizations we may be likely to find real-life laboratory settings in which we can begin to conduct research in other areas of social interest including but not limited to environmental sustainability, leader-employee engagement, influence of values on behavior, factors impacting unemployment rates and social justice, and the expansion and development of educational technology that utilizes our science to improve the learning of individuals with and without autism. This symposium will provide 3 data-based presentations outlining work that has been done within such a setting- a public charter school serving individuals with autism in Toledo, OH.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism Employment, Educational Technology, Environmental Sustainability, Leadership Behavior
 

Leader Communication and Employee Values: Influence on Performance of Environmentally Relevant Behaviors

(Applied Research)
JULIA H. FIEBIG (ABA Global Initiatives, LLC; Ball State University)
Abstract:

The importance of effective leadership practices in context of anthropogenic climate change is well established by policy negotiators and there has been an increasing trend of organizations creating leadership roles to address environmental issues (Karlsson et al., 2011). Organizational change efforts focused on corporate social responsibility (CSR) initiatives often generate significant costs for organizations without contributing to desired results, and messages from leaders to stakeholders in organizations do not frequently align with performance related to those messages (Peloza et al., 2012). There has been limited research that systematically addresses how leader communication influences employee performance related to CSR goals (Brammer, Millington, & Rayton, 2007). Relational frame theory, a behavior analytic account of language, allows for analysis of verbal stimuli as motivating operations in context of leader antecedent communication to employee behavior. This study examined the relationship between a leaders verbal behavior and employee performance as related to individual employee values. In an analysis of employee reported values as related to human-caused climate change and effects of leader email communication on energy consumption based on those individual values, results provided compelling information about the potential utility of tailoring leader communication to employee values and provided findings that informed future research directions.

 
We “Aut-To-Be-Partners”: How Applied Behavior Analysis, E-Commerce, and Autism Fit Together
(Service Delivery)
JOEL L. VIDOVIC (The Autism M.O.D.E.L. School), Alison Thomas (The Autism MODEL School), Allison Miller (Western Michigan University), Mary Walters (The Autism MODEL School)
Abstract: The E-commerce industry is currently experiencing rapid growth with platforms such as Amazon, Ebay, and Etsy offering increasingly attractive options for U.S. shoppers. The U.S. Department of Commerce’s Quarterly Retail E-Commerce Sales Report for the 2nd Quarter of 2016 indicates that e-commerce sales now account for over 8% of all retail sales in the United States, up from just 4% in 2009. As young adults with autism continue to find themselves under-represented in the labor market (Shattuck et. al., 2012), might this industry provide some encouraging employment opportunities? We think so. We also think that Applied Behavior Analysis can help make it happen. This presentation will describe an organizational system currently utilized to run and train employees in an e-commerce company that is primarily staffed by individuals with autism receiving job training at The Autism MODEL School in Toledo, OH. Data demonstrating the development of employee’s independence with trained skills will be included along with financial data regarding the sustainability of the model.
 
 
Symposium #376
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Behavior Analysis: Present Status of the Field in Latin America and Where We are Going
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando)
CE Instructor: Mapy Chavez Cueto, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Professionals working on the Behavior Analysis field in Latin America come together to share their experience and objetives for the future.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, latin america, spanish, staff training
 

Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism in Latin America

ANTUANETE CHAVEZ (Alcanzando, Inc.), Sandra Granados (Alcanzando, Inc.), Lorena Vera (Alcanzando, Inc.), Patricia Rojas (Alcanzando, Inc.), Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando, Inc.)
Abstract:

Alcanzando is a not for profit organization that provides educational services based on the principles of applied behavior analysis to children with autism around the Spanish speaking world. This presentation is meant to share the data from their services over the last 8 years, to discuss ethical and cultural issues that had been encountered, as well as the solutions that have been and continue to be implemented. Data regarding acquisition of skills by students as well as staff will be shared.

 

Using Behavior Analysis to Prepare Children With Disabilities in Cusco, Peru for a Successful Future

Celeste Marion (Executive Director of Manos Unidas Peru), BELEN RODRIGUEZ (Alcanzando), Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando)
Abstract:

Manos Unidas Peru is a registered Peruvian non-profit organization founded in 2008 as the first and only private/non-for-profit school for special education in Cusco, Peru. Today Manos Unidas Peru consists of three programs: ?Camino Nuevo? el Centro de Educacion Basica Especial Particular (est. 2009), The Inclusion Project for children in traditional classrooms (est. 2011), ?Phawarispa? vocational training program (est. 2014). This presentation is meant to share data regarding the obstacles encountered as well as roads to success built in these 8 years. Pre and post data of our students will be shared.

 

Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism: Our Experience in Ecuador

MARIA CHANG (Centro Enigma), Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando), Antuanete Chavez (Alcanzando)
Abstract:

Centro Enigma is the first educational center founded in Ecuador to provide behavior analytic services to children in the Autism Spectrum. This presentation will discuss the Ethical and Cultural considerations as well as barriers we have encountered when providing services en Ecuador. Data from the programs for our students as well as staff will be shared.

 
 
Symposium #377
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in Assessments to Identify Stimuli as Potential Negative Reinforcers
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Sarah J. Miller, Ph.D.
Abstract: Negative reinforcement is a common function of problem behavior, and there has been a recent increase in the literature on assessments to identify stimuli that may serve as negative reinforcers, similar to that of positive reinforcers. The current symposium presents three studies advancing this line of research. The first study compares two demand assessments currently in the literature for their efficiency and match between results within participants. The second study utilizes a caregiver-completed questionnaire to identify stimuli for use in escape sessions and compared the results of their questionnaire to a later functional analysis. The third study evaluated a choice-based, concurrent-operants demand assessment that did not require the occurrence of problem behavior and compared the results of that assessment using a progressive-ratio analysis. All of these studies utilized children with severe problem behavior as participants, although the third study also included children without problem behavior. Altogether, this work represents an advance in research on assessments that can be used to inform functional analysis and treatment procedures. The combined works provide comparisons across various methodologies, allowing clinicians to identify the method that yields the most informative results in a given context.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): demand assessments, escape-maintained, indirect assessment, negative reinforcement
 
A Comparison of Demand Assessments
STEPHANIE LIOLLIO (Georgia State University; Marcus Autism Center; Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University)
Abstract: Various demand assessments have been proposed in the literature as methods of determining the relative aversiveness of demands (Call et al, 2009; Roscoe et al, 2009). However, little to no research has compared these different demand assessment methodologies. The purpose of the study was to compare two different demand assessment procedures (rate-based and latency-based) found in the literature with three children diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Measures of demand aversiveness and assessment efficiency (i.e., total time and instances of problem behavior observed) were compared across the two measures. Results suggest that the two assessments have moderate correspondence, with differential agreement across participants. When the assessments agree, the latency-based measure was most efficient for a participant with high-rates of problem behavior while the rate-based was more efficient for a participant with low-rates of problem behavior. Results are discussed in the context of recommendations for clinicians and future research.
 

A Comparison of an Indirect Assessment and FA Outcome of Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior

CHRISTOPHER M. FURLOW (The University of Southern Mississippi), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Bailey Scherbak (Monarch House), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Positive reinforcers such as social attention and tangible items are often included in preference and reinforcer assessments to identify effective reinforcers to be used in the treatment of problem behavior. It is also important for clinicians to evaluate the role of negative reinforcers during the assessment process, particularly for individuals with escape-maintained problem behavior. This study summarizes data collected from an indirect assessment about potential negative reinforcers, known as the Questionnaire of nonpreferred Events, Stimuli, and Tasks (QUEST), from twenty-five caregivers of children with severe problem behavior. The results of the assessment were then compared with the outcome of the childs functional analyses. Results indicated that 60% of the time, parents either identified items/events that consistently evoked problem behavior during an escape condition or reported demands were not a concern which was later confirmed during the childs functional analysis. Furthermore, 42.86 % of parents provided information idiosyncratic to their child that informed clinicians on how to design conditions for separate analyses which most reliably evoked problem behavior, such as specific Activities of Daily Living (ADLs), medical procedures, or receiving corrective feedback. The QUEST may be most beneficial to clinicians in identifying these idiosyncrasies prior to beginning the initial functional analysis.

 
Evaluation of a Choice-Based Demand Assessment
SARAH J. MILLER (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center; Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Bianca Mack (Marcus Autism Center), Shannon Kennedy Hewett (Marcus Autism Center), Chinedu Okoh (Marcus Autism Center; Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta)
Abstract: Demand assessments evaluate the aversiveness of demands, and procedures in the literature heavily weight the occurrence of problem behavior. However, not all individuals in need of treatment engage in active problem behavior. The current study evaluated a choice-based, concurrent operants demand assessment (CODA) that did not include problem behavior in its measurement. However, it was not clear if participants would make a choice when presented with two demands. Experiment 1 evaluated the feasibility of CODA with 10 individuals with developmental disabilities who engaged in severe problem behavior. Results indicated that participants will choose, yielding a hierarchy of preference across demands. Experiment 2 evaluated CODA results by comparing the highest- and lowest-preferred demands using a progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement with four participants with developmental delays whose caregivers reported passive non-compliance but not active problem behavior. Results indicate that, for three of four participants, the high-preferred demand maintained more responding. This procedure extends the literature by providing a demand assessment that does not require the occurrence of problem behavior. Implications for future research and clinical applications are discussed.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #378
CE Offered: PSY/BACB — 
Supervision

The National Implementation and Evaluation of Parent Training in Norway

Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D.
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
TERJE OGDEN (Norwegian Center for Child Behavioral Development)
Terje Ogden, Ph.D., is research director at the Norwegian Center for Child Behavioral Development in Oslo, a position he has held since 2003. He is also a professor at the Institute of Psychology, University of Oslo. He is the author of more than one hundred scientific publications, and has written several books and book chapters on the development of child conduct problems, and on the effectiveness and implementation of preventive and therapeutic interventions. He is trained as an educational psychologist and has a Ph.D. in psychology from the University of Bergen on the topic of family-based treatment of serious behavior problems in children and youth. Most of his research centers on the development, evaluation and large scale implementation of interventions targeting children with antisocial and co-occurring problems. The evidence-based interventions aim to strengthen child and family relations, improve parenting skills in order to reduce family conflicts and coercion, promote inclusion and prevent placement out of home. Ogden has also contributed to the efforts of adapting programs to the needs of various groups of children and their families. Ogden is also the project leader of a longitudinal prospective study of the normative behavioral and social development of 1200 Norwegian children from 6 months to school age.
Abstract:

A Norwegian national implementation strategy aimed to test and conduct a large-scale implementation of The Oregon model of Parent Management Training (PMTO) based on Gerald Patterson's Social Interaction and Learning theory. The program targets children with antisocial behavior and co-occurring problems and their families. A randomized trial demonstrated the effectiveness of the program, and identified central moderators, mediators and predictors. Fidelity to the PMTO model was found to predict child behavioral outcomes better than parent-reported treatment alliance. Several parents seemed to manage with shorter interventions, and the "Early Interventions for Children at Risk" program was designed for implementation in the municipalities. In line with findings from a study of the normative development of aggression, this adapted program targets children from the age of 3 years on. In sum, findings confirmed that PMTO principles and components could be successfully transported from US to real-world settings in Norway with sustained positive outcomes and maintenance of competent adherence. PMTO has been tested with positive outcomes in both individual and group trainings and in high and low dosages of treatment. The Norwegian project may serve as an inspiration for the testing and scaling up of evidence-based parenting programs in other countries, particularly in Europe.

Target Audience:

Professionals interested in the effectiveness, implementation, and scaling up of parenting interventions for families with children with antisocial behaviour and co-occurring problem.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the principles and components of a parenting intervention targeting antisocial behavior in children and the process of crossing national and language borders; (2) discuss how these interventions may be implemented and adapted through children's services in order to accommodate the needs of children and families with different characteristics and needs; (3) describe the process of scaling up program delivery with sustainability through continuous training of practitioners and quality assurance to maintain program fidelity.
 
 
Symposium #379
Further Examinations of Interteaching
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Chanella L Clark (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Inter-teach is an arrangement for instruction developed by Boyce & Hineline (2002). Previous research has demonstrated that this method provides superior results compared to traditional lectures and/or self-reading (Saville, Zinn, Elliot, 2005; Saville, Zinn, Neef, Norman & Ferreri, 2006) This symposium includes further studies that extend the evaluation of the effectiveness of this method by examining changes to the components (group size) or to the delivery method (online course.)
Instruction Level: Basic
 

Let's Discuss: Group Size, Performance and Enjoyability in an Interteaching Class

ALEXANDRIA EMILY LEIDT (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

In 2013, Saville and colleagues examined whether group size affected course performance in an interteaching based classroom, and found there was no significant difference in course performance between the different sizes of groups. In this replication and extension, we increased the larger interteaching group size from four to six, maintained the small group size at two, and included additional measures of social validity. The students rated their groups each class as a group and individually. Additionally, teaching assistants rated their perception of group effectiveness based on responses to end-of-class questions by individual students. The current study used an alternating treatments design to compared weekly test performance and discussion quality between the small and large interteaching groups. The weekly quiz scores do not show a difference between the two group sizes; however, clear preferences for group size emerged. This paper will discuss the findings and implications of the social validity data.

 

An Online Comparison of Quiz Performance Between Interteach and Lecture in a Graduate Experimental Analysis of Behavior Course

ADAM THORNTON BREWER (Florida Institute of Technology), Marilin Colon (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

In this study, the researchers contrasted the impact of interteaching with a traditional lecture on quiz grades and social validity metrics. The participants were two sections of students in a hybrid graduate experimental analysis of behavior course. Using an alternating design between each type of instructional technology and a split approach in which the two instructors were yoked in content and instructional technology for the first half of the semester and then had opposing technologies for the second half. The data demonstrate that the two sections performed near-identically when yoked on technology, and the divergence in the second half suggest that at the least, Interteaching is equivalent to the traditional lecture and that students tend to prefer it. This study demonstrates that Interteaching can be done in a fully remote or hybrid setup (students in class and remotely joined).

 
 
Symposium #380
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis in Higher Education: Enhancing Student Engagement and Success in Online Learning Formats
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Cheryl J. Davis (Dimensions Consulting; SupervisorABA)
CE Instructor: Debra Berry Malmberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Despite the popularity of online coursework, little research exists to directly compare pedagogical strategies in the online higher education setting. In this symposium, two studies that investigated the effects of various online pedagogies are presented. In the first study, the authors examined the pair discussion component of interteaching in an online graduate rehabilitation course. The first condition included all key components of interteaching, whereas the second condition involved all components of interteaching, with the exception of pair discussion. The pair discussion condition resulted in higher student quiz scores, and social validity findings indicated the majority of students reported preference for interteaching with the inclusion of the pair discussion component than without. In the second study, a Psychology course was enhanced with elements of gamification (e.g., narrative, badges, goals, feedback). The authors compared the effects of the gamified online instruction to traditional online instruction. Results included mixed findings of effectiveness of the components of gamification compared to traditional online instruction. The implications of these two investigations to online teaching pedagogy will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): higher education, online education, student performance
 
Utilization of Interteaching Technology in Online Education: Tools and Tips for Success
(Applied Research)
JAMES L. SOLDNER (University of Massachusetts Boston), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: Interteaching, an empirically supported behavioral teaching method has been recently and successfully introduced in the college classroom. Historically, most interteaching studies have been conducted in didactic classroom settings. To date, no published interteaching studies have utilized an online course format. Furthermore, no component analysis of the pair discussion component of interteaching has been published. Therefore, the present study was intended to examine the pair discussion component of interteaching in an online graduate rehabilitation course. Two conditions were randomly assigned across participants and sessions. The first condition included all key components of interteaching in which student dyads were placed in breakout rooms to discuss the assigned preparation guide. The second condition involved all components of interteaching, with the exception of pair discussion. In this condition students were placed in breakout rooms to complete the preparation guide on their own. Average student quiz scores were compared across conditions. The pair discussion condition resulted in higher student quiz scores, p < .01. Additionally, social validity findings indicated the majority of students reported preference for interteaching with the inclusion of the pair discussion component than without. Finally, limitations of the present study and future directions for interteaching technology in online education will be discussed.
 
Gamified! An Evaluation of the Effects of Gamification in an Undergraduate Online Course
(Applied Research)
DEBRA BERRY MALMBERG (California State University, Northridge), Jose Solares (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Online education has become increasingly popular, despite research demonstrating reduced communication between students and instructors, reduced student participation, and decreased levels of student engagement as compared to traditional courses (Hrastinski, 2007; Flores-Morador, 2013). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of gamification on numerous student behaviors in an online Psychology course, including: a) student performance on quizzes, b) the percentage of students who completed weekly coursework, c) the percentage of students who met recommended early deadlines, d) the percentage of supplemental materials accessed, e) audience retention of class videos, f) percentage of students who passed the course, and g) the outcomes of a survey derived from the National Survey Student Engagement (NSSE). A group design was used to compare the gamified section (n=328) of the course to a traditional online section (n=356). The pedagogical elements employed in the gamified version of the course were narration, levels, badges, choices, goals, and feedback. The implications of this study for the adoption of gamification in higher education settings will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #381
CE Offered: BACB
'Talent' Management in Organizations and Academia Using Behavioral Assessments
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: OBM/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kyle Featherston (Washington University in St. Louis)
Discussant: Xiaojie Johan Liu (Boston University)
CE Instructor: Kyle Featherston, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium on “‘Talent’ Management in organizations and academia using behavioral assessments”, will include empirical reports of research in Organizational Behavior. The scope of the presentations spans across behavioral aspects of individuals, groups and organizations. The first presentation presents three different instruments that can be used to appropriately match employees to jobs including the decision-making instrument, perspective-taking instrument, and occupational interest scale. Thereby, improving the hiring, employee development, performance management processes. The second presentation explores how understanding the inherent interest required to be successful in academia can help aspiring academics make better career choices. The paper compares the interests of academics with those of aspiring academics- graduate students and postdoctoral fellows. The paper also discusses the possible approach to alleviate the problem of low supply of open academic positions and a large demand for it. Both presentations present ways to successfully match candidates to jobs using assessments. The basis for this work is derived from understanding the inherent characteristics of the jobs and people who are successfully performing them.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Assessments, Career matching, Decision Making, Interests
 
Talent Management to Help Organizations Thrive Using the Behavioral Developmental Model of Hierarchical Complexity
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School), Saranya Ramakrishnan (Harvard School of Public Health), Sarthak Giri (Dare Association)
Abstract: A successful organization must have a well-developed talent management process that supports its employees through the entire employee life cycle: 1) recruitment, 2) development, 3) performance management, and 4) effective reinforcement. The instruments developed by Dr. Michael Lamport Commons are effective in providing unique insights into better understanding and supporting employees. The instruments are 1) Decision Making instrument and 2) Perspective Taking instrument 3) Occupational interests scale. Decision making or problem-solving scores help assess an employee’s ability to reason and make decisions of different difficulty. Perspective taking scores help assess how well an employee understands social situations and people’s actions. The Holland scale identifies the relative reinforcement value of engaging in different categories of work activities. These three scores give companies comprehensive knowledge of the Hierarchical Complexity stage of job performance and occupational interests. This could help companies manage human resources, develop employees and shape the future organizational structure.
 

Isolating Occupational Interests of Academics to Identify Metrics of Success

Saranya Ramakrishnan (Harvard School of Public Health), Sarthak Giri (Dare Association), PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University), Michelle Mei (Smith College)
Abstract:

One of the main problems that most academics face is the classic economic problem of supply and demand: the disproportionate number of Ph.D candidates and Postdocs seeking permanent academic positions (supply), the available academic positions (demand). This has created competition amongst aspiring graduates as they scramble to advance in academia. While other studies examine external factors that give these graduates a competitive edge, they fail to identify whether the candidates actually have the right interests to thrive in academia. Using the Core Complexity Solutions (CCS) Holland Interest Scale, this study identifies that academics are high in Social (S), Artistic (A) and Investigative (I) interests. The frequency of the SAI trend is 56% in group 1 (professors) and only 36% in group 2 (Ph.D., Postdocs). Of the six interests, the highest interests of group 1 (professors) members were never Enterprising or Conventional. However, highest interests of group 2 members ranged across all six interests.Understanding this information would also help students understand if academia is the correct career choice for them even before pursuing a doctoral degree. This only leaves a limited number of aspiring graduates to pursue academia, thus alleviating the supply side of the problem.

 
 
Symposium #382
CE Offered: BACB
Issues in the Visual Analysis of Single-Case Research Data
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F/G
Area: PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina)
CE Instructor: Katie Wolfe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Visual analysis is a cornerstone of single-case research, which is the primary methodology used in applied behavior analysis. The three data-based papers in this symposium will explore various issues related to the visual analysis of single-case data. The first paper will examine how authors have described visual analysis procedures and how visual analysis compares selected to non-overlap indices using the literature on parent-implemented function-based interventions. The second paper will evaluate the interrater agreement among experts and between experts and the conservative dual-criterion method (CDC; Fisher, Kelley, & Lomas, 2003) on published multiple baseline designs. The third paper will describe the development of a systematic protocol for the visual analysis and a group design study to evaluate the effects of the protocol on interrater agreement in visual analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): interrater reliability, single-case research, single-subject research, visual analysis
 

Evaluating Visual Analysis and Non-Overlap Indices Using the Literature on Parent Implemented Interventions

(Applied Research)
ERIN E. BARTON (Vanderbilt University), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Angel Fettig (University of Massachusetts Boston)
Abstract:

Single case research (SCR) has a long history of being used to evaluate behavioral interventions and identify evidence-based practices. Visual analysis is the gold standard for the evaluation of single case data. However, visual analysis might limit the ability of researchers to quantitatively aggregate and compare the magnitude of findings across studies to evaluate evidence-based practices. Further, although multiple protocols for visual analysis exist, the procedures are not standardized, which might lead to differences in conclusions about functional relations. Several computational methods have been developed and are increasingly being applied to SCR to provide a quantitative summary of the effects. Criticisms of these methods point to their inability to account for replication or magnitude, likely disagreement with visual analysis, failure to correct or account for typical data patterns (e.g., trend) or serial dependency. The purpose of the current presentation is to summarize the literature and evaluate the visual analysis procedures used across the literature on parent implemented functional assessment (FA) based interventions. Results indicated that visual analysis terms were inconsistently used across studies. Further, visual analysis procedures were described inconsistently and with few details. The non-overlap indices were unlikely to agree with the authors independent visual analysis of the results.

 
An Evaluation of the Agreement Among Expert Visual Analysts and the Conservative Dual Criterion Method
(Theory)
KATIE WOLFE (University of South Carolina), Michael Seaman (University of South Carolina), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), Phillip Sherlock (University of South Carolina)
Abstract: Visual analysis remains the predominant method of analysis in single-case research (SCR). However, research on the reliability of visual analysis has produced mixed results, with most studies finding poor agreement between visual analysts. This has led to the development of structured criteria for the analysis of SCR data, such as the conservative dual criterion method (CDC; Fisher, Kelley, & Lomas, 2003). In this study, we evaluated agreement a) among 52 expert visual analysts and b) between the visual analysts and the CDC method on 31 published multiple baseline designs at level of the individual tier (or baseline) and the functional relation. All participants were editorial board members of SCR journals and self-reported that they had published at least five SCR articles. Results suggest that interrater agreement among experts was minimally adequate for both types of decisions (tier, mean kappa = .61; functional relation, mean kappa = .58), and when the CDC was treated as a rater, its mean agreement was similar (mean kappa = .61). On graphs for which there was expert consensus (>80% agreement), the CDC method agreed 97% of the time. Additional secondary findings will be discussed along with implications for training and future research on visual analysis.
 

Evaluating a Systematic Visual Analysis Protocol for the Analysis of Single-Case Research

(Theory)
KATIE WOLFE (University of South Carolina), Erin E. Barton (Vanderbilt University), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Abstract:

Several studies have reported poor agreement among visual analysts. One way to improve reliability may be to standardize the process of visual analysis. To that end, we developed a systematic protocol that consists of a series of questions, and that calculates a score from 0 (no functional relation) to 5 (strong functional relation) based on the analysts responses. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether the protocol improves reliability compared with a rating scale. To date, 16 students and faculty who have taken a course on single-case research have participated (data collection is ongoing). We randomly assigned participants to the control group (n=9) or the protocol group (n=7). All participants rated 8 single-case graphs using the rating scale (pretest), and then rated the same graphs again using the rating scale or the protocol (posttest). We calculated the intraclass correlation coefficient for each group at each time point. At pretest, agreement was much higher in the control group compared to the protocol group. Both groups reliability improved at posttest, but the change for the protocol group was much larger, indicating that the protocol may improve reliability. Full results will be discussed along with implications for training and future research.

 
 
Panel #383
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical Responsibilities of a Board Certified Behavior Analyst: Maintaining Professional Identity as an Interdisciplinary Team Member
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jessica Franco, Ph.D.
Chair: Lupe Castaneda (Behavior Pathways, LLC)
JESSICA FRANCO (University of Texas at Austin)
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (Autism Community Network)
MEGAN G. KUNZE (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has long held a prominent role in evidence based practices for children with autism. Continued growth in numbers of professionals adapting and learning ABA practices, calls Board Certified Behavior Analysts to be ethically responsible for the fidelity of the analysis and science behind behavioral interventions. Ignoring this responsibility puts our field at further risk of scrutiny, misinterpretation and folklore. According to the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts by the BACB (2014), “Behavior analysts have an obligation to the science of behavior and the profession of behavior analysis”. The panel will discuss: a) the ethical requirements posed to all certificates under this code of ethics, b) their unique experiences and ethical roles with interdisciplinary teaming in assessment, intervention services, university faculty, and supervision, and c) how the growing demand for certified practitioners may impact the future of ABA practices, other disciplines and our ethical responsibilities to our clients.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, collaboration, ethics, interdisciplinary
 
 
Invited Paper Session #384
CE Offered: BACB

Translational Research Using Laboratory Models of Persistence and Relapse

Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Podlesnik, Ph.D.
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
CHRISTOPHER A. PODLESNIK (Florida Institute of Technology)
Chris received his BA in psychology from West Virginia University, his Master's and Ph.D. in psychology from Utah State University, and gained postdoctoral research experience in behavioral pharmacology at The University of Michigan. He was a faculty member at The University of Auckland in New Zealand and still holds a position of Honorary Academic there. His research interests mainly involve understanding the role of fundamental learning processes in behavioral persistence and relapse, with an emphasis on translational research. His clinical research interests are in understanding the behavioral processes involved in the maintenance and treatment of severe problem behavior. Chris is currently an Associate Editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He also is program chair and president-elect of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior, board member of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and received both the 2011 B. F. Skinner Early Career Award from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association and the 2016 Federation of Associations in Behavior and Brain Sciences Early Career Impact Award for the Association for Behavior Analysis International.
Abstract:

Persistent problem behavior with a propensity to relapse poses challenges to behavioral practitioners to develop more effective and durable treatments. Designing better treatments is difficult because a wide range of events contribute to behavioral persistence and relapse. Translational research offers a wide range of tools for isolating the processes involved in recurrent problem behavior and exploiting those processes when developing treatments. Basic research geared toward understanding problems of practical significance offers well-controlled conditions from which to assess systematically and thoroughly the learning and behavioral processes underlying treatment failures and successes. I will discuss how my colleagues and I have used basic research to understand the processes involved in the challenges of treating clinically relevant behavior.

Target Audience:

Masters and Doctoral level BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) apply basic research in resurgence and reinstatement to the treatment of problem behavior.; (2) deign interventions for problem behavior that diminish the likelihood of relapse; (3) describe basic research in resurgence and reinstatement.
 
 
Symposium #385
CE Offered: BACB
From Diploma to Behavior Analyst – Educating Our Next Generation
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center 304
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas Ratkos (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College)
CE Instructor: Thomas Ratkos, M.A.
Abstract: As the science and practice of behavior analysis grow, more and more programs have been created to meet the demand. Existing programs are growing, adapting, and changing over time as well. This symposium is a joint effort of two research teams that have investigated various aspects of undergraduate and graduate training. One paper will present what literature that members of the field believe is essential for undergraduates seeking to enter practice or graduate programs. The second paper examines the state of graduate training programs. Best practices for ‘raising’ the next generation of behavior analysts must be developed using an evidenced-based approach. If we are able to raise standards and take a thoughtful approach to how we train undergraduates and graduate students, we will build a foundation for our discipline to grow broad and strong. Our discussant will review these papers coming from a background of a career teaching undergraduate students the concepts and principles of behavior analysis.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): education, graduate training, teaching, undergraduate training
 
Essential Readings for Undergraduate Students in Behavior Analysis: A Survey of Behavior Analytic Faculty and Practitioners
THOMAS RATKOS (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Ryan M. Zayac (University of North Alabama), Nathan Donahue (University of North Alabama), Amber Paulk (University of North Alabama), Mary Ware (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: A growing need for individuals with behavior analytic training at the undergraduate level has led to an increase in baccalaureate programs with a strong behavior analytic focus. Although research has been conducted examining essential and assigned readings at the graduate level, no research to date has focused on identifying suggested readings that should be a focal point of undergraduate training programs. The purpose of the present study was to identify what individuals from across the behavior analytic field believe are essential readings for undergraduate students as they prepare for employment in the field or admission into graduate programs. Respondents were asked to provide answers to a variety of questions about essential readings in the field and whether these would be critical to undergraduate training. This paper presents those texts that were deemed essential, as well as areas where opinions varied.
 

Evaluation of Behavior-Analytic Training Content by Behavior Analysis Program Coordinators

JAMES W. DILLER (Eastern Connecticut State University), Dana Blydenburg (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Abstract:

This study investigated the perceptions of program coordinators of Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) approved course sequences. A survey about the content of these training programs was distributed via a BACB listserv, and 49 program directors responded. They reported on the coverage of an array of behavior-analytic content and the sources of their course readings. These participants also indicated whether content area coverage was sufficient, too little, or too much. There were many program directors who reported that particular areas do not have sufficient coverage (e.g., Behavioral Pharmacology, Biological Bases of Behavior, Organizational Behavior Management). Furthermore, several program directors reported that their course sequence does not adequately prepare students in basic research. These results suggest that the evaluation of behavior-analytic training content may be warranted to train well-rounded behavior-analytic professionals.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #386
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

The Role of Joint Control in Teaching Complex Listener Responding to Children With Autism and Other Disabilities

Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Vincent Joseph Carbone, Ed.D.
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
VINCENT JOSEPH CARBONE (Carbone Clinic)
Vincent J. Carbone, Ed.D., is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst-Doctorate and New York State Licensed Behavior Analyst. He received his graduate training in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at Drake University, Des Moines, Iowa, under the supervision of W. Scott Wood. He received a doctorate in education from Nova Southeastern University, Ft Lauderdale, FL. He currently serves as an adjunct faculty member at Penn State University and the graduate programs in Behavior Analysis offered by IESCUM, in Parma, Italy, and at the University of Salerno, Salerno, Italy. His behavior analytic research has been published in several peer-reviewed journals including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior Modification, Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders and others. He has provided the requisite university training and supervision to hundreds of board certified behavior analysts in the U.S. and overseas. Currently, he serves as the director of the Carbone Clinics in New York and the Boston, MA, area. Additionally, he serves as the director of the Carbone Clinic in Dubai, UAE. All clinics provide behavior analytic consultation, training and therapeutic services to children with autism and developmental disabilities, families and their treatment teams.
Abstract:

Skinner's (1957) analysis of language has much to offer clinicians interested in teaching verbal behavior to persons with autism. Much of the research in this area has emphasized the teaching of speaker behavior with less work dedicated to a thorough analysis of the contingencies operating on the behavior of the listener. Possibly due to this lack of attention, cognitive explanations of comprehension, understanding, and word recognition have persisted. A special form of multiple control called joint stimulus control may provide an alternative and cogent behavioral analysis of complex listener behavior. The purpose of this presentation is to provide an overview of the conceptual analysis of joint control and the basic and applied research that has followed. Video demonstrations of the teaching of joint control with participants from a recently published study and additional clinical applications will be presented to illustrate the implementation of joint control procedures in applied settings.

Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts, Educators, Psychologists, Speech-Language Pathologists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define the concept of joint control; (2) explain the role of verbal mediation in the development of complex listener behavior; (3) to list at least five skills that can be taught to children with autism using joint control procedures.
 
 
Symposium #387
CE Offered: BACB
Making the Most of Natural Learning Opportunities for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Ninci (University of Hawaii at Manoa)
Discussant: Patricia Sheehey (University of Hawaii at Manoa)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Ninci, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder characteristically have difficulties with generalizing acquired skills across contexts. Therefore, instructional practices often require explicit generalization programming strategies (e.g., incidental teaching, training natural behavior change agents, teaching multiple exemplars, programming common stimuli) to promote meaningful behavior change in children with autism. This symposium includes four data-based presentations and an overall discussion on creating natural learning opportunities for children with autism. Two of the presentations in this symposium, a single-case research study and a correlational study, primarily have implications for training parents and other natural change agents to use behavior analytic strategies. Data on parent and corresponding child outcomes are included. The other two presentations in this symposium, a single-case research study and a systematic review of the literature, primarily have implications for using naturalistic teaching and other generalization strategies alongside instructor-led teaching with massed discrete trials to promote learning. Data on skill acquisition and generalization are included. These presentations address teaching various skills to children including expressive language (e.g., tacting), receptive language (e.g., receptive identification), and adaptive skills (e.g., brushing teeth). This symposium will be useful for attendees with an interest in promoting early skill development and generalization for young learners with autism and other developmental disabilities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Acquisition, DTT, Naturalistic, Parent Training
 

Child Reciprocal Vocal Contingency and Concurrent Language-Related Characteristics in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

AMY HARBISON (Vanderbilt University), Paul J. Yoder (Vanderbilt University), Anne Warlaumont (University of California, Merced)
Abstract:

Child reciprocal vocal contingency (CRVC) refers to the childs participation in reciprocal vocal interactions, which might aid speech and language development in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Applied to CRVC, a positive operant contingency occurs when the probability of child vocalization after adult vocal responses is greater than the probability of child vocalizations after other antecedent events. In this study, we propose a novel measure of vocal reciprocity that provides an index for the contingency of child vocalizations on adult response to the immediately preceding child vocalization. We used automated vocal analysis and 3-event (child vocalization -> adult vocalization -> child vocalization) sequential analysis to measure CRVC from 2 naturalistic, daylong vocal samples from 21 low-verbal toddlers and preschoolers with ASD and nearby adults. These long vocal samples produced statistically significant (p < .001) average CRVC scores with a large effect size relative to zero (Cohens d = 2.8) that were stable across 2 days (ICC = .78), and concurrently correlated with consonant inventory in communication acts, even when chance sequencing of vocalizations was controlled (partial r = .59). Diverse consonant use in vocal communication is a vital part of a versatile expressive vocabulary. More research on CRVC is warranted.

 

Programming for Generalization of Parent-Implemented Behavioral Interventions for Children With Autism

Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Felicia Castro-Villarreal (University of Texas at San Antonio), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), DAIRA RODRIGUEZ (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to evaluate a clinic based training package on parent generalization of applied behavior analytic (ABA) interventions to their home. Three parents of children with autism were taught to implement an ABA intervention using behavioral skills training plus video-based performance feedback. A multiple-probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of the parent training on the parents� implementation fidelity, as measured by the percentage of accurately completed items within a procedural fidelity checklist. Distal effects on child completion of target adaptive skill independence was evaluated. Results demonstrated that all parents met the pre-set performance criterion of 90% implementation fidelity within five sessions. Parent fidelity maintained at levels above baseline during follow-up phase. Preliminary child data indicates increased independence in completion of the adaptive skill. These results suggest that parent training using behavior skills training plus video-based feedback may be an effective method of promoting adaptive skill development in natural settings for children with autism spectrum disorder.

 

Use of Preferred Targets in Early Receptive Identification Programs for Children With Autism

JENNIFER NINCI (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder characteristically demonstrate interest in a restricted range of activities and often fail to respond to alternative environmental stimuli. These characteristics act as a barrier to learning important life skills. Strategies that motivate learners with autism to engage in alternative activities warrant development and exploration. One such strategy is incorporating interests into the learning environment to establish motivation and promote participation. The purpose of this single-case research study was to evaluate the use of interests as receptive identification targets for children with autism in the context of an intervention with added components. Overall outcomes demonstrate added effects of the embedded interest condition that correspond to increases in various indicators of engagement and generalization for two participants, while a third participants data is inconclusive. The outcomes of this study have implications for sequencing educational objectives and adding naturalistic intervention components to promote skill acquisition and generalization in early language learning programs for children with autism.

 

Research-Based Approaches to Promoting Generalization When Using Discrete-Trial Training

MARY JO NOONAN (University of Hawaii)
Abstract:

Discrete-Trial Training (DTT) is an applied behavior analysis application for teaching new skills to young children with autism. It is one of the first behavioral and data-based approaches that has been described in the literature as highly successful for children with autism. A concern frequently cited in the literature on DTT, however, is that the isolated and repetitive structure of DTT results in skill acquisition without generalization. This presentation will describe the current research-base of DTT studies that have incorporated generalization strategies, including multiple exemplar training; introduce to natural maintaining contingencies; NET/incidental and milieu teaching; mediate generalization; program common stimuli; and general case instruction. We will also illustrate modifications to DTT interventions derived from the research literature. These illustrations will be supported by child data on skill acquisition and generalization. We will conclude with a discussion of challenges and recommendations for addressing generalization on a regular basis for children receiving DTT.

 
 
Symposium #388
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in the Treatment of Anxiety and Avoidance in Children and Adolescents With Autism During Healthcare Visits and Routines
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Healthcare visits and routines often evoke anxiety or avoidance responses by children and adolescents with autism. These responses interfere with the provision of medical or hygiene care and might result in the use of restrictive procedures or medications. Research on treatments for problem behavior that occurs during healthcare visits and routines is limited. The current symposium includes four papers directed toward filling this gap in the literature. In the first paper, the authors developed and evaluated procedures for identifying and treating anxiety across a variety of health-related contexts. In the second paper, the authors treated phobia of physical examinations with a simulated physician and observed generalization to the childs pediatrician. In the third paper, the authors assessed the function of problem behavior and evaluated the effects of a dentist-implemented intervention on problem behavior during routine dental exams. In the fourth paper, the authors evaluated procedures to increase cooperation with routine fingernail grooming and observed generalization to the adolescents father.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): anxiety, avoidance, healthcare routines, medical care
 

Treatment of Anxiety in Individuals With Autism

Brittany Noyes (New England Center for Children), WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Many individuals diagnosed with autism also are reported to have anxiety. From a behavior analytic perspective, anxiety is an emotion (part of which is a private event) consisting of a group of responses emitted and/or elicited in the presence of a specific stimulus that signals an upcoming aversive event. Treatment of anxiety often consists of procedures such as exposure, modeling, and differential reinforcement. The purpose of the current study was to develop a method for identifying and treating anxiety in children with autism. Three individuals with autism were asked to complete a behavioral chain which historically evoked anxious responding to identify whether or not it was likely that anxious responding reliably occurred. Subsequently, anxious responses were treated via prompting and reinforcing incompatible responding (i.e., relaxation) using shaping and gradually exposing the participant to anxiety-evoking stimuli while prompting the incompatible responding. A multiple baseline across contexts design was used. Results of the research showed that individuals tolerated anxiety evoking contexts with minimal to no problem behavior after intervention. Interobserver data were collected in a minimum of 33% of all conditions and mean total agreement was always above 85%.

 

Treating the Physician Avoidance of a Child With Autism Using Chaining and Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior

MELISSA DRIFKE (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Kimberly Gussy-Fragakis (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Margaret Rachel Gifford (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Madelynn Lillie (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Phobias involve both elements of respondent conditioning (elicitation of emotional behavior) and operant conditioning (avoidance behavior) and successful treatment should involve addressing both elements. In the current study we were referred a young child with autism who engaged in severe problem behavior associated with physician visits. We addressed both operant and respondent components of this behavior problem by (a) conducting a task analysis of a physician visit with physical, (b) differentially reinforcing compliance with each step of the task analysis, and (c) gradually increasing the task requirement to obtain reinforcement within a simulated physicians office environment. Following mastery level compliance with simulated physical examinations with multiple-exemplar physicians, we observed successful generalization to the childs pediatrician conducting a physical in their office.

 

Application of a Trial-Based Functional Analysis to Problem Behavior Exhibited by Children With Autism in a Dental Setting

Purnima Hernandez (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri), JACQUELINE MERY-CARROW (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Oral healthcare is essential for the maintenance of healthy teeth throughout an individual�s lifespan. For most individuals, complex dental procedures such as fillings and root canals can be challenging events. For children with autism, even a simple dental procedure, such as an exam, can be difficult and might result in problem behavior that interferes with the delivery of dental treatment. Although problem behavior exhibited during complex dental procedures may serve an escape function, assuming escape as the sole function for problem behavior during routine dental cleanings might result in less than adequate interventions. The purpose of this study was to (a) identify putative functions of problem behavior exhibited by three children with autism during a routine dental exam in a dental setting; (b) evaluate the efficacy of having a pediatric dentist and trained dental office staff conduct a trial-based functional analysis; and (c) evaluate the effects of an intervention package on problem behavior and successful completion of a routine dental exam. Results of the study indicated that problem behavior was maintained by social negative reinforcement (escape) for all participants and that problem behavior for two participants might have been maintained by escape to attention. Compliance for all participants increased and dental exams were successfully completed with the introduction of an intervention package that addressed putative functions.

 

Increasing Cooperation With Routine Fingernail Grooming

Meghan Deshais (University of Florida), LISA GUERRERO (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Many children with disabilities engage in uncooperative behavior (e.g., noncompliance, problem behavior) during routine hygiene and healthcare procedures (Collado, Faulks, & Hennequin, 2008; Ellis, Alai-Rosales, Glenn, Rosales-Ruiz, J., & Greenspoon, 2006; Schumacher & Rapp, 2011). Uncooperative behavior and avoidance responses during these procedures might have detrimental implications for the childs health (Collado et al., 2008) and might result in the use of restrictive procedures or medication (Shabani & Fisher, 2006). Caregivers of children with disabilities frequently report difficulty grooming their childrens fingernails. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend the procedures of Shabani and Fisher (2006) to routine fingernail grooming with an adolescent diagnosed with autism. Our results indicated that differential reinforcement alone was insufficient to reduce avoidance behavior during fingernail grooming. Differential reinforcement plus stimulus fading produced low to zero levels of avoidance responses, problem behavior, and negative vocalizations during fingernail grooming. These findings are consistent with those reported by Shabani and Fisher (2006). Additionally, behavioral skills training (based on Marcus, Swanson, & Vollmer, 2001) was used to teach the participants father to implement the treatment procedures. Implications for clinical practice will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #389
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Learning to Play and Playing to Learn
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers)
Discussant: Andrew John Houvouras (Applying Behavior Concepts)
CE Instructor: Nancy J. Champlin, M.A.
Abstract:

Play is one of the core deficits of children with autism. Impairments in play impact communication and language, cognition, and social and emotional interactions. Appropriate independent and sociodramatic play skills are critical to the development of social skills. Children who do not learn to play may miss out on opportunities for social interactions due to observable differences in their play. Increasing appropriate play has been shown to increase language skills while decreasing stereotopy and other problem behaviors. Play is an integral part of the development of typically developing children and should be an emphasis in behavioral intervention for children with autism. The ACI Play Protocol incorporates a systematic approach to teaching preschool-aged children appropriate play skills and language. Play components, which include appropriate play with figures (dolls/stuffed animals), adults, and peers are taught using individualized treatment packages. Specific skills included abstract play with and without objects, rotating between play schemes, combining items from 2 or more play schemes, initiating, responding and expanding on current play targets.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Assessing Typical Children's Imaginary Play to More Effectively Program for Children With Autism

NANCY J. CHAMPLIN (ACI Learning Centers), Melissa Schissler (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

There is a connection between high quality play and cognitive competence, language acquisition, and proficiencies in social abilities for individuals with autism. Wolery, 2002, states more appropriate intervention strategies are identified through assessment of play. Interventions to increase one aspect of play for children with autism have been the focus in the field of behavior analysis. Studies have utilized a variety of interventions (antecedent manipulations, system of least prompts, video modeling) to increase the complexity of functional play, decrease stereotopy, or engage in pretend play schemes. Play should be a separate domain and used as the primary emphasis in assessing and program development for children with autism (Lifter, K. 2011). Learning the play activities and corresponding vocalizations of typical peers identifies developmentally appropriate programming for individuals with autism. The purpose of this study was to assess the pretend play skills of typically developing preschool-age children, ages 2 -5. Typically developing boys and girls were video-taped playing in a designated play room with 15 play schemes (e.g. ice cream shop, camping) engaging in independent and sociodramatic play opportunities. Researchers coded the play using a specified developmental play sequence to identify the play actions and vocalizations across the age spans.

 

Teaching the Foundational Components of Pretend Play to Children With Autism

MELISSA SCHISSLER (ACI Learning Centers), Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Research identifies a number of complex stages in the typical developmental sequence of play (e.g. pretend-self, single scheme sequences). Teaching children diagnosed with autism appropriate play skills requires isolating the individual components within each stage of play to acquire, maintain and generalize the target skill. Deficits in play are linked to poor social relationships, limited expressive language and high rates of stereotypic behavior. The purpose of this study was to utilize the developmental sequence of play and evaluate the effectiveness of teaching a series of 9 components encompassing the first developmental stage of play. Least-to-most prompting was used to teach single play actions and vocalizations to 3 male children diagnosed with autism, ages 3-5. All 3 children were taught play actions to self, to figures, and acting as the figures across 3 categories; familiar (e.g. brush hair), observed (e.g. hold phone to ear), and community (e.g. give baby a shot). Abstract play, responding and initiating exchanges with peers were also targeted throughout the 9 components. A multiple baseline across participants was conducted. The outcome of this study demonstrated the efficacy of the 9 teaching components as steps to teach all 3 children single play actions with corresponding vocalizations.

 
Teaching a Sequence of Play Actions and Vocalizations to a Child Using Speech Generating Devices
WHITNEY WEHRKAMP (ACI Learning Centers), Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers), Melissa Schissler (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract: Speech-generating devices (SGDs) are electronic augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) that have assisted non/limited-vocal individuals to effectively mand. SGDs have also aided learners in expanding their verbal repertoires to include tacts and intraverbals, but have not been included in the acquisition of play skills. Research has established a correlation between language development and play skills. The inability to emit vocal output serves as a limiting factor in language and social development. SGDs should be incorporated in all areas of programming, including play and socialization. The purpose of this study was to teach a four year old non-vocal boy with autism to respond, initiate and expand on a peer’s play action utilizing a SGD to emit vocalizations. Three different play schemes were taught using a forward chain consisting of play actions and corresponding vocalizations. Maintenance and generalization probes were conducted. The outcome of this study demonstrates the effectiveness of using SGDs during play skills to improve appropriate engagement with toys, language skills, and socialization with peers.
 

The Use of PlayTubs™ to Teach Children With Autism to Expand Appropriate Play Sequences

MOLLIE ANN RICHERT (ACI Learning Centers), Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers), Melissa Schissler (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Children with autism are often able to emit functional play skills under contrived circumstances, supporting that the deficit in spontaneous play is due to the acquisition, rather than the production of play. Individuals diagnosed with autism commonly engage in perseverative and stereotypic play. The purpose of this study was to utilize the developmental sequence of play and evaluate the effectiveness of using a systematic approach delineated into 9 teachable components. Individualized treatment packages incorporated the use of behavioral interventions including priming, script fading, or video modeling. Each participant was taught 7 play actions and corresponding vocalizations including responding, initiating, and expanding play while rotating and combining play schemes. A multiple baseline across participants study was conducted with 3 males diagnosed with autism, ages 5, 5 and 6. The outcome of this study demonstrated the efficacy of the 9 teachable components (independent play, active figure play and play with peers) from the developmental sequence of play to teach a chain of 7 actions and corresponding vocalizations to all 3 participants.

 
 
Paper Session #390
Tactics to Increase the Efficacy and Efficiency of Discrete Trial Training
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Cailin M Ockert (The BISTÅ Center)
 

How Basic Matching Skills Generalize to Receptive Language Skills in a Child With Severe Developmental Delay

Domain: Applied Research
CAILIN M OCKERT (The BISTÅ Center)
 
Abstract:

Study #1: Teaching a basic skill such as matching can be very challenging for children with severe developmental delays. However, teaching basic skills such as matching and sorting can be beneficial to the childs educational foundation. This current study examined the effectiveness of a visual modification when teaching basic matching skills to a 3.1 yoa child with severe developmental delays including autism and other genetic diagnoses. The visual modification consisted of blank pieces of 8x11 paper, dark-lined boxes drawn on 8x11 paper, lighter versions of the same box on the paper, and a blank tabletop. The visual modifications were systematically faded by lightening the boarders of the boxes on the sheets of paper and then in order to ensure correct responding with gradually more and more independence. The results showed that the child learned to match up to 32 different identical items using the visual modifications. The visual modifications were able to be successfully faded out within 30 training sessions. Following discrete training, this child was also able to match in an increased field (FO2 to FO3), match novel items, and match 2D to 3D and 3D to 2D items after the visual modification was successfully faded. Study #2: The second study conducted was to evaluate how basic matching skills taught in study #1 can generalize to receptive language skills. After the matching targets were mastered, receptive skills were targeted such as Give me (item). Specifically, we were interested in evaluating if we could teach basic language skills using receptive programs for the same child with severe delays using the same items from the previous matching program. The receptive programs included the SD Give me (item) all in a field of 2 stimuli Step 1: SD with visual item available in RBT possession Step 2: SD with a visual flash of the item requested (3-5 seconds) Step 3: SD with out visual present Thus far, the data show receptive language skills were acquired for 1 of 5 items introduced. The child is able to give the correct item when given the SD Give me (item) with out a visual present. Data collection is ongoing as we increase the number of items for receptive identification. Limitations include a possibility of item memorization, and high sessions to acquisition, FO2 not FO3.

 

Efficiency of Discrete Trial Teaching Applied by Caregivers and Professionals

Domain: Applied Research
JULIANA CESAR DE OLIVEIRA (Federal University of Pará, UFPA), Romariz da Silva Barros (Federal University of Pará, UFPA), 4011 W. McKay Avenue Bueno-Nogueira (Federal University of Pará), Álvaro Júnior Melo Silva (Federal University of Pará)
 
Abstract:

Behavior-Analytic intervention is difficult to disseminate among the population affected by autism, in developing countries such as Brazil, due to its high cost. Because of that, Behavior-Analytic intervention is still not accessible to a large portion of the affected population. Previous research has shown that parent-implemented intervention may be one effective alternative format of intervention for a considerable number of families. In the current research, we search for experimental data comparing efficiency of parent-implemented intervention to intervention implemented by professionals. Two children diagnosed with autism (Luke and Lucelle) participated, as well as their caregivers, and three professionals. The professionals were psychologists who were engaged in the Graduate Program on Theory and Research of Behavior, at the Federal University of Par (UFPA). All caregivers participated in an instructional videomodeling training program to implement DTT. The independent variable was the implementation of intervention programs by caregivers versus by professionals. The dependent variable was the child's performance accuracy. Each child was given training with both parent and professional implementation for different targets of all intervention programs. For example, for Program A, target A1 and A2 were taught by professionals and A3 and A4 by parents. For Program B, targets B1 and B2 were taught by parents and B3 and B4 by professionals. A multiple probe experimental design (with alternation of treatment) was used. For Luke, no difference of acquisition was observed between targets taught by parents versus by professionals. For Lucelle, when some difference was found, it was based on the fact that she mastered some of targets more quickly with parental implementation than with professional implementation. One possible explanation is that the social pairing between this child and her parents is stronger than with professionals. The overall data confirm that parent-implemented intervention is as an alternative to disseminate Behavior-Analytic intervention to autism. Future research will investigate the profile of families suitable for this intervention format.

 

Training Parents and Professionals via an Online-Based Learning System to Implement DTT With Children Diagnosed With Autism

Domain: Applied Research
ADRIANO ALVES BARBOZA (Federal University of Pará), Romariz Barros (Federal University of Pará)
 
Abstract:

Recent research has pointed out that caregiver-implemented teaching is a promising tool to disseminate behavior-analytic intervention in developing countries such as Brazil (with little governmental support for that issue). Parent-implemented intervention may make high quality intervention more accessible to the affected population. This paper presents data from a study using an online-based learning system and evaluating its efficacy on teaching one parent of a child with autism (Vanessa) and an undergraduate student (Sandra) to implement discrete trials. The dependent variable was the implementation accuracy of teaching programs. The independent variable was the exposition to an online-based system, comprising instructional videos about 1. Discrete trials; 2. Prompting Procedures; and 3. Correction Procedures, and questionnaires about them. Once a final questionnaire about all modules was answered correctly, the participants implemented the programs with a confederate (intervention), and after achieving at least 85% of accuracy in two consecutive sessions, programs were implemented with children with autism (generalization phase). Vanessas performance increased from 60% in the baseline phase to 98,5% in the last intervention session. Sandras performance increased from 63% in the last baseline session to 98% in the last intervention session. By this research, we can develop a promising procedure to reduce the presence-based workload throughout this process, in order to make possible for the behavior analysts to disseminate this type of intervention a wider portion of the population, in developing countries, where there is little availability of qualified professionals for that purpose.

 
 
 
Symposium #391
Behavioral Persistence: Basic, Translational, and Clinical Studies
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire)
Discussant: John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire)
Abstract: Differential Reinforcement for Alternative behavior (DRA) has been strikingly effective in reducing problem behavior in many clinical settings. However, both basic and applied studies have shown that alternative reinforcement may also make problem behavior more persistent and more likely to recur when interventions are interrupted. According to Behavioral Momentum Theory, these counter-therapeutic effects arise because persistence depends on all reinforcers – including alternative reinforcers – obtained within a given stimulus context. This symposium will describe experiments that eliminate or minimize these side effects of alternative reinforcement with pigeons, children with intellectual disabilities, and children exhibiting severe problem behavior in clinical settings. We show that signaling intermittent DRA can reduce the persistence and relapse of target behavior. We also show that arranging DRA in a separate context accessed by refraining from target behavior, an approach adapted from the Contingency Management (CM) paradigm, can also reduce relapse. Both methods may be effective because they isolate alternative reinforcers from the stimulus context in which target or problem behavior has occurred.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): alternative reinforcement, persistence, relapse
 

Signaling Alternative Reinforcers in Multiple Schedules With Varied Reinforcer Rates

(Basic Research)
F. CHARLES MACE (Nova Southeastern University), Andrew R. Craig (Utah State University), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Tara M. Sheehan (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract:

We describe two experiments evaluating the impact of different reinforcer rates for alternative behavior (DRA) on the suppression and post-intervention relapse of target behavior, and on the persistence of alternative behavior. Both experiments arranged baseline, intervention with extinction of target behavior concurrently with DRA delivered according to signaled VI schedules, and post-intervention tests of resurgence or reinstatement, in two- or three-component multiple schedules. The first experiment, with children exhibiting problem behaviors, arranged an intermediate baseline reinforcer rate and rich or lean signaled DRA in two components with different therapists. During treatment, both rich and lean DRA rapidly reduced problem behavior to low levels, but post-treatment relapse was generally greater in the DRA-rich than the DRA-lean component. The second experiment, with pigeons, repeated the signaled DRA conditions after baseline training. Target behavior decreased to low/intermediate levels in both DRA-rich and DRA-lean components. Post-treatment relapse was directly related to DRA reinforcer rate as in the preceding study with children. In both experiments, the persistence of alternative behavior was either the same or greater in the component with the leaner signaled DRA schedule. Thus, the findings of clinical application with children and the reverse translation to pigeons converge to suggest that infrequent signaled DRA may be optimal for effective clinical treatment, and raise questions for basic research about the role of the signals in diminishing the effects of alternative reinforcement on target behavior.

 
Examining Relapse in an Animal Analog of Contingency Management
(Basic Research)
TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University), Andrew R. Craig (Utah State University), Paul Cunningham (Utah State University), Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory suggests delivery of alternative reinforcers in the presence of stimuli previously associated with reinforcement of a target behavior contribute to relapse. This experiment examined whether relapse might be reduced with an analog contingency-management (i.e., CM) procedure in which withholding target behavior earned access to a separate context associated with alternative reinforcement. In Phase 1, pigeons’ target behavior was reinforced equally in two components of a multiple schedule. In Phase 2, target behavior was extinguished, and the components arranged different differential-reinforcement-of-alternative-behavior (DRA) treatments. In the CM-DRA component, target behavior was placed on extinction and fulfilling a differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior contingency produced a separate context in which an alternative behavior was reinforced. In the Standard-DRA component, alternative behavior was reinforced in the same context in which target behavior was extinguished. Alterative reinforcement was suspended for both components in Phase 3 to test for resurgence. Increases in target behavior were small and variable in both components, with some evidence of reduced resurgence in the CM-DRA. In Phase 4, reinstatement was examined by delivering response-independent reinforcers. Reinstatement was greater in the Standard-DRA component than in the CM-DRA component. Thus, the CM-DRA treatment shows promise as a means to reduce relapse following DRA.
 
Behavioral Persistence in a Human Laboratory Model of the Contingency Management Paradigm
(Basic Research)
WILLIAM V. DUBE (E.K. Shriver Center at University of Massachusetts Medical School), Brooks Thompson (University of Massachusetts Medical School - Shriver Center), Marcelo Vitor da Silveira (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory posits a paradoxical implication for clinical behavioral interventions using Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (DRA): When alternative reinforcers are presented within the same context as the problem behavior, the added reinforcers may decrease the frequency of the behavior but also increase its persistence when the intervention ends. A Contingency Management (CM) treatment paradigm may avoid or reduce this outcome because it provides alternative reinforcement in a setting that is distinctively different from that in which the target behavior occurs. The present experiment compared DRA and CM procedures in a human laboratory model of treatment intervention using computer games and token reinforcement. Participants were five individuals with intellectual disabilities. Experimental phases included (a) an initial multiple-schedule baseline, (b) an intervention phase with alternative reinforcement using a DRA versus CM procedure, (c) an extinction phase with no interventions or tokens, and for some participants (d) a second extinction-plus-distraction test with leisure items available. Behavioral persistence in extinction was greater for DRA than for CM in the majority of measures, although there was variability across participants and some differences were small. The results indicate that a CM approach may contribute to reduced post-intervention persistence of problem behavior.
 
Applying the CM Paradigm to Children’s Problem Behavior Using Multiple-Schedule and Successive-Conditions Designs
(Applied Research)
TARA M. SHEEHAN (Nova Southeastern University), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), John Clark (New England Center for Children), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: The CM paradigm may offer clinical benefits when designing treatments for problem behavior in children with developmental disabilities. To evaluate the use of the CM paradigm we arranged treatments for problem behavior with subsequent tests of persistence and recovery for two children exhibiting aggressive and disruptive behaviors. In addition to aggression and disruption, one of the participants also engaged in self-injurious behaviors of throat poking and pulling on his gastronomy tube. With one participant, the CM paradigm was compared with conventional DRA in multiple-schedule components, with alternative reinforcer rates yoked between components. With the other participant, the CM paradigm and conventional DRA were explored in successive conditions. The results suggest that the addition of a DRO contingency to a standard DRA treatment arrangement and the delivery of alternative reinforcers in a separate context may combine to make problem behavior less persistent. Clinical implications regarding the application of the CM paradigm to children’s problem behavior will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #392
CE Offered: BACB
Trial-Based FAs That Yield Socially Valid Outcomes: Applying What We Know to How We Practice
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University)
CE Instructor: Joseph Michael Lambert, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Trial-based functional analyses (FA) are highly pragmatic assessments because programmed trials are brief and experimental control can be established following minimal problem behavior. Given these advantages, trial-based FAs appear to be particularly well suited for teachers confronted with persistent challenging behavior in schools. Notwithstanding, relatively few studies have highlighted practical applications of trial-based FAs and little is known about how best to use this technology to generate optimal outcomes in applied settings. The first presenter will highlight a streamlined approach to data analysis that allows a single practitioner to serve as both therapist and data collector while using latency-based FA data as baseline for a systematic and comprehensive treatment validation process. The second presenter will highlight data extending this intervention model to a two-component compound-schedules trial-based FA conducted in a public classroom with other children present. The third presenter will discuss recent advances in synthesized contingency analyses, will highlight advantages of these analyses in school settings, and will present data demonstrating how these analyses might be conducted within a trial-based framework. The final presenter will highlight ways to triangulate the results of indirect, descriptive, and experimental analyses (including trial-based FAs) during the functional behavior assessment process in school settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Functional analysis, school, synthesis, trial-based
 
Teacher Conducted Latency-Based FA and Intervention in Classroom Setting
JOSEPH MICHAEL LAMBERT (Vanderbilt University), Sarah Lopano (Vanderbilt University), Christina F. Noel (Western Kentucky University), Meaghan Ritchie (Western Kentucky University)
Abstract: Latency-based functional analyses (FA) meet the standard of experimental control while evoking a fraction of the problem behavior commonly observed during traditional FAs. Furthermore, conclusions about treatment efficacy drawn from analysis of response latencies appear to correspond well with conclusions drawn from analysis of response rates; making latency-based FAs viable baseline measures for subsequent latency-based treatment evaluations. Because collecting data on response latencies can be less effortful than collecting rate-based data, it may be possible for a single person to collect data while implementing FAs. If so, latency-based approaches to assessment and data analysis could decrease stakeholder concerns about safety and feasibility; commonly hypothesized barriers to FA implementation in school settings. We trained a first-year special education teacher to collect data while she implemented a latency-based FA of a target child’s severe challenging behavior in her classroom. She then validated a function-based individualized levels system designed to address the child’s multiply controlled challenging behavior. Treatment effects generalized across paraeducators and maintained during a one-month follow up.
 

Latency Measures From Trial-Based FA as Baseline for Subsequent Treatment Validation

LAUREN LEJEUNE (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Christopher Lemons (Vanderbilt University), Rachel Mottern (Vanderbilt University), Barbara Wisniewski (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Trial-based functional analysis (FA) procedures are a promising alternative to standard FA procedures when concerns about safety and/or sustained control over environmental variables are raised. However, research on teacher implemented trial-based FAs is limited and it is unclear how to use trial-based FA results as baseline for subsequent treatment evaluations; especially when challenging behavior is multiply controlled. The purpose of the current study was to train a public school teacher to conduct a trial-based FA while tracking latency to first response during each segment of each trial. During intervention, we used latencies to desired, and challenging, behavior from the onset of relevant establishing operations (EO; collected during the trial-based FA) as baseline for subsequent treatment validation procedures in which we systematically synthesized treatment components for each verified function into a single intervention. The teacher conducted 30 trial-based FA trials (10 trials per condition) with fidelity, and intervention was effective at reducing problem behavior and increasing replacement behaviors for our participant. Additionally, teacher report suggested that the results and procedures were socially valid.

 

The Use of Synthesized Contingencies in Trial-Based Functional Analysis

Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), EMILY GREGORI (Purdue University), SoYeon Kim (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Recent research has begun to explore variations in functional analysis methodologies including the use of trial-based models and more recently the use of synthesized contingencies in functional analysis of challenging behavior. In a synthesized contingency, multiple putative reinforcers are delivered simultaneously contingent upon challenging behavior. This is in contrast to more traditional functional analysis methodologies in which the each putative reinforce is delivered individually. Thus far, this research has produced mixed results regarding the validity of synthesized functional analyses with synthesized contingencies. The purpose of this study was to develop and evaluate an efficient and sensitive functional analysis model which capitalizes on a trial-based format with both synthesized and individual contingency analyses. Functional analysis procedures and results for participants diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The validity of the functional analysis results were assessed in a match-to-treatment fashion. Implications for future research and practice are presented.

 

An Application of Trial Based Functional Analysis With Secondary Demand Analysis in a Preschool Setting

NATALIE BADGETT (University of Washington), Scott A . Spaulding (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Trial based functional analysis (TBFA) is a variation of functional analysis methods where brief trials across control and test conditions are interspersed within naturally occurring routines. This experimental analysis is particularly well suited for identifying the function of problem behavior in general education classrooms, and it can be implemented by teachers following minimal training. However, other functional assessment methods involving indirect and descriptive approaches are more common in educational settings, and there is not yet consensus about which assessment approach may be most appropriate in these contexts. We conducted functional assessment/analysis using four methods (indirect, descriptive, trial-based, and traditional functional analysis) with a 5-year-old female diagnosed with autism in an inclusive preschool classroom. Using the data from our four assessments, we (a) conducted a demand analysis of instruction and transitions within the TBFA to identify the function of the problem behavior and (b) implemented functional communication training within a reversal design to confirm the TBFA-identified function. Our results demonstrated a functional relation for a single behavior. These findings allow comparison of results across different methods of assessment, show how intervention can validate TBFA findings, and illustrate how follow-up analyses can improve the sensitivity of TBFA data in the classroom.

 
 
Paper Session #393
Cooperation in Non-Human Animals
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:20 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom A
Area: EAB
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Amanda Ackerman (West Virginia University)
 

Shaping Cooperation in Pigeons

Domain: Basic Research
AMANDA ACKERMAN (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
 
Abstract:

This paper is concerned with the analysis of contingencies controlling the behavior of two organisms simultaneously. In doing so we return to a problem of historic interest in behavior analysis, but on which there has been little recent experimentation. Two pigeons were trained to respond on a cooperation task. The task was to peck simultaneously on two metal disks located at either end of a rod which was attached to a wooden toy firetruck. These pecks moved the firetruck down a wooden track. In the terminal performance, reinforcement was delivered when the truck reached the end of the track. Beginning with adapting the pigeons to being in a social environment with one another, a variety of problems were encountered in shaping the cooperative behavior. One of the most difficult problems was coordinating the individual responses toward the common goal of moving the truck. This and other problems will be discussed and illustrated with video clips showing the problem behavior and its resolution. The final cooperative behavior was achieved after several months of training.

 
 
 
Symposium #394
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Teaching and Assessing Observational Learning in Individuals With Autism and Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
CE Instructor: Jaime DeQuinzio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium highlights three recent studies evaluating variables that affect the assessment and treatment of observational learning deficits by people with autism and developmental disabilities. In the first study, researchers compared the use of adult models versus peer models on the learning of long response chains via observational learning. All participants showed faster acquisition in the presence of peer models as opposed to adult models. In the second study, observational learning responses including attending, imitation, delayed imitation, and consequence discrimination were first assessed in all participants. A multiple baseline design across five tasks (i.e., hidden item, computer game, academic, construction toy, and building) was used to evaluate the effects of video modeling on the acquisition of observational learning responses. Post training measures showed that all participants learned to engage in observational learning responses across all five tasks with the implementation of the video model. In the final study, researchers incorporated known and unknown stimuli into observational learning training. When targets known to the participant were used, participants learned to continue to respond correctly despite correct and incorrect responses modeled by adults. When targets unknown to participants were used, participants learned to imitate modeled responses that were followed by reinforcement, and to say, I dont know when modeled responses were followed by punishment. All three studies demonstrate the importance of evaluating factors that contribute to observational learning and the value of incorporating observational learning protocols into instruction.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): assessment, discrimination training, modeling, observational learning
 

Comparing the Efficacy of Peer Versus Staff Models on Observational Learning in Adults With Developmental Disorders

MARIELA CASTRO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

We compared the effectiveness of a peer and staff model on observational learning by four adults with developmental disabilities. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the effects of a staff-as-model and peer-as-model condition. Results indicated that all four participants acquired the skill at a faster rate in the peer-as-model condition. Generalization and maintenance of the skills acquired with both models was also evaluated. Implications of programming for observational learning in education and habilitation settings are discussed.

 

Assessing Observational Learning With Video Models in Children Diagnosed With Autism

LESLIE QUIROZ (The New England Center for Children), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Observational learning is a critical repertoire that is likely necessary for the acquisition of certain social behavior and learning in educational settings. Catania (2013) defined observational learning (OL) as learning from observing anothers behavior and subsequently emitting behavior based upon the consequences that followed the models behavior. Although OL occurs early in typically developing children, research has found that OL may be limited in children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In MacDonald and Ahearn (2015) following an assessment of prerequisite skills for OL (attending, imitation, delayed imitation, and consequence discrimination), these skills were taught with prompting and reinforcement to children with an ASD who did not reliably demonstrate OL to produce OL across a variety of tasks. The purpose of this project is to replicate the assessment and treatment procedures in MacDonald and Ahearn and to examine whether OL can be assessed with video modeling. Following assessment of OL skills, three participants diagnosed with an ASD acquired OL with video modeling and demonstrated across- and within-task generalization. IOA was calculated in 33% of sessions across participants with a mean of 98%.

 
The Discrimination of Consequences: Incorporating Known and Unknown Targets During Observational Learning
BRITTANY TOMASI (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: We conducted a replication and extension of DeQuinzio and Taylor (2015). We used a multiple-baseline-design across three participants to determine the effects of discrimination training on the discrimination of consequences applied to modeled responses in the presence of known and unknown targets. During baseline, participants were simply exposed to adult models’ correct and incorrect responses to picture labels that were either known or unknown to participants. During discrimination training, in the presence of known target pictures, we taught participants to say what they know regardless of observed responses and consequences. In the presence of unknown target pictures, we taught participants to imitate modeled responses that were reinforced and to say “I don’t know” when modeled responses were incorrect and punished. Test sessions were conducted after baseline, discrimination training, and generalization sessions to measure responding to target pictures in the absence of the model, prompts, and reinforcement. All four participants showed acquisition over baseline levels in the discrimination of reinforced and nonreinforced responses in the presence of both known and unknown targets. Two participants required the modification of target sets and one participant only reached criterion because of this modification. Generalization to stimuli not associated with training was variable across the three participants. Implications for teaching observational learning responses to children with autism are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #395
CE Offered: BACB
Intercontinental Evaluations in Training Adults and Treating Child Problem Behavior via Telehealth in Their Native Language
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andrew Pierce Blowers (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Andrew Pierce Blowers, M.S.
Abstract:

Although the number of behavior analysts is increasing in other countries, many families with a child with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) do not have access to high-quality service providers. However, increases in accessibility to and advances in technology provide a promising solution. This symposium includes three projects that evaluated the effects of training delivered by U.S.-based behavior analysts via telehealth on the accuracy and outcomes of adults implementing evidence-based treatments. Participants included parents and therapists of children with an ASD residing in various European countries. Adults were coached using components of behavioral skills training, including e-learning modules, in-vivo coaching, or a combination of these procedures. Direct-observation measures were used to determine the adults accuracy with implementing the target treatment and decreases in child problem behavior. Across the projects, successful outcomes were obtained. These studies provide evidence supporting the efficacy of behavioral skills training delivered via telehealth, regardless of adults native language and geographical location. These applications also serve as models for increasing access to certified behavior analysts in underserved areas of the world.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, parent training, service delivery, telehealth
 
Further Analysis of a Web-Based Program for Training Italian Speaking Parents to Implement Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention
(Applied Research)
ANDREW PIERCE BLOWERS (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Megan E Vosters (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Alessandro Dibari (Associazione Abruzzese Liberi Bambini dall’ Autismo), Daniele Rizzi (Associazione Abruzzese Liberi Bambini dall’ Autismo), Erica Scandurra (Associazione Abruzzese Liberi Bambini dall’ Autismo)
Abstract: As services for children with autism spectrum disorders grow, it is crucial to develop effective and widely accessible parent training procedures. Lack of access to bilingual service providers presents as a barrier to parent training. One approach involves training parents to deliver Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) over the internet via a virtual private network with the aid of a translator. In this way, non-English speaking parents can receive services from virtually anywhere in the world regardless of their native language. We are evaluating the effects of a 20-hour virtual training program, which included e-learning modules and virtual behavioral skills training delivered by English-speaking certified behavior analysts to Italian-speaking parents mediated by an Italian translator. The dependent variables are the Behavioral Implementation Skills for Play Activities (BISPA) and the Behavioral Implementation Skills for Work Activities (BISWA). To date, we are working with three Italian-speaking parents, one of which has completed the first posttest probe with 100% component skills mastered on the BISWA and BISPA. The remaining two parents are currently receiving the virtual training. In pretest, parents obtained 30% or lower of the BISWA and BISPA. Results will permit conclusions about the efficacy of using a translator to mediate virtual training provided to non-English speaking parents.
 

Intercontinental Telehealth: Virginia Consultants' Distance Coaching of Therapists in Homes in Georgia-Sakartvelo in Eastern Europe

(Service Delivery)
ANA BARKAIA (Children of Georgia), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University), Tamari Mikiashvili (Children of Georgia)
Abstract:

Even though evidence based Applied Behavior Analysis services are widespread in the United States of America, service delivery is still a challenge for some countries like Georgia-Sakartvelo in Eastern Europe. There is little appreciation that ABA can significantly contribute to childrens development, and there are very few trained specialists who can provide this service. One solution to the challenge of providing services to remote and underserved areas is to incorporate the communications technology of telehealth. This study is a demonstration that an intercontinental telehealth coaching improved the mastery of therapists intervention skills and increased targeted verbalizations by children with autism. Three therapists delivering and three children with autism receiving early-intervention services in Tbilisi participated. A bilingual consultant provided coaching to therapists in Georgia-Sakartvelo from Virginia, USA while observing home therapy sessions via communications technology. The multiple-baseline, across-participants design was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention. Therapists demonstrated improvements in two classes of behaviors: correct command sequences and positive consequences. The children demonstrated improvements in echoics and mands. Interobserver agreements for these results were 89%-99%. The study demonstrated that telehealth can be a good model for delivering early-intervention services to children with autism in underserved regions of the world.

 
Effectiveness and Acceptability of Parent Training via Telehealth Among Families in Greece and Turkey
(Applied Research)
LOUKIA TSAMI (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Ozlem Toper Korkmaz (Uludag University), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) based on functional analysis (FA) results is highly effective for treating socially maintained problem behavior. Providing this assessment and intervention package via telehealth has been documented to be efficient and acceptable to caregivers in the United States (Wacker et al., 2013; Reimers and Wacker, 1988). In the present study, three families in rural and urban areas of Greece and two families in urban Turkey received parent training services via telehealth to implement FA and FCT with their children. The child participants, aged 4 years to 13 years, engaged in high rates of disruptive behavior and had autism diagnoses. Two behavior therapists located at a U.S. university conducted weekly 1-hour appointments in the participants’ native languages. Results indicated that FCT was highly effective in reducing problem behavior for all child participants. Furthermore, the parents rated the FA and FCT procedures as very acceptable and indicated that they liked using their computers to receive services. These findings indicate that, through telehealth, U.S.-based clinicians can offer behavior analysis services to families with children with autism around the world.
 
 
Symposium #396
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Science in Gerontology: Addressing Barriers to Interdisciplinary Work
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Rachel Armstrong (Eastern Michigan University )
CE Instructor: Ashley Eden Greenwald, Ph.D.
Abstract: There is a growing need for effective behavioral interventions among the aging, particularly among those with neurocognitive disorders, such as Alzheimer’s and dementia. Behavioral Gerontology is an interdisciplinary approach to treatment of these common aging conditions, however barriers to funding and practice can be limiting for Behavior Analysts hoping to work in this field. This presentation will review current and projected prevalence of dementia, and the regulation of provision of services by Behavior Analysts by the individual states. In some instances such as New York, Behavior Analysts are prohibited from working with any individuals who are not diagnosed with Autism. Systems for funding will be addressed from a state and federal level with regard to behavioral services in aging. Relationships with key stakeholders will be discussed with regard to integrating into current practice models within a community. Finally, the current presentation will address the nature of interdisciplinary work, distinguish it from consultation, introduce interdisciplinary models, and discuss how teamwork may be approached pragmatically when conceptual and theoretical perspectives differ.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavioral Gerontology
 
Applied Behavior Analysis for an Aging America: Prevalence of Need, and Regulations Impacting Provision
DAVID DONNELLY (University of Rochester)
Abstract: While Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been widely accepted as an effective approach to treating individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), a growing need for effective behavioral intervention among the aging, particularly among those with dementia has gone unmet.. As licensure and accompanying regulations are adopted, it is in the interest of all Behavior Analysts and of those who advocate for effective treatment for the aging to answer efforts to narrowly define our scope of practice. This is best accomplished by objective demonstration of the potential of ABA to address the needs of the aging. The evidence of effectiveness must also be shared with families, practitioners, and regulators to ensure access to effective ABA treatment.
 
Overcoming Barriers to a Statewide Scale-Up of Behavioral Gerontology Services
ASHLEY EDEN GREENWALD (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Nevada Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports Technical Assistance Center received statewide funding in 2015 to develop and conduct a behavior analytic method of intervention and support with individuals with neurocognitive disorders. This funding came as a result of high needs for services amongst the aging population and limited resources for seniors needing additional caregiving services. In providing a new treatment approach, integrating into an existing community of practices can be challenging without the right resources and relationships. This presentation will discuss the importance of relationship building amongst community providers as well as the use of traditional media to reach target populations. Additionally, training a workforce to conduct this work in a reasonable timeframe can be challenging, as few graduate training programs in behavioral gerontology exist nationally. The unique skillset of a behavioral gerontologist will be reviewed with respect to working with an aging population but also a community with limited understanding of behavioral principles.
 
Interdisciplinarity: What? How?
RACHEL ARMSTRONG (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Working with adults aged 65 and older requires competence as a member of an interdisciplinary team. Whether a client resides at home or in a group setting, treatment planning must be coordinated and integrated with other providers (such as physicians, nurses, psychiatrists, speech pathologists, occupational and physical therapists, pharmacists, social workers) and often implemented by stakeholders (families, administrators and staff of hospitals, skilled nursing, residential care, senior centers, or adult day centers). The current presentation defines interdisciplinarity, distinguishes it from consultation, introduces interdisciplinary models, and discusses how teamwork may be approached pragmatically when conceptual and theoretical perspectives differ. The goal is to offer strategies that foster strong collaborations yet take into account potential conflicts of epistemology, paradigms, and problem-solving perspectives.
 
 
Symposium #397
CE Offered: BACB
Using Behavioral Assessment to Identify Co-Morbid Medical and Psychiatric Concerns in Individuals With Autism
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Patrick Thulen (Bancroft)
Discussant: Lisa Alberts (Bancroft)
CE Instructor: Patrick Thulen, M.A.
Abstract:

A growing body of research demonstrates that medical and psychiatric concerns can affect the frequency and intensity of problem behavior for individuals with autism (May & Kennedy, 2010; Lowry & Sovner, 1992). This symposium will discuss how behavioral data collection and behavioral assessment may be beneficial in diagnosing and treating underlying conditions. Psychiatric disorders such as Panic Disorder, Anxiety, and Obsessive Compulsive Disorder can present behavioral symptoms, which can be measured to aid in diagnosis. It can be difficult to accurately diagnose psychiatric disorders in individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) due to the challenges inherent with the developmental disability (e.g. communication impairment) and the overlapping clinical presentation of ASD and certain psychiatric conditions. If the behavioral changes caused by these underlying conditions are accurately measured, however, these data may improve clinicians diagnostic capabilities. Thus, analyzing the environmental variables related to the individual's problem behavior will lead to quicker access to correct medical treatment, more appropriate pharmacological interventions for psychiatric conditions, and more robust behavior analytic treatments.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral pharmacology, constipation
 

Diagnosing Psychiatric Disorders with Behavioral Assessments for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Intellectual Disability

SEAN SMITH (Bancroft), Lisa Alberts (Bancroft), Nicole L Keys (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Abstract:

A population based study found that 44% of individuals diagnosed with autism have also been diagnosed with a comorbid emotional disorder (Simonoff et al. 2008). Although more than 70% of individuals with ASD are diagnosed with intellectual disability, the majority of research on psychiatric comorbidities in the ASD population focuses on individuals with average intelligence quotients (Matson & Cervantes 2014). Since most diagnoses are based on structured interviews and self-report questionnaires, the nature of ASD symptoms makes it difficult to accurately diagnose comorbid psychiatric issues, especially when the individual also has an intellectual disability (Lecavalier et al. 2014; Mazefsky et al. 2011). In this study, a synthesized functional analysis (Hanley et al. 2014) involving one control condition and one test condition (i.e. blocking self-restraint plus escape from a disruptive environment) was used to identify the function of combined inappropriate behaviors and also led to a diagnosis of panic disorder in an individual with ASD. In a second participant, daily data collection on target problem behaviors, responding to social initiation, acceptance of food, and compliance led to a diagnosis of PMDD. Data from additional assessments of anxiety disorder and depression will also be presented.

 
Constipation as a Setting Event for Problem Behavior: Diagnosis and Treatment
CAITLIN PARKER (Bancroft), Lisa Alberts (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft), Joshua LaForte (Bancroft), Sean Smith (Bancroft), Patrick Thulen (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Abstract: Individuals with autism often have comorbid health conditions that are difficult to diagnose due to their disability. These comorbid health concerns may contribute to challenging behaviors (May & Kennedy, 2010). While there is an increasing demand for effective assessments and treatments that combine both behavioral and medical methodologies (May & Kennedy, 2010), little research has been conducted to evaluate the relationship between medical concerns and challenging behavior. Approximately 75% of individuals with intellectual disabilities experience constipation on a regular basis (Bohmer et al., 2010). Christensen et al., (2009) evaluated the effect of constipation on self-injury and aggression in a young boy with autism. Results showed decreased rates of problem behavior following bowel cleanout. The current presentation examines data collection on frequency and consistency of stool, as measured using the Bristol stool scale (Lewis & Heaton, 1997), for individuals with ID. Data were used to inform medical staff of bowel irregularity and subsequently diagnose constipation. In some cases, flat plate exams were ordered to confirm diagnoses. Interventions such as laxatives or enemas were delivered following several days without stool. The effect of treatment of constipation on problem behavior will also be discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #398
Behavior of International Importance: Prejudice and Torture
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Katie DeKraker Ward (Firefly Autism)
 

Understanding Prejudices and Stereotypes Through the Concept of Categorization and Stimulus Equivalence

Domain: Theory
SUZZANNA JAVED (Teachers College, Columbia University)
 
Abstract:

The purpose of the paper is to examine the process of learning during the formation of stimulus equivalence and categorization. Categorization is a basic idea; Humans tend to categorize their ideas, perceptions, actions and language (Lakoff, 1987). Responses of similar events and objects are selected and reinforced in different ways. These ways are equivalent to prior learning and this learning can be attributed to similar future events. The responses mastered in different ways are assigned to a response class, which tends to hold many characteristics from prior events and tends to transfer them to future events which ultimately conform to the same class or category (Zentall, Galizio, & Critchfield 2002). Findings of Ackerman (2010) confirmed that learning trials of match to sample across all 5 senses for acquisition of sameness, ultimately led to capacity of sameness with novel stimuli thus demonstrating a process of categorization. Wilkinson and McIlvane (2001) intended to resolve formation of categorization through distinguishing between the symbolic linguistic and rote-learned relations. Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, and Roche (2001) findings also demonstrated a bias for individuals not met before, during the process of the formation of stimulus equivalence and categorization. Trends in behavior analysis have been set to empirically analyze to understand bias in human behavior and language. Will educational methods reduce prejudice once bias have been formed through formation of categorization? Has the constant reinforcement of stereotypes in culture strengthened bias derived relational responding? Is there a correlation between the suppression of prejudice and disturbing thoughts over a span of time?

 
When Bad Behaviorists Go to War: A Study on United States Interrogation Techniques
Domain: Theory
KATIE DEKRAKER WARD (Firefly Autism)
 
Abstract: Previous interrogation techniques implemented by the United States military have historically valued the use of aversive procedures, including but not limited to: waterboarding, forced nudity and torture. From 2002 to 2009, psychologists Bruce Jessen and James Mitchell were hired by the CIA to design and carry out these enhanced interrogation techniques. Their $81 million project has since been extensively covered by the media, outlining their blatant ethics violations not just within their field of psychology, but to the moral code of humanity. From Guantanamo Bay to Abu Ghraib, the recommendations implemented by Jessen and Mitchell have not just been damaging to the integrity of our government, but have proven to be overall ineffective when measuring terrorist compliance. This paper examines our nation’s use of interrogation over the past few decades, and how the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis, particularly the use of positive reinforcement, not only improve our nation’s overall reputation from an ethical standpoint, but additionally produce desired behavior change within interrogation sessions.
 
 
 
Symposium #399
CE Offered: BACB
Getting Back to Our Roots: Novel Applications for Assessing and Treating Context Specific Problem Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Laura C. Chezan (Old Dominion University)
CE Instructor: Laura C. Chezan, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will emphasize alternative approaches to utilize in the assessment and treatment of context specific problem behavior that is often impairing not only for the targeted individual, but their peers and caregivers as well. The first study, by Ms. Anna Ryan, will focus on the development of taxonomy for individuals with problem behavior maintained by adult compliance with mands, providing additional recommendations for clinicians treating clients with idiosyncratic or rapidly fluctuating requests for reinforcers. The second study, by Dr. Cara Phillips, will detail an evaluation of the impact of therapist response to perseverations, specifically comparing three general classes of consequences including responding once, responding intermittently, and ignoring perseverative speech. The third study, by Ms. Amanda Goeztel will evaluate the predictive utility of preliminary component analyses to identify treatment interventions that are more likely to be associated with the low rates of problem behavior over time, even after demand fading occurs. The chair for this symposium is Dr. Laura Chezan.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, mands, perseveration
 

Developing a Profile for Individuals With Problem Behavior Maintained by Adult Compliance With Mands

ANNA RYAN (The University of Iowa and the Kennedy Krieger Ins), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Diana Socie (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Although standard functional analysis (FA) conditions are often sufficient for identifying behavioral function, procedures may need to be modified for individuals who have rapid and idiosyncratic requests for various reinforcers. Previous research has indicated that certain individuals with these characteristics may have an adult compliance with mands function (Bowman et al., 1997). Despite the clinical utility for identifying when assessment for this function may be warranted, there is a paucity of research in this area and few guidelines for clinicians. Seven participants with autism and histories of severe problem behavior were included in this study. FA results revealed that all participants problem behavior was maintained by adult compliance with mands; however, unique data patterns were observed in other test conditions. The effectiveness of treatments was evaluated using reversal designs. Treatment primarily emphasized stimulus control for mands through the use of multiple schedules that alternated between periods of differential reinforcement and extinction, but were embedded within multilayered treatment packages. Results will offer guidelines for the assessment and treatment of behavior maintained by adult compliance with mands, and how procedures may differ from when they are applied to other functions.

 
An Evaluation of the Impact of Therapist Response to Perseverations
(Applied Research)
CARA L. PHILLIPS (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Samantha R. Young (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of South Florida), Marissa Erin Daly (University of Maryland, Baltimore County (UMBC)), Allen Porter (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) display restricted and repetitive interests (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). For some, this takes the form of repetitive or stereotyped speech patterns. This type of perseverative speech can impact social functioning. In addition, for some individuals there appears to be a correlation between perseverations and problem behavior. It is unclear, however, if increased problem behavior associated with perseverations results from the response to the perseverative behavior, or is a function of some other aspect of the environment (e.g., the individual is perseverating on a preferred activity to which he does not have access). In the present investigation, we compared several common classes of caregiver verbal responses to perseverations related to preferred items or activities, while withholding the requested item across conditions. Three individuals with ASD admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior participated. The general classes assessed included: respond once, respond intermittently, and ignore. In addition, we compared firm and uncertain responses for 2 of the 3 participants. The clinical implications of the results will be discussed.
 

Using Brief Experimental Analyses to Identify Effective Interventions for Individuals With Severe Problem Behavior

AMANDA GOETZEL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Phillip Orchowitz (Kennedy Krieger Instittue), Sara Deinlein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Catherine Chaille (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The brief experimental analysis (BEA) model has demonstrated efficiency in quickly comparing multiple interventions to determine effects on academic skills prior to extended evaluation (Wilber & Cushman, 2006). However, additional research is needed to determine whether the BEA is efficacious for empirically identifying interventions to treat severe problem behavior, and whether results accurately predict interventions associated with the largest and most sustained treatment gains over time. This study included 3 participants diagnosed with autism who were admitted to an inpatient unit for the treatment of severe problem behavior. A BEA was conducted to determine potential interventions for escape-maintained problem behavior. Four interventions were briefly compared: non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) with food, NCR with toys, differential reinforcement of other and alternative behaviors (DRO/DRA) with food, and DRO/DRA with toys. Conditions from the BEA associated with the lowest rates of problem behavior were further evaluated during demand fading. Results from a reversal design indicated that treatment interventions identified within the BEA were successful at maintaining low rates of problem behavior over time; however distinct patterns emerged during demand fading for some participants. Discussion will focus on how to further apply the model to use data to select treatment components prior to extended evaluations.

 
 
Symposium #400
CE Offered: BACB
Experimental Functional Analyses and Procedural Integrity
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jennifer D. Smith (Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Hanna C. Rue, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Experimental functional analysis (EFA) is considered the gold standard of assessment when evaluating the function of a challenging behavior. There are numerous peer-reviewed articles demonstrating the use of what many clinicians consider a traditional EFA and variations such as trial-based functional analysis (TBFA), latency to first response, or EFA of precursor behavior. This symposium will highlight procedural integrity as it relates to implementation of EFAs. During the first discussion, Ridgway and colleagues discuss the frequency with which authors report procedural integrity during EFAs. Additionally, data will be presented regarding the frequency with which authors report recording of inter-observer agreement on procedural integrity data collection. Rue and colleagues will follow with a review of training board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) to implement an EFA. Specifically, the authors will present procedural fidelity data when novice BCBAs implement a traditional EFA and generalize to a TBFA. LoVullo and colleagues will present data demonstrating the impact of varying procedural integrity during a traditional EFA. The symposium will allow for a discussion of the importance of monitoring and reporting procedural integrity during EFAs and implications for practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, integrity
 

Procedural Integrity in Functional Analysis: A Review of the Literature

(Applied Research)
Andrea L. Ridgway (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Chisato Komatsu (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies), DAISY WANG (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Rebecca Mandal-Blasio (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

The degree of procedural integrity of a functional analysis may impact the results obtained. As intervention procedures are designed based on the results of a functional analysis, the effectiveness of an intervention may be dependent on the degree to which the functional analysis was implemented with integrity. We reviewed studies on the functional analysis of problem behavior from 1961 to 2012 previously included in Beavers, Iwata, and Lerman (2013) and Hanley, Iwata, and McCord (2003) to identify the number of studies that include procedural integrity data and interobserver agreement data for procedural integrity data. Of the 110 studies reviewed thus far, 23 studies (21%) included procedural integrity data, 2 studies (2%) stated that procedural integrity data were collected, but were not reported in the article, and 2 studies (2%) reported that trainer behavior was monitored to ensure integrity, but no data were reported. Of the 23 studies that reported integrity data, eight (35%) included interobserver agreement data for integrity data. Eighteen (16%) of the 110 studies reported that the functional analysis was conducted by a trained individual, but only 8 of those studies included data on procedural integrity. Implications for practice and future research regarding procedural integrity will be discussed.

 

Functional Analysis: Generalization From Traditional to Trial-Based Analysis

(Applied Research)
HANNA C. RUE (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Andrea L. Ridgway (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Tino LoVullo (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

Results of a recent survey of over 600 behavior analysts indicated only 77% received formal training in the use of experimental functional analysis (EFA). Further, 63% of board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) indicated they never or almost never used an EFA in practice. The objective of the current study was to determine if BCBAs could generalize the ability to implement a trial-based experimental functional analysis (TBFA) following training focused on traditional EFA methodology. Three BCBAs with no experience implementing EFAs acted as participants in the study. The independent variable included formal training in EFA methodology. The dependent variable was level of procedural integrity during implementation of a traditional EFA and a TBFA measured in a multiple baseline design. Participants implemented the traditional EFAs during a mock assessment. Participants implemented the TBFAs in an applied setting with clients diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Initial results indicate that participants can implement traditional EFA methodology with relatively high levels of integrity. Results suggest two participants demonstrated challenges maintaining levels of integrity above 80% during the demand and control conditions. Participants will likely require additional feedback to maintain procedural integrity above 80% accuracy during TBFAs. Implications for training and practice are discussed.

 
Functional Analysis: Varying Levels of Procedural Integrity
(Applied Research)
TINO LOVULLO (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Andrea L. Ridgway (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: In recent years, research in the area of procedural integrity has highlighted the impact of varying levels of integrity during skill acquisition and behavior reduction procedures. However, there is little evaluation of the impact of varying procedural integrity during behavioral assessments. Further, few published studies report levels of procedural integrity during experimental functional analyses (EFAs). The current study evaluated the impact of varying levels of procedural integrity during EFAs using a reversal design (ABA). The independent variable included implementation of EFA conditions at 100% or 50% integrity. The dependent variable was rate of challenging behavior. Participants included three males with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) ages four and five years. Initial results suggest manipulating levels of procedural integrity increases the rate of target behavior in some conditions. The increase may be due to the fact that varying integrity is essentially varying the schedule of reinforcement. Initial results also suggest that one participant demonstrated an increase in non-target disruptive behavior. The EFA for the final two participants will be completed by December 2016. The authors conclude the presentation with a discussion of implications for practice and future research regarding errors of omission and commission.
 
 
Symposium #401
The Matching Law: Alive and Kicking
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B/C
Area: EAB/PRA; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Over the past two decades, research has demonstrated the generalized matching law (GML) to be a useful tool in describing choice in sports including baseball, basketball, football, and hockey. However, this area of research has failed to gain much ground, despite its potential for contributing to our understanding of behavior in sports. It is important to extend this area of research beyond a simple demonstration of matching in order to make broader inferences regarding factors that influence choice in sports. Some recent research has risen to this challenge and begun to examine the intricacies and utility of applying quantitative analyses to sports, including analyses of risk tolerance, situational bias, and moving from a team-based analysis to individual analyses. The presentations in this symposium will discuss recent research in the application of the GML to sports, the importance of qualitative analyses of behavior in sports, and how behavior analysts can extend this line of work from demonstrations to application.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): matching law, quantitative analysis, sports
 

An Examination of Matching in Professional Soccer Penalty Shoot-Outs: Using Archival Data to Advance Our Understanding of Choice in Sports

ALBERT MALKIN (Southern Illinois University), Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The generalized matching law (GML) provides a parsimonious account of choice during game-play in sports. The GML, when log transformed, suggests that selection amongst multiple alternatives is a linear function of the relative rate of reinforcement produced; research has demonstrated that the GML is predictive of behavior allocation across a variety of professional sports (e.g. baseball, basketball, football, and hockey). The current study made use of a data set of soccer penalty shootouts published by Chiappori, Levitt, and Groseclose (2002) and analyzed the data using the generalized matching equation. Analyses were conducted given a choice paradigm for both kickers and goalies, entailing three alternatives (e.g. kicking or blocking to the left, center, and right). Results indicate a bias away from kicking toward the center for kickers, and a similar bias in goalies responding, for staying out of the center. Additionally, goalies results suggest poor matching for single response alternatives, but a strong relationship when responses were aggregated. Implications of the results will be discussed related to the parameters of the use GML, the applied use of archival data, and the influence of rule-governed behavior on side selection in penalty shootouts.

 
Applications of the Generalized Matching Law to Professional Mixed Martial Arts Competition
HOLLY SENIUK (University of Nevada, Reno), Janie Vu (University of Guelph)
Abstract: Over the past 15 years various studies have demonstrated that the generalized matching equation (GME) can be used to describe choice in sports such as basketball, football, baseball, and more recently, hockey. Most of these studies aggregated the data from all of the players on the team, and very few have examined the data at the individual level. None of the studies to date have used the matching law to describe choice behavior in individual sports. The current study examined applications of the (GME) to strike selection for thirty-two professional mixed martial arts fighters. The results demonstrate that the GME is a strong descriptor of strike selection, and may be used to describe choice behavior in individual sports as well team sports. This presentation will discuss the relevance of individual analyses, as well as use previous studies to suggest implications for expanding the literature on the GME and sports from demonstration to application.
 
 
Symposium #402
CE Offered: BACB
Generalized Effects of Repeated-Readings Interventions
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David Hulac (The University of Northern Colorado )
CE Instructor: Edward J. Daly, Ph.D.
Abstract: For the thousands of studies on reading instruction and intervention, far too many students still fail to become proficient readers. Applied behavior analysis, however, has the conceptual tools and methodology for individual analysis necessary to examine the variables affecting each struggling readers difficulties. From this perspective, teaching reading is a matter of promoting stimulus control and stimulus or response generalization. This symposium presents three studies that examined intervention strategies for oral-reading fluency problems with special emphasis on generalization, either to novel contexts for the trained response class (reading words in untrained passages) or to different response classes (comprehension). In the first two studies, the authors compared repeated practice conditions that varied in terms of word similarity across practice occasions, and examined the effects in novel, untrained passages. The first study examined maintenance effects for a group of 130 students. The second study examined classification accuracy statistics when predicting performance on the generalization passage from the training passages. In the third study, the authors compared a repeated practice condition to modeling across different difficulty levels to examine which, if either, produced greater comprehension. The results will be discussed in terms of how reading interventions should be designed to maximize generalized improvements.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Generalization, Reading comprehension, Reading fluency, Repeated readings
 

Examining Procedures for Promoting Maintenance and Generalization: Repeated Versus Guided Versus Repeated Plus Guided Reading

SCOTT P. ARDOIN (University of Georgia), Katherine Binder (Mt. Holyoke), Andrea Zawoyski (University of Georgia), Tori Foster (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

An extensive body of literature exist promoting repeated readings as an effective practice for developing students reading fluency. Repeated reading (RR) procedures are consistent with the procedures recommended by Haring and Eatons (1978) Instructional Hierarchy for promoting students fluent responding to newly learned stimuli. An extensive body of literature also supports RR as an effective practice for promoting students reading fluency of practiced passages. Less clear is the extent to which RR allows students to read those same words presented in new passages. The current study employed a randomized-control design procedure in order to examine the maintenance and generalization effects of three interventions, each of which provided students with repeated opportunities to practice high and low frequency words. The condition differed in the extent to which words were practiced within the same versus different passages. Across the 130 students for whom data were analyzed, results indicated that increased opportunities to practices words lead to greater maintenance effects when passage were read 7 days later but minimal differences across conditions in students reading of target words presented within new passage.

 

Direct and Generalized Effects of a Reading Fluency Intervention Across Different Word Overlap Conditions

NICHOLAS D. YOUNG (University of Northern Colorado), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Michael Patrick Mullane (Syracuse University), Stephanie J. Long (Syracuse University), Samantha Sallade (Syracuse University), William Sullivan (Syracuse University), Allison J. Morley (Syracuse University), Joseph E. Underberg (Syracuse University)
Abstract:

We assessed childrens gains in oral reading fluency following intervention on 3 training passages that differed in word overlap (low, high, multiple exemplar) with an untrained generalization passage. We also calculated various classification accuracy statistics when predicting performance on the generalization passage from the training passages. Participants were 77 white third-grade students randomly assigned within classrooms to the three conditions. Results showed significantly larger gains on the training versus generalization passages with no significant differences between conditions. We also found a larger increase in the percentage of students who read the generalization passage with no errors after training on the multiple exemplar passage. Using cut scores of 100 words correct per minute at post-test, performance on the training passages had high specificity, positive predictive power, and negative predictive power in relation to performance on the untrained generalization passage. Sensitivity was low with more than half of the students who failed to achieve mastery on the generalization passage reaching criterion on the training passages. Implications for school-based intervention teams as well as future research are discussed.

 
A Comparison of Comprehension Accuracy and Rate: Repeated Readings and Listening-While-Reading in Second-Grade Students
MEGAN BLONDER (University of Tennessee - Knoxville), Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee), Dennis Ciancio (University of Tennessee - Knoxville), Samantha Turnbull (University of Tennessee - Knoxville), Katelyn Scott (School Psychology Doctoral Student at University of Tennessee Knoxville), Carrie Jaquett (University of Tennessee), Jonah Ruddy (University of Tennessee - Knoxville), Kelly Thompson (University of Tennessee - Knoxville)
Abstract: Researchers have evaluated the effects of Repeated Readings and Listening-While- Reading interventions on oral reading fluency and comprehension, and have compared the effects of these two interventions on indirect measures of comprehension. This research was extended by evaluating and comparing the effects of these two interventions using direct measures of reading comprehension and reading comprehension rates, or the amount of passage comprehended per time spent reading. To determine if an interaction exists between passage difficulty and intervention condition, students read two passages for each condition, one easier and one harder passage. Results revealed main effects on comprehension rate, but not on comprehension accuracy. These findings suggest that neither intervention enhanced comprehension, but Listening-While-Reading enhanced comprehension rates on both easier and harder passages, which suggest that it may be a significantly more efficient procedure for enhancing comprehension. Implications for measurement, academic accommodations, class-wide instruction, and future research are discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #403
Teaching Future Teachers How to Be Effective Teachers
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University)
 

Professional Development With Video Modeling: Effects on Behavior Specific Praise in General Education Classrooms

Domain: Applied Research
COLLEEN BARRY (George Mason University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University)
 
Abstract:

Federal mandates require that teachers implement evidence-based practices (EBP) in their classrooms; however, these practices are inconsistently implemented in both general and special education settings. Although intended to address this research-to-practice gap, teacher professional development opportunities are typically delivered in ineffective, one-shot formats. To address the need for effective professional development targeting EBP implementation in schools, this study examined the effects of a treatment package on teacher use of behavior-specific praise statements (BSPS). Specifically, this study used a multiple baseline across participants design to determine whether a functional relation exists between a professional development package incorporating video modeling and teacher rate and integrity of BSPS in general education classrooms. Eight general education elementary teachers participated in a six-week training series consisting of watching video modeling clips, practicing BSPS, and receiving feedback on BSPS delivery. Data were collected on rate of BSPS and the integrity with which teachers delivered BSPS throughout typical classroom routines. Results indicated a functional relation between the training package and rate and integrity of BSPS. Implications related to effective educator professional development and video modeling as a facilitative tool for educator skill acquisition and treatment integrity are discussed.

 
 
 
Paper Session #404
OBM in Workplace Health and Safety
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Christopher Hebein (The University of Nevada, Reno)
 

How Behavior Analysts Can Contribute to Corporate Health Promotion

Domain: Service Delivery
EDWARD M. FRAMER (Health Fitness Corporation, Inc.)
 
Abstract:

Health Promotion (Wellness) clearly needs more Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysts. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is a highly-developed practice based on a significant body of scientific knowledge. It grew out of B.F. Skinners Radical Behaviorism. ABA is perfect for wellness work due to its willingness to deal with consciousness as it does any other behavior. ABAs goal? Improve socially meaningful behaviors to a useful extent. In health promotion, this practical approach applies to wellness programming using an Antecedent, Behavior, Consequent (ABC discriminated operant) model. The clear distinction between incentives and reinforcers lends additional strength to the ABA approach. As of today, ABA has been vastly underutilized within corporate wellness programs. This presentation will emphasize what Behavior Analysts can contribute to corporate wellness. Its specific emphasis is on program design, lifestyle coaching and cultures of health. It will incorporate many ABA concepts and tools and through them explain why current wellness and health promotion programs do not yet produce all of the results of which they are capable. The presentation demonstrates how ABA can develop and foster ongoing healthy behavior at both the individual and population levels.

 

The Best in Behavioral Safety Systems Step Forward: Detecting and Shaping Quality

Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTOPHER HEBEIN (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven Anbro (University of Nevada Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (Praxis2LLC)
 
Abstract:

At the ABA annual meeting in 1998 (Orlando, FL) a panel discussion asked, "Will the best in behavioral safety systems please step forward?" The panel discussed methods for detecting and shaping quality applications of behavior science to work safety. In subsequent years, the CCBS (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) developed and implemented a process to assess and accredit management systems resting on principles of behavior. Accreditation was earned by numerous sites demonstrating (1) a documented behavioral program with foundations in scientific work (2) achieving safety outcomes that are the best in the their industry and (3) sustained for at least three years. Over 20 sites in the US and UK have earned CCBS accreditation since 2003; some multiple times via re-accreditation. This session reviews the accreditation process, highlights the data from 43 site assessments and considers future directions to better shape quality via program review by a third-party, independent commission of behavior science experts.

 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #405
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Discriminative Processes in the Differential Reinforcement of Stereotyped and Varied Response Forms

Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Robert C. Mellon, Ph.D.
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
ROBERT C. MELLON (Panteion University of Social and Political Sciences)
Robert C. Mellon, Ph.D., BCBA, is professor of the Department of Psychology at the Panteion University in Athens, where he established a seven-semester undergraduate course of studies in behavioral philosophy and science, and directs the Laboratory of Experimental and Applied Behavior Analysis. He trained in the Brownstein-Shull laboratory at the University of North Carolina at Greensboro, where he completed both the clinical psychology and experimental analysis of behavior programs. He was a clinical psychology intern at New York University-Bellevue, and served as a postdoctoral research fellow at the State University of New York at Binghamton and then at the New York State Psychiatric Institute-Columbia University. Mellon travelled with the Overseas Programs of the University of Maryland, then dropped anchor in the Hellenic Republic, where he has worked for two decades and authored Hellenic-language behavior-analytic textbooks. His empirical and theoretical work, principally in behavioral variability, resistance to change and aversive control, and the implications of these processes in understanding the provenance and treatment of problematic patterns of behavior, has been published in both behavior-analytic and mainstream psychology journals. Mellon serves as past president of the European Association for Behaviour Analysis and as founding president of the Hellenic Community for Behavior Analysis.
Abstract:

In instructional texts, response differentiation and stimulus discrimination procedures are usually treated separately, but shaping inherently establishes discriminative control by proprioceptive and other stimuli automatically and differentially produced in the emission of effective and ineffective response forms; antecedent control by response-produced stimuli inheres in shaping. In many cases, effective shaping might not require a specification of the discrimination of response-produced stimuli generated under differential reinforcement; other problems might demand a more fine-grained analysis. One such problem might be that of altering the variability/stereotypy of a response form, in which differential reinforcement may be viewed as establishing the discriminative and conditional reinforcing potency of the stimuli produced in the inchoate emission of acts that are either similar to, or different from, those recently emitted. When control by such stimuli is weak, procedures specifically designed to enhance the SD and S? functions of stimuli produced by repetitive and non-repetitive acts might be of substantial utility. Recent experiments indicate that the differential reinforcement of repetition or non-repetition indeed generates discriminations of the criterion-defining dimensions of response-produced stimuli of effective and ineffective acts, not undifferentiated novelty, and that interventions designed to alter stereotypy/variability might be rendered more effective by the facilitation of such self-discrimination.

Target Audience:

Researchers in basic behavioral processes, professional applied behavior analysts, advanced students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify how response differentiation procedures inevitably generate discriminations of stimuli automatically generated in the emission of effective and ineffective response forms; (2) Identify how the differential reinforcement of variability or stereotypy might establish the discriminative (SD and S') and conditionally-reinforcing function of stimuli automatically produced in the repetition and non-repetition of previously-emitted response forms; (3) Describe and critically analyze the extant data base for the view that lag (differential reinforcement of variability) schedules generate discriminations of the specific dimensions of response-produced stimuli of effective and ineffective acts; (4) Identify two techniques for facilitating the establishment of discriminative control by the stimuli automatically produced in the emission of repeated or unrepeated acts.
 
 
Panel #406
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Telehealth: A Viable Option for Ethical and Effective ABA Services
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Janet Vasquez, M.S.
Chair: Janet Vasquez (World Evolve Therapy)
KIMBERLY D WOOLERY (World Evolve Therapy)
LAURIE TARTER (Sunny Days, Inc.)
KARELIX ALICEA (Lotus Behavioral Interventions)
Abstract: The prevalence of autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) has increased markedly in recent decades, which has resulted in a high demand for providers of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) therapy in the United States and internationally. In order to meet these increasing demands, ABA providers have found the Telehealth Service Delivery Model, which has received a growing interest over the past few years, as a viable option for ethical and effective ABA services. Telehealth services differ significantly from on-site services, as it requires clinicians to make special considerations when providing services remotely. This panel will discuss several critical areas related to the telehealth model, which include, but are not limited to, setting up a Telehealth program, using HIPAA-compliant technology, conducting effective assessments, providing ongoing remote supervision and parent training, as well as documentation and reporting. Each of the panel members will contribute their own unique experiences as they pertain to each of these key areas.
Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Invited Tutorial #407
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
Applied Ethics for Practicing Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB/QABA CE Offered. CE Instructor: Steven Woolf, Ph.D.
Chair: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
Presenting Authors: : STEVEN WOOLF (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

This presentation addresses some of the most common ethical issues behavioral practitioners encounter when providing home-based and school services. As the numbers of BCBAs have grown over the last few years and ABA services funding increased, behavior analysts are increasingly exposed to ethical dilemmas that may jeopardize their certification or license. The presenter shall complete a data based overview of some of the most common ethical complaints encountered by related human service professionals enforced by state regulatory boards. The presentation also highlights survey data based on ethical challenges experienced by practicing behavior analyst. The presenter will also provide analysis of state behavior analyst licensing regulations cross referenced to the BACB compliance code. Finally, the presenter shall provide strategies for dealing and responding to ethical issues commonly encounter by practicing behavioral professionals. This workshop addresses a variety of ethical and best practice issues: in-field supervision of paraprofessional staff, appropriate discharge/termination of cases, fraudulent billing, school consultation, documentation of services, informed consent, misrepresentation, punishment as intervention, and maintaining of clinical records.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Licensed BCBAs, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list the three most common ethical dilemmas encountered by practicing behavior analysts; (2) identify three sections of the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code most applicable to providing home- and school-based ABA-based treatment; (3) list three antecedent control strategies to avoid controversial ethical situations when delivering services in schools and homes.
 
STEVEN WOOLF (Beacon ABA Services)
Dr. Woolf has been a BCBA-D for over 17 years and is the Senior Vice President of Beacon ABA Services, which is the largest home based EIBI service provider in the Northeast. He regularly communicates with state officials at Department of Public Health, Department of Developmental Services, special education directors, and state legislators on the funding and quality of ABA services. Dr. Woolf has authored publications and regularly presents ABA research at state and national conferences. He has extensive experience providing treatment to children and adults with disabilities. He is the former past president, one of the founders of MassABA, executive member on CTABA, executive member of MassABA, and chairperson of the ABAI Chapter leadership committee. Dr. Woolf's specialty areas include managing large scale home-based service delivery system and licensure of behavior analysts. He has served on state committees to define behavior analyst licensure standards and regulations. Dr. Woolf also has significant experience working with numerous health insurance providers relative to funding ABA treatment and presents regularly on the new AMA CPT codes.
 
 
Panel #408
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Navigating the Grant World as a Behavior Analyst
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 304
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Shea M. Lemley, M.A.
Chair: Shea M. Lemley (The University of Kansas)
DAVID P. WACKER (The University of Iowa)
MATTHEW W. JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
WILLIAM J. MCILVANE (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract:

Obtaining grant funding can provide opportunities to conduct meaningful research, facilitate collaborations with researchers in other fields, and may be pivotal for academic tenure. Due to the breadth of the areas in which behavior analysts conduct research, opportunities for funding abound. Behavior analytic training, however, may not include grant writing and development, and even behavior analysts who learn about such topics may have questions as they consider writing their first grant. This Professional Development Series panel will introduce attendees to the grant world and provide general recommendations for those interested in seeking grant funding. Three expert panelists will discuss how they have successfully navigated the grant world as behavior analysts. They will provide insight from their diverse perspectives across the basic to applied research continuum. These panelists will provide tips and recommendations from their unique experiences as behavior analysts in the grant world. The audience will then have an opportunity to ask their own questions and request advice from the panelists.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): applied research, basic research, grant funding, professional development
 
 
Paper Session #409
Analyzing MOs and Reinforcers in Mand Training
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Area: VBC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Genae Annette Hall (Behavior Analysis and Intervention Services)
 
Using Interrupted Behavior Chains to Assess and Teach Mands: Details of How to Effectively Manipulate Blocked Response Conditioned Establishing Operations
Domain: Service Delivery
GENAE ANNETTE HALL (Behavior Analysis and Intervention Services)
 
Abstract: Several studies on teaching mands or "requests" to learners with language delays successfully used what Hunt & Goetz (1988) called the “interrupted behavior chain strategy." A study conducted in 1979 and published in 1987 by Hall & Sundberg used this strategy, along with 10 studies conducted from 1985 through June 2000 (Carter & Grunsell, 2001). More recently, Petursdottir et al. (2005), Rosales & Rehfeldt (2007), Lechago et al. (2010), Finn et al. (2012), Albert et al. (2012) and Hall, Elia & Sundberg (2016) used interrupted behavior chains to establish mands and assess and/or establish transfer between tacts and mands, or vice versa. Carter & Grunsell (2001) noted that “most, if not all of the interruption strategies described in the behavior chain interruption literature “could be conceptualized as blocked response CEOs”, as described by Michael (1988). The blocked response CEO appears to include a transitive CEO (Michael, 1993) paired with an absent or blocked SD for the next chain step, and may be viewed as a "problem situation", as described by Skinner (1953) in Science and Human Behavior. As such, it may evoke precurrent problem-solving behaviors (including mands) that eventually yield an SD for the solution response. Although it may initially seem straightforward to establish simple behavior chains and interrupt them (i.e., present a blocked response CEO), the chain must be interrupted in such a way that the learner is genuinely motivated to mand in the probe interval. Otherwise, mands may falsely appear to be absent. It appears that a chain may be interrupted in at least 4 ways: First, the learner stops performing the chain independently, at the point where the missing item is usually accessed. He or she scans for the item, but does not reach for it because it is missing. Second, the learner may stop the chain independently after emitting precurrent problem-solving behaviors such as trying to complete the chain in an incorrect order without the missing item. Third, the trainer interrupts the learner’s self-stimulatory behavior that momentarily competes with motivation for chain completion. Fourth, the trainer physically blocks the learner’s attempt to access reinforcement without the missing item. For trainers to implement chain interruption effectively, they must learn to implement the procedure in slightly different ways, depending on the circumstances. This presentation will illustrate how this may be accomplished, using session videos.
 
Noncontingent Reinforcement and Behavioral Momentum: A Comparison of Functional and Arbitrary Reinforcers in Mand Training
Domain: Applied Research
A. DUFF LOTFIZADEH (Easterseals Southern California), Meghan Herron (Easter Seals Southern California), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, LA)
 
Abstract: According to behavioral momentum theory, increasing reinforcer density in a particular context increases response persistence in that context. These effects have been obtained in clinical settings by increasing reinforcer density using noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) schedules consisting of the same reinforcer as the target operant (matched or functional NCR) and different reinforcers (unmatched NCR). However, response persistence has not been directly compared as a function of these two variations of NCR schedules in clinical settings. Two studies were conducted to evaluate the persistence of a particular mand when it was disrupted in three stimulus contexts, one correlated with a matched NCR schedule, one with an unmatched NCR schedule, and one with no NCR schedule. The results indicated that in the majority of cases responding was more persistent in contexts correlated with an NCR schedule than in the context that did not have NCR. Interestingly, responding was more persistent in the unmatched NCR context than in the matched NCR context. These findings indicate that NCR schedules may be more suitable for strengthening learned behaviors rather than reducing unwanted behaviors.
 
 
 
Symposium #410
Behavior Analysis in Zoological Settings: Behavioral Assessments and Welfare
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kathryn L. Kalafut (Antioch College)
Discussant: Kenneth T Ramirez (Karen Pryor Clicker Training)
Abstract: This symposium illustrates the power of behavior analysis techniques, practices and analysis in the setting of captive animal institutions. These institutions provide a great opportunity for environmental control and behavioral manipulation. Environmental and behavior manipulations in captive animal settings are often aimed at enhancing the welfare of the animals within their care. Providing the opportunity for animals to behave as naturally as possible, as well as understanding their preferences, can have dramatic effects. The data presented here shows how preference assessments can enhance naturalistic behaviors (with Loggerhead Sea Turtles and dolphins), how more naturalistic behavior can effect physical health (with Little Blue penguins), and how single-subject research designs are not only feasible, but allow for enhanced data-based decisions to be made in a captive setting (with African Lions).
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): animal welfare, applied, environmental enrichment, preference assessments
 
Preferences for Environmental Enrichment in Bottlenose Dolphins
LINDSAY RENEE MEHRKAM (Oregon State University), Nicole R. Dorey (University of Florida)
Abstract: The aim of this study was to determine if paired-stimulus preference assessments (PSPAs) could be used to identify high-preferred environmental enrichment devices (EEDs) for 20 bottlenose dolphins at Sea World Orlando and Discovery Cove. Each PSPA consisted of four EEDs presented across 12 two-minute trials. Preference assessment results for nine individual dolphins at Sea World and 11 individual dolphins at Discovery Cove are shown in Figure 1a and Figure 1b, respectively. The aggregate results for all dolphins at both Sea World and Discovery Cove are displayed in Figure 2. At the group level, the buoy was the most preferred EED on average (chosen in 63.4% of all trials in which it was presented), followed by the sausage (chosen in 56.7% of all trials); the boomer ball and the hoop were both nearly equally low-preferred EEDs on average. In addition, clear individual differences in EED preference were observed. Although preference assessments have been extended to a number of species, this study is the first to successfully demonstrate the use of PSPAs with bottlenose dolphins. These results add to the growing empirical literature on captive cetacean enrichment and the importance of promoting choice and control for animals in these settings.
 
Assessing Color Preference in Loggerhead Sea Turtles
AMANDA MAHONEY (Savannah State University), Alexis Fleming (Savannah State University), Ashley Lee (Savannah State University), Sequoyah Thurmond (Savannah State University), Satta Kpaan (Savannah State University), Jasmine Benning (Savannah State University)
Abstract: Although environmental enrichment procedures have demonstrated their benefit to animals in zoos and aquariums, few studies have been conducted with reptiles, specifically marine turtles. Recently, it has been demonstrated that loggerhead sea turtles have true color vision and so it is possible that these turtles may be more sensitive to certain colors, as previous research has indicated. If this is the case, enrichment devices utilized in aquariums should accommodate this preference. This paper will present data from two loggerhead sea turtles demonstrating a color preference hierarchy. For both turtles we assessed color sensitivity in a restricted operant arrangement. For one turtle we conducted further assessments in a free operant arrangement and for the second turtle we conducted additional assessments during which we varied the background color to control for contrast effects. Results indicate a sensitivity toward yellow for both turtles in both the restricted and free operant arrangements. The color preference hierarchy for the second turtle was not disrupted by the background color, but choice was more evenly distributed among colors.
 

Evaluation of Strategies Designed to Reduce Stereotypic Pacing in an African Lion (Panthera leo)

CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom and Florida Institute of Technology), Angela Miller (Disney’s Animal Kingdom), Katherine A. Leighty (Education and Science, Disney's Animal Kingdom)
Abstract:

When stereotypic pacing occurs at high rates among carnivores in human care, it can replace other species-typical behaviors. Additive enrichment strategies have often been employed to mitigate this behavior. A multiple baseline across contexts design was used to evaluate the effects of additive enrichment strategies, as well as the opportunistic introduction of a social management strategy, on stereotypic pacing in a geriatric female African Lion. Caregiver-recorded rates of stereotypic pacing were reduced from 80-100% of point scans during baseline to 0-20% of point scans after introduction of the social management strategy. This study provides an example of caregiver-directed evaluation of behavior change in a zoological setting. The successful strategy occurred opportunistically and evaluation of its effect was only possible because caregivers were already evaluating other strategies. This study demonstrates the utility of data-based decision making for behavioral management of animals in human care. The study demonstrates the utility of single-case evaluation methods for answering questions about the application of environmental enrichment strategies to the behavior of individual animals.

 
The Effects of Increased Swimming on Bumblefoot in Little Blue Penguins (Eudyptula minor)
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (Antioch College), Rickey Kinley (Cincinnati Zoo and Botanical Garden)
Abstract: Bumblefoot, or pododermatitis, is a bacterial infection of the foot that commonly occurs in captive birds, including penguins (AZA, 2014). Recent research has found that bumblefoot lesions can be reduced through the use of environmental enrichment (Reisfield, et al., 2013). This research validates the efficacy of behavioral interventions in decreasing or eliminating lesions, but fails to provide any behavioral data. The goals of this research are to quantify the behavioral changes necessary in order to decrease or eliminate bumblefoot lesions, as well as determine the necessary behaviors in order to prevent its re-occurrence. Little Blue penguins (Eudyptula minor) housed at the Cincinnati Zoo and Botanical Garden (five suffering from bumblefoot and others free from current lesions) served as subjects. Using radio-frequency technology (RF-ID), behavioral measures include the daily amount of time spent swimming and standing on various substrates. Physical measures include the diameter of lesions. Using a multiple baseline design, different treatments are implemented used across individuals in attempt to increase swimming time. Results show a relationship between swimming behavior and bumblefoot severity.
 
 
Symposium #411
CE Offered: BACB
Fostering Professional Skills and Service Quality: Recent Advancements in Pre-Intervention Assessment in Human Services
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tyler Erath (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Tyler Erath, M.A.
Abstract:

The behavior of staff and the environmental conditions in which staff work impact the quality of services being delivered and, subsequently, client outcomes. Recent research has documented that pre-intervention assessment (e.g., Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services; PDC-HS) can lead to improved outcomes regarding staff performance. This symposium includes recent studies that incorporate pre-intervention assessment activities to foster professional skills and service quality. Hodges et al. evaluate the psychometric properties of the PDC-HS and document its reliability and validity for assessing staff performance problems. Mueller et al. describe the Caseload Management Support System, a functional assessment and intervention guide, to help practitioners better manage their client caseloads. Grauerholz-Fisher et al. promote quality of care in an autism clinic by developing and implementing interventions based on several pre-intervention assessment activities. Finally, Merritt and DiGennaro Reed implement an intervention based on PDC-HS results to address staff tardiness in an autism school. The collective findings support the use of pre-intervention assessment to inform organization- and staff-level interventions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional assessment, performance management, pre-intervention assessment, service quality
 

Assessment of Inter-Rater and Test-Retest Reliability of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist - Human Services

(Applied Research)
David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua Lipschultz (Florida Institute of Technology), ANSLEY CATHERINE HODGES (Florida Institute of Technology), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The Performance Diagnostic Checklist Human Services (PDC-HS) is a 20-item questionnaire about possible antecedent and consequent variables that might be correlated with the occurrence of employee performance issues in human service settings. Items are organized into 4 domains based on contingencies that may maintain performance issues. We assessed the interrater reliability of the PDC-HS through independent administration to groups of raters with varying levels of behavior analytic competency (i.e., RBT, BCaBA, and BCBA) using video vignettes of potential employee performance issues in an autism therapy setting. Additionally, we assessed the test-retest reliability following a period of at least 2 weeks, along with the content and social validity of the video vignettes. Overall, the results suggest that the PDC-HS is a valid and reliable tool for personnel with varying levels of behavior analytic competency to assess performance problems. High content and social validity measures were obtained as well. Potential uses of the PDC-HS in various organizational settings are discussed, as well as limitations.

 
Development of an Individualized Functional Assessment Tool for Barriers to Effective Caseload Management
(Service Delivery)
JONATHAN MUELLER (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
Abstract: In the past ten years, insurance funding has become a primary source of payment for applied behavior analytic services for individuals with autism spectrum disorders. While this has made services available to a broader group of consumers, managed care funders often have constraints on which services are allowable and in what amounts. These constraints and many others can make caseload management difficult for clinicians, especially when those clinicians are new to the workforce (i.e., with a few years of graduation and certifications). Ineffective caseload management can have detrimental effects to the quality of clinical services as well as overall financial stability for the provider. The current functional assessment and intervention guide, the Caseload Management Support System, was developed based on the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services (Carr & Strain, YEAR) and the Barriers Assessment of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Planning tool (VB-MAPP) (Sundberg, 2008). The assessment portion includes items from domains such as time management skills, geographic distribution of caseload, and match of clinical skills to client needs. The intervention tool links each problem area to a function-based intervention resource (e.g., time management resources for time management problems; clinical training supports for skills-client mismatch) to support performance. The implications of this kind of tool for the business and practice of applied behavior analysis will be discussed.
 
Assessing and Improving Quality of Care in an Autism Clinic
(Applied Research)
EMMA GRAUERHOLZ-FISHER (University of Florida), Allison M. Berard (Florida Autism Center), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Momentary time sampling has been used to evaluate quality of care in several settings, including residential facilities (Zarcone et al., 1993) and nursing homes (Shore et al., 1995). Given the growing number of applied behavior analysis service providers, autism clinics might be a new area in which assessing quality of care indicators could be very important. Therefore, we extended these procedures to an autism clinic, where we used momentary time sampling to assess environmental condition, client condition, and staff behavior. Following assessment, we conducted the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services (PDC-HS) with the clinic supervisors regarding areas of concern to identify the variables that might be contributing to poor performance. We then developed and implemented interventions based on the areas endorsed by the PDC-HS. Such analyses might be of interest to parents, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, and insurance companies who are trying to identify and regulate the quality of services provided.
 

An Evaluation of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist - Human Services to Improve Staff Tardiness

(Applied Research)
TODD ALLEN MERRITT (University of Kansas and QSAC), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

A nationwide survey conducted by CareerBuilder.com found that 20% of workers reported they arrive late to work at least once per week. Employee tardiness imposes financial costs on an employer and may have adverse effects on staff morale and the services the organization provides. To date only four published studies have addressed employee tardiness, and only one of these used a pre-intervention assessment to inform the intervention. The purpose of this study is to develop a performance management intervention to address staff tardiness based on the results of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS; Carr, Wilder, Majdalany, Mathisen, & Strain, 2013). Specifically, the study aims to reduce tardiness of teaching assistants employed at a school that provides educational services to children with autism. During baseline, the number of minutes that staff were late ranged from 0 to 222 (M = 17.53). Next, we will administer the PDC-HS to supervisors and participants (November 2016) and introduce a function-based intervention using a multiple baseline design across participants (December 2016). Results are anticipated to show that the PDC-HS is able to identify an effective intervention that maintains over time.

 
 
Symposium #412
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Examining Cross Cultural Supervision
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Saint Joseph's University)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Hughes Fong, M.A.
Abstract: This symposium will examine the ethics, challenges and strengths of cross cultural supervision. Whether our supervisees are those seeking board certification other employees, parents or other professionals, different languages, customs, and values may impact the supervision experience. It is important to supervisor and supervisees to explore the potential impact of these factors, as well as address how to uphold a clinically sound and ethical supervision experience. This symposium will discuss the relevant ethical codes, applied behavior analysis practices and experiences related to cross cultural supervision. This symposium discussion will include the experiences of individuals providing supervision to, or from, those in Jamaica, Korea, Japan, and Mexico.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ethics, multicultural, social validity, supervision
 

Tearing Down the Wall of Language Barriers: Addressing the Ethics of Providing Services to Families With a Different Native Language

KRISTA BROOKER (Mariposa Autism Service Center - AIT)
Abstract:

As behavior analysts it is our duty to provide quality care while following our ethical code, but there may be times where the environment makes this a difficult challenge. Our ethics state we must use language understandable by the recipients of our craft, however working in a border town often means providing services to families where English is a second language if even spoken at all. To overcome this challenge, we have implemented strategic staffing by having at least one team member who works with the family that can also speak the native language of the family, in addition to a lot of patience from all parties involved. The results fostered trust in our services and increased family participation in our programs. These results are likely able to be generalized, however providing services to a family that does not speak your same language should only be practiced when there is no better option.

 

Verbal Behavior and Supervision:Is the Message Lost?

SOOK KIM (Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
Abstract:

Different cultural groups tend to have different ways of interpreting the world and the events that happen within it (Hill, Carjuzaa, Aramburo, & Baca, 1993; McIntyre & Silva, 1992). Verbal behavior is described as being being behavior which is reinforced through the mediation of the other people (Skinner, 1957). But what happens when the speaker and listener speak different languages, or have different cultural beliefs? What happens if the listener is unable to appropriate discriminate the speakers verbal stimuli in a way in which the speaker understands? Can the supervisor still reinforce the verbal behavior of the supervisee?As a Korean BCBA working primarily with Korean American families, I have experienced receiving supervision from a supervisor from an outside culture. Similarly, I have also provided supervision to supervisees who are from a different culture. From my experience, the literal language barrier is just one of the many considerations that must be given when attempted to bridge cultures and ensure a successful supervision experience.

 
Supervisors as Game Changers: Narrative as Behaviors
SAKURAKO SHERRY TANAKA (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
Abstract: In her article “The Inclusion of Cultures and Cultures of Inclusion,” Charlotte Mandell writes that competing contingencies interact, modified by the larger social context, thus the behavior of individuals’ changes, and new contingencies are created. “Thus, continuous reflection on the multiple and potentially conflicting contingencies acting on the behavior of our clients, students, colleagues and neighbors may enhance our effectiveness at work and also facilitate civil and productive interactions throughout our lives” (2007). As a Japanese linguist/anthropologist-turned behavior analyst, one would like to examine what it may take to communicate functionally – not merely words – across the culturally diverse contexts; to co-create narratives through supervision experience. Do you really know if you reinforced or punished the supervisee’s response with your “feedback?” What other considerations, rules, and learning tasks may lie beyond knowing the Science and Ethics developed in the Western World? Where do we come from, and where do we aim to go, shape who we are now: history is within our hands if we can co-create narratives that can lead us beyond divisions that have set the world apart over the centuries.
 
 
Symposium #413
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating the Effects of Different Interteaching Components on Student Outcomes
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington)
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Scott A. Spaulding, Ph.D.
Abstract: Interteaching is a behavior-analytic approach that leads to improved student outcomes in higher-education settings when compared to more traditional methods of teaching. Over the past 14 years, researchers have evaluated the effects of interteaching in their classrooms. However, the influence of different interteaching components and the methods used for instructional delivery have not received as much attention from behavior analysts. The first presenter will provide a conceptual overview, introducing the research supporting interteaching, how the instructional method is implemented, and future directions of this research. The second presenter will highlight work investigating the relation between student performance on preparation guides, student ratings of discussion groups, and teacher ratings of student activity. The third presenter will discuss the effects of specific interteaching components—preparation guides, interteach sessions, and lecture—across each class session of an undergraduate psychology course as a way to consider acquisition of learning. The final presenter will share the results of an experimental analysis comparing interteaching with lecture within a synchronous online learning format—a systematic replication and extension of an early interteaching research study. Together, these four presentations illustrate current interteaching research and practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): interteaching, pedagogy
 

Interteaching: Breaking Away From Traditional Lecture-Centered Pedagogy

(Theory)
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University)
Abstract:

Interteaching is a relatively new behavioral teaching method with a growing body of empirical evidence to support its efficacy. Interteaching promotes student preparation by requiring students to complete study questions which guide them through a unit of course materials prior to class. During class meetings, students are divided into small groups, and the majority of class time is dedicated to encouraging active student engagement via peer discussion of the study questions. Instructors facilitate discussions by moving among the groups and providing guidance and clarification on topics. Lectures are brief and focused on clarifying material reported as difficult by students following the discussion. The use of interteaching methods in higher education settings has resulted in higher exam scores, increased student participation in class, and more positive course evaluations. Students also report enjoying interteaching more than traditional lectures. This review will provide a summary of interteaching, a brief review of research in the area, and possible directions for future empirical inquiry.

 

What Survives When Lectures Have Been Forgotten? Research on the Pragmatics of Interteaching

(Applied Research)
AMY MURRELL (University of North Texas), Shraddha Trehan (University of North Texas), Joseph Hernandez (University of North Texas), Leyla Erguder (University of North Texas), Daniel Steinberg (University of North Texas), Teresa Hulsey (University of North Texas), Danielle Moyer (University of North Texas), Darby McMakin (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Compared to lecture format, interteaching (Boyce & Hineline, 2002) typically results in higher-class attendance and student engagement (Saville, Zinn, Neef, Norman, & Ferreri, 2006). Interteaching encourages critical thinking, promotes better knowledge retention of course content, and stimulates higher student satisfaction and grades (Goto & Schneider, 2009; 2010). Still, this teaching format is novel and often uncomfortable for many university students and faculty when first implemented. This presentation will focus on a successful transition from traditional lecture format to interteaching in two classes: one section each of undergraduate and graduate level child psychopathology courses. Findings reveal a significant positive correlation between student grades on preparation guides and student ratings of the quality of their interteaching groups (r = .86, p < .001). Likewise, preparation guide grades are positively correlated with professor ratings of student activity within the groups (r = .49, p < .001). Results suggest students believe interteaching to be helpful to understanding lectures (74% say highly so), and they find clarifying lectures more beneficial when they are given the same day as the interteaching session on the topic. Additional data on pragmatic issues, along with study limitations and implications will be discussed.

 
A Preliminary Evaluation of the Relative Contribution of Interteaching Components
(Applied Research)
JOSEPH D. DRACOBLY (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Abstract: Researchers have found interteaching to be an effective method for teaching a variety of college-level courses (e.g., Boyce & Hineline, 2002; Saville, Zinn, Neef, Van Norman, & Ferrari, 2006). More recently, researchers have begun isolating the specific components for evaluation (e.g., Cannella-Malone, Axe, & Parker, 2009; Saville, Cox, O’Brien, & Vandervelt, 2011; Saville & Zinn, 2009). However, there has been limited research on the evaluation of student learning across the three components, preparation guide, interteach session, and lecture, on a week-by-week basis. The purpose of the current study was to determine the relative influence of each component on student performance in three undergraduate psychology courses. Each week, students were given three timed probes: first, before receiving the preparation guide, second, before completing interteaching, and third, in the next class period after the lecture. To date, I found a general increase in correct responses across each administration of the probe, with the largest increase occurring on the post-interteaching probe. However, across all probes, there was variability across participants, particularly on the post-interteaching probe. The results may allow us to identify the most effective component and lead to refinement of other components, resulting in more rapid acquisition.
 
Differences in Student Performance and Preference During Interteaching and Lecture in Synchronous Online Learning
(Applied Research)
MICHAEL GUTIERREZ (University of Washington), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington), Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington)
Abstract: Online learning is now a common format in higher education. Both synchronous and asynchronous platforms are used to teach students enrolled in many applied behavior analysis programs. The growth of this format has been relatively rapid, and the technology used to deliver the coursework can change quickly. To help ensure their program quality, behavior analysts must evaluate their online learning methods. Interteaching is a behavior analytic approach, typically used in higher education within a traditional classroom format. However, little research exists evaluating its effectiveness in online contexts. The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of interteaching and traditional lecture on the test scores of students in an online, synchronous class in a master’s program in special education. Across eight, weekly classes, students were assigned to either an interteaching or lecture format. Using an alternating treatments design, we evaluated the effects on quiz scores and student satisfaction. Results showed that interteaching produced higher quiz scores across all sessions with no overlapping data points between conditions. This difference maintained in a final exam, where more questions targeting interteach classes were answered correctly by students than those from lecture classes. Students also reported a preference for interteaching over lecture-based classes.
 
 
Symposium #413A
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis and Social Issues: Do We Have a Role to Play?
Monday, May 29, 2017
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F/G
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Recent trends interrelating the global economy and socially significant practices pertaining to health, education, violence, immigration, and sustainability, highlight the role of behavioral variables as among the key factors influencing socio-cultural change. While behavior analysts have long held an interest in understanding and intervening on these complex socio-cultural phenomena, our ability to do so has progressed slowly, as we have attempted to analyze and assess the phenomena of interest. This symposium will provide a set of scholarly discussions and empirical demonstrations that are designed to aid our design of new models of stewardship and open opportunities for innovation while adjusting to growing social upheaval, and environmental crises.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): community interventions, immigration, sustainability, violence
 
Examining the ABCs of Community Violence through the Aim4Peace Violence Prevention Program
(Applied Research)
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas), Daryl E. Stewart (University of Kansas), Courtney Moore (University of Kansas), Marvia Jones (University of Kansas)
Abstract: There is increased attention to the problem of violence in communities as a significant societal concern, which disproportionately affects some racial and ethnic minority groups. In Kansas City, the Aim4Peace Violence Prevention Program was implemented based on the evidence-based Cure Violence model for reducing shootings and killings. Cure Violence has several core components including street outreach to engage high-risk individuals in lifestyle behavior changes and community mobilization to modify normative group behaviors. In 2012, there was targeted implementation of the program in a police sector, which substantially contributed to incidences of violence. An interrupted time series with a comparison group design was used to examine program implementation. The frequency count of victims of firearm-related homicides and aggravated assaults were analyzed for the target and comparison police sectors. Between 2011 and 2012, during the first year of focused program implementation in the target area, there was a reduction in shootings and killings in the target area by 35 incidences (from 150 to 105 incidences). However, there was some variability in baseline levels, which limits interpretation of the findings. The presentation examines strengths, challenges, and opportunities for using a behavioral science approach to examine community-level violence.
 

The Role of Implicit Attitude Assessment inBehavior Analytic Interventions of Social Issues

(Applied Research)
GREGORY SCOTT SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Mary Froehlich (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Melissa Piasecki (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Socially significant issues continue to gain attention on both the national and global stages, with recent trends associated with immigration, xenophobia, women’s rights, women’s pay, women’s general treatment, and sexual orientation/gay rights, among many others, capturing the spotlight, especially in political elections, both domestically and abroad. Other social issues have already been a part of the national conversation for decades, including obesity, poverty, and racism and discrimination, although the latter has reemerged as a critical example of social injustice. An important piece in the progression of our ability to address these issues is the assessment of implicit bias, which is now a common buzz word that can be heard daily on news radio (e.g., NPR) and in recent presidential debates. In addition to assessing and identifying implicit attitudes and bias, understanding some of the factors that contribute to the development of these implicit attitudes is also an important step toward ultimately developing interventions on the social issues of interest. This presentation offers empirical data on the assessment of various implicit attitudes among a large sample of medical students, and discusses ways by which these data may serve to inform eventual assessments and interventions pertaining to other socio-cultural issues.

 

The Emergence and Decline of a Cultural Movement: A Behavior Science Perspective

(Applied Research)
MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract:

In previous presentations, I have spoken about the actions of five individuals and the contextual variables that resulted in the creation of the Mexican Muralist movement—the largest movement of its type since the Renaissance. This revolutionary movement left an historic and public record of Mexico’s social and political circumstances in the first half of the twentieth century. In this presentation, I explain why the movement emerged in 1921 and declined by the mid-1950s. By drawing upon the behavior scientific perspective and associated units of analysis, I describe the murals and illustrate the contextual variables in the movement’s evolution. Many cultural phenomena present similar characteristics and this analysis might aid in understanding them.

 

Constraining Our Future Selves: Overcoming the Super Wicked Problem of Climate Change

(Applied Research)
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC)
Abstract:

Climate change is seen as an accelerating problem challenging the earths population with human behavior being a driver of change. Prevention of climate change fades as an objective not likely to be achieved before impacts soon affect millions of people. Attention turns to adaptation to new eco-systems as leaders seek policies that help populations respond to climate changes. Climate change is defined as a super wicked problem as (1) time is running out (2) those who cause the problem seek to solve it (3) there is no central global authority to manage solutions and (4) humans discount future consequences. This paper considers the behavioral dimensions of policies that might offer a step-wise, iterative approach to preparing communities for accelerating climate changes and enabling humans to adapt to what lies ahead. Policies that interlock behavior and constrain consumption of energy-demading resources are likely to transition populations from unsustainable lifestyles to more adaptive behavior. It is recommended that these policies originate within leading communities (early adopters), generate data allowing determination of benefit, are codified to permit replication, attract investors, and expand to mid and late stage adopters. This aligns with methodologies used in behavior analysis and offers a route towards globalization of effective behavior change technologies that constrain our path to an unsustainable future.

 
 
Paper Session #414
TAGYou're It
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:20 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM
Chair: Miranda Foley (Firefly Autism)
 

TAG You're It

Domain: Applied Research
Ken Winn (Firefly Autism), Melissa Marks (Firefly Autism), MIRANDA FOLEY (Firefly Autism), Rebecca Perry (Firefly Autism)
 
Abstract:

In this talk, we will discuss using a unique treatment package utilizing a Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAGTeach) procedure paired with a multiple reinforcement schedule to decrease motor stereotypy in a 15-year old boy diagnosed with autism. TAGTeach has been effective in both neurotypical and special needs populations. We will discuss the use of positive reinforcement upon specific occurrences of behavior using an acoustical aid. The acoustical aid was used to reinforce incompatible behavior, hands to side and hands together during transitions, which were chosen based on the operational definition of stereotypy. The acoustical aid was also used during transitions to decrease elopement, requiring the client to have shoulder alignment with the instructor. We used a multiple reinforcement schedule to signal a condition where stereotypy was a free operant as part of the client's treatment program. We will discuss our results, which showed decreased levels of stereotypy across multiple settings, as well as an increase in appropriate transitions. We will also discuss our implications of this study as it suggests new technology to use in treatment of specific behavior change in autistic populations. We will also discuss the limitations of our treatment regarding the types of problem behavior that can be treated with this technique as well issues regarding generalization.

 
 
 
Symposium #415
CE Offered: BACB
Training Staff to Implement Basic Behavioral Technologies for Consumers With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Jason C. Vladescu, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The symposium includes three presentations on training staff to implement behavioral technologies for consumers with autism spectrum disorder. The first study evaluated the use of video modeling with voiceover instruction and on-screen text plus performance feedback to train implementation of stimulus preference assessments. All staff mastered the preference assessments and demonstrated high levels of generalized responding. The second study evaluated the use of enhanced data sheets to reduce teacher error patterns related to teaching auditory-visual conditional discriminations. The results indicated that the enhanced data sheets resulted in a decrease in error patterns. The third study trained teachers to implement discrete trial teaching using behavioral skills training. All teachers implemented discrete trial teaching with high integrity and adequately trained paraprofessionals to implement discrete trial teaching. Presenters will discuss findings in light of previous studies and provide avenues for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral skillstraining, Enhanced datasheets, Staff training, Video modeling
 

Using Video Modeling With Voiceover Instruction Plus Feedback to Train Implementation of Stimulus Preference Assessments

CASEY NOTTINGHAM (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Antonia Giannakakos (Caldwell University), Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University), Joshua Lipschultz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts frequently use stimulus preference assessments to identify putative reinforcers for consumers with autism spectrum disorder. The current study evaluated the effect of video modeling with voiceover instruction and on-screen text (VMVOT) and performance feedback to train staff to implement the multiple-stimulus-without-replacement, paired-stimulus, and single-stimulus preference assessments. Generalization probes with a larger stimulus array and with an actual consumer were conducted. The results indicated that VMVOT may be a useful prelude to in-vivo training approaches, as all staff mastered the preference assessments and demonstrated high levels of generalized responding. This outcome is discussed in light of previous staff training studies and avenues for future research.

 

Reducing Error Patterns When Teaching Receptive Identification to Students With Autism Using Enhanced Datasheets

Stacy Lauderdale-Littin (Monmouth University), JAYE ODOM (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Abstract:

Teaching receptive identification to learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) requires careful consideration. Simple instructional errors, such as arrangement of materials, can slow skill acquisition and unintentionally result in a learner response bias to position or stimulus. In the context of teaching receptive identification, best practice recommendations suggest rotating the target stimulus across trials, conducting an equal number of trials with each stimulus as sample, and counterbalancing placement of comparison stimuli in the array across trials (Grow & LeBlanc, 2012). In the current study, we evaluated the use of enhanced data sheets to reduce teacher error patterns related to practice recommendations for teaching receptive identification of skills to students with ASD. Three teachers participated in an evaluation of traditional and enhanced data sheets utilizing a multiple baseline design. Results indicate that participants were not consistently counterbalancing placement of comparison stimuli across trials prior to the implementation of the enhanced datasheet. Following implementation of the enhanced data sheet, placement of target stimuli and comparison stimuli were counterbalanced with 100% accuracy. Implications for use within the classroom will be discussed.

 
A Descriptive Assessment of Pyramidal Training
KALLY M LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Stephanie Smothermon (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Brittany Zey (University of Houston Clear Lake), Taylor Custer (University of Houston Clear Lake), Leah Smith (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Pyramidal training is an efficient approach for disseminating behavior analytic teaching practices into public schools serving students with autism. In this study, we evaluated 16 teachers’ use of behavior skills training (BST) while they trained paraprofessionals to use discrete trial teaching (DTT). Experimenters initially used BST to train the teachers to implement DTT but did not directly instruct the teachers to use BST when training the paraprofessionals. The teachers adequately trained all of the paraprofessionals. A descriptive assessment of the training indicated that that all teachers used written instructions, seven teachers modeled at least 90% of the DTT components, and 15 teachers role-played the components with the paraprofessional. Only eight teachers collected data on treatment integrity for more than 30% of sessions. All teachers provided feedback during the in-situ portion of the training. However, teachers were less likely to deliver praise for correctly implemented components than to deliver corrective feedback for incorrectly implemented components. Seven of the 16 teachers required experimenter feedback to increase the integrity of the paraprofessional’s performance. Total training time (prior to experimenter feedback) ranged from 125 to 325 min.
 
 
Symposium #416
CE Offered: BACB
Doing What Matters: Empirical and Conceptual Investigations Into Valuing as a Behavioral Phenomenon
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Evelyn R. Gould (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
Discussant: Timothy M. Weil (Tandem Behavioral Health & Wellness)
CE Instructor: Evelyn R. Gould, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis is first and foremost the study of reinforcement and not all reinforcement is equal. The effects of many reinforcers are determined by their physical properties but for humans with sophisticated verbal repertoires, the verbal behavior of the subject can have substantial effects on the potency of reinforcers. The topic of values is rarely addressed by behavior analysis and yet most every human identifies with values in some way. Furthermore, some effective behavior analytic interventions, such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, incorporate verbal behavior manipulations that directly target values, to significant effect. Despite the clear importance of addressing values, there is no consensus on what values are, if anything, in a science of behavior. This symposium brings together two papers that address this question, by analyzing values as verbal behavior that describes broad classes of potential future consequences and which has significant function-altering effects on later stimuli. Thus, values are conceptualized as verbal events that have motivating operation and rule functions. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Timothy Weil.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): augmentals, motivating operations, rules, values
 
What’s the Point? A Behavioral Conceptualization of Valuing
EVELYN R. GOULD (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California and FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: Successful navigation of life’s ongoing challenges requires the establishment of powerful motivational operations and intermediary reinforcers. We propose that values can be conceptualized as a class of verbally constructed reinforcers (i.e., verbal rules), which establish or alter the degree to which consequences function as reinforces or punishers (Hayes et al., 2003). Values might thus provide us with the direction and motivation to engage in large and effortful behavior change, in the face of competing contingencies that can maintain problematic patterns of behavior. This talk will conduct a systematic behavioral conceptual analysis of values as rule-governed behavior and motivating operations, and discuss applications of the analysis across multiple areas of practice, in addition to suggesting areas of future research.
 

Moving With Meaning: Examining the Impact of Stimuli With Derived Values Functions on Behavioral Flexibility

VICTORIA SUMMERS (University of Louisiana, Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of Louisiana, Lafayette), Gina Boullion (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Contacting ones values and engaging in behavior consistent with those values has been associated with improved physical and mental health, increases in quality of life, and increases in overall well-being.?Values have long been implemented in psychological treatments, but there seems to be little known about valuing in terms of behavioral processes. For example, it is unclear how valuing affects behavioral variability and sensitivity to changing contingencies in one's environment.? Because valuing is a verbal process, it could function to dominate control of behavior, desensitizing individuals to potential contingencies that could support more effective action. On the other hand, appetitive control is traditionally with more broad and variable behavioral sensitivity across repertoires.? The purpose of this study was to examine the effects that derived values functions have on behavior in response to changing contingencies. Participants who underwent relational training to establish derived values functions for arbitrary cues performed better and showed more sensitivity to changing reinforcement than participants for whom cues were meaningless.

 
 
Symposium #417
CE Offered: BACB
The Culture of Science
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D.
Abstract: Scientific disciplines are cultural entities to the extent that they involve individual behavior that is organized around shared stimulus functions, including values, standards, and more. The present symposium focuses on factors that influence the behavior of individual scientists, emphasizing those factors that both strengthen and threaten progress within individual sciences and the larger domain of science more generally. The first presentation focuses on the growing impact of technology and widespread access to information on scientific disciplines. In particular, the presentation considers the manner in which such information is used and its relationship to philosophical competence. The second and third presentations focus on factors that relate to the novelty of scientific work. Of particular emphasis are practices that reduce the likelihood of individual scientists pursuing novel or creative areas of research and scholarly inquiry. The first of these presentations focuses on the impact of notoriety or success, with the second focusing on the ways in which journal editorial practices impact the pursuit of creative work, including various ethical issues related to these matters.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
The Google Scholar
DOMINIQUE STEDHAM (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Over the last century society has undergone a substantial paradigm shift involving conventional changes in and rapid evolution of material, social, and philosophical conditions. With the advent of informational technological systems, a transition in the behavior of scholars composing varying scientific disciplines emerged. The accelerating pace of change resulting from the age of information technology has expanded the scholar’s contact with various constructs. This expanded contact results from an increase in the access to a high volume of information and a decrease in the time it takes to access it (Hayes, 2001). As such, it has altered scholarly activity requiring a shift in emphasis concerning the development of competent scholarly repertoires. It is argued that the more familiar the scholar is with the philosophical assumptions of their scientific discipline, the more likely they will be able to not only interact with the available materials, but to generate novel and significant contributions (Kantor, 1971). The scholars of today must question how this change in access has influenced their scientific contact with both events and constructs. This paper will identify and expand upon the differences between the repertoires of these scholars and moreover will discuss the implications on training competent scientific scholars.
 
Fame and Fortune
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This paper considers a conventional notion that fame and fortune are the outcomes of good works from a societal standpoint. The value of these outcomes and the means by which they are achieved are discussed in two domains of psychological work. It is argued that fame and fortune may be attained in the professional domain without cost to the profession. In this domain, pursuit of these outcomes is just another profession. More specifically, fame and fortune are products of marketing. By contrast, it is argued that that neither of these outcomes can be attained in the scientific domain without cost to the science. Instead, the pursuit of fame and fortune turns scientists into professionals. This is the case because the raw outcomes of scientific work are not consumed by society absent the marketing of society-ready translations. As such, the good that the work of scientists, operating as scientists, is capable of achieving is traded for fame and fortune.
 
Editors and the Progress of Science
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: The novelty of scientific research and scholarly inquiry within scientific disciplines seems central to disciplinary progress. Novel research and scholarship is not always easy to come by, though. In fact, a number of factors may actually work to prevent creative research from being pursued by scientists. One of those factors pertains to common publishing practices within different scientific groups. The present presentation focuses on the role of editors in the progress of science, and considers how editors may both advance and hinder novel scientific research. Indeed, editors may be more likely to support work that is consistent with existing work, including their own, as opposed to that which looks at things from a different way, perhaps questioning existing ways of thinking. The unfortunate outcome of this circumstance is scientific research that becomes routine and dull; a ritualistic enterprise (Kantor, 1953). At the same time, sciences have conventions and standards, and it is the role of editors to honor those standards. It is hoped that a careful consideration of these issues will highlight how Editors can be most helpful in ensuring progress while at the same time honoring disciplinary standards.
 
 
Symposium #418
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Compliance With Activities of Daily Living and Medically Necessary Procedures
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Silva Orchanian (Melmark New England)
CE Instructor: Timothy Nipe, M.A.
Abstract:

Children with developmental disabilities often emit avoidant behavior in the presence of stimuli associated with certain contexts and settings (Schumacher and Rapp, 2011). These conditioned aversive stimuli are often correlated with necessary medical procedures and personal hygiene routines, i.e., dental exams (Lee, Graham and Hughes, 2008); wearing of prescription prosthetics (Deleon et al., 2008; Richling, 2011); and haircuts (Schumaker and Rapp, 2011). Successful avoidance of these procedures can have deleterious effects on the health and well-being of the individuals emitting these avoidant behaviors. Missed or incomplete dental exams can lead to increased tooth decay and other related health concerns. Refusing to wear the prescribed prosthetics that would correct visual and hearing impairments for extended periods of time can delay development in various domains including motor and communication skills (Kiani & Miller, 2010). Refusing or receiving partial haircuts can lead to negative social stigmatization. This symposium summarizes the effects of treatment packages in increasing compliance with these necessary procedures.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Dental, Haircutting, Prosthetics, Toleration
 

Increasing Compliance with Wearing of Multiple Prescription Prosthetics

TIMOTHY NIPE (Melmark, Inc., Endicott College), Arthur Dowdy (Melmark, Inc., Temple University), Jennifer Quigley (Melmark, Inc., Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities often suffer from concomitant visual and hearing impairments (Nielsen, Skov, & Jensen, 2007; Kiani & Miller, 2010). This population often refuses to wear the prescribed prosthetics that would correct visual and hearing impairments for extended periods of time (Haugen, Aasved, & Bertelsen, 1995). These impairments can delay development in various domains including motor and communication skills (Rine et al., 2000, Kiani & Miller, 2010). This study investigates the effect of a treatment package on individuals compliance with the simultaneous wearing of eyeglasses and hearing aids. The treatment package consisted of noncontingent reinforcement, response cost and response blocking based upon the findings from the functional analysis. A component analysis was completed, which suggested that NCR was the necessary component to maintain wearing of both the hearing aid and eyeglasses for sufficient durations of time. The treatment package was then thinned from a continuous schedule to the terminal schedule which was based on an existing schedule within the participants 24 hr plan. These changes in behavior were generalized across environments and therapists.

 

Effects of Reinforcement and Fading Within a Dental Desensitization Program for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

LAUREN CARTER (Melmark New England), Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

Historically, children with autism spectrum disorder have difficulty with medical procedures including, but not limited to, routine dental exams. Lee, Graham, and Hughes (2008) found that more than half of the patients with autism exhibited uncooperative/negative behavior during dental exams. Research has shown that reinforcement schedules and shaping procedures can be effective in increasing positive behaviors and teaching skills. The current study examined the use of differential reinforcement during a dental desensitization program to increase compliance with dental cleanings across several students diagnosed with autism. Baseline was conducted for each individual to determine toleration of dental cleanings. Preference assessments were conducted to determine potential reinforcers. Differential reinforcement was implemented for completion of steps within a task analysis comprised of actions that are completed during a routine dental exam based on a set schedule of reinforcement. As progress was achieved, the schedule of reinforcement was thinned. Reinforcement has been thinned completely for one individual in the study. Differential reinforcement has proved to be effective within this desensitization program.

 

The Effects of Using a Multi-Component Treatment Package to Increase Independence With Haircutting

ARTHUR DOWDY (Melmark, Inc., Temple University), Jennifer Quigley (Melmark, Inc., The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Minimal research has examined treatment effects for haircutting with individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. No research has examined treatment effects for individuals who engage in high intensity challenging behavior to escape the task of haircutting. This treatment package aimed to increase independence with the skill of haircutting while decreasing the overall duration of the haircut and rate of challenging behavior. Prior to assessment, the participant engaged in high rates of challenging behavior when haircuts were attempted and duration of haircuts could extend up to 8 hours before completion. Multiple interventions had been unsuccessful in increasing independence or decreasing challenging behavior prior to this presented treatment package. The treatment package consisted of avoidance from aversive stimuli, non-contingent reinforcement (NCR), and reinforcement for engaging in independent haircutting. Results showed that the treatment package reduced levels of challenging behavior during haircuts, decreased the overall duration of haircuts, and increased independence with haircutting behavior. The treatment was successfully generalized across environments and the primary caretakers were faded in as therapists. Follow-up probes showed that the participant had maintained low durations with haircutting and low levels of challenging behaviors associated with haircutting for over 2 months.

 
 
Symposium #419
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethics and the Treatment of Problematic Sexual Behavior in Residential Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kimberly E. Church (Human Development Center)
CE Instructor: Kimberly E. Church, Psy.D.
Abstract:

While sexual behavior is not inherently problematic, contextually inappropriate sexual behavior can be harmful to both clients and communities. The purpose of this symposium is to present perspectives of those who have worked in the areas harmful or problematic sexual behavior, and to examine data-based decision making and ethical considerations for the clients and communities they serve.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): data-based, problematic sexual, sexually harmful
 

Ethics of Restricting Age-Appropriate Activities to Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities With Harmful Sexual Behavior

DUNCAN PRITCHARD (Aran Hall School), Veda Richards (The Senad Group), Heather Penney (Aran Hall School), F. Charles Mace (Aran Hall School)
Abstract:

A multi-component behavioral intervention (MCBI) was associated with a reduction in severe problem behavior, including harmful sexual behavior in some young people attending a residential program in a rural area of the UK. Those young people who adhered to the program earned access to the internet and social media and also participated in staff supported community-based activities such as attending college and work experience. These young people were also allowed to travel further from the school to go to, for example, the cinema, sports events, and restaurants. Those young people who did not adhere to the program by not demonstrating consistent levels of safe and appropriate were denied access to some of these activities. The ethical considerations of denying young people access to age-appropriate activities will be discussed.

 
Overview of a Sexual Behavior Treatment Package Combining Rule Governed and Contingency Shaped Behavioral Interventions
STEPHANI FAUERBACH (Human Development Center), Kimberly E. Church (Human Development Center), Ashley Tomaka (Human Development Center)
Abstract: Due to ethical and safety considerations in treating problematic sexual behavior, it is often necessary to truncate baselines and accelerate the assessment process to initiate treatment designed to prevent further occurrences of harmful behavior. Antecedent manipulations, including verbal descriptions of behavioral contingencies, combined with shaping may provide an effective way to prevent or reduce the occurrence of problematic sexual behavior and promote pro-social behaviors. An overview and longitudinal clinical data for a residential treatment package for adult males diagnosed with intellectual disabilities, co-occurring mental health disorders and a history of problematic sexual behavior will be presented. Training includes programs on societal rules for appropriate sexual behavior, along with the consequences of appropriate or inappropriate behavioral responses. Clinical case examples illustrating a long-term data driven treatment process incorporating the use of rule and consequence anticipation as an adjunct to treatment will be provided, along with suggestions for applied research.
 
Real World Examples of Ethical Code Applications for Behavior Analytic Treatment of Sexual Offending Behavior
ASHLEY TOMAKA (Human Development Center), Kimberly E. Church (Human Development Center), Stephani Fauerbach (Human Development Center)
Abstract: Ethical considerations are an integral part of service delivery in behavior analysis, especially when the focus of treatment is problematic sexual behavior. In this presentation, case examples requiring ethically sound data-based decisions will be presented and discussed while highlighting relevant elements of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s (BACB’s) Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (the “Code”). Common ethical dilemmas arising in service provision include balancing individual rights and community safety, designing effective treatment targeting covert or low frequency behavior, and assessing treatment effectiveness and planning for appropriate treatment fadeout. Clinical data will be presented to illustrate real world examples of how these challenges may be addressed safely and effectively. Clinical findings support an individualized data-based approach based on ongoing assessment through probes and in situ monitoring.
 
 
Symposium #420
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies to Improve the Quality of Service Delivery in School- and Home-Based Services: Novel Approaches to the Development of Parents, Teachers, and Paraprofessionals as Interventionists
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Shawnee D. Collins (Chrysalis)
CE Instructor: Christian Sabey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The technology of Behavior Analysis has yielded significant societal benefits through structured, systematic services in controlled settings. However, there is an increasing need for services in homes, schools, and community settings. Access to well-trained, experienced interventionists in these settings is less likely than in clinical settings. This symposium examines novel approaches to the training, coaching, and professional development of a variety of interventionists available in these settings. As the quality of services offered by these agents in more naturalistic settings increases, target behaviors are more likely to be generalized and maintained thereby increasing the quality of life and long-term outcomes for our clients.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Home-based services, Naturalistic Teaching, School-based interventions, Staff Training
 
Using Self-Management and Student Feedback to Increase Instructor's Use of Specific Praise in an Out-of-School Time Program
(Applied Research)
CADE T. CHARLTON (Brigham Young University), Richard P. West (Utah State University), Benjamin Lignugaris/Kraft (Utah State University)
Abstract: An experimental study of the effects of a self-management procedure using student feedback on teachers’ use of specific praise will be described and discussed. The procedures were designed to be simple, low-cost, and effective without extensive coaching and support. Participating instructors in an out-of-school time program completed self-evaluations, collected student feedback, and accessed visual performance feedback daily via low-cost mobile devices in their classrooms. Four participating instructors in this study increased their use of specific praise relative to baseline rates. In addition, instructors increased their use of general praise, student names, and detailed descriptions as the study progressed.
 
Disseminating Parenting Behavior Skills Through Social Groups in Low Resource Environments: A Pyramidal Training Approach
(Applied Research)
BLAKE HANSEN (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: In countries that populations have high rates of poverty, parenting a child with a disability can be extremely difficult. The lack of qualified professionals combined with the added stress of behavior challenges are common in Eastern and Southeastern Europe. A series of studies were conducted in the Western Balkans and Russia on a novel approach to disseminating research-based practices by training parents to facilitate training of other parents. In all cases, parents of children with disabilities were taught skills using a behavior skills training approach that included instructions, modeling, role-play, and feedback. In the first study, contingent praise was taught though three and four levels of parents who trained other parents. In the second study, a naturalistic mand training protocol was trained in a group of three mothers of children with autism. The combined results indicated that proximity to the therapist did not impact skill acquisition which indicates that this approach may be effective for disseminating parenting skills in low resource environments.
 

Brief, Localized, Intensive, Social Skills Intervention: Training Typical School Personnel to Deliver Social Skills Instruction

(Applied Research)
Christian Sabey (Brigham Young University), REBECCA HARTZELL (University of Arizona)
Abstract:

Social skills training is critical to the success of students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, many schools struggle to find the personnel with the expertise to be able to deliver effective social skills instruction. In this study we identified typical school personnel to deliver a social skills intervention. Researchers trained the school personnel to deliver the intervention and measure the effect of the intervention on the social interactions of the students with ASD. The social skills intervention included picking up students from lunch and beginning a lesson. Then continuing the lesson on the playground and giving the student a goal to work on during recess. Students were observed and their behavior recorded during recess. We also measured the fidelity of implementation of the intervention and report on the level of support required for the school personnel to implement with fidelity. We found that with minor support, school personnel successfully implemented the intervention and had a positive effect on students with ASD

 
 
Paper Session #421
Improving Staff Implementations
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Austin O'Neal (The University of Kansas)
 
Staff Consistency of the Implementation of a Token Economy in a Juvenile Detention Center
Domain: Applied Research
AUSTIN O'NEAL (The University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (The University of Kansas), Pam Weigand (Douglas County Youth Services)
 
Abstract: Approximately 318,000 juveniles are admitted to juvenile detention facilities each year. The future of these juveniles may be greatly influences by staff behavior. The purpose of this research was to develop a consistent method of implementation of a token economy in a Juvenile Detention Center (JDC). Five Juvenile Correctional Officers (JCOs) participated in the study. The JDC administrative staff previously had developed a token system with monetary ranges for fines and points that were to be given to the youth by the JCOs. The primary researcher recorded data in vivo. The primary researcher observed the JCOs administration of the token system and scored each JCOs administration as within range, out of range, or unspecified as determined by the pre-established monetary ranges. To further improve staff consistency and ease of implementation, the primary researcher and the JDC administrative staff developed new guidelines featuring more uniform monetary ranges; these guidelines were given to all JCOs. A token economy manual was then given to JCOs using a multiple baseline across participants design. Results indicated the intervention may have simplified the token economy program leading some participants to improve in consistency; however, some participants showed little, if any, change.
 
Treatment Integrity in Special Education Classrooms: A Component Analysis
Domain: Service Delivery
CAROLYN S. RYAN (Ryan Psychological, P.C.; Reach for the Stars Learning Center)
 
Abstract: The goal of the current study was to improve the organization’s productivity and regulatory compliance based on direct observation, with specific focus on treatment integrity shown by direct staff working with students in a special education classroom. The staff were expected to present teaching sessions and complete individualized IEP goals for each student in the classroom. Initially according to historical data, no goals or individualized teaching were presented. After baseline and then the presentation of a daily instruction to staff, percentage of goal completion did not improve. With the implementation of a summary sheet along with daily instruction, minor improvement was displayed. During the last phase, data were dramatically improved when the daily instruction and summary sheet were combined with daily reminders and a weekly meeting to review. Data are presented for a pilot classroom that was then replicated with additional classrooms.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #422
CE Offered: BACB

Electronics and 3D Printing: A Basic Guide for Behavior Analysts

Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Rogelio Escobar, Ph.D.
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Dr. Rogelio Escobar earned a degree in Psychology in 2001 and a doctoral degree in behavior analysis in 2007 at the National Autonomous University of Mexico. He was a postdoctoral fellow at West Virginia University from 2008 to 2010. He has been a Professor of Psychology at the National Autonomous University of Mexico since 2010 and is the current Editor of the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis. Dr. Escobar has worked on animal and human operant research and has specialized on the history of instruments in experimental psychology and behavior analysis, and the application of new technologies to the development of instruments for operant research. In 2012 he received the SABA International Development Grant for a project to teach behavior analysts how to use new technologies to build inexpensive equipment for operant research and classroom demonstrations. In 2014 he coedited with Janet Twyman a Special Issue of the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis on Behavior Analysis and Technology. In 2016 he started TAC3D, a company that designs and manufactures low-cost 3D-printed operant chambers. He received recognition as National Researcher by the Mexican Council of Science and Technology.
Abstract:

Most behavior analysts would agree that new technologies can help advancing behavior analysis. It is certainly appealing to integrate new developments in electronics and manufacturing techniques, such as 3d printing, into the study of behavior. Taking the steps to actually do it, however, can be challenging. Selecting the right tools from the vast array of choices and learning how to use them, aside from consuming time and money, could take behavior analysts away from their main interest: the study of behavior. During the time that I have been working with 3D printing and electronics, I have identified inexpensive electronic devices and have encountered and created free-distribution software that are not only readily available but can also be used with minimum effort. In this talk I will describe such components and software and will show how electronics and 3D printing technologies can be combined in the design of simple inexpensive devices that can be used for recording and reinforcing responses in basic or applied settings. The rationale followed to assemble such devices could be extended to integrate other electronic components that could help behavior analysts identify responses and present stimuli in varied and innovative ways.

Target Audience:

Students and scientists with a knowledge of the principles of behavior analysis

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) discuss the basics of the simple electronics used in a fully automatic operant-conditioning chamber, including the basics of sensors for detecting responses and devices for presenting stimuli; (2) select and know the basics of easy-to-use electronic components that can be used in operant research and demonstrations; (3) find, download and use the free and open programs that can be used to control such electronic components; (4) find and download free and open source tridimensional models of parts used in standard operant chambers; (5) select free and easy-to-use programs to modify or design tridimensional models of parts used in operant-conditioning equipmentf; (6) think about innovative ways of using new and inexpensive sensors for detecting a variety of response dimensions and devices for presenting stimuli.
 
 
Symposium #423
CE Offered: BACB
Training Staff to Implement Skill Acquisition, Reinforcement, and Data Collection Procedures
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Carole Ann Deitchman (DataPath ABA)
CE Instructor: Carole Ann Deitchman, M.A.
Abstract: Developing effective staff training procedures are essential for the application of behavior analytic strategies. Specifically, training staff to implement a variety of skill aquisition procedures while accurately measuring their effectiveness is important. Furthermore, reducing staff training time without sacrificing integrity is further beneficial. It also might be important to take preference of staff trainees into consideration. This symposium, therefore, will review three studies on staff training involving skill acquisition, reinforcement procedures, and discontinuous data collection procedures. The first study was a modified behavior skills training package that taught a behavior chain interruption strategy to staff trainees with no prior experience. The second study was an evaluation of varying lengths of discontinuous data collection systems, such as 10s and 30s momentary time sampling and partial interval recording data collection procedures on the number of errors and preferences of staff trainees. The last study was determining the most common error during the implementation of a variable-ratio schedule of reinforcement and evaluating the effects of intervention.
Instruction Level: Basic
 

Training Staff to Implement A Behavior Chain Interruption Procedure Using a Video Model With Voice Over Instruction Plus Feedback

REBECCA STINGER (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The current study evaluated the effects of staff training using a video model with voice over instruction plus feedback to implement multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment and a behavior chain interruption strategy in a multiple-baseline design across participants. The dependent variable was the percentage of correct responses on undergraduate students implementation of a preference assessment and behavior chain interruption procedure. Procedural integrity, Interobserver agreement on procedural integrity and inter-observer agreement data were collected on 50% of sessions across all measures and ranged from 90-100%. The results demonstrated that in baseline there was low to no correct responses, baseline with written instruction demonstrated higher responding. Once the video model was implemented the participants reached mastery criterion on 100% correct steps within three sessions. A treatment extension was evaluated for skill acquisition of child participants diagnosed with autism from ages seven to nine. University undergraduate students scored 95% or higher for percentage of correct responses and both of the child participants met mastery criterion across two consecutive sessions within five sessions.

 

Evaluating Teacher Implementation of Discontinuous Data Collection in the Classroom

SHAWNA UEYAMA (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Erica M. Dashow (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Discontinuous data collection procedures such as momentary time sampling (MTS) and partial interval recording (PIR) provide practitioners with an alternative to continuous data collection. However, many studies on the accuracy of MTS and PIR are not conducted in applied settings and do not consider human error. The present study compared the use of MTS and PIR in a classroom setting using three teacher-student dyads, aiming to identify the procedure that had the least methodological and human error when used by teachers collecting data on stereotypy. Methodological error was measured by comparing teacher-collected estimates to duration data coded from video. Human error was quantified by calculating teachers' treatment integrity (TI) of an instructional protocol and their interobserver agreement (IOA) for each discontinuous data collection method. This study also compared the social validity of these procedures by examining teacher perceptions and preference. Results indicated that PIR significantly overestimated the occurrence of stereotypy, while MTS yielded accurate estimates. All three teachers erroneously perceived PIR to be more accurate than MTS. Results for human error indicated that these teachers maintained high TI and IOA. Lastly, findings from the present study suggest that the factors that affect preference are complex and vary across individuals.

 
Reducing Error Patterns in Variable Ratio Schedules Using a Programmed Schedule of Reinforcement
ERICA M. DASHOW (Rutgers University), Stacy Lauderdale-Littin (Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: When utilizing reinforcement, the type and schedule of reinforcement can impact the strength of learner response (DeLuca & Holborn, 1990). For example, a variable ratio (VR) schedule of reinforcement produces a high, steady rate of responding by the learner, supports maintenance of positive behaviors over time, prevents satiation of reinforcement, teaches delayed gratification, and makes behavior less resistant to extinction. When using a VR schedule, the interval of time with which reinforcement is delivered should vary but, on average, be equal to the interval specified by the schedule. However, execution of this schedule of reinforcement can be difficult to implement with fidelity. Utilizing a multiple baseline design across participants, we sought to determine the most common errors during teacher implementation of VR schedules of reinforcement, and evaluate the effects of a programmed schedule of reinforcement in reducing errors. Three teachers participated in this evaluation. Within baseline, the calculated mean remained close to the specified VR schedule, however, there was little overall variability. Results indicate instructors increased variability within the implemented reinforcement schedule and remained closer to the desired mean with the use of a programmed schedule of reinforcement. Implications for use within the classroom will be discussed.
 
 
Panel #424
PDS: Applied Behavior Analysis Outside of Autism
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center 304
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Lynn Mrljak (Western Michigan University)
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis)
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been implemented most often in the field of developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorders, but there are several other areas that would greatly benefit from research and practice in ABA. The purpose of this panel discussion is to provide insight into pioneering ABA outside of autism treatment and research. The speakers within this panel will provide information on the need for conceptual training in university programs, and how to venture into other fields and make a significant impact in new areas. The panel will conclude with an opportunity for audience members to ask questions regarding topics related to ABA outside of autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Conceptual training, Translation
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #425
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

The Social and Cognitive Foundations of Language Acquisition

Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D.
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
PAUL IBBOTSON (The Open University)
Paul Ibbotson studied geology for three years and then linguistics for a further year. After several more unwise and eccentric decisions he gained his Ph.D. in developmental psychology from the Max Planck Child Study Centre at the University of Manchester, UK. He currently works at The Open University teaching and researching psychology.
Abstract:

Usage-based theories see language as a complex adaptive system: the interaction between history the processes that shape how languages are passed from one generation to the next and human psychology the set of unique social and cognitive capacities that allow generations to learn a language in the first place. I will argue that findings from language acquisition research, typology, and psycholinguistics are converging on the idea that language is fundamentally built out of use and generalizations over those usage events. Interestingly, none of the fundamental mechanisms of the usage-based approach are required to be a language-specific adaptation. Language shows creativity, categories, and recursion because people think creatively, categorically, and recursively. I will discuss a range of experimental, corpus and observational work showing that understanding the developmental of language acquisition can benefit from integrating the developmental of non-linguistic faculties, such as executive control, categorization and social-reasoning.

Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners interested in theories of language

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) describe some of the fundamental theoretical issues in language acquisition research; (2) exemplify the cognitive linguistics approach to studying language development; (3) evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of this approach.
 
 
Symposium #426
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Examining Treatment Procedures for Feeding Problems Exhibited by Children With and Without Diagnoses
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan K Fernand (University of Florida)
Discussant: Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Jonathan K Fernand, M.A.
Abstract:

The current symposium will focus on extending previous research on the treatment of pediatric feeding problems. The first presentation provides an evaluation of treatment components designed to treat rapid eating. The second presentation focuses on extending reinforcement-based treatments for children of typical development who engage in selective eating habits. The third presentation provides an overview of reinforcement and extinction used to treat food selectivity in children with autism and provides data on changes in food preferences following those treatments. The final presentation also examines reinforcement and extinction in the treatment of food selectivity with a focus on changes in preference and generalization to untreated foods. Participants will obtain an overview of various treatments for feeding problems across different presenting problems and populations. Directions for extending prior literature and the current studies will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Escape extinction, Feeding problems, Food selectivity, Rapid eating
 

Reduction of Rapid Eating in an Adolescent Female With Autism

Scott Page (California State University, Sacramento), KRISTIN GRIFFITH (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Rapid eating is exhibited by both typically developing persons as well as individuals with developmental disabilities and is considered to be a potentially dangerous and socially inappropriate behavior (Favell, McGimsey, & Jones, 1980). The rather limited behavior analytic research on rapid eating has demonstrated that the use of prompts and vibrating pagers (MotivAider) may be an effective and unobtrusive intervention package to reduce the pace of eating (Anglesea, Hoch, Taylor, 2008; Echeverria & Miltenberger, 2013). This study evaluated the use of a vibrating pager combined with a rule for reducing the pace of eating in one adolescent female diagnosed with autism in a multiple probe design across two settings (clinic and home). The primary dependent variable was inter-response time (or time between bites). Results indicated that inter-response time did not increase from baseline levels until after a vocal prompt to wait was introduced. The participants eating pace quickly came under control of the vibrating pager and prompts were naturally faded in the clinic setting. Implications for promoting autonomy in individuals with developmental disabilities will be discussed.

 

A Comparison of Simultaneous Versus Sequential Meal Presentation With Picky Eaters

COLLEEN WHELAN (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

This study extends the research on the effects of simultaneous and sequential food presentation methods with children who are picky eaters. The sequential presentation method examined in this study differs in portion size from previous examinations of this method. In this study, an age-appropriate sized portion of non-preferred food (NPF) is presented as an appetizer before the participants preferred food (PF) is presented. Participants were required to consume their NPF before gaining access to their PF (i.e., dinner). This Appetizer Presentation Method is compared to a simultaneous presentation method called, Total Meal Presentation. This presentation method closely resembles a typical meal in most households. In the Total Meal Presentation, a whole portion of both the PF and NPF were presented together on the same plate and the participants were allowed to eat what they choose. Two participants, Lars and Marshall are typically developing brothers, ages 6 and 3, participated in this study. The Appetizer Presentation Method, was effective in increasing consumption of NP foods for both participants. Data and participant characteristics will be discussed as they relate to the effectiveness of the Appetizer Presentation Method for varying levels of picky eating and food selectivity.

 
Evaluation of Extinction in the Treatment of Food Selectivity
JESSICA FOSTER JUANICO (The University of Kansas), Joseph D. Dracobly (Eastern Connecticut State University), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Bertilde U Kamana (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Sequential presentation (i.e., differential reinforcement of alternative behavior) is a widely used procedure to increase consumption of non-preferred foods in individuals with food selectivity (e.g., Najdowski, Wallace, Doney, & Ghezzi, 2003). Extinction is a critical component of sequential presentation; however, there are often challenges associated with its implementation (e.g., Athens & Vollmer, 2010; Piazza, Moes, & Fisher, 2011). These challenges may make sequential presentation difficult to implement under certain situations (e.g., Pace, Ivancic, & Jefferson, 1994). Thus, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of sequential presentation with and without extinction. In addition, we conducted pre- and post-preference assessments to determine whether there were any shifts in preference of non-preferred foods following exposure to treatment. Results thus far suggest that sequential presentation is an effective treatment for increasing consumption of non-preferred foods; however, extinction is a necessary component. Additionally, for one participant, acceptance of the non-preferred foods increased during the post-preference assessment as compared to the pre-preference assessment.
 

An Evaluation of Generalization in the Treatment of Food Selectivity

JONATHAN K FERNAND (University of Florida), Varsovia Hernandez (Universidad Veracruzana), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Food selectivity and refusal behavior remain a prevalent problem especially in children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Differential reinforcement combined with escape extinction is often used to treat food selectivity (e.g., Piazza, Patel, Gulotta, Sevin, & Layer, 2003). Escape extinction is effective in treating pediatric feeding problems, yet is often implemented across several foods simultaneously. Thus, the purpose of the current project was to examine the generalization effects of a nonremoval of the spoon procedure on generalized consumption to nonpreferred foods with similar or dissimilar properties as the treatment food. The current study evaluated implementation across one food at a time for four separate subjects and measured pre- and post-treatment preference changes. Implications for research and clinical practice for long-term treatments will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #427
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Verbal Behavior and Behavioral Interventions to Treat Articulation and Speech Sound Disorders in Children With Autism
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, M.S.
Abstract:

Prevalence of speech errors in the autism population is placed between 24 and 33% ( Rapin, Dunn, Allen, Stevens and Fein, 2009; Cleland, Gibbon, Pepp, OHare, and Rutherford, 2010; Shriberg, Paul, et al., 2001). While several Behavior Analytic studies address early vocalizations and communication in the autism population, very few such studies address the profound articulation problems faced by children in the spectrum. Speech Sound Disorders present a formidable barrier to further speech development. This Symposium presents successes in this clinically important area with 3 experimental papers on specific behavioral technologies covering Sufficient Response Exemplar Training, Phonetic hand prompting methods and Precision Teaching procedures. A conceptual paper introduces a behavioral perspective to interpretation of speech sound disorders, their classification and assessment challenges.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Using Sufficient Response Exemplar Training to Address Speech Sound Disorders in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Vidushi Sharma (ABA India)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at a higher risk of being affected by speech disorders and often require remedial intervention. SufficientResponse-Exemplar Training of vocal imitation was used to successfully teach two typically developing children to articulate several Norwegian words with blends (Eikeseth and Nesset, 2003). The present study extends and adapts these procedures to children with Autism. Participants were a 11-year-old boy and a 15-year-old girl, both with ASD and speech sound disorders. For each participant 3 sets of 10 words, with specific blends they had difficulties with in the initial position were targeted for training. Within stimulus prompts, shaping, chaining and supplementary prompts were added to the intervention. A multiple baseline across behaviors (word sets with target blends) demonstrated improvement in articulation of trained words and generalization of correct articulation to untrained words in both participants. This study provides support for the value of sufficient response exemplar training in addressing speech sound disorders in children with ASD.

 

Improving Speech Production Skills in a Child With Autism and Apraxia of Speech Using Phonetic Hand Cues

(Applied Research)
TAMARA S. KASPER (The Center for Autism Treatment), Laura Biwer (53211)
Abstract:

Improving speech intelligibility in children with autism with limited vocal repertoires is the focus of many early intensive behavior programs. Phonetic hand cueing systems are commonly promoted in commercially available speech-language products (Carahaly, 2012; Kaufman, 2007; Strode, 1994), however; research on effectiveness is limited (Hall and Jordan, 1992, Jordan 1988, Klick, 1985, Stelton & Graves 1985). This study examines the effectiveness of phonetic hand cues as a stimulus control transfer procedure to improve articulatory precision in a six year old with autism and limited vocal behavior. Results revealed rapid acquisition of 20 hand cues, steady acquisition of 248 single word echoics when hand cues were used as an antecedent prompt, and an increase in words and phrases improved when hand cues were used as error correction during natural environment training. Results of formal assessment of speech production skills by an independent speech-language pathologist revealed a reduction in errors on the Hodson Assessment of Phonological Targets Third Edition from 194 to 57 errors over a 10 month period. Results confirm previous case study findings that phonetic hand cues may be an effective intervention in promoting speech production skills in children with autism with limited vocal repertoires.

 

Fluency Training Interventions to Address Speech Sound Disorders and Articulation in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

Fluency Training emphasizes rate as a preferred response dimension (Binder,1996) with evidence that learning to perform a component skill accurately at high rates could lead to faster acquisition of composite skills (Binder 1996; Johnson and Layng,1994). KS a 17 year old girl with autism and profound speech sound disorder participated in this delayed multiple baseline across behaviors study. Single consonant- vowel sounds tu, and fu were targeted and trained using Precision Teaching procedures (Lindsley,1964) and Standard Celeration charting. Rate of correct responses accelerated from low levels in baseline to over 40 per minute with intervention. Errors decelerated to zero for tu and 8 per minute for fu. Non-timed assessments of articulation at the composite levels of words demonstrated improvement from 30% to 100% for words with tu and 0% to 47% for fu sounds. Intervention is scheduled to begin on ku sound with low baseline rates correct. Additional participants have been identified for replication. The role of cues within precision teaching sessions, setting a realistic aim, generalization to composite level or other untrained words will be discussed.

 

Collaborate To Win! Behavioral and Speech-Language Perspectives on Treatment of Speech Disorders

(Theory)
Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), VIDUSHI SHARMA (ABA India)
Abstract:

Articulation for better intelligibility in children with autism is a socially significant outcome for Behavior Analysts to target but has only a limited body of behavioral research. 24 to 33% of persons with ASD are likely to be affected by speech sound disorders (Rapin, Dunn, Allen, Stevens & Fein, 2009; Shriberg, Paul, Black and Santen, 2011). There have been clarion calls for Behavior Analysts to collaborate with Speech and Language pathologists given the unique expertise and insights each can bring to address the problem of profound articulation disorders in children with autism (Sundberg,2011; Hegde, 2010; Esch, B.E., La Londe and Esch, J. W, 2010). This paper will discuss the challenges Behavior Analysts face and offers insights from SLP literature on areas such as assessment of articulation disorders, transcription, data recording and development of task analyses to progress from sounds to words to intelligible phrase speech to sentence speech. A further examination of existing approaches to articulation problems and how they can be shaped for better client outcomes using behavioral principles and evidence based methods such as treating to optimal intensity, prompting, stimulus salience, shaping and chaining.

 
 
Symposium #428
CE Offered: BACB
Momentary and Systems Measurement in Autism Treatment
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christine Gibson (Easter Seals)
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Christine Gibson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Department of Behavior Analysis and Easter Seals North Texas have collaborated for almost ten years to provide high quality behavioral interventions to underserved children with autism and their families. The purpose of this symposium is to present an overview of the measurement practices of this intervention program at several different levels. The first presentation provides an overview of the treatment setting and current practices in data collection and analysis. These practices would be considered established and emerging procedures for measurement in autism treatment. The second presentation includes a methodological examination of moment-to-moment behaviors during therapeutic sessions. The third presentation involves a study of measurements to assess quality and progression during child and caregiver interactions. The final presentation includes a description of the development of a modified PLA-CHECK system for observation of groups of children and adults in the treatment centers. A senior researcher in behavior analysis, experienced in applied and translational research, discusses these data practices within the context of practice and research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): affect, engagement, learn units, PLA-check
 

Finding Pathways: Measurements Guiding Effective and Compassionate Services for the Traditionally Underserved

(Applied Research)
CHRISTINE GIBSON (Easter Seals North Texas), Shahla Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Rachael E. White (Easter Seals North Texas), Aria Dean (Easter Seals North Texas), Naureen Surti (Easter Seals North Texas), Lacey Yates (Easter Seals North Texas), Crystal Finley (Easter Seals North Texas)
Abstract:

For almost ten years, Easter Seals North Texas Autism Treatment Program (ESNT-ATP) in partnership with the University of North Texas, has strived to find pathways to provide quality services to underserved families. In the State of Texas, funding options for ABA services are limited and fragmented. In 2008, ESNT-ATP was one recipient of a state grant to provide comprehensive, evidence-based services to underserved children and families; however, recent shifts in state funding for autism intervention have limited access to Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) for families living in poverty. This has lead ESNT-ATP to find new intervention pathways to effective interventions for traditionally underserved families. The determination of effectiveness lies in the efficiency, validity, and reliability of our measurement tools. An overview of each level of ESNT-ATP measurement is provided in this presentation: child progress, teacher performance, group engagement, and program outcomes. The measurement strategies are discussed in the context of providing effective and compassionate services under conditions of increasing resource restrictions.

 
A Sequential Analysis of Therapeutic Interactions During Behavioral Interventions
(Applied Research)
JADE WEIR (University of North Texas), Rachael E. White (Easter Seals North Texas), Shahla Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Shared happiness, responsiveness, and continuous learning are indicators of ideal interactions between children with autism and their teachers. Being able to make responsive in-the-moment decisions allows teachers to capitalize on teaching opportunities and model skills that prepare children for future learning. Continuous expansion of these foundational skills will lead to success across home, school, and community settings. The purpose of the current study is to conduct a second-by-second sequential analysis of early behavioral intervention sessions with for children ages two to five years. Measures included approach, synchronous engagement, and teaching episodes. Videotapes of child-teacher dyads from a focused service line were scored, as well as exemplary video clips from the Autism Navigator Video Glossary were used to develop the measurement tool. Phenomenological interviews were also conducted with experienced Board Certified Behavior Analysts based on their reactions to the video clips. Narratives from the interviews were compared with the sequential analysis to assess social significance of essential components thought to be part of a balanced, happy, and progressive therapeutic session.
 

Observation and Analysis of Quality Indicators During Caregiver Daily Living Activities

(Applied Research)
LINDSEY LINETTE LAMBERT (University of North Texas), Isabel L. Cunningham (University of North Texas), April Linden (University of North Texas), Shahla Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Rachael E. White (Easter Seals North Texas), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Nina Hunt (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

This presentation will provide an overview of measures used to quantify the quality of adult-child interactions within the daily living activities of meal and play times. Specifically, this presentation will describe measures used within two daily living programs that focus on improving the overall social relationships and adaptive skills of children with autism. Yummy Starts is a focused program for children between the ages of two and nine that addresses positive behaviors related to food and the social milieu of mealtimes. Sunny Starts is a parent training program that focuses on enhancing the quality of family relationships for children ages three to five through play activities. In both contexts, learn units, child success in targeted goal areas, and synchronous engagement were measured. This combination of measures allows assessment of both progress and indicators of relationship happiness. Such measures may help behavior analysts better analyze the quality of life and social relationships for children with autism and their families across home and community settings.

 
A Systemic Observation Protocol for Monitoring the Behavioral Health of an Intervention Program
(Applied Research)
APRIL LINDEN (University of North Texas), Aria Dean (Easter Seals North Texas), Isabel L. Cunningham (University of North Texas), Jade Weir (University of North Texas), Shahla Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: High quality intervention programs strive to provide services that are purposeful and responsive to the children that they serve, while creating and capturing ample learning opportunities. To examine the progress of each of these goals, the current study developed a systemic level measurement protocol for monitoring the overall behavioral health, interactions, and quality of an intervention program for children with autism by analyzing affect, material interactions, social interactions, and learn units across time, people, and activities. This observation system was compared to social validity measures as well as the Autism Program Environment Rating Scale (APERS) in hopes of achieving maximum sampling accuracy and to guide social validity efforts. The product of these measures will help to inform program, classroom, and child goals within the behavioral system. By understanding the overall behavioral health of an intervention program, behavior analysts can create a sustainable environment for on-going progress.
 
 
Symposium #429
CE Offered: BACB
Catchen' 'em Early: Does it Really Matter?
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ivy M. Chong Crane Crane (Florida Institute of Technology & The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Discussant: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Early screening and detection tools have allowed children as young as 12-18 months to receive an ASD diagnosis and thus begin treatment at or before their second birthday. It is well established that Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) programs can produce large gains in language, cognitive and social behavior resulting in remediation of the core deficits in children with autism. The purpose of this symposium is to present research and program models for early identification and treatment of ASD. In the first paper, Graupner and Sallow report progress data from infant siblings who began ABA treatment before 8 months. They discuss early symptomatology and patterns of learning for these infants. In the second paper, Chong and colleagues describe the Parent Observation of Early Markers Scale as a tool for early screening and they propose a model for selecting initial targets and training parents to deliver treatment. In the third paper, Brennan will describe services to infants with a diagnosis of ASD in Albania using case examples and illustrative video clips. Finally, MacDonald and Parry-Cruwys will describe differences in patterns of learning seen in children who begin treatment at 1 and 2 years old.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Symptom Onset and Intervention for Infant Siblings of Children Diagnosed With Autism
TAMLYNN DIANNE GRAUPNER (Wisconsin Early Autism Project), Glen O. Sallows (Wisconsin Early Autism Project)
Abstract: Twenty percent of infant siblings of children with Autism are diagnosed by age three (Ozonoff et al., 2011). Symptoms are present before 2 years (Landa et al., 2012; Jones and Klin, 2013), and intervention prior to the appearance of the full syndrome may result in fewer diagnoses (Rogers et al., 2008). Several studies found improvement in at-risk children under 2 years old (MacDonald et al., 2014; Rogers et al., 2010, 2014). Sixty four infant siblings and 11 typically developing infants participated. Initial age ranged from 1 day to 7.5 months (mean 2.5 mos.). Thirteen showed symptoms of autism: fleeting attention and engagement, reactivity, flat affect, staring off, low response to physical play, and fear of novelty. Intervention included ESDM and ABA strategies, provided 15 to 40 hrs/wk with 1:1 staffing. Parents received direct coaching. Weekly data included AOSI, Bayley-III, Mullen, PLS-5, Vineland-II (IOA > 90%). Only symptomatic infants showed loss of skills, beginning at .5 to 5 months (mean 2.6 mos). Progress was somewhat uneven, with periods of rapid learning, plateaus, and resumption of gains. Infants initially showing symptoms no longer do so.
 
Ameliorating Warning Signs of ASD in Infants and Toddlers
IVY M. CHONG CRANE CRANE (Florida Institute of Technology & The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Keira washington (Florida Institute of Technology), emily crochet (Florida Institute of Technology), courtney hannula (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: According to the CDC, the average age of diagnosis of ASD typically occurs at the age of 4. However, emerging research indicates that Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) produces the best outcomes for children starting treatment prior to their second birthday. Additionally, many individuals may not have access to EIBI due to obstacles such as high cost, lack of trained professionals to deliver services, or lack of diagnosis due to young age. Some researchers have sought to minimize these obstacles by training caregivers to provide ABA-based treatments at home. This paper proposes the use of the Parent Observation of Early Markers Scale (POEMS; Ward & Feldman, 2001) to identify at risk infants and subsequent skills for caregivers to practice with their infant at home. By screening and monitoring the behavioral development of infants at risk for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) we aim to ameliorate behavioral deficits and provide toddlers with earlier access to intervention. A model for selecting and teaching skills will also be discussed.
 
A Treatment Model for Providing EIBI in Albania
LYNN C. BRENNAN (Independent Behavioral Consultant), Jamie Hughes-Lika (Summit Autism Services)
Abstract: This presentation will give an overview of an early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) program for a toddler diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in Albania. The treatment team for this child was initially trained to deliver ABA therapy as part of an international, year-long training program funded by the Vodafone Foundation and sponsored by the Albanian Children’s Foundation from 2010-2011. One of the goals of this grant was to prepare staff psychologists and special educators to pursue graduate level education in behavior analysis with the ultimate, long-term goal of becoming board certified in behavior analysis. Two of the psychologists who participated in this training program, went on to complete the courses at the Florida Institute of Technology (FIT) distance learning program in applied behavior analysis required to apply for board certification in behavior analysis and have worked on this case under the supervision of two BCBA’s from the United States. This presentation will include pre- and post-treatment VP-MAPP assessment data, a program summary, graphic skill acquisition data and some illustrative video clips.
 

Outcomes and Patterns of Learning for Toddlers With ASD

DIANA PARRY-CRUWYS (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Early identification and treatment of children with ASD can impact outcomes for toddlers. The Early Skills Assessment Tool (ESAT) measures core symptomology of ASD, including imitation, language, joint attention, play, and stereotypic behavior (MacDonald et al., 2014). Data from their initial study revealed that greatest gains were seen in the children who entered treatment prior to their second birthday. In addition, these children were more likely to be performing at the level of their typical peers in joint attention and play after a year of intervention. The purpose of the current paper is to present the most recent data using the ESAT for children entering EIBI before age 3. Since the 2014 publication we have added data from an additional 31 children totaling; 23 1-year olds and 63 2-year olds again showing differential outcomes with the younger children again characterized by greater improvements on cognitive and joint attention measures than children who began treatment after their second birthday. IOA was collected in 75% of samples and averaged 98% (range, 90- 100%). These findings are discussed as they relate to the importance of early identification and treatment for children with an ASD diagnosis.

 
 
Symposium #430
CE Offered: BACB
Effects of Complementary and Alternative Medicine (CAM) on Behavior and ABA Service Delivery: Helpful or Harmful
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/BPN; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Bradley G. Frieswyk (BGF Performance Systems, LLC)
Discussant: John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: John W. Eshleman, Ed.D.
Abstract: In addition to Applied Behavior Analysis Therapy, many parents explore complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) as treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorder. Often parents’ research consists of comparing notes with other parents or individuals, in person or on the internet. For some, it is hard to understand that a recounting of experience is not the same as evidence from a scientifically designed study. In such promotion, harmful effects are often ignored in favor of hopeful outcomes. Autism Speaks reports that between 30 and 95 percent of children with ASD have been provided with some CAM treatment. As ABA providers, we are often not consulted about CAM treatments. Prednisone is a synthetic corticosteroid drug, with significant adverse side effects, that suppresses the adrenal glands. Some neurologists prescribe prednisone to treat Autism Spectrum Disorders, specifically for language recovery in children with signs of language regression. This application, and the speculation that it could develop into a treatment for ASD, is based on Prednisone’s noted effects on speech recovery when used to treat seizures and its effectiveness as a treatment for neuroinflamation. After consulting with a neurologist, the client’s parents decided to begin a three-month, intensive, prednisone treatment, during the course of ABA Therapy, with a hope of faster language acquisition. Although the client had been receiving ABA Therapy for six months before the start of this treatment, the parents were advised not to consult with or inform their child’s BCBA and/or therapists, so that the ABA providers would remain unbiased in noticing positive or negative effects during and after treatment. Data will be presented on receptive and expressive language and behaviors targeted for reduction, as well as narratives on the physical and other side-effects.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ABA Therapy, CAM, prednisone
 

The Familiar Dilemma of Parent Initiated Complementary and Alternative Medicine (CAM) in Conjunction With ABA Therapy

NICOLE ANN CISSELL (BGF Performance Systems, LLC), Amy DeRusha (BGF Performance Systems), Bradley G. Frieswyk (BGF Performance Systems, LLC)
Abstract:

In addition to Applied Behavior Analysis Therapy, many parents explore complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) as treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorder. Often parents research consists of comparing notes with other parents or individuals, in person or on the internet. For some, it is hard to understand that a recounting of experience is not the same as evidence from a scientifically designed study. In such promotion, harmful effects are often ignored in favor of hopeful outcomes. Autism Speaks reports that between 30 and 95 percent of children with ASD have been provided with some CAM treatment. As ABA providers, we are often not consulted about CAM treatments, although they can have a profound effect on the efficacy and implementation of ABA Therapy.

 

Observations and Data From an ABA Provider Before, During, and After Prednisone Treatment

AMY DERUSHA (BGF Performance Systems), Nicole Ann Cissell (BGF Performance Systems, LLC), Bradley G. Frieswyk (BGF Performance Systems, LLC)
Abstract:

This single case study explores the effects of an intensive prednisone therapy on the behavior of a child with ASD who is receiving ABA Therapy. Prednisone is a synthetic corticosteroid drug, with significant adverse side effects, that suppresses the adrenal glands. Some neurologists prescribe prednisone to treat Autism Spectrum Disorders, specifically for language recovery in children with signs of language regression. This application, and the speculation that it could develop into a treatment for ASD, is based on prednisones noted effects on speech recovery when used to treat seizures and its effectiveness as a treatment for neuroinflamation. After consulting with a neurologist, the clients parents decided to begin a three-month, intensive, Prednisone treatment, during the course of ABA Therapy, with a hope of faster language acquisition. Although the client had been receiving ABA Therapy for six months before the start of this treatment, the parents were advised not to consult with or inform their childs BCBA and/or therapists, so that the ABA providers would remain unbiased in noticing positive or negative effects during and after treatment. Data will be presented on receptive and expressive language and behaviors targeted for reduction, as well as narratives on the physical and other side-effects.

 
 
Symposium #431
CE Offered: BACB
Variations of Functional Analyses: Examining the Role of Procedures, Implementers and Language on Outcomes
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Quigley (Melmark; The Chicago School of Professional Psycho)
Discussant: Andrew W. Gardner (University of Arizona - College of Medicine - Department of Psychiatry)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Quigley, M.A.
Abstract:

Conducting functional analyses is the gold standard in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Modifications to standard functional analysis conditions have proven to be beneficial and necessary to identify maintaining variables of problem behavior. This symposium will present four papers showcasing variations to functional analyses and include functional analyses implemented by parents, classroom teachers, procedural modifications that include trial-based functional analyses, and comparisons of outcomes when implemented with the native compared to a second language. The first paper compared outcomes of clinician- and parent- implemented functional analyses with learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities. The second paper presents outcomes from parent-implemented trial-based functional analyses (TBFA). The third paper presents results from teacher-implemented brief functional analyses compared with teacher-implemented TBFA with students with an emotional behavior disorder. The final paper compares outcomes of functional analyses when implemented in the native compared to a second language with individuals with developmental disabilities. Implications and areas of future research will be discussed

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Developmental disabilites, functional analysis
 

Parent Implementation of Functional Analyses and Treatment Analyses in a Residential Setting

AMANDA FINLAY (Melmark; Temple University), Jennifer Quigley (Melmark;The Chicago School of Professional Psychol)
Abstract:

Research supports that parent involvement is imperative, but literature is mixed about the best way to do this. Previous studies have identified different functions via functional analyses when parents have served as therapists in comparison to clinical or direct care staff. This study included clinician-implemented functional analyses and parent-implemented functional analyses across four participants. The functional analysis results across participants varied. For two of the participants, the same functions were identified across both functional analyses. With one participant, three functions were identified with the parents in comparison to one identified function with the clinician. The fourth participants analysis identified functions with the clinicians that were not evoked with the parent as therapist. Following functional analyses, two of the participants moved on to function-based treatment using both clinicians and parents as therapists. The variability in findings and suggestions on increasing parent involvement will also be discussed.

 
A Comparison of Staff-Run and Parent-Run Trial-Based Functional Analyses
COURTNEY ERKER (University of Cincinnati; Continuum Autism Spectrum Alliance ), Emily White (Continuum Autism Spectrum Alliance), Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: The Trial-Based Functional Analysis (TBFA) allows practitioners to observe and analyze behaviors that would not fit the criteria for a traditional functional analysis due to considerations of severe self-injury or injury to others. Traditionally staff running functional analyses have received extensive training in running the assessment prior to implementation. In this case, the researchers asked if the responses in different conditions during the functional analysis differed for the client from staff to parent. The first client, Chris, is a 20 year-old male with Dravet Syndrome living at home with his parents. Indicators for the functional analysis were head banging and gagging with unknown maintaining functions. Both the staff and the parent, who had received parent training before the analysis and verbal prompting during the assessment, ran a TBFA. Initial results indicated the TBFA run by the parents received almost three times more responses than the TBFA run by the staff. The results were replicated in two more cases.
 

Teacher-Implemented Trial-Based Functional Analyses for Students With Emotional/Behavioral Disorders

Timothy Flanagan (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), DOUGLAS KUPFERMAN (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The application of traditional functional analysis (FA) to the problem behavior of those with emotional/behavioral disorders (EBD) has been limited. Trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) is an emerging methodology used to assess the function of problem behavior and offers several advantages over traditional FA methods. TBFA can be completed quickly, requires fewer resources than traditional FAs, can be conducted in the environment of interest during typically-scheduled activities, and involves less intense data collection methods. We attempted to address limitations of the existing literature base on TBFA by completing TBFA with students identified with EBD, modifying conditions to explore idiosyncratic variables, comparing the outcomes of TBFA and BFA, including classroom teachers during the TBFA, BFA, and intervention, assessing the efficiency of training teachers to conduct TBFA, and how often TBFA trials were abandoned. Results show that TBFA can be applied to those identified with EBD, conditions can be modified successfully, teachers can be trained to implement procedures across assessments with efficiency, and that few trials were abandoned. TBFA is a promising method for addressing the unique challenges of conducting FA to students identified with EBD.

 

Evaluation of Implementation Language on Functional Analyses Outcomes

KERRY SHEA (Utah State University), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University), Samantha Corralejo (Utah State University), Jason Lee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Some Spanish-speaking students exhibit challenging behavior at home and in school settings. There are few studies that examine the impact of the language used during a functional analysis of challenging behavior. This study used a pairwise design to determine the effects of language on the outcomes of a functional analysis for two participants, both from Spanish-speaking families. Challenging behavior was assessed during 5-min sessions. A pairwise design was used, evaluating a control condition compared with a test condition. During each condition phase, the language used in the condition was alternated for each test/control pairing. For one participant, challenging behavior remained at near zero levels of responding during control conditions across languages, while challenging behavior was at a higher level during all test conditions across languages. For a second participant, challenging behavior was highest during both English and Spanish tangible conditions, and English control and escape from attention conditions. These results suggest that for one participant, the specific language used during a functional analysis may affect the outcomes, indicating that language should be considered when assessing the function of challenging behavior for dual language learners

 
 
Symposium #432
CE Offered: BACB
Translational and Applied Research on Response Relapse
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Discussant: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Nicole M. DeRosa, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Treatment relapse refers to the recurrence of previously extinguished behavior when changes to treatment occur. To date, behavior analytic research has provided an understanding of the basic behavioral processes that may predict treatment relapse; however, additional research is warranted regarding procedures for preventing relapse of targeted behavior. This symposium will present applications of translational and applied studies to the mitigation of treatment relapse. Andrew Craig and colleagues will present data on the evaluation of the influence of reinforcement of alternative behavior in the same and separate discriminative-stimulus situations on mitigating resurgence of targeted behavior in Pigeons. Valdeep Saini and colleagues will describe a human-laboratory preparation and clinical application of resurgence to demonstrate the relevance of including inactive control responses within a resurgence paradigm to differentiate between resurgence of targeted behavior and extinction-induced variability. The presentation by Henry Roane and colleagues will describe a reverse-translational evaluation of context renewal implemented first within a functional communication training intervention for individuals diagnosed with autism across home and clinic settings, and second within a human-operant arrangement. Michael Kelley and colleagues will present data on the demonstration of an ABA renewal paradigm with children diagnosed with autism followed by the implementation of a renewal mitigation procedure to reduce the recurrence of targeted behavior during the return to the A phase. Finally, Timothy Shahan will serve as the discussant to integrate the findings of these presentations into the broad theme of treatment relapse.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Delivering Alternative Reinforcement in a Distinct Context Reduces Its Contra-Therapeutic Effects on Resurgence
(Basic Research)
ANDREW R. CRAIG (Utah State University), Paul Cunningham (Utah State University), Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire)
Abstract: “Resurgence” refers to relapse following suspension of alternative reinforcement in differential-reinforcement-of-alternative-behavior (DRA) treatments. Behavioral momentum theory asserts delivery of alternative reinforcers in a discriminative-stimulus situation previously associated with reinforcement of target behavior increases resurgence. Thus, delivering alternative reinforcers in a separate discriminative-stimulus situation might decrease resurgence. The present three-condition experiment evaluated this prediction in pigeons. Each condition began with reinforcement of target-key pecking in Phase 1. In Phase 2, target-key pecking was extinguished, and pecking a second key produced alternative reinforcement. In the Standard-DRA condition, target- and alternative-response keys were available in the same discriminative-stimulus situation. In the Context and Lockout conditions, alternative reinforcement occurred in a distinct context that was available contingently on abstinence from target-key pecking. Alternative-reinforcer rates were yoked between conditions. In Phase 3, alternative-key pecking was extinguished in the Standard-DRA and Context conditions, and access to the alternative context was removed in the Lockout condition. Resurgence occurred in the Standard-DRA and Lockout conditions but not in the Context condition. Thus, consistent with momentum theory’s predictions, delivery of alternative reinforcement in a separate discriminative-stimulus situation reduced resurgence, but only when this alternative context remained available. Effects of these treatments on other forms of relapse will be discussed.
 
Resurgence and Response Variability During Challenges to Treatment
(Applied Research)
VALDEEP SAINI (Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Syracuse University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Resurgence is observed when a previously extinguished behavior reemerges when a more recently reinforced behavior is extinguished. Nonhuman animal studies further define resurgence as responding that is greater than an inactive control response; one which has never produced reinforcement. However, studies of resurgence using human subjects, examining both arbitrary responses and socially meaningful behaviors such as severe problem behavior, have seldom made use of an inactive control response to distinguish resurgence from extinction-induced variability. First, we evaluated whether target response resurgence exceeded levels of inactive response recurrence in adult subjects using a human-laboratory preparation. For all subjects we found no differences in levels of resurgence and recurrence when target and alternative responses were placed on extinction. Second, we evaluated whether response allocation between problem behavior, functional communication, and other forms of nontargeted behavior varied as a function of extinction via a demonstration of response resurgence. Our results are consistent with other applied studies that have measured nontargeted behavior during resurgence, and highlight the importance of including inactive control responses when studying human behavior.
 

Applied and Translational Evaluations of Context Renewal

(Applied Research)
Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), WILLIAM SULLIVAN (Syracuse University), Valdeep Saini (Upstate Medical University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Basic and translational research on context renewal provides a model for studying treatment relapse following successful response to treatment in clinic settings. Two studies were conducted to evaluate context renewal under naturalistic conditions. In study one, context renewal using functional communication training was evaluated across home and clinic settings. The reemergence of destructive behavior, consistent with operant context renewal, was observed. A limitation was that during treatment at clinic, the children returned home before treatment was completed and taken into the home. To evaluate this limitation a reverse translational, human operant study was conducted. A concurrent-operant arrangement was used to simultaneously evaluate and compare ABA and ACA renewal, in which Context C consisted of Context B with brief returns to Context A. ABA renewal was observed, whereas under the ACA arrangement the target response persisted throughout the evaluation. The implications of these findings with respect to basic and translational studies of operant renewal and the treatment of severe destructive behavior will be discussed.

 

Examination of Renewal and its Mitigation

(Applied Research)
MICHAEL E. KELLEY (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Andrew Morgan (FIT), Brandy Hinkle (FIT), Alex Forton (FIT), Ryan Kimble (FIT), Shannon Harris (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Renewal is a type of treatment relapse in which problem behavior reemerges after successful treatment. Renewal is characterized by the three-phase arrangement in which problem behavior is reinforced in Phase 1, extinguished in Phase 2, and extinction is continued in Phase 3. However, the contexts associated with Phases 1, 2, and 3 are manipulated to assess the extent to which stimulus condition affect responding, despite the continuation of extinction, in Phase 3. In the current study, 3 children diagnosed with Autism were exposed to ABA renewal, in which therapists exposed participants behavior to (1) reinforcement, extinction, and extinction and (2) contexts A, B, and a return to A. Results suggested that behavior reemerged in Phase 3, despite the continuation of the extinction procedure. Next, we assessed a renewal mitigation procedure to reduce the occurrence of problem behavior during reexposure to the A context.

 
 
Symposium #433
Mexican Web for Animal Behavior Research: The Parametric Perspective
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom A
Area: EAB/AAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Mario Serrano (UNIVERSIDAD VERACRUZANA)
Discussant: Mario Serrano (UNIVERSIDAD VERACRUZANA)
Abstract:

Rather than refers merely to the exploration of different values of an independent variable, the parametric perspective alluded in the title of the present symposium refers to the integration of different experimental results on the basis of their quantitative and/or functional continuities. This theoretical strategy is based on the philosophy of temporally-defined schedules proposed by William Schoenfeld and his coworkers. Four experiments following such perspective will be described in the present symposium. Using a self-controlled eating behavior paradigm, vila and Ortega observed that responses that are incompatible with impulsive behavior can be trained as any other operant response. Flores, Mateos and Killen show that the typical decremental effect of delay of reinforcement depends on the value of the inter-reinforcement interval. Similarly, using temporally-defined schedules, Torres, Hernndez, and Silva observed that stimulus control increase or decreases as the length of the discriminative stimulus is shortened. Finally, Serrano and Blanco observed that inter-dimensional signals produced a higher percentage of correct responses than intra-dimensional signals under a limited-hold, two-choice conditional discrimination procedure.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, food-accumulation, self-control, stimulus control
 

Effects of a "Distracting Activity" on Self-Controlled Eating Behavior

RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Brenda Estela Ortega (National Autonomus University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Self-controlled eating behavior occurs when a subject does not eat food available until a pre-established criterion is reached. It was suggested that to emit a distracting activity while food is freely available could facilitate the occurrence of self-controlled eating behavior. This possibility was evaluated with twelve pigeons that were exposed to a 64 s time cycle (T) in which food was presented for 3 (SR1) and could be presented for other 3 s once the T cycle elapsed (SR2), according to the following contingency: trying to eat during SR1 interrupted it and cancelled SR2 presentation; otherwise, eating behavior during SR2 could occur. According to a factorial design the contribution of the following variables was explored: 1) Previous training or not training of key pecking. 2) An ABA or a BAB order of presentation of the following three conditions: A) SR1 presentation signaled by a 3 s change in the key color from red to green, B) SR1 presented without any signaling stimulus, A) SR1 presentation signaled again. Each condition was in effect for 20 sessions of 50 T cycles each. The previous key-pecking training resulted in a low or high level of the number of SR1 interruptions (A or B conditions) and a correspondingly high level of R>0 in the A conditions. Without previous key-pecking training there was no effect of signaling SR1 presentations, regardless of the ABA or BAB sequence. It was concluded that self-controlled eating behavior was facilitated by explicit training of a distracting activity that occurs concurrently with food availability.

 

Relative Time and Food Accumulation: Exploring the Inter-Reinforcers Interval Effect

CARLOS JAVIER FLORES AGUIRRE AGUIRRE (Universidad de Guadalajara), Rebeca Mateos Morfin Morfán (Universidad de Guadalajara), Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

In a variety of operant and classical procedures, the effects of delays between environmental stimuli are reduced when the overall time between reinforcers is longer. This modulation of delay effects by the inter-reinforcement interval was referred by Williams (1998) as the relative time effect. The present study was designed to explore the effects of different inter-reinforcement interval (IRI) duration on food accumulation. For four rats the IRI was 40 s, whereas for another four rats was 120 s. On successive phases (30 sessions each) the delay of reinforcement was lengthened (0, 2, and 8 s). For all rats the number of responses-obtained food pellets increased as the delay was lengthened. The number of responses was higher in the subjects with the long IRI (120 s) than the subjects with 40 s IRI. It was concluded that IRI duration controls the number of responses as relative time effect.

 

Varying the Duration of the Reinforcement-Correlated Stimulus in a Temporally Defined Schedule

CARLOS TORRES (Universidad de Guadalajara), Enrique Hernández (Universidad de Guadalajara), Luis Hernando Silva Castillo Castillo (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract:

Six rats were exposed to a 60 s long temporally-defined schedule. Each T cycle was divided in two 30 s long sub-cycles: tD and t?. Reinforcement probability was 1.0 for the first response in tD and 0.0 for any response in t?. A visual stimulus (green light) was added to tD sub-cycle while no signal was added to t?. The length of the stimulus was varied between phases (30, 3, 0.3, 0 s) and the order of presentation of such values was inverse between triad of rats. At the end of the experiment each triad was exposed to a redetermination condition similar to the first phase in each case. Regardless of triad, response rate along t? was inversely related to the length of the stimulus in tD. A proportional relationship between the length of the stimulus and the post-reinforcement pause was also found. Results are discussed in terms of inhibitory effects of reinforcement and observing responses.

 

Water, Food and Physical Dimension of Signals in Conditional Discrimination

MARIO SERRANO (UNIVERSIDAD VERACRUZANA), Selene Blanco (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract:

Triads of rats were exposed to a two-choice conditional discrimination procedure whose signals were visual, auditory or visual and auditory. Signals were differentially correlated with water and tapioca pellets for half of the rats, while pellets and water were randomly presented for remaining rats. Performance was higher under visual and auditory signals than under visual or auditory signals, in that order. The correlation between signals and reinforcers did not enhance performance but negatively affected the accuracy on water trials. Results are discussed in relation to previous findings under simple discrimination contingencies and the so called differential outcomes effect.

 
 
Symposium #434
CE Offered: BACB
Quantitative Modeling of Choice Behavior and Extensions to Caregivers of Children With Challenging Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B/C
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kenneth Shamlian (University of Rochester School of Medicine )
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Kenneth Shamlian, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Experimental behavioral economics is a combination of behavioral analysis and economic concepts, principles, and measures to model choice behavior at the individual level. Of particular interest is the bias for individuals to favor more immediate, but smaller rewards over larger rewards that would come later (i.e. delay discounting). This work has resulted in a wealth of research showing that discounting tasks and predictive mathematical models can quantify sensitivity to delayed outcomes. The focus for this symposium will be translational in nature and discuss related research findings for: (a) foundations and methods for understanding mathematical modeling of choice behavior, (b) considerations when comparing measures of discounting across studies, (c) simulated parent and teacher discounting of delayed treatment effects for children with problem behavior, and (c) patterns of caregiver discounting of delayed treatment effects in an outpatient setting providing manualized caregiver training and individualized, behavioral-caregiver therapy for children with challenging behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Challenging Behavior, Delay Discounting, Parent Choice, Quantitative Models
 
A Qualitative Comparison of Quantitative Models of Economic Demand
(Basic Research)
LINDSAY LLOVERAS (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Joshua Jackson (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Mathematical models are quantitative descriptions of functional relations. They can be evaluated in a number of ways. Quantitative evaluations can include a comparison of percentages of variance accounted for, sums of squared residuals, and AIC or F-test values. In addition, they can be evaluated in terms of the distributions of residuals around fit lines. While this may sound thoroughly complex and complicated, it actually is not. In this talk, we compare fits of the Hursh (1988) linear-elasticity model and the Hursh and Silberberg (2008) exponential-demand model. This talk is designed for people who would like to learn more about mathematical modeling in order to develop a sufficient repertoire to appropriately consume the quantitative analysis literature. Interobserver agreement was collected for 19.6% of data sets; mean agreement for price and mean agreement for consumption were 97.4% and 98.8% respectively.
 
Effects of Standardizing the k Parameter in the Exponential Model of Demand
(Basic Research)
JOSHUA JACKSON (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Lesleigh Ann Craddock (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The exponential demand model is used to quantitatively describe the functional relation between the consumption of a particular commodity and its price. The value of the k parameter of the exponential demand model directly impacts the values of both the free parameters of the model, Q0 and α, as well as the model’s goodness of fit. Thus, comparison of a across commodities requires the use of a common k in the curve fits for both. This poses a challenge for across-study comparisons in which different k values are used. We examined the effects of using study-specific, differing k values versus a single k value in fitting the exponential demand model to 269 previously published sets of demand data. Changing from study-specific to a single k value across studies resulted in a change in the ordinal rank of commodities’ reciprocal a values in 43% of studies. The use of a common k across studies did not have a meaningful effect on the goodness of fit of the model. Taken together, researchers should pay particular attention to any changes in the ordinal rank of commodities when fitting demand data with a common k for comparison.
 
The Impact of Delays to Treatment Success on Perceptions of Interventions for Problem Behavior
(Basic Research)
MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Emory University; Marcus Autism Center), Christina Simmons (University of Georgia; Munroe-Meyer Institute; Uni), Nathan Call (Emory University; Marcus Autism Center), Jamieson Ekstrom (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: The concept of delay discounting may have interesting implications for behavioral interventions targeting problem behavior. Specifically, for treatments that include extinction, a caregiver often has a choice of reinforcing the problem behavior now (resulting in immediate cessation) or implementing extinction and working through the problem (potentially resulting in continued problem behavior now, but decreased problem behavior in the future). The purpose of this study was to examine discounting of delayed treatment effects using a translation model. A group of college students (N = 113) read vignettes depicting problem behavior and selected either an immediate but small treatment effect (e.g., 20% of treatment goals met immediately) or delayed but larger treatment effect (e.g., 100% of treatment goals met in 4 weeks). In addition, participants were divided into four groups, each of whom read different vignettes that varied on two dimensions: type of caregiver (teacher or parent) and severity of problem behavior (high or low). Results show that discounting of treatment effects matched well with the discounting model and no significant differences were found across groups, suggesting that discounting occurred despite the type of caregiver or severity of problem behavior included in the vignette.
 
Temporal Discounting of Delayed Treatment Effects in Caregiver-Mediated Therapy
(Service Delivery)
KENNETH SHAMLIAN (University of Rochester School of Medicine), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: Research has established that people have a bias towards selecting an option that provides some desired amount of a commodity more quickly regardless if waiting would produce a more favorable outcome (i.e. discounting the value of a better choice). Caregivers of children with challenging behavior may be more likely to show patterns of responding in a way that alleviates stress or harm more quickly; even when better, long-term outcomes are available. Currently, only one study has examined parents’ perceptions of treatments and the impact of delayed outcomes typically observed during treatment for a child’s problem behavior. The purpose of this study was to: (a) determine the extent to which caregiver’s choice making for delayed treatment outcomes fit established discounting models, (b) assess whether a computer-based delay discounting task provides an efficient method for assessing caregiver bias against delayed treatment outcomes, and (c) determine the extent which caregiver discounting patterns correlate with clinical measures and outcomes. Caregivers were divided by their respective caregiver-mediated therapy modality (manualized parent training vs. individual behavior therapy) and provided a tablet-based adjusting amount task for selecting a sooner, smaller reduction in problem behavior (e.g. 15% reduction immediately) versus a larger, later reduction in problem behavior (e.g. 100% in 4 weeks) across seven different delays in time. Initial results suggest that caregivers' patterns of discounting match established models of temporal discounting and can be conducted within the course of outpatient treatment efficiently (total task time; M= 5 min) . Additionally, measures of treatment adherence, barriers to treatment adherence, and population demographic characteristics are discussed in comparison to discounting patterns.
 
 
Symposium #435
CE Offered: BACB
Group Contingencies in Classroom Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
CE Instructor: Jeanne M. Donaldson, Ph.D.
Abstract: Group contingencies provide an efficient mechanism to improve the behavior of entire classes of students. The studies presented in this symposium will provide new data on variations of classwide group contingencies, particularly the Good Behavior Game, from classrooms ranging from preschool through high school. Katie Wiskow will describe a study in which the types of feedback delivered during the Good Behavior Game were manipulated. Elizabeth Foley will describe a study in which they conducted a component analysis of features of the Good Behavior Game and analyzed effects at the individual level. Kayla Crook will describe a study in which the experimenters modified the type of group contingency used during the Good Behavior Game. Ray Joslyn will describe a study extending the Good Behavior Game to high school students with emotional and behavioral disorders. Following the four talks, Jennifer Austin will provide a discussion of the research presented and future directions for research in the area of classwide group contingencies.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): classroom management, disruptive behavior, GBG, group contingencies
 
An Evaluation of Feedback on the Effectiveness of the Good Behavior Game in Preschool Classrooms
KATIE WISKOW (California State University, Stanislaus), Ashley Matter (Texas Tech University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a popular group contingency implemented to decrease disruptive behavior in classrooms. However, despite numerous replications of the GBG, there are few direct comparisons evaluating specific components of the GBG. In the present study, we directly compared the type of feedback (no feedback, visual feedback, vocal feedback, visual + vocal feedback) delivered during the GBG on the effectiveness of the GBG to reduce disruptive behavior in two preschool classrooms. Subsequently, we implemented a concurrent chains procedure to assess teacher preferences. Results showed that the GBG vocal feedback and GBG visual + vocal feedback conditions were superior to the GBG no feedback and GBG visual feedback conditions. In addition, we observed that teacher’s preferences varied across sessions. These results suggest that not all modifications of the GBG may be equally effective and that we should identify a collection of effective variations for teachers to choose amongst to fit their needs on a daily basis.
 
A Component Analysis and Evaluation of the Good Behavior Game in a Preschool Classroom
ELIZABETH FOLEY (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Amber Lessor (Summit Behavioral Services), Shannon Altmeyer (University of Kansas), Aneesah Smith (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a multicomponent treatment package that has been demonstrated to decrease disruptive behavior in kindergarten through high school-age students (Barrish et al., 1969; Embry, 2002; Tingstrom et al., 2006). However, there is limited research evaluating the GBG with preschool-age children (Swiezy, Matson, & Box, 1992). Furthermore, few studies have evaluated the effects of various components of the GBG, and of those that have, most have done so only after exposure to the GBG package (Fishbein & Wasik, 1981; Harris & Sherman, 1973; Medland & Stachnik, 1972). Finally, few studies have collected and reported data at the individual level (Medland & Stachnik, 1972). Therefore, the purpose of our study was to (a) evaluate the effects of GBG on disruptive behavior of preschool children during group instruction, (b) evaluate the effects of the major components of the GBG before and after the entire package was implemented, and (c) examine effects at the individual level. Results suggest that the entire package is necessary for decreasing disruptive behavior. However, after exposure to the GBG, we showed that a time-based contingency could be used in place of the interdependent contingency to decrease disruptive behavior.
 
An Evaluation of Group Contingencies in Classroom Wide Behavior Management Programs
KAYLA CROOK (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Christopher Taylor (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Group contingencies are commonly used as methods for managing behaviors in large group settings, particularly classrooms in elementary schools. Examples of group contingency approaches include the Good Behavior Game (GBG) and ClassWide Function-based Intervention Teams (CW-FIT). In both of these approaches, interdependent group contingencies are implemented across the day to improve social, academic, and classroom behavior. The high effort of implementing such strategies may result in some teachers being reluctant to implement such approaches. For example, implementing these types of procedures across an entire day, every day, or monitoring the individual behavior of 25 or more students in a classroom, may add too much to an already busy teacher’s workload. In the current presentation, we present data related to two minor modifications of these group contingency approaches to behavior management. In the first modification, the teacher identified specific times during the day that were problematic. The procedures were then put in place to address this specific time. In the second modification, a dependent group contingency was used in place of an interdependent group contingency to alleviate the burden of monitoring the behavior of numerous students. Results indicated that both modifications resulted in effective changes in behavior.
 

Evaluation of the Good Behavior Game With High School Students in an Alternative School

P. RAYMOND JOSLYN (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Faris Rashad Kronfli (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an extensively studied classroom management procedure that utilizes interdependent group contingencies to minimize student disruptive behavior. In the GBG, a class is divided into teams and contingencies are placed on students rule-following. Previous research has indicated that the GBG is effective with high school students in mainstream classrooms. The following study extended previous research by implementing the GBG with older high school students who have emotional/behavioral disorders and/or histories of delinquency. Results indicate that the GBG is an effective classroom management strategy with older students in more restricted settings. Implications and directions for future research are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #436
On Using Modern Technology Along the Basic and Applied Research Continuum: Why and How Technology Can Be Used in Your Research
Monday, May 29, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Brent Kaplan (The University of Kansas)
Discussant: David J. Cox (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts who work along the continuum between basic and applied research may benefit from using modern technologies specifically designed to complement their research efforts. Modern technologies include software, hardware, and the integration of the two. Depending on the technology, there may be barriers to adoption including the time, effort, and monetary resources needed to devote to utilization. However, a number of existing technologies leverage the "open-source" framework. Speakers will discuss a range of technologies (software and hardware) that they have used in their own research and how other researchers can readily access and adopt these technologies. Additionally, speakers will discuss their experiences in overcoming common barriers to utilization and provide resources for others. Examples from the basic (e.g., cost-effective technologies to experimentally evaluate behaviors in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach), translational (e.g., integrating R statistical software for human operant data), and applied (e.g., leveraging technologies in the areas of Autism Spectrum Disorders, communication disorders, and health behaviors) research sectors will be highlighted. Finally, the speakers will provide recommendations related to how researchers can access these resources and implement them into their existing workflows.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): computer technology, hardware, open source, programming
 
On the Use of Leveraging Open-Source Software for a More Efficient Research Workflow
(Applied Research)
BRENT KAPLAN (The University of Kansas), Mikhail Koffarnus (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
Abstract: No two areas of research are the same. The same is true for a researcher's workflow. However, commonalities do exist. Generally, a research idea is generated, a protocol is created, and the study is conducted. Study data are analyzed and results are disseminated. At each step of the way, open-source software can make this process more efficient and transparent. Special attention will be paid to cross-platform technologies. Aspects of the talk will include (1) using "version control" management to keep a history and accountability of changes, (2) maintaining correspondence and writing reports using the flexibility of "dynamic documents", and (3) utilizing R statistical software and user created "packages". While any of these technologies can be used in isolation, workflow efficiency is increased when these technologies are integrated together. In addition to describing these technologies and providing useful resources for potential adoption, this talk will demonstrate the use of these technologies by presenting preliminary data from a recent experiment examining behavioral economic demand of cigarettes under various unit price manipulations.
 
From "Low-Tech" to "High-Tech": Accessibility and Integration of Open-Source Technologies for Clinicians and Researchers
(Applied Research)
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (National University of Ireland)
Abstract: Behavior analysts have increasing access to advanced touchscreen technology. There has been an increasing trend of many behavior analysts adopting “high-tech” alternatives to traditional, “low-tech” practices. Clinical researchers in this area have since developed customizable, cross-platform applications designed for use with a range of consumers and a range of mobile platforms. The availability of cross-platform, open-sourced software offers new opportunities for both applied research and practice. For researchers, open-sourced methods permit unparalleled levels of customizability and replicability. For clinicians, open-sourced software allows for cost-effective options that are easily facilitated in resource-strained settings. This talk will discuss the roles of behavior analysts in the design and evaluation of “high-tech” practice as well as provide an overview of open-source offerings for clinicians and researchers. This talk will demonstrate how to locate, build, and deploy open-sourced software, as well as discuss the unique barriers to mobile development and the evaluation of mobile technology in behavior analytic research.
 
Health Behavior Research Using Portable Behavior Monitors
(Applied Research)
TRITON ONG (University of Florida)
Abstract: The vast majority of health behavior happens outside of hospitals and clinics. Systems for automatically measuring health-related behavior can help extend behavior analytic services to underserved populations and expand the scope of research into aspects of everyday life. As the variety of consumer-grade devices for health tracking continues to grow, the decision of which device to use can become overwhelming and prohibitively expensive. This talk will review several advantages and disadvantages of conducting research with internet-connected devices and features to prioritize when considering physical activity monitors. In addition, this talk will highlight past research and discuss how portable behavior monitors can be used to address a variety of research questions.
 
Cost-Effective Technologies in the Basic Lab: Experimental Evaluations Using the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina portentosa)
(Basic Research)
DANIEL GRISHAM (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Traditional vertebrate operant laboratories have been decreasingly incorporated into graduate training programs in behavior analysis over the past two decades. Invertebrate research in behavior analysis offers a cost-effective alternative to vertebrate species in basic laboratory settings, due to the minimal resources required for the care an maintenance of the animals, as well as the design and development of apparatus for operant research. We will discuss the development of two technologies from our lab that have been used to evaluate the operant and escape behavior of the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach, Gromphadorhina portentosa. The operant apparatus was designed to deliver food through an automated pump mechanism triggered by a motion sensor, and data collection software was developed by our lab to allow for programmable schedules of reinforcement and data collection. The escape apparatus contained a shock grid connected directly to a low cost electrical stimulation device with customizable shock delivery. The total cost of each apparatus did not exceed $150.00 USD, substantially reducing the cost of basic operant research. In addition, we will discuss how these apparatuses have been used in research and class instruction.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #437
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

What, if Anything, is Special About Dogs?

Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: AAB; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Clive Wynne, Ph.D.
Chair: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
CLIVE WYNNE (Arizona State University)
Dr. Wynne was born and raised on the Isle of Wight, off the south coast of England, studied at University College London, and got his Ph.D. at Edinburgh University before setting off on his travels. After time at the Ruhr-Universitat Bochum, Duke University, Universit?t Konstanz, the University of Western Australia, and the University of Florida, he came to Arizona State University in 2013. Over the years he has studied the behavior of many species?ranging from pigeons to dunnarts (a small mouse-like marsupial)?but some years ago found a way to meld a childhood love of dogs with his professional training and now studies and teaches the behavior of dogs and their wild relatives.
Abstract:

Since the resurgence of interest in dog behavior in 1998, many claims have been made for unique social-cognitive skills in dogs. I will briefly review available evidence that dogs are able to respond to human behavior in ways that are not available to other nonhuman species. I conclude there is no well-established finding regarding dog's social-cognitive behavior that cannot be accounted for with species-general learning mechanisms. Notwithstanding an absence of special social-cognitive skills, even the most informal interaction with dogs suggests that there is something remarkable about their motivation to interact with people. I review several lines of evidence that indicate that during domestication dogs became much more motivated to interact with members of other species and more reinforced by that interaction. This started with Pavlov who noted a "social reflex" in his dogs and continues to the present day in a range of studies. I will consider dogs' play behaviors, proximity seeking to a human, and even studies of what behaviors lead dogs to getting adopted. In conclusion, the notion of the dog as "man's best friend" may be a cliche, but it is a stereotype with some observable behavior behind it.

Target Audience:

Graduate-level behavior analysts and psychologists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Critique claims of behavioral uniqueness in dogs; (2) Outline evidence for human proximity as reinforcer for dogs; (3) Describe recent research relevant to dog domestication.
 
 
Panel #438
CE Offered: BACB
This Ain't Your Granddaddy's Behavior Analysis: Using Derived Relational Responding to Supercharge Autism Treatment
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Alyssa N. Wilson, Ph.D.
Chair: Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University)
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (FirstSteps for Kids)
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: During the past decade, there has been an exponential growth in the application of relational frame theory (RFT) to persons with autism.   In contrast to many of the typical ABA approaches to language, the RFT approach seems to focus on teaching relations among stimuli more so than teaching lists of response topographies.   Outcome data from a growing list of studies and literature suggest that meaningful, measurable, and durable growth can occur for a child with autism when exposed to techniques that teach derived relational responding.   This panel features three leaders in our field that have contributed greatly to the RFT application to persons with autism and related disabilities.  They will speak on the promise, hope, and future of autism interventions can have when they move from the traditional Skinnerian approach to that of relational frame theory.  The panel will be chaired by yet another emerging leader in the derived relational responding movement.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism intervention, Derived relations, Relational responding, RFT
 
 
Symposium #439
CE Offered: BACB
Developing and Evaluating Behavioral Models of Gambling Behavior: Implications for the Prevention and Treatment of Disordered Gambling
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, M.S.
Abstract: Pathological gambling poses a large threat to the financial and psychological well-being of an individual. As the behavioral research on disordered gambling continues to grow, researchers are seeking not only treatments, but also preventative interventions. The current symposium investigates a wide variety of topics on the social, environmental, and economic variables that contribute to pathological gambling behavior. Research will be presented by an array of gambling laboratories that are working to fill the current gap in gambling research within behavior analysis. An analysis of the impact of gambling behavior in Tasmania will be discussed along with a corresponding pathway model for gambling. The persistence of gambling behavior in simulated settings will also be analyzed. A behavioral economic analyses is included to address the impact of contextual cues on gambling choices. The presented studies emphasize the need for preventative models of intervention for problem gambling and suggest possible reasons for the persistence of gambling behaviors.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Gambling, Pathway Model, Persistence
 
The Social and Economic Impact of Gambling in Tasmania 2011: Pathways Model Analysis
DARREN R CHRISTENSEN (University of Lethbridge), Alun Jackson (University of Melbourne), Nicki Dowling (Deakin University), George Yosseuf (Monash University)
Abstract: The pathways model of problem and pathological gambling assumes a heterogeneous population comprising of three sub-groups that form a hierarchy of increasingly symptomology; behaviourally conditioned, emotionally vulnerable, and anti-social impulsivist. However, quantitative analyses of the pathways model is surprisingly rare as are mathematical analyses or investigations of the implied hierarchical nature of the model. Tasmanian residents who participated in a computer assisted telephone interview as part of the Social and Economic Impact Study of Gambling in 2011 were analysed based on their fit for the three sub-groups and the assumed hierarchy (see Figure 1). Analysing only electronic gaming machine players (n=828) we found significant associations for the behaviourally conditioned sub-group between negative triggers and gambling intensity with problem gambling severity. Importantly, a significant but small negative relationship was found between the quality of a respondent’s environment and problem gambling severity. Further, when the emotionally vulnerable proxy of any-drug use was added to the model a significant strong negative correlation was found between any-drug use and the environment. A similar negative correlation was found between the proxy for anti-social impulsivist, criminal contact, and the environment. These results suggest problematic gambling is driven primarily by negative triggers and gambling intensity.
 
Analysis of Human Adjunctive Behavior and Persistence During a Simulated Gambling Task
MARK JUSTIN RZESZUTEK (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: A low estimate of the cost of pathological gambling to the American government is $5 billion per year. Outside of the financial costs to the government there are financial and psychological costs to the pathological gambler such as increased likelihood of depression, bankruptcy, and suicide. Therefore, the development of pathological gambling is of concern to both society at large and the pathological gambler. One factor in the development of pathological gambling may be related to complimentary food and drink given out by casinos while patrons gamble. Adjunctive, or schedule-induced behavior, may provide a means to study the interaction of consumption and gambling persistence. Falk (1977) described one of the possible functions of adjunctive behavior as reducing the probability an organism escaping from a sparse schedule of reinforcement by an increase in an alternative consummatory response. Escape prevention may alternatively be viewed as persistence, that being continuing to engage at a task when reinforcement is lean. Lean win schedules on slots machines may then produce adjunctive consumption and so increase gambling persistence. Thus, the purpose of this study was to fill the research gap on adjunctive behavior and persistence in humans while playing a simulated slot machine task.
 
A Behavioral Economic Analysis Towards Cue-Elicited Exposure on Gambling Cravings
TYLER S GLASSFORD (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Purchase tasks are a technology commonly used to assess demand and relative reinforcer efficacy for addictive substances and activities (e.g., ultra-violet indoor tanning, cigarettes, alcohol, etc.). Past research has explored the effects of exposure to cues for other addictions, but there remains a paucity of evidence relating to gambling. The purpose of the present study was to assess the effect of cue-elicited exposure on the demand across multiple gambling dimensions. Recreational and at-risk gamblers were recruited for this study, and were asked to complete the Gambling Purchase Task in two environments, neutral then gambling. In the neutral environment, participants were asked to read a magazine of their choice in an office setting. In the gambling environment, participants were asked to play their favorite game in a replica casino setting, with the opportunity to earn raffle tickets based on their earnings. Results of the study demonstrate that participants had greater inelastic demand and maximum expenditure in the gambling environment for cover charge and credit price. These findings suggest that gamblers are less responsive to change in price and bet riskier when exposed to gambling cues. These findings replicate past regarding the effects of cues on demand for addictive behaviors.
 
 
Symposium #440
Choice, Healthy Eating, and Functional Analysis Training
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

In this symposium, we will provide results from an experimental analysis of reinforcer choice, ratio requirements, and task difficulty on response rate, an experimental analysis of antecedent-based interventions on college students' snack selections, and an empirical evaluation of a robot-simulation and eLearning FA training.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
The Effects of Reinforcer Choice on Responding as a Function of Ratio Requirements and Task Difficulty
(Applied Research)
KATHARINE GUTSHALL (Melmark, Inc.)
Abstract: The effect of choice of reinforcers has been examined using both concurrent analyses and single-operant analyses. However, the results have differed with regards to the extent of added benefit from choice of reinforcer. The current study uses a single-operant design to look at choice versus no-choice of reinforcers in three children with intellectual disabilities. For all three participants, no significant differences occurred between the conditions (choice versus no choice) at a fixed-ratio 1 (FR1) schedule. For one participant, even when the schedule of reinforcement was thinned to FR20, no significant differences emerged. For another participant, when the task difficulty was increased no differences between choice and no-choice sessions occurred in terms of responding. However, differences did emerge when evaluating the effect of choice via a progressive ratio schedule with a difficult task. Further research should determine if the use of a progressive ratio schedule in treatment assessment leads to more sensitive results and robust effects in treatment.
 
Obesity and Healthy Living: Can Antecedent Interventions Alter College Students’ Snack Selections?
(Applied Research)
SHIR ZION (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: During the past 20 years, there has been a dramatic increase in obesity prevalence in the United States (Centers for Disease Control, 2010). One factor that may contribute to obesity is consumption of unhealthy (e.g., higher calorie and fat) foods. Currently, there is a lack of behavioral research addressing obesity and the antecedent variables that affect food choice. The purpose of this study was to conduct an experimental analysis of the effects of various antecedent interventions on individuals’ snack selection. We used a multi-element design with 31 graduate students in their classroom setting. Compared to baseline, intervention 1 (a snack rack with a higher proportion of the same healthier snacks as shown in baseline) did not result in higher selection of healthier snacks by participants (p = .387). However, when we introduced intervention 2 (the same manipulation as in intervention 1 plus novelty, variety, and advertisement) we found that a higher percentage of healthier snacks were selected by participants compared to baseline (p = .001). We will discuss the implications of these findings and the necessity for additional behavioral studies evaluating food choice.
 

Using Simulation-Based Training and e-Learning to Teach Students How to Conduct Functional Analyses

(Service Delivery)
MICHAEL ARAGON (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Victor Ramirez (California State University, Northridge), Vahe Esmaeili (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Previously published functional analyses (FAs) trainings have focused primarily on teaching implementation of the conditions. Additionally, the few researchers that have focused on teaching other component skills necessary for conducting FAs have reported long training times and small trainer/trainee ratios. Therefore, in the current study we examined the effectiveness of a simulation-based FA training using a humanoid robot and instructional e-Learning modules. A total of 8 graduate students enrolled in an Applied Behavior Analysis program were trained on implementation, data collection, graphing, interpretation of results, and problem solving skills. We used a multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of the simulation-based training on implementation of FA conditions. We conducted a pre-posttest design to assess the effects of instructional e-Learning modules on data collection, graphing, graph interpretation and problem solving skills. Overall, we found that the simulation-based training and the eLearning modules were effective in increasing all participants skills. We will discuss the results in terms of individual differences between participants and the overall cost-effectiveness of the training.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #441
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Disruption and the Impact of Creating a New Future and New Opportunities

Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Todd A. Ward, Ph.D.
Chair: Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC)
AMY COSPER (RadicalUpstarts)
Amy Cosper is the former Editor in Chief of Entrepreneur magazine and the CEO of RadicalUpstarts. She has been reporting and commenting on the world of entrepreneurship for 12 years. Cosper is an evangelist for innovation and disruption around the globe. She is keenly aware of the power of entrepreneurship on a cultural and economic level. Her mission is to spread the word and promise of these philosophies on a global scale and to make an impact by teaching these ideas. Cosper is currently working on a book and a documentary that explore the deep economic and cultural impact heralded by the global entrepreneurship movement. She is an award-winning editor and writer and strongly adheres to the idea that "on the other side of your fear, is your success." And she would know, since she rides a Ducati and only does sports that require a helmet.
Abstract:

Disruption is the act of changing cultural practices, and introducing new practices, that involve a greater emphasis on social responsibility and sustainability. I will discuss several facets of disruption as it pertains to entrepreneurship. First, I will provide an overview of disruption itself and why it matters, along with case studies from the entrepreneurial world. Secondly, I will address what many consider to be the primary obstacle to disruption, and to entrepreneurship, which is failure, or more precisely, the fear of failure, and strategies that others have used in the past to remove failure as an obstacle to success. I will also discuss how disruption can take place anywhere, and in any industry, toward the improvement of the human condition. Lastly, I will discuss characteristics that comprise the disruptive leader, along with common challenges such leaders face and the outcomes to which they strive.

Target Audience:

Professionals, academics, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify two characteristics of a disruptive leader; (2) define disruption in terms of the classes of behavior it produces; (3) identify two strategies to make it more likely your behavior, as a disruptive leader, will persist despite fearful reactions.
 
 
Panel #442
CE Offered: BACB
Bridging the Gap: Strategies for Increasing Social Validity, Treatment Fidelity, and Interdisciplinary "Buy-In" in Clinical Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Vivian A. Attanasio, M.S.
Chair: Amanda Duva (Services for the Underserved)
WILLIAM SHEA (Services for the UnderServed)
FRED FRANCOIS (Services for the UnderServed)
JOHN LAMPEN (Services for the UnderServed)
Abstract:

In many clinical setting, the success of ABA-based interventions requires interdisciplinary collaboration between professionals coming from a broad range of backgrounds. Notwithstanding, there sometimes is a clinical chasm between those responsible for the development of interventions and those who are responsible for their implementation. For example it is not unusual for direct support professional (DSPs) to be trained on interventions with very little information about the assessment and development process. In situations like these, DSPs may be difficult. This can impact social validity and treatment fidelity. The panel will discuss strategies they have used successfully to overcome such problems, and bridge the gap between staff responsible for developing and implementing ABA-based interventions. Experiences from interdisciplinary perspectives will be presented, including those of DSPs and Registered Behavior Technicians.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Symposium #443
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Recent Research in Skill Acquisition Programs to Teach Social and Safety Skills to Children With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: M. Fernanda Welsh (The ABRITE Organization)
CE Instructor: M. Fernanda Welsh, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium presents recent research related to teaching social and safety skills to individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. The first paper presents data on teaching children with autism spectrum disorder to identify the sensory perspective of others, as in, what they can see, hear, taste, smell, and feel. The second paper presents data evaluating and identifying the dose of instruction necessary for the Preschool Life Skills program curriculum to be a successful and efficient teaching tool for children with developmental disabilities. The third paper evaluates the use of teaching children with autism spectrum disorder to use a safe word in the acquisition of stranger safety skills.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): perspective taking, safety, social skills
 

Teaching Sensory Perspective to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

M. FERNANDA WELSH (The ABRITE Organization), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University), Danielle Strauss (The ABRITE Organization), Lindabeth Gallegos (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder often have difficulty with inferring the private events of others, and in particular, they have been found to have difficulty with perspective taking (Baron-Cohen, Leslie, & Frith, 1985). This study is employing a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design to investigate the use of a multiple exemplar-training package for teaching three children with autism to appropriately identify others sensory perspectives, that is detecting what others are experiencing through their five senses (i.e., touch, smell, taste, sight and hear). Data are currently being collected, and percentage correct responding to questions about what others can sense is being measured across sessions. Results thus far demonstrate that participants 1 and 2 responded at chance levels in baseline and participant 1 and 2 demonstrated an immediate increase in level and trend during training. Generalization to untrained stimuli and people is being programmed for and measured by saving exemplars and people used in baseline for retesting in posttraining and using multiple exemplar training during training. Participant 1 demonstrated generalization to untrained stimuli and people in posttraining.

 

Preschool Life Skills: A Systematic Replication With Children With Developmental Disabilities

MELINDA ROBISON (Child Study Center), Tracie B. Mann (Child Study Center), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The Preschool Life Skills (PLS) program was originally created to teach functional communication and social skills to typically developing children in an attempt to prevent the development of problem behavior. Children diagnosed with ASD and other developmental disabilities are also at risk for developing problem behaviors in daycare and school settings due to insufficient instruction and contingency management. Therefore, this population might benefit from PLS instruction. The current study aimed to evaluate and identify the dose of instruction necessary for PLS curriculum to be a successful and efficient teaching tool for children with developmental disabilities. We taught twelve preschool life skills to 9 participants across 4 instruction units. The units were instruction following, functional communication, tolerance of denial and delay, and friendship skills. Instruction was provided by means of a three-tiered instructional approach, which incorporated large group and class-wide instruction, followed by small group and individual instruction as necessary. Results indicated that intervention led to skill acquisition with all nine participants. The skills were also found to maintain four weeks after instruction ended.

 

It's Not Always a Stranger That's the Danger: A Safe-Word Intervention for Abduction Prevention in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

CHELSEE RODRIGUEZ (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

This study addresses the statistic that most children are abducted by known individuals, not strangers, and examines the effects of a training package that employs the use of a safe-word. A safe-word is a tactic used to decrease the likelihood that a child will leave with a person not appointed by their parents. The study is being conducted in a lab room and various community settings (i.e., shopping mall, grocery store, parks, etc.) with five participants, ages 4-9 years old, diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). A concurrent multiple baseline design across participants was used to measure participants responses to lures by way of a 5-point scoring system across conditions. Each participant was quasi-randomly exposed to a variety of different lures, each falling under one of the three different lure types: authoritative, assistance, and incentive. Intervention utilized a behavioral skills training to teach participants how to use the safe-word and to respond appropriately to a variety of known and unknown individuals who know and dont know the safe-word. Post-intervention probes suggest that this intervention was successful in teaching participants to respond differentially requests of adults who can provide the participant with the safe-word (trusted adults) compared to those who cannot provide the safe-word (familiar/unfamiliar adults). Follow-up probes will also be conducted to examine the maintenance of such an intervention.

 
 
Symposium #444
CE Offered: BACB
The Role of Peer Influence in Classroom Interventions
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Chaturi Edrisinha (St. Cloud State University)
CE Instructor: Andrew Bulla, M.A.
Abstract:

Measurement of behavior is crucial to learning environments and serves as a reality check, it is viewed as the difference between opinion and actual change (Vargas, 2009). Due to the current legislation and reauthorization of the Individual with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) there is a focus for teachers to improve the quality of programs by increasing the accountability for results (Christle, & Yell, 2010). Evidence-based practices that have been shown to be effective in classroom environments and aid teachers in collecting data include the use of self-management procedures and peers in the classroom. When students self-manage, teachers are free to attend to other classroom needs and instruction (Webber, Scheuermann, McCall, & Colemen, 1993). Peers may be able to observe and deliver consequences for another students behavior more often than the teacher (Strain, Cooke, & Apollone, 1976). This symposium will highlight two separate investigations that included the use of self-management and peers as components of the intervention. Effects of self-management procedures in the classroom and the feasibility of using peers in class wide and individual contingencies will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): group contingency, peer feedback, Self&Match, self-management
 

The Effects of a Peer Feedback Treatment Package on Math Performance for Students With Moderate Cognitive Impairments

ALLAINA SHELTROWN (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Despite the increased demand for data collection in the special education settings, an agreed upon method for collecting data has yet to be identified. Two procedures that have demonstrated robust outcomes for collecting academic data for individual students are self-monitoring and peer management. Self-monitoring involves the student collecting measures on his or her own behavior(s) (Ferretti, Murphy, & Murphy, 1993). Peer management includes a student presenting prompts and providing feedback to another paired student (Dart, Collins, Klingbeil & Mckinley, 2014). The current investigation combined self-monitoring and peer management into a treatment package which was delivered in a staggered fashion to three dyads of students with moderate cognitive impairments during their independent math work time. Math performance on worksheets, fidelity of feedback, and positive math comments were measured for each participant. Overall results from the intervention suggest that only introducing a peer feedback treatment package will not produce significant increases in student performance on math worksheets. This presentation will discuss the use of add-on interventions and the need for consistency in instructional delivery as well as evidence-based curricula.

 

Self-Management as a Class-Wide Intervention: An Evaluation of the Self &Match System Embedded Within Group Contingencies

ANDREW BULLA (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The U.S. Department of Education (2015) indicates that about 95% of students with special education eligibility are receiving some form of education in the general education setting. Past research indicates that students with disabilities tend to engage in more disruptive behaviors than their non-disabled peers (e.g., Murphy, Beadle-Brown, Wing, Gould, Shah, & Homes, 2005). If teachers are spending more time managing disruptive behaviors, time allocated to instruction is lost. Self-management is one evidence-based intervention that has demonstrated consistent effects for increasing on-task behavior and decreasing disruptive behaviors. Although feasible at the individual level, previous research has identified that class wide self-management interventions may be efficacious but not feasible to implement (Chafouleas, Hagermoser Sanetti, Jaffery, & Fallon, 2011). The purpose of the current study was to synthesize the research findings on self-management and group contingencies to make interventions at the class-wide level both feasible and efficacious. More specifically, the current study sought to compare the Self & Match system (Salter & Croce, 2015), a self-management intervention with a teacher match component, embedded within an independent and dependent group contingency, and observe the effects of the interventions on disruptive and on-task behaviors.

 
 
Paper Session #445
Do Function-Based Assessments in Schools Lead to Effective Function-Based Interventions?
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Robert C. Pennington (University of Louisville)
 

The Generality of Functional Assessment Based Interventions for Students With Emotional/Behavioral Disorders: Alotta Bucks, But Where's the Bang

Domain: Applied Research
JONATHAN BURT (University of Louisville), Robert C. Pennington (University of Louisville)
 
Abstract:

The use of functional behavioral assessment (FBA) to address the problem behavior of students with emotional/behavioral disorders in schools is supported by an emerging evidence base. Few studies, however, have assessed the generality (i.e, the transfer of behavior change across settings, behaviors, or students) of function-based interventions. In this session, we review demonstrations of setting/situation generalization in the literature and present a series of cases specifically targeting the transfer of behavior change across settings for students with emotional/behavioral disorders.

 

The Effect of Functional Behavioral Assessment on School Based Interventions: Meta-Analysis of Single-Case Research

Domain: Service Delivery
TERYN BRUNI (University of Michigan Health System), Daniel Drevon (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Robert Wyse (Central Michigan University)
 
Abstract:

Increasingly schools are using function-based assessment in the design of classroom interventions in both general education and special education settings. Research examining the use of function-based assessment is mixed when comparing interventions preceded by a functional behavior assessment (FBA) to those without an FBA. The purpose of this study was to provide a quantitative review of school-based behavior reduction interventions and some ancillary variables that may modulate the effectiveness of those interventions. Tau-U, an effect size statistic for single case designs that takes into account level and trend, was calculated across studies, allowing for examination of several moderator variables including type of FBA method used. Moderate intervention effects were found across all studies with a small yet insignificant difference between function and non-function based interventions. The largest difference in a moderator variable was intervention setting, with studies conducted in the natural environment producing larger effects than those in pull-out settings. Possible explanations for these findings, limitations of the study, and areas of future research are discussed.

 
 
 
Panel #446
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Analyzing and Improving Complex Employee Behaviors in Human Service Organizations
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Nicole Gravina, Ph.D.
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
KAREN R. WAGNER (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc and TheBehaviorAnalyst.com)
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University)
NICOLE GRAVINA (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Employees in human service organizations engage in complex behaviors like problem solving, decision making, and leadership skills, on a regular basis (e.g., dealing with difficult employees, managing time and work tasks, and choosing appropriate measurement systems). Despite increased requirements for supervision for BCaBAs and RBTs, the effects are only as good as the supervisors and the systems in which they work. It is the responsibility of supervisors to train, monitor, and manage those behaviors. Although complex behaviors are common and important in human service organizations, they have received little attention in the applied behavior analytic literature. In this panel, strategies for defining, assessing, and intervening on complex employee behaviors in human service organizations will be discussed. Specific examples from research and practice will be provided to illustrate these strategies and systems and processing for supporting them will be discussed. Practical applications and areas for further development and research will also be highlighted.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Complex behavior, Human services, Staff performance
 
 
Panel #447
PDS: The Importance of Philosophical Assumptions in Behavior Analysis: Applications for Researchers and Practitioners
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F/G
Area: PCH/PRA; Domain: Theory
Chair: William Root (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College)
Abstract:

The philosophy of the science of behavior serves as the foundation for the technical and applied house of behavior analysis. As illustrated by B. F. Skinner, Radical Behaviorism offers an elegant account of both public and private behavior in terms of the functional relationship between environmental events and behavior. Radical Behaviorism offers a set of philosophical assumptions that help to guide the scientist and the applied work being used in the field. This PDS event will focus on three of the philosophical assumptions of Radical Behaviorism, and their importance for researchers and practitioners. The presenters for this panel will be Jay Moore, Mitch J. Fryling, and David C. Palmer. All three presenters have published research and essays that have contributed to the precision and scope of the core tenets of applied behavior analysis, offering invaluable insights into the relationship between philosophy and practice. As the field of applied behavior analysis disseminates into new avenues of research and practice, a continued dialogue on these theoretical underpinnings is important to help ensure consistency between science and practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Determinism, Philosophy, Radical Behaviorism
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #448
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Toward a Behavioral Analysis of B. F. Skinner's Philosophical Discourse

Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: William M. Baum, Ph.D.
Chair: William M. Baum (University of California, Davis)
MICHAEL T. GHISELIN (California Academy of Sciences)
Michael Ghiselin was born in Salt Lake City on May 13, 1939. His doctoral dissertation at Stanford University dealt with the evolution of sea-slugs based on a functional analysis of the reproductive system. That research got him interested in various aspects of the philosophy of biology, especially the theory of classification. His first book, The Triumph of the Darwinian Method, was based on a conceptual analysis of Darwin's publications. Published in 1969, it was awarded the Pfizer Prize of the History of Science Society. He is author of The Economy of Nature and the Evolution of Sex (1974) and Metaphysics and the Origin of Species (1997). Recent research projects include studies on the evolution of chemical defense and of the senses of taste and smell in marine animals.
Abstract:

Scientific research can be studied as investigative behavior. That involves inventing problems as well as solving them. It also involves finding better ways to do one's work. That activity has sometimes been called philosophy. Skinner himself said that behaviorism is a philosophy. I would add that the philosophy was part of a scientific research program. Skinner complained that his critics failed to understand his position, which was based on a hard analogy (not a metaphor) between the processes of learning and evolution by natural selection. Right thinking in the one provides clues to right thinking in the other. The advantage of getting rid of teleology in both is fairly straight-forward. Skinner paid less attention to the importance of getting rid of typological (essentialist) thinking about species and other groups of organisms. These have been treated as if they were abstract classes with essences rather than as concrete wholes. Variation has been screened out and persons have been treated as tokens of stereotypes. One result has been a misguided search for universals of human behavior.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in the historical and conceptual foundations of B. F. Skinner's behaviorism, the relations between the behavioral and biological sciences, and analyses of the behavior of scientists.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the conceptual foundations of B. F. Skinner's behaviorism; (2) describe relations between behavior analysis and evolutionary biology; (3) describe the basis of the behavior of behavior-analytic scientists.
 
 
Symposium #449
CE Offered: BACB
Using Behavior Analytic Interventions to Increase Physical Activity and Decrease Maladaptive Behaviors in Children and Adults
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gabrielle Trapenberg Torres (Behavior Basics LLC)
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

According to the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), more than one third of US adults have obesity and obesity and related comorbid conditions such as diabetes, hypertension, heart disease cost the United States at least $147 billion dollars a year. Childhood/adolescent obesity rates have nearly tripled since 1980 and despite the CDCs recommendations less than one-third of the nations youth partakes in the recommended 60 min of daily exercise. The studies in this symposium examined the effects of choice in physical activity on the duration of physical exercise in children, the effects of a token system on daily physical activity, as measured by pedometers, with adults with co-occurring diagnosis of developmental disabilities and psychiatric and behavioral issues and the effects of observational learning as a low effort method to increase the physical activity of children with ASD. The results of the study show how the principles of behavior analysis can be used to increase physical activity, as well as reduce aberrant behaviors such as physical aggression, property destruction, and stereotypy.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): choice, observational learning, physical activity, reinforcement
 

The Effects of Choice on Exercise Duration in Young Children

HEATHER WALDRON (California Autism Center and Learning Group), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Amanda C. Nicolson (California Autism Center & Learning Group)
Abstract:

Childhood/adolescent obesity rates have nearly tripled since 1980 (Center for Disease Control and Prevention, 2011) and it is important to find practical interventions to increase physical activity in children when addressing this problem. In this study, we examined the effects of a choice in physical activity on the duration of physical exercise in four school-aged children. Baseline conditions assessed the duration of time spent in each type of physical activity in the absence of any programmed contingencies. An alternating treatments design was used to compare the effects of choice, and a reinforcement contingency, on the duration of physical exercise. The reinforcement contingency was arranged so participants could earn one minute of access to preferred leisure activities for each minute they engaged in physical activity. On average, the inclusion of the choice component resulted in a greater increase in the duration of physical exercise than the contingency alone, for most participants. Furthermore, durations of physical activity were longer during all sessions with a reinforcement contingency than in baseline sessions.

 

Observational Learning and Physical Activity in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

BHAWANDEEP KAUR BAINS (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

Less than one-third of the nations youth partakes in vigorous physical activity, despite the Centers for Disease Control and Preventions (CDC) recommendation of at least 60 min of daily exercise for children (CDC, 2015). In addition to improved fitness levels, physical activity offers many other benefits to children, including but not limited to better overall cardio metabolic health, and decreased risks of mortality. These trends of sedentariness and little to no physical activity are more prominent in children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) than in typically developing children. In addition, low levels of physical activity are correlated with higher levels of obesity. While only 13% of typically developing children fit the criteria for obesity, over 31% of children with autism are considered to be obese. A number of recent studies have demonstrated the importance of observational learning for children with ASD. This study utilized observational learning as a low effort method to increase the physical activity of children with ASD, in an outdoor structured playground. Six children, between 4 and 8 years old, with a diagnosis of ASD participated in this study, three were designated as peers (received direct reinforcement) and three were designated as participants (observed the delivery of reinforcement fro physical activity). All three participants demonstrated higher levels of physical activity in the presence of peer reinforcement and two out of three peers also demonstrated higher levels of activity with direct reinforcement. These data suggest that observational learning may be a viable intervention to increase physical activity in children with ASD.

 

Impacting Exercise Behavior in Adults With High Risk Aggressive Behavior: Using Existing Incentive Based Programming to Target Low Preference Health Targets

JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services), Brandon May (Washington University in St. Louis)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that increasing exercise behaviors may be achieved through the use of self-monitoring, goal setting, and feedback. However, for many individuals these interventions may be insufficient or adherence may be challenging. No published studies have examined the use of the aforementioned procedures in combination with a token system in the developmentally disabled population for clients with severe aggressive behavior. The following paper will evaluate the effects of a token system on daily physical activity, as measured by pedometers, with adults with co-occurring diagnosis of developmental disabilities and psychiatric issues as well as significant behavioral challenges. All of the clients were residing in a community based residential setting. Prior behavioral successes of the clients on the token system will be reviewed as the foundation for the inclusion of exercise behavior in the token contingency. Concomitant effects on the frequency and duration of aggressive behavior will also be monitored throughout the course of the study. The success of the program will add to the body of research evaluating exercise as an antecedent intervention to reduce aberrant behaviors such as physical aggression, property destruction, and stereotypy.

 
 
Paper Session #450
Contextual Issues in Staff Training
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: PRA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Mamie Thompson (University of Utah)
 

Intervention Implementation With Fidelity: Best Practices in Staff Training Through Behavioral Teleconsultation

Domain: Service Delivery
MAMIE THOMPSON (University of Utah), Bradley Bloomfield (University of Utah), Racheal Clark (University of Utah), Aaron J. Fischer (University of Utah)
 
Abstract:

Behavioral teleconsultation utilizes the procedures of behavioral consultation through the use of modern technologies (e.g., smartphones, tablets, laptops, smart watches) to conduct interviews, observe behavior and collect data, and coach parents and school staff. This occurs across different modalities including videoconferencing software, phone conversations, email, and text message, among others. Despite their availability, these technologies are not being utilized to their potential to reach underserved populations (Fischer, Clark, Asking, & Lehman, in press). The current study evaluated the procedural fidelity of telepresence robot behavioral teleconsultation with teachers in underserved areas of Utah. Through behavioral teleconsultation, teachers and parents (hereafter consultees) were instructed to implement compliance procedures under the supervision of a trained behavioral consultant; wherein data on client behavior and consultee procedural fidelity was collected. Consultees were evaluated on procedural fidelity, and received behavior specific feedback based on the data collected. Visual analysis of the data showed an increase in student compliance, with high levels of procedural fidelity across participants. Although feedback and further training may be necessary during the provision of behavioral teleconsultation services, it could also address shortages of behavior analysts in underserved areas, as well as increase access to services for students with disabilities.

 

Creating a Verbal Community for Describing Emotional Responses Withina Contingency Lens: The Effects of a Brief Training Workshop

Domain: Applied Research
REGAN GARDEN (University of North Texas), Shahla Susan Ala'i-Rosales (UNT), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Lucero Neri (University of North Texas), Isabel L. Cunningham (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract:

Observing emotional responses is recognized as a valuable clinical skill in a variety of professions including applied behavior analysis. Emotional responses can flag possible contingencies thereby guiding a behavior analysts selection of measures, goals, and effective procedures. Noticing emotional responses during family interactions allows behavior analysts to identify potential interlocking contingencies and design effective interventions. Emotional responses are socially significant and behavior analysts are sometimes called upon to help increase desirable emotions or to teach clients to observe emotional responses. Two studies evaluated the effects of a workshop on the description of emotional responses by behavior analysts-in-training. Rather than teaching students to observe the topographies of emotional responses, the workshops focused on the creation of a verbal community in which descriptions of relations between emotional behaviors and environmental events were reinforced. The first study evaluated the effects of the workshop utilizing an A-B design. The second study utilized a multiple baseline design. Both studies used probe assessments in which participants watched short video clips of family interactions and wrote descriptive narratives creating a permanent record for quantitative evaluation and analysis. Results are discussed in the context of training applied behavior analysts and the role of emotions in clinical practice.

 
 
 
Panel #451
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Supervision and Training of BCBA Candidates in Home and Community Field Study Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 304
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Linda S. Heitzman-Powell, Ph.D.
Chair: Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center)
JANA M. SARNO (Autism Home Support Services)
KATRINA OSTMEYER (Integrated Behavioral Technologies, Inc.)
SUMMER LEFEBVRE (University of Alaska, Anchorage Center for Child Health and Development)
Abstract:

Effective supervision practices have been a concern for the behavior analytic community leading to new, more rigorous guidance regarding supervision regulations outlined by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB: BACB newsletter, Sept. 2011, p.1). Despite this discussion, there is limited research or guidance on best practice in supervision of behavior analysts. Lack of research and appropriate technologies for consistent, high quality supervision is a potential liability for the field as a whole since having advanced training asclinical personnel is no guarantee one is able to effectively transfer both knowledge and skill to those they are supervising (Martin & Cannon, 2010). This issue can be compounded in rural areas where individuals may engage in one of the many distance-based education programs in fulfillment of the educational requirements of certification, but lack high-quality training and supervision opportunities. This panel will explore the unique challenges of providing an evidence-based training experience from a distance, lessons learned, and future directions for the field from the viewpoints of the researcher, supervisor, and supervisee. An emphasis will be placed on the use of a structured supervision curriculum and measurement procedures.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Distance-based, supervision
 
 
Symposium #452
CE Offered: BACB
Novel Applications of Equivalence-Based Procedures
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College)
CE Instructor: Christina M. King, Ph.D.
Abstract: Equivalence-based instruction is frequently being utilized across a wide range of subject areas and populations. Additionally, as the research-base in this area has increased, the sophistication and complexity of such procedures has advanced. The studies in this symposium include a range from basic research to practice and introduce novel procedural arrangements and analyses. In Study One, the efficacy of errorless learning versus trial-and-error protocols was evaluated in three individuals diagnosed with autism. Results demonstrated the superiority of errorless protocols as measured by trials to criterion and stimulus class formation. Study Two extends equivalence-based procedures to staff training via a Learning Management System. Preliminary data demonstrated the absence of emergent stimulus-stimulus relations indicative of class formation. It is predicted that 3, four-member equivalence classes will emerge following training. In the final study, the effects of stimulus complexity on the differential outcomes effect was analyzed. In Experiment One, no difference was observed between non-differential and differential outcomes as measured by the formation of equivalence classes. In Experiment Two the differential outcomes effect was varied depending on the complexity of sample stimuli presented during conditional discrimination training. All three studies illustrate novel protocols involving equivalence-based instruction.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): differential outcomes, equivalence, errorless learning, online learning
 

The Effects of Reinforcement on the Formation of Equivalence Classes Following Errorless and Trial-and-Error Teaching

(Applied Research)
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College), Christina M. King (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting; Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College)
Abstract:

While research has demonstrated the efficacy of errorless learning, there is often an overreliance on trial-and-error procedures which often result in an increased number of errors and reduction in reinforcement density. Two experiments evaluated the formation of equivalence classes following instruction of conditional discriminations via errorless instruction (delayed prompt) versus trial-and error training (differential reinforcement of correct responses). In both experiments, and across three participants with Autism Spectrum Disorders, the errorless protocol required fewer trials-to-criterion, produced fewer errors, and resulted in more stimulus classes being formed (e.g., Table 1 from Experiment One and Figure 1 from Experiment Two). Experiment Three was conducted to evaluate the formation of equivalence classes following training of the prerequisite relations trial-and-error and an errorless protocol while holding the density of reinforcement constant (e.g., the delivery of reinforcement consistent from one training to the other). The results showed the errorless protocol superior in terms of trials-to-criterion, errors committed and stimulus classes formed. The results are discussed in terms of the role of errors in instruction.

 

Formation of Equivalence Classes Trained via a Learning Management System (LMS) for Direct Staff

(Applied Research)
CHRISTINA M. KING (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting; Simmons College)
Abstract:

With the ongoing demand for ABA services across the country, the need for well-trained direct staff continues to increase. Employers are tasked with providing comprehensive trainings to a large number of staff with variable skill sets. Equivalence-based instruction is well-established as an efficient technology that results in the emergence of new stimulus-stimulus relations, many without direct training. The current study makes use of equivalence-based instruction to teach direct staff to form four, three-member stimulus classes specific to the basic schedules of reinforcement. The initial conditional discrimination training necessary for the subsequent stimulus class formation was conducted via a Learning Management System. The Learning Management System was an online platform which staff could navigate through independently, receiving programmed feedback. Pilot data for two typically developing adults indicated that the reflexive relations were present at baseline, while the potential symmetrical and transitive relations were not present. It is anticipated that the training of two stimulus-stimulus relations will result in the subsequent emergence of four stimulus-stimulus relations per class. Procedures will be extended to ten direct staff members and stimuli will be presented on an online learning platform. The majority of testing and training phases will be conducted through personalized system of instruction modules in order to minimize trainer time. Statistical analyses will be conducted to determine if a statistically significant increase in accuracy from pre-test to post-test will be demonstrated.

 
The Differential Outcomes Effect as a Function of Stimulus Complexity
(Basic Research)
COLLEEN YORLETS (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting; Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Christina M. King (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center; Simmons College)
Abstract: The differential outcomes effect (DOE) is well-documented within the basic research literature, particularly with non-human models. The DOE is demonstrated when rate of skill acquisition is increased due to the delivery of specific consequences for each discriminative stimulus. Fewer applied studies, however, have been conducted and across those studies, the DOE has been demonstrated inconsistently. Several variables may be suggested to influence the DOE including participant age, skill level, and stimulus complexity. In Experiment One, differential outcomes versus non-differential outcomes were evaluated for two neurotypical adults through tact training. No differences were found between acquisition of tacts in either the differential outcomes condition or the non-differential outcomes condition. In Experiment Two, demonstration of the DOE will be evaluated in relation to different levels of sample stimulus complexity. Sample stimulus complexity will be manipulated by increasing the number of elements contained within complex sample stimuli. Presentation of non-differential outcomes conditions and differential outcomes conditions will be systematically balanced across all complexity levels. It is predicted that the DOE will facilitate more rapid skill acquisition, relative to the non-differential outcomes condition, for more complex conditional discrimination tasks. Future directions including extending this procedure to change socially significant behaviors in typically developing adults.
 
 
Symposium #453
CE Offered: BACB
The Verbal Behavior Stimulus Control Ratio Equation (SCoRE): A Quantification of Language
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Don Davis (University of Texas at San Antonio)
CE Instructor: Lee L. Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract: Language is a much sought after, yet elusive subject matter for scientific investigation. Entire fields of study have evolved to address the complexities of language, with most employing a structural analysis as the framework for examination. Skinner (1957) proposed that language fell within the scope of a science of behavior, and was therefore open to functional analysis and interpretation. Over the past 60 years, much has been done to further the scientific explanation, prediction, and control of verbal behavior as a function of environmental variables. However, there remains a need to more accurately describe the subject matter of investigation. The Stimulus Control Ratio Equation (SCoRE) is a metric to summarize a behavioral repertoire by comparing the relative frequency of its component parts. The verbal behavior SCoRE compares observed proportions of responding against the null hypothesis to yield a statistic to describe the present level of functional performance. Such information may be useful for measuring change over time and comparing treatment effects within individuals and across groups. This symposium provides a conceptualization of the interdependence of the verbal operants identified by Skinner (1957), a model for analyzing the entirety of the verbal repertoire, and implications for research and practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, control ratio, multiple control, verbal behavior
 
A Review of Participant Descriptions in the Verbal Behavior Literature
(Applied Research)
GABRIELA RIVERA (University of Texas at San Antonio), Victoria Rodriguez Garcia (Utah State University)
Abstract: The purpose of Skinner's (1957) text was "...to be a better was of talking about verbal behavior" (p. 456). Verbal behavior research over the past five years was reviewed to examine the methods authors use to describe the verbal deficits of their participants. Across behavior-analytic journals, research in which at least one of the verbal operants was used as the dependent variable to measures the effect(s) of an independent variable were included in this review. Measures of the participants' verbal behavior deficits were coded according to procedures employed by each author. Results indicate no systematic assessment of verbal behavior deficits, with the majority of authors relying on simple descriptions.
 
The Verbal Behavior Stimulus Control Ratio Equation (SCoRE): A Quantification of Language
(Applied Research)
LEE L. MASON (Univ of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: The Stimulus Control Ratio Equation (SCoRE) is a metric to summarize a behavioral repertoire by comparing the relative frequency of its component parts. The SCoRE compares observed proportions of responding against the null hypothesis to yield a statistic to describe the present level of functional performance. Such information may be useful for measuring change over time and comparing treatment effects within individuals and across groups. The SCoRE is a pragmatic methodology for summarizing composite verbal repertoire by comparing the relative frequency of its component parts. Summarizing the relative response rates of individual verbal operants through the SCoRE provides a statistic for comparison within and across individuals. In addition to idiographic progress monitoring, the SCoRE has applications for use in clinical trials or other group comparisons for demonstrating treatment efficacy as a pre- and post-measure of verbal behavior change.
 
Referent-Based Verbal Behavior Instruction: Errorless Language Learning
(Service Delivery)
ALONZO ALFREDO ANDREWS (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: Verbal behavior references its controlling relations over temporally-extended patterns of responding. To the extent that listeners share this history of conditioning, they are positioned to mediate the speaker’s verbal behavior. The verbal behavior that references its source of stimulation is always an iterative function of both prior conditioning and current context. Using referents as a hub for developing verbal behavior provides an efficient and effective method of developing an individualized treatment plan that is functional for children with autism and other language disorders. Here we describe how a verbal behavior SCoRE can be employed as the basis for making data-based instructional decisions, as well as a method of most-to-least prompting based on multiple, convergent control.
 
 
Symposium #453A
CE Offered: BACB
Our Own Verbal Behavior: Fifty Years as Participant-Observer. EAHB SIG Award: Dr. Philip N. Hineline
Monday, May 29, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus)
Discussant: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Philip N. Hineline, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group invites you to formally recognize the contributions of Dr. Philip N. Hineline. Dr. Hineline's research interests have long focused on the Experimental Analysis of Behavior with extensions into Applied Behavior Analysis. Two former colleagues will review and reflect upon Dr. Hineline's career and his many contributions toward advancing our understanding of complex human behavior. Subsequently, Dr. Hineline will deliver comments reflecting upon his career, as well as his fifty years as participant-observer. Please join us to appreciate and celebrate the contributions of Dr. Philip Hineline.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): EAHB, Human Operant, Verbal Behavior
 
Learning Labels for Relationships I Already Understood: Celebrating the Achievements of Dr. Philip N. Hineline
(Basic Research)
J. ADAM BENNETT (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Looking back at his introduction to the field of Behavior Analysis, Dr. Philip Hineline once commented that he felt he was "learning labels for relationships [he] already understood." These words speak volumes about Dr. Hineline’s deep and effortless understanding of the complex concepts and principles of our field. His mastery of the field is not limited to one or two areas, he has made diverse conceptual and empirical contributions on topics such as choice, negative reinforcement, explanatory language, and applied interventions. The experimental analysis of human behavior owes a great debt to Dr. Hineline for his continued contributions and the advancement of our science of behavior. His work has laid the groundwork for countless research ideas, theses, dissertations, research programs, and clinical advancements; and generations of young behavior analysts are fortunate to have the opportunity to stand on the shoulders of such a giant. This symposium will provide an opportunity to reflect on Dr. Hineline’s continued contributions to the field, with an eye toward the future of Behavior Analysis. Please join us as we present the EAHB SIG Distinguished Contributions Award to Dr. Philip Hineline.
 
EAHB SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: Dr. Philip N. Hineline
(Basic Research)
KATHRYN M. KESTNER (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Under the mentorship of Dr. Richard Herrnstein, Dr. Hineline obtained his Ph.D. at Harvard University in 1967 and currently serves as Professor Emeritus at Temple University. Dr. Hineline realized early in his career that dissemination hinges upon a scientific community’s ability to define and explain our science and our philosophy clearly, broadly, and flexibly. Through his operant research and his work on a self-interpretive behavior analysis, he has heightened our awareness as members of a unique scientific tradition and has called upon us to become both experts and ambassadors. His outstanding contribution to the experimental analysis of human behavior lies in his continued inspiration to clarify and translate our perspective of knowing, apply its methods to all aspects of being human, and connect with other fields while staying true to principles. Please join the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior SIG as we celebrate the continued contributions of Dr. Philip Hineline.
 
 
Poster Session #454
BPN
Monday, May 29, 2017
12:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D
Chair: Brian D. Kangas (Harvard Medical School)
1. Examination of Consumption in the Long-term Effects of Early-Life Diet
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
DANTON SHOEMAKER (Texas Tech University), Paul L. Soto (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Early-life exposure to sweet solutions (sucrose or saccharin) has been shown to reduce, in adulthood, response rates reinforced by sweet solutions. The purpose of the present study was to assess the long-term effects of early-life exposure to a high-fat, high-sugar (HF-HS) diet on the reinforcing effectiveness of food, as assessed by a demand curve assessment. Mice were divided into two groups (HF-HS diet vs. standard chow) with two males and two females in each group (n=4). From postnatal day (PND) 21 to 49, mice in the HF-HS group were fed a high-fat, high-sugar diet; otherwise, mice were fed standard chow. On PND 115, a demand assessment was conducted where the number of lever presses required to produce food delivery (fixed ratio; FR) increased, across sessions, from 1 to 720. The number of pellets obtained decreased as FR value increased from 1 to 720. At lower FR values, leftover pellets were found after sessions. There was no statistically significant difference between the two groups for total lever presses, leftover pellets; estimated pellets consumed per FR value. Finally, early-life exposure to a HF-HS diet, compared to life-long exposure to standard chow, did not appear to alter the reinforcing effectiveness of food.
 
2. Drug Use and Performance in a Therapeutic Workplace Program for Unemployed Adults With Histories of Injection Drug Use
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Brantley Jarvis (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Mikhail Koffarnus (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: This study was a secondary analysis of data from a clinical trial evaluating employment-based reinforcement to promote treatment engagement and abstinence in out-of-treatment injection drug users. Participants (N = 42) earned up to $10 per hour for attending the Therapeutic Workplace for 4 hours every weekday for 26 weeks. All participants were asked to provide urine samples 3 times a week which were tested for opiates and cocaine. While at the workplace, participants could complete 2 typing programs on a computer. Payment was manipulated in a multielement design; one program resulted in a flat hourly wage (i.e., base pay) and the other program could earn base pay plus approximately $2 an hour in productivity pay. Base pay rates were adjusted across the study such that overall payment was equal for both programs. Analysis of timings per hour, typing accuracy, and typing speed revealed no systematic performance impairment based on urinalysis results. As reported previously, there were consistent effects of payment type; participants did more timings and were more accurate when they received productivity pay than when they earned a flat hourly wage. Contrary to common expectations, this study failed to show that use of opiates or cocaine affected work performance.
 
3. Temporal Bisection and Effects of d-Amphetamine in Lewis and Fischer 344 Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
MARISSA TURTURICI (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Lewis (LEW) and Fischer 344 (F344) rats are ideal for studying impulsive choice because LEW rats tend make more impulsive choices than F344 rats in delay-discounting procedures. Poor temporal discrimination may predict impulsive choice, but it is unclear whether LEW and F344 rats show reliable differences in temporal discrimination. d-Amphetamine is a stimulant which alters temporal discrimination and has shown differential effects on behavior of LEW and F344 rats in delay-discounting procedures. The present study examined temporal discrimination in LEW and F344 rats in the temporal-bisection procedure. No differences between strains were found along acquisition of the temporal discrimination for the 2-vs.-8, or 4-vs.-16 s duration pair. Analyses of bisection points revealed no significant differences between strains for either of these duration pairs. Assessment of temporal discrimination of longer durations (10 vs. 40 s and 15 vs. 60 s), as well as effects of d-amphetamine will also be discussed. Results will shed light on the relation between impulsive choice and temporal discrimination.
 
4. Musical Training Through Operant Selection - A Neurobehavioral Study
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
KIMBERLY G. VAIL (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Language is a cultural construct, and the relationship between words is taught. Priming research has long investigated the relationship between related and unrelated words. Similar research has been seen in music relationships, but most of these investigate harmonic relations despite the melodic relationship being the one listeners are mostly likely to describe. Further, these studies typically measure existing relationships and do not attempt to teach a new relationship, noting that most adults are experienced musical listeners. This study seeks to establish new melodic relationship (the Enigmatic Scale) in addition to a familiar one (Major Scale) while measuring both response time to the musical sequences as well as assessing changes at the brain level due to musical training. A baseline was conducted in which participants listened to a musical sequence and selected via response box if the final note is consonant (Major Scale) or dissonant (Enigmatic Scale). Following baseline a training section occurred in which participants heard sequences ranging from 2-7 notes and we’re provided feedback for correct and incorrect responses. Following completion of the training a post-test participants completed a post-test identical to baseline. Both behavioral and brain results are discussed in relation to Palmer's (2009) concept of the repertoire.
 
5. Nicotinic and Muscarinic Antagonism Affects Delay Discounting in Lewis and Fischer 344 Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JENNY OZGA (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Biological differences may underscore variations in delay discounting, where choice is between a smaller, more immediate reinforcer and a larger, delayed reinforcer. For example, Lewis and Fischer 344 rats differ in dopaminergic and serotonergic concentrations in several brain regions and, when housed individually, delay discounting is greater for Lewis rats compared to Fischer 344 rats. During the current evaluation, Lewis and Fischer 344 rats were housed in littermate pairs, which resulted in diminished strain differences in baseline delay discounting. Following this baseline comparison, the cholinergic agonist nicotine, and cholinergic antagonists mecamylamine and scopolamine were administered acutely. Acute nicotine dose-dependently reduced delay discounting whereas mecamylamine and scopolamine had no effect on delay discounting. To evaluate whether pre-treating with a cholinergic antagonist would alter nicotines effects on delay discounting, mecamylamine or scopolamine was administered prior to nicotine administration during subsequent testing sessions. Mecamylamine reduced effects of nicotine on delay discounting. Alternatively, scopolamine reduced nicotines effects on delay discounting for Fischer 344, but not Lewis rats. Together, these results suggest that acetylcholine receptor activation may play an important role in decision-making during delay-discounting procedures.
 
6. In Vitro Analogues of Operant Conditioning in Aplysia: Neural Mechanisms of Learning
Area: BPN; Domain: Theory
RENAN COSTA (The University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston)
Discussant: Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Throughout his career, Skinner emphasized the potential value of neuroscience in bridging temporal gaps in the account of behavior (e.g., 1938, 1953, 1974). Advances in the last several decades have put neuroscience in a position to engage in such a task. A series of investigations were carried out in the last twenty years by constructing in vitro analogues of Operant Conditioning (OC) using the feeding behavior of the invertebrate model system Aplysia californica. Contingent stimulation of the Esophageal nerve (En) was shown to produce OC in the freely behaving animal (Brembs et al., 2002) and in the isolated buccal ganglia (Nargeot et al., 1997). Contingent dopamine administration produced OC in a single isolated identified neuron (Brembs et al., 2002). These preparations allowed the investigation of sites of plasticity and cellular mechanisms of OC (Nargeot et al., 1999a, 1999b, 2009), as well as subcellular molecular mechanisms (Lorenzetti et al., 2008). Future experiments will use voltage-sensitive dyes to monitor the activity of many neurons simultaneously in order to identify additional sites of plasticity and circuit-wide OC-induced changes. Knowledge of the biological bases of OC resulting from such studies is necessary to build a unified, complete account of behavior and learning.
 
7. Self-Administration of Benzodiazepine and Cocaine Combinations by Monkeys in a Choice Procedure: Role of GABA-A Receptor Subtypes
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
SALLY L. HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Kevin B. Freeman (University of Mississippi Medical Center), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center; Tulane National Primate Research Center)
Discussant: Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Benzodiazepine-type compounds lacking efficacy at the alpha-1 subunit-containing GABA-A receptor (a1GABA-A receptor) have less abuse potential than those with efficacy at the a1GABA-A receptor. Based on previous self-administration results with monkeys and the neural circuitry hypothesis proposed by Tan and colleagues (2011) for the reinforcing effects of benzodiazepines, we hypothesized that compounds lacking efficacy at the a1GABA-A receptor would punish cocaine choice, and those with efficacy at the a1GABA-A receptor would function as reinforcers of cocaine choice. One female and two male rhesus monkeys chose between cocaine alone (0.1 mg/kg/injection) vs. mixtures of cocaine (0.1 mg/kg/injection) and midazolam (nonselective benzodiazepine; 0.01-0.1 mg/kg/injection), cocaine and zolpidem (selective affinity at a1GABA-A receptors; 0.01-0.1 mg/kg/injection), or cocaine and L-838,417 (no efficacy at a1GABA-A receptors, selective efficacy for a2,3,5GABA-A receptors; 0.01-0.1 mg/kg/injection). Consistent with our hypothesis, midazolam and zolpidem functioned as reinforcers of cocaine choice (i.e., subjects chose the mixture over the cocaine-alone option with at least one dose). However, L-838,417 did not function as a punisher of cocaine choice, instead having no effect or acting as a reinforcer. Benzodiazepine-type compounds that lack efficacy at the a1GABA-A subunit containing-receptor may have low abuse potential but do not appear to have punishing properties in cocaine-experienced monkeys. These findings raise the possibility that a1-sparing compounds might be developed as effective anxiolytics with relatively lower abuse potential than classical benzodiazepines.
 
8. Behavioral Variability and Self-Reported Stimulant Use
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
TED ALLAIRE (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Extending Hopkinson and Neuringer (2003), the present study used a computerized task to examine behavioral variability in a reversal (A-B-A) design. Ten undergraduate students completed a five-response sequence using only two keys of a keyboard. The completion of each sequence was reinforced on an RR2 in the baseline (A) conditions. In the experimental (B) condition, sequence variability was reinforced using a percentile schedule. Neuropsychological assessments and self-report measures were also administered. Individual and aggregate data will be presented. Preliminary analyses suggest that sequence variability, as measured by the U statistic, did not increase for participants with self-reported stimulant use in the experimental condition. This finding differs from Saldana and Neuringer (1998), who found that the performance of children with diagnoses of ADHD did not differ from that of age-matched controls. As data collection is ongoing, current limitations include insufficient data regarding participants’ stimulant use such as time of administration, dose, or duration. The design of the study also did not employ age-matched controls. Generally, these results highlight a great need for behavioral research in the area of adult stimulant use.
 
9. Oral Midazolam Consumption Using a Two-Bottle Choice Procedure in C57BL/6 Mice
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
MEAGAN ELIZABETH FOLLETT (University Of Mississippi Medical Center), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center ; Tulane National Primate Research Center)
Discussant: Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Although there is concern regarding the abuse liability of benzodiazepines (BZs), the mechanisms underlying their abuse potential are not yet well understood. In recent years, both pharmacological and genetic approaches have shed considerable light on understanding the role of GABA-A receptors in the abuse-related effects of BZs. In order to use both approaches, we have initiated studies on midazolam (MZ) consumption with a “standard” two-bottle choice procedure with C57BL/6 mice. Forty-three individually-housed mice were given 24-hour access to two bottles containing 4% sucrose solution, one bottle containing MZ (0.004-0.128 mg/mL, each concentration for 14 days). The MZ bottle side was switched daily (n=13) or weekly (n=30). In the present study, oral MZ intake (mg/kg) was robustly dose-dependent, with choice for MZ + sucrose vs. sucrose alone being approximately 50%. However, the distribution of choice across subjects was bimodal, and splitting subjects into high and low MZ drinkers revealed that some subjects drank a high percentage of MZ solution relative to sucrose-only solution (approximately 70%) and others drank a relatively small percentage of the MZ solution (approximately 40%). These findings demonstrate the feasibility of maintaining oral MZ consumption in individually-housed C57BL/6 mice, and revealed surprising individual differences in these genetically-identical animals.
 
10. Leave the Knife on the Table
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
SHEILA M. CORNELIUS (Washington Association of Behavior Analysis )
Discussant: Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: At times, the medical world can be quick to intervene with intrusive methods. And patients can easily follow their doctor’s advice, unaware of less intrusive methods that might be available. This poster examines one patient’s history with epilepsy and the decisions that the medical team made to intervene along the way. Even though a decrease in the seizures was observed with a large amount of daily medication, the activity was still present. After seven years of medication, the specialist proposed surgery as the best alternative. The patient researched the ketogenic diet as an alternative to surgery. When the patient decided to change her behavior (i.e. her diet) to hopefully impact the seizure activity her doctors laughed. The patient still moved forward with the diet. This poster reviews the patient’s annual seizure activity over an 18-year period, closely examines the impact of her seizure activity on a monthly basis during the past 10 years, and on a daily basis over the past year when she started the diet. The charts will show the impact the diet had on the patient’s seizure activity. The data will inform us if the surgeons should pick up the knives or leave them on the table.
 
11. List learning in rats: Effects of MK-801
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JALEEL MCNEIL (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Michael Mathews (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Meredith Steele Berry (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: List learning with odor stimuli is a procedure that can be used to study remembering in rodents. The procedure involves placing the rat in an arena in which odor stimuli can be presented using cups filled with scented materials or covered by a scented lid. A non-match to sample procedure is first trained, such that selection of each odor produces food reward when first presented, but not on any subsequent presentations. Thus, correct selections depend on the subject remembering which stimuli have already been presented. In the present study, rats were first presented a “list” of 12 odorants, and after a delay of 1, 10 or 20 min, were given a 12-trial test on which each trial included a novel odor (reinforced) and one of the list odors (not reinforced). Preliminary data show decreases in accuracy as a function of delay for one rat, but not the other (see figure). There were no apparent effects of MK-801 across the dose range tested for any delay.
 
 
 
Poster Session #455
EAB
Monday, May 29, 2017
12:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D
Chair: Ryan Sain (Northwest Autism Center)
13. Does Resurgence Occur When it is Incompatible with the Current Reinforcement Contingency?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTOPHER MATTHEW OHEARN (West Virginia University), Tyler Nighbor (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Resurgence occurs following the complete or partial discontinuation of an alternative source of reinforcement. Of interest is if resurgence will occur when the to be resurged response is incompatible with the current reinforcement contingency. In experiment 1, baseline reinforcement of pigeon’s key-pecking responses on two separate keys, associated with two separate hoppers, was arranged according to concurrent VI 45-s VI 45-s schedules. The alternative reinforcement phase consisted of independent variable-DRO (VDRO) 20-s schedules, which replaced both VI schedules. In the Resurgence I phase, food delivery was discontinued for one of the keys, and the VDRO continued on the other. During the Resurgence II phase, responding was extinguished on both keys. An increase in responding occurred on both keys for 2 of 3 pigeons during the Resurgence I phase. To control for possible extinction induction, another experiment was conducted. In experiment 2, reinforcement was once again provided on concurrent VI 45-s VI 45-s schedules during baseline. The alternative reinforcement phase consisted of reinforcement provided on a concurrent VI 45-s VDRO 20-s schedule. The VI 45-s schedule was discontinued and the VDRO 20-s schedule remained in effect during the Resurgence I phase. Once again, the Resurgence II phase consisted of extinction, in effect for both keys.
 
14. Effects of Treatment-Phase Durations on Subsequent Resurgence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CLAUDIA C DIAZ-SALVAT (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Resurgence is a robust effect that may be affected by the duration of differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior (DRA). Increasing exposure to alternative reinforcement may decrease resurgence due to increased reinforcer access or increased time since baseline. The current study examined the extent to which resurgence was affected by the duration of the phase associated with reinforcement for the alternative response while controlling for time since baseline. Sixteen undergraduate subjects were assigned to one of two groups. Participants responded by clicking on moving circles on a computer screen to earn points. We used a traditional three-phase resurgence procedure in which clicking the black circle was reinforced in Phase 1, clicking the red circle was reinforced in Phase 2, and no reinforcers were delivered in Phase 3 (extinction). We manipulated the duration of Phase 2 to be either 10 minutes or 20 minutes across groups and replications of DRA. Session time was held constant such that each group experienced extinction at the same time since baseline. Manipulation of Phase 2 duration produced no consistent differences in resurgence.
 
15. Resurgence in the Absence and Presence of Context Change
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ABIGAIL BLACKMAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Regina Nastri (Florida Institute of Technology), Melinda Galbato (Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Relapse of problem behavior following behavioral intervention can occur for many reasons. Reappearance of a previously extinguished behavior due to the extinction of a more recently reinforced alternative behavior is termed resurgence. Laboratory models have demonstrated resurgence by training a target behavior, extinguishing the behavior and training an alternative behavior, and testing for resurgence, when extinguishing alternative responding. The purpose of the current laboratory based translational study was to evaluate 1) whether removing reinforcement contingent upon an alternative response produces a return in a previously reinforced and extinguished target response, and 2) whether returning to a training context versus remaining in an extinction context enhances the increase in target responding following removal of alternative reinforcement. As expected, greater resurgence effects occurred when returning to the original context in which the target response was trained compared to remaining in the treatment context. Further examination of these effects can provide greater understanding of ways to develop treatments to decrease relapse of problem behavior from behavioral interventions.
 
16. A Parametric Examination on Stimulus Condition Lengths in Resurgence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES E. KING (University of Nevada, Reno; SEEK Education), Jeanette Verdin (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: University students were presented with a 4-phase resurgence task in which three responses were acquired sequentially across the first three phases. A different contextual stimulus (i.e., background color) was assigned to each of the three phases. In the last phase, all acquired responses were placed on conventional extinction, and the presentation of three contextual stimuli was arranged by multiple schedule. A total of nine groups held various presentation lengths, and they were delineated by geometric progression with common ratio 2 (range, 4-s to 390-s). Pilot data and discussion pertaining to the length of stimulus presentation on resurgence of previously decremented responses and resistance to extinction are discussed.
 
17. Resurgence and Reinstatement after Extinction, Differential-Reinforcement-of-Other-Behavior, and Time Schedules of Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES E. COOK (University of Mississippi Medical Center), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center; Tulane National Primate Research Center, Tulane University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Resurgence and reinstatement may contribute to relapse of maladaptive behavior, and interventions that prevent relapse are of considerable clinical value. Differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior (DRO) schedules can suppress maladaptive behavior but are intensive to maintain and lead to resurgence when discontinued. Transitioning from DRO to fixed- (FT) or variable-time (VT) schedules can reduce the intervention intensity while maintaining reinforcer delivery and preventing resurgence. In Phase I, responding of 4 groups of rats was reinforced with food and then eliminated in Phase II via DRO (DRO-EXT, DRO-FT, DRO-VT groups) or extinction (EXT-EXT group). In Phase III, groups were placed on EXT (DRO-EXT, EXT-EXT), FT (DRO-FT), or VT (DRO-VT) schedules. In Phase IV, all groups were placed on EXT. Resurgence occurred for most subjects when reinforcers stopped being delivered, not just when the DRO contingency was removed. To evaluate whether DRO or time schedule histories affected the discriminative properties of the reinforcer in Phase V, all groups were placed on a FT schedule. Reinstatement occurred primarily for the EXT-EXT group. These results support a possible strategy for transitioning from more to less intensive interventions without producing resurgence, and indicate that a history of treatment can affect the discriminative properties of reinforcers, perhaps protecting against reinstatement.
 
18. Analysis of Response Reinstatement Using Qualitatively Different Reinforcers
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Olga María Dionisio (National Autonomous University of Mexico), ALICIA ROCA (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Reinstatement occurs when an extinguished response recurs as a function of the delivery of response-independent reinforcers. Typically, studies on reinstatement use a three-phase procedure: A) a response is established; B) the response is extinguished; and C) response- independent reinforcers are delivered. The reinforcers delivered in Phases A and C have typically been of the same type. The purpose of the study was to compare the effects of delivering the same reinforcers and different reinforcers in Phases A and C on response reinstatement. During Phase A, lever pressing by rats was reinforced with either pellets or milk according to a 30-s fixed-interval schedule. During Phase B, lever pressing was extinguished. During Phase C, either pellets or milk were delivered according to a 30-s fixed-time schedule. In successive conditions, the reinforcers delivered during Phases A and C were of the same type or different. Reinstatement occurred during both conditions; however the number of reinstated responses was generally higher when the same reinforcer type was used. Scalloped patterns of responding were reinstated only during the condition in which the reinforcers were of the same type. Reinstatement with qualitatively different reinforcers is discussed as a special case of response renewal.
 
20. Resurgence with ABA and ABB Context Changes in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder in an Automated Touchscreen Computer Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
KARLI SILVERMAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Toshikazu Kuroda (Aichi Bunkyo University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Resurgence is the process by which a previously reinforced and extinguished response increases following the extinction of an alternative response, and has been demonstrated in a range of species, from fish to humans. This study compared the resurgence of a target response with ABA and ABB contextual changes in children diagnosed with ASD. We used a touchscreen computer presenting a target and alternative response superimposed on two different contexts. Contexts A and B consisted of different background colors. Target and alternative responses were pressing different colored buttons superimposed on the background. In Phase 1, we reinforced target responses with preferred edibles in Context A. Phase 2 introduced extinction of the target response and reinforcement of the alternative response in Context B. Phase 3 consisted of multiple presentations of both contexts, per either ABBABAAB or BAABABBA designs, counterbalanced across participants. In Phase 3, both responses were available but neither produced reinforcers. All participants demonstrated resurgence of the target response when returning to the training context (ABA) but little to no resurgence occurred when remaining in the extinction context (ABB). These findings provide a platform for examining factors influencing the effects of reinforcement contingencies and contextual changes in relapse from behavioral treatments.
 
21. An Analysis of Signaled Periods of Extinction on Resurgence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANTHONY OLIVER (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Reductions in reinforcement rate for an alternative response is a reliable condition that evokes resurgence (Lieving & Lattal, 2003, Exp. 4). However, it is not known if this is a necessary condition to produce resurgence. In the current procedure, pigeons key pecking was maintained on a concurrent VI 60-s tandem VT 55-s VI 5-s schedule during the training condition. In the alternative reinforcement condition, key pecking was extinguished on the VI 60-s schedule (target response) and maintained on the tandem VT 55-s VI 5-s schedule (alternative response). During the resurgence test, the tandem schedule was converted to a chain schedule, by incorporating a novel stimulus indicating when the VT component of the schedule was in effect. Although response rates of the alternative response declined, reinforcement rates remained unchanged. Resurgence of the target response was observed with all four of the pigeons used in this experiment. This experiment demonstrates that reductions in reinforcement rate for the alternative response are not necessary for producing a resurgence effect.
 
22. Evaluating ABA Renewal Using an Operant Computer Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
THEO PAUL ROBINSON (Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Current relapse literature demonstrates the fragility of maintaining reductions of extinguished responses after transitioning into familiar contexts--as well as novel contexts--from contexts associated with extinction. The present study assessed the utility of a procedure for observing operant renewal using a computer-based arrangement which measured renewal effects with undergraduate students. Results initially yielded minimal response reemergence, but after fine-tuning the experimental procedure, clear renewal effects were observed.
 
23. Magnitude Manipulations in Concurrent Differential Reinforcement-of -Low-Rate Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL STEELE YENCHA (West Virginia University), Tyler Nighbor (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate (DRL) schedules reinforce responses that are t seconds apart. Manipulating parameters of reinforcement, such a magnitude of the reinforcer (e.g., 1-s access to food versus 6-s access to food), can change responding on schedules that otherwise have the same response requirement. For example, Doughty and Richards (2001) compared response rates for pigeons on a multiple DRL 20-s DRL 20-s schedule in which responding in one component provided 6-s access to food and responding in the other provided 1-s access to food. Overall, response rates were higher in the component associated with 6-s access to food, even though this corresponded with lower reinforcement rate. The current experiment was a systematic replication of Doughty and Richards. Key-pecking for three pigeons was first reinforced under a concurrent DRL 10-s DRL 10-s schedule (3-s access to food for both responses). Following baseline, 1-s access to food was in effect for 1 response, and 6-s access to food for the other. Results of the concurrent investigation replicated the results of Doughty and Richards in that response rates were higher the key associated with 6-s access to food for 2 of 3 pigeons. Implications of these results are discussed.
 
24. Sources of Reinforcement as Discriminative Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRIAN R. KATZ (West Virginia University), Tyler Nighbor (West Virginia University), Brittany Wood (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Four pigeons initially were trained on a conditional discrimination procedure involving two variable-interval (VI) schedules. Completion of either of the two concurrently available schedules illuminated two different-colored choice keys. Responses to the choice key that corresponded to the completed schedule, either left or right VI, were reinforced. Following this baseline, a 2-s differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior (DRO) schedule and a third choice key were added. Baseline accuracy ranged from 85% to 100%. Introduction of the DRO component after baseline decreased accuracy to slightly above-chance levels. Accuracy progressively increased throughout this condition, but did not return to baseline levels. The DRO duration then was increased to 4 s. Improvements in accuracy coincided with, but could not be definitively attributed to, increasing the DRO duration. In addition, probe sessions conducted using different DRO lengths (0.25 s, 2 s, 4 s, 6 s, 7.75 s) revealed no systematic effect of DRO duration on discriminability of the different contingencies. These probe effects may have been due to insufficient exposure to the schedules prior to the delay manipulations.
 
25. Repeated Reversals of Concurrent Olfactory Discriminations in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MADELEINE MASON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tiffany Phasukkan (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Shandy Nelson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: There is very little existing evidence for equivalence class formation in nonhuman animals. One reason for this might be procedural limitations associated with conditional discrimination (match-to-sample) training in nonhumans. An alternative training method is the repeated simple discrimination reversal procedure developed by Vaughan (1988), in which the contingencies associated with two sets of arbitrary discriminative stimuli, one positive and one negative, are repeatedly reversed. Pigeons and sea lions, but not rats, have demonstrated the ability to shift responding after encountering the newly reversed contingency with only a few set members, showing evidence of functional equivalence. In the present study, rats were trained to nose-poke in the presence of stimuli arbitrarily designated as members of the positive set, while poking in the presence of members of the negative set was not reinforced. When discriminative performance was established, the contingencies associated with each set were reversed and re-reversed each time subjects met a performance criterion. Responding to the first presentation of each stimulus following a reversal was variable and followed three general patterns: responding equally to stimuli from both sets; responding consistent with pre-reversal contingencies; or responding consistent with the newly reversed contingencies, evidence of functional class formation.
 
26. Experimental Assay of Reinforcer-Omission Procedure as a Measure for "Preference Pulse as Artifact"
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YOSUKE HACHIGA (American University/JSPS Overseas Research Fellow)
Discussant: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Preference pulse is a phenomenon under choice situations that preference to the just-reinforced lever increases temporarily and decays as time since reinforcement proceeds. A previous study called attention that it might partially be artifact because pulses were shown in simulations which has no local reinforcer effects, whereas Hachiga, Sakagami, and Silberberg (2014, 2015) proposed an induction account, discharging artifact account by showing the simulation results differ qualitatively from the experimental results in their choice procedure. The poster presentation further examined pulse-as-artifact account. Another simple measure for assessing it may be to compare preference pulses under post-delivered reinforcer with those under post-omitted reinforcer. In this experiment, 7 wistar rats were exposed to a choice situation under mult (concurrent VI EXT), (concurrent VI VI). In the former component, one of two stimulus lights above the levers randomly turned on at the beginning of trial and signaled which lever was current VI lever. In the latter component, both of the lights turned on. In conc. VI VI component, reinforcer deliveries were omitted at p = .5 and got over the trial. Every reinforcer events (either delivery or omission) were followed by 2-s blackout interval and then next trial commenced. The components cycled two conc. VI EXT followed by a conc. VI VI. The results shows, in both post-reinforcer delivered and omitted situations, similar pulses were shown for the current EXT lever, whereas anti-pulses for the current VI lever appeared stronger in post-omitted reinforcer. It implicates temporal avoidance by reinforcer omissions. In addition, what response frequencies were much higher temporarily after reinforcer omissions than reinforcer deliveries, which implicates an extinction burst. The results suggest the reinforcement-omission procedure has unique effects in itself, not neutral on choice and then is not appropriate baseline for measuring any local reinforcer effects.
 
27. The Spatial Distribution of Behavior under Fixed Ratio and Fixed Interval Schedules of Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Emilio Ribes (Universidad Veracruzana), VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Jonathan Castillo-Alfonso (Universidad Veracruzana)
Discussant: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

The effect of food delivery according to Fixed-Ratio (FR) and Fixed-Interval (FI) schedules of reinforcement upon the spatial distribution of behavior was explored. The subjects were two groups of 4 rats. The apparatus was an enlarged experimental chamber of 92 cm x 92 cm with three levers. Responses on any lever produced food according to the current schedule. In the first phase, food was presented according to a FR1-schedule and both groups differed only in the locations of the levers: distributed among three panels or grouped in one panel. In the second phase, the location of levers was reversed between groups. In the third phase, the location of levers was kept constant but the schedule changed to FI 30s. In the last phase, the location of levers was reversed again between groups. The pattern of lever-pressing responses was characteristic of the ones obtained under FR and FI schedules of reinforcement. Distribution of responses in the three levers and location of the rats on the floor of the experimental chamber depended upon the current schedule and the spatial distribution of the levers. The importance of considering the spatial properties of behavior will be discussed.

 
28. Mice as Subjects in Collaborative Research
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), TALIA HAMM (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: In recent times the mouse has developed into the premier mammalian model for genetic research (NIH, 2002). Currently genetic mutant or "knock out" mice are used in biomedical research worldwide as a means to study a host of diseases and disorders of social significance ranging from Alzheimer's to Autism (Derenne, Cicha, Flannery & Manley, 2008). While biomedical researchers have developed many ways in which to measure the physiological characteristics of mice, they often lack robust measures of behavior. Behavior Scientists have much to contribute to these endeavors as we are well versed in empirically validated measures of overt behavior. However, there are some idiosyncratic features of mice that must be addressed before effective interdisciplinary collaboration can be realized. This poster will explore some of these features and provide some suggested solutions for overcoming them.
 
29. Comparison of Three Extinction Procedures for Conditioned Avoidance Behavior in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TAKAYA OGAI (University of Tsukuba), Sadahiko Nakajima (Dep. Psychol., Kwansei Gakuin University)
Discussant: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Although there are several kinds of response extinction procedures for avoidance behavior, their efficiency has not been fully examined. In the present research, we examined the efficiency of two of the three procedures proposed by Baum (1973). In the first phase of Experiment 1, Wistar/Kyoto rats were trained to avoid signaled electric shock by lever pressing (notably, a "press-and-release" sequence, rather than a simple press, was employed as the target response in the present research). In the second phase, half of the rats received the conventional extinction procedure (CEP), in which the target avoidance response stopped the warning signal (i.e., tone) and canceled the forthcoming shock. The remaining half of the rats were treated with the contingency demolish procedure (CDP), in which the warning tone signal remained regardless of the avoidance response. The results showed that the CDP was more efficient than the CEP in response extinction. Experiment 2 compared the CDP with the inaccessible procedure (IP), in which the target response was blocked by a small clear plastic case over the lever. The results showed that the IP facilitated extinction of avoidance behavior, although the effect was transitory.
 
30. Interactions Between Food and Water Motivating Operations in Food- and Water-Reinforced Responding in Mice
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno), EMILY DANIELLE SPURLOCK (University of Nevada, Reno), Melanie S Stites (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: We examined interactions between food and water motivating operations (MOs) in operant responding for food and water with mice. In Experiment 1, subjects responded for sucrose pellet reinforcement under four different MO conditions: food deprivation only, water deprivation only, both food and water deprivation, or no deprivation. Subjects responded less under concurrent food and water deprivation than they did when deprived of food only for an equivalent period of time. They also responded more under water deprivation than when not deprived. In Experiment 2, subjects responded for water reinforcement under the same four MO conditions. Subjects responded substantially less under concurrent water and food deprivation than they did when deprived of water only, and they responded more under food deprivation relative to no deprivation. In Experiment 3, subjects were deprived of both food and water prior to sessions in which they responded for water reinforcement. Free access to food was provided prior to half of these sessions and we found that pre-session access to food functioned as an establishing operation for water as a reinforcer. The results of these experiments suggest that any given MO may affect the extent to which more than a single reinforcing event functions as such.
 
31. Exploring Behavioral Contrast in Multiple Variable Interval-Progressive Ratio Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW E. ANDRZEJEWSKI (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Logan Wild (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Kane Poad (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Michaela Efflandt (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Brandon Cassady (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Catlyn Li Volsi (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Mackenzie Kropidlowski (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Molly Prater (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater)
Discussant: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Changes in rate of responding in one component of a multiple schedule produced by changes in the reinforcement probability of another component are termed “behavioral contrast.” In the present experiment, we explored the possibility that changes in reinforcement in one component might affect “motivation” for the reinforcer in a second component. Seven rats were exposed to a 2 component multiple schedule, where lever presses in one component were reinforced on VI schedule and a PR-5 in the other. The value of the VI (15”, 30”, 60”, 90” and 120”) was manipulated across phases, within-subjects, in a pseudo-random way and changed only after stable performance was obtained. The present experiment, therefore, explored the possibility that changes to the VI schedule might affect measures of responding (rate, breakpoint) in the PR component. Preliminary data indicate a small effect of reinforcement probability in the VI component on PR responding, in the direction predicted. That is, responding on the PR appears to decrease when the VI schedule is made richer.
 
32. Response Effort Does not Affect Resistance to Extinction: Implications for Momentum Theory
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERICA FOSS (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University)
Discussant: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Behavior Momentum Theory (BMT) suggests two processes determine operant behavior. Response-reinforcer relationships determine the rate of responding. Stimulus-reinforcer relationships determine the persistence of behavior. Although BMT is an elegant account of behavioral persistence, our lab has become interested in implied properties of the theory, derived from our research on response effort. Briefly, the formal model of BMT emphasizes only dimensions of the reinforcer. There is no term in the model reflecting response dimensions, such as force or effort—the implication of BMT is that these dimensions are not important. Prior research has shown that increased response effort may hasten extinction, which may suggest a role for effort in BMT. At the same time, we note several problems with prior work, namely, (1) effort was manipulated across groups, not within subjects, and (2) prior measurement strategies made it impossible verify that different effort requirements actually produced differences in behavior along the dimension of effort. We arranged for rats to earn food under a two-component multiple VI 60-s VI 60-s schedule where each component was correlated with either a high (32-64 g) or low (12-24g) force requirement. So, we could ensure that effort was the dimension on which discrimination was based. When food was earned according to equal VI schedules, steady-state response rates did not differ consistently across components, but effort measures were increased in the high-force component. Extinction tests showed relative resistance to change was not affected by response effort, and this was verified in a direct replication. A third condition arranged for a multiple VI 30-s VI 120-s schedule, requiring the low-effort response in both components. The results showed that the distribution of response forces previously maintained by the high-force requirement shifted to lower forces, suggesting rats were sensitive to the high-force requirement. During extinction tests, behavior was more persistent under the VI 30-s component compared to the VI 120-s component, consistent with the predictions of BMT.
 
33. The Matching Law and Differential-Reinforcement-of-Low-Rate (DRL) Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTOPHER W IAMES (West Virginia University), Tyler Nighbor (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: The relation between reinforcement rates and response rates in concurrent schedules is described by the generalized matching law (Baum, 1974), one of the great unifying principles in behavior analysis. Despite the prominence of the generalized matching law, little is known about matching in the context of differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate (DRL) schedules (see Shimp, 1968; Staddon, 1968). The purpose of the current experiment was to evaluate the extent to which the generalized matching law described response and reinforcer ratios on concurrent DRL schedules (DRL 5-s, 15-s, and 20-s schedules). Three pigeons served as subjects. The generalized matching law best described data for two of the three pigeons (r2 = .69 and .86). Similar to the findings of Staddon (1968), a bias was observed for the shorter interresponse-time (IRT) values. Therefore, the current data were also best described by the generalized matching law rather than the strict matching law. Implications of the findings are discussed.
 
34. Signal and Schedule Functions when Pausing is the Operant
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TYLER NIGHBOR (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Craig et al. (2014; Exp. 2) demonstrated that pausing can be a discriminated operant through signaling reinforcer availability for pausing in the context of concurrent reinforcement for pecking under variable-interval (VI) schedules. The purpose of the current experiment was to systematically replicate Craig et al. and Schaal and Branch (1988) by comparing antecedent discriminative control of pausing in the absence of discriminative stimuli to a brief-signal condition and a full-signal condition when pecking was concurrently reinforced according to a differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate (DRL) schedule. Pigeons’ time allocation to the pausing contingency in both signal conditions was lower than unsignaled baseline conditions and control conditions, demonstrating discriminative control of pausing and replicating the findings of Craig et al. No systematic difference was observed between the brief-signal and full-signal conditions, replicating the findings of Schaal & Branch (1988) and suggesting the length of the signal may be unimportant in gaining discriminative control of pausing.
 
35. "Executive Control" in Rhesus Macaques and Capuchin Monkeys
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TRAVIS RAY SMITH (Georgia State University), Michael J. Beran (Language Research Center, Georgia State University)
Discussant: Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Twelve monkeys (6 capuchins, 6 macaques) completed a two-choice discrimination task where the options consisted of two arrays of clipart icons. Across trials monkeys had to determine whether the array had a high or low numerosity (6 vs 16 clipart icons) or high or low variability (every icon differed vs. every icon was identical). Thus, there were four different trial types that were presented, and the background color of the screen cued the discrimination type being asked (high numerosity, low numerosity, high variability, low variability). On each trial the arrays differed in variability and numerosity, with one dimension operating as the target dimension and the alternative dimension operating as an irrelevant dimension. In the congruent condition, the irrelevant dimension was the same in both arrays (i.e., only the target dimension differed). In the incongruent condition, the irrelevant dimension randomly varied between both arrays. Test trials with novel clipart icons were included to rule out the possible influence of set memorization on performance. Once subjects acquired the congruent discrimination, they transitioned to test sessions and the incongruent condition without a drop in accuracy, suggesting that the irrelevant dimension was not interfering with discrimination performance and the monkeys could effortlessly screen out the irrelevant information.
 
36. Within-session Increases in Operant Responding Predict Binge-eating in Wistar Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AMANDA MICHELLE CANO (University of Alaska Anchorage), Derek Searcy (University of Alaska Anchorage), Victoria Barnes (University of Alaska Anchorage), Casey Kerr (University of Alaska Anchorage), Madlen Penn (University of Alaska Anchorage), Divina Trevethan (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer-Johnson (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Multiple measures of impulsivity predict both obesity and binge-eating disorder; however, those who binge-eat represent a behaviorally distinct subset of all overweight individuals. Previous research (Cano, Murphy, & Lupfer, 2016) reported that impulsivity in a discounting task predicted binge-eating in rats. In the current study, we looked at the relationship between within-session changes in operant response rates and binge-eating. 7 male rats completed a binge-eating task and were tested in a steady-state operant conditioning paradigm in which they responded on a VI-7.5 s schedule for liquid sucrose reinforcers. The following equation was used to describe subjects within-session changes in responding: P=b/e^aT - c/(c+T). P is the predicted proportion of total responses that should occur during successive time intervals (T). T is the ordinal number of time interval, and a, b, and c are free parameters. The exponential component describes a decreasing process identified as habituation; the hyperbolic component describes an increasing process identified as sensitization. Thus, a and b govern habituation, and c applies to sensitization. Binge-eating scores were unrelated to a and b but positively correlated with c (rS = .82). These data suggest that individuals degrees of sensitization can be used to predict propensity to binge-eat.
 
37. Cooperative Responding in Rats Under Fixed and Variable Ratio Reinforcement Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LUCAS COUTO DE CARVALHO (Oslo and Akershus University College), Leticia Santos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Alceu dos Santos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Thiago Braga (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Rafael da Silva (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Deisy Das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University)
Abstract: There has been little interest in comparing the effects of different schedules of reinforcement on cooperative responses. The present experiment was designed to investigate the effects of fixed and variable ratio schedules, arranged in a cooperative contingency, on the patterns of individual and cooperative responses in rats. Cooperative responses were defined as either rat responding within 0.5 s from each other. Water was contingent to this response depending on the experimental condition. An ABCA for 3 pairs and an ACBA for 4 pairs designs were employed in which cooperative responses were reinforced according to a fixed-ratio 1 (FR 1) in condition A, FR 10 in condition B, and variable-ratio 10 (VR 10) in condition C. The results show that cooperative index (total cooperative/total responses; see Tan and Hackenberg, 2015) is higher under intermittent schedules. It was also observed break-and-run and constant response patterns for both cooperative and individual responses under FR and VR schedules, respectively. In addition, it was recorded that VR schedule improves the cooperative index compared to both FR 1 and 10. We may conclude that (a) intermittent schedules enhance cooperation (b) VR seems to be more effective on cooperation than FR, and (c) cooperative response patterns under FR and VR are similar to situations when reinforcement is exclusively dependent on individual responses (e.g., Ferster & Skinner).
 
38. The Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude on Schedule-Induced Drinking Using a Fixed-Time Four Minute Schedule
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERIC JAMES FRENCH (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Discussant: Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Schedule-induced drinking (SID) occurs when food pellet(s) delivered at regular intervals induce consistent and elevated rates of water consumption. Two factors known to increase SID are reinforcer magnitude and inter-pellet interval (IPI) duration. However, at some point, further increases in the IPI decrease SID. The purpose of the current study was to establish the reliability of the positive relationship between reinforcer magnitude and SID at a long delay. Four Sprague-Dawley rats experienced a 4-min fixed-time schedule where, depending on the condition, one or four pellets were delivered 15 times per session. Three rats developed SID and showed increased rates of drinking in the four pellet condition. The increase in SID was due to drinking occurring in a greater number of IPIs and not a shift in the temporal structure of drinking. Notably, two distinct patterns of drinking were observed across the IPI for two rats. Drinking either occurred at a high rate early in the IPI or at a moderate rate later in the IPI. These results are difficult to explain from an operant account of SID due to the long delays separating drinking and the reinforcer deliveries.
 
39. Good Things Don't Come to Those Who Wait: Effects of Differential DRL Exposure on Timing and Subsequent Ethanol Choice
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW LELAND ECKARD (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
Discussant: Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Recent investigations focusing on interventions to improve self-controlled choice have centered upon timing processes. To investigate how these interventions have their effects, timing in mice was assessed using an 18-s peak procedure (18-s FI trials; 54-s peak trials). During an intervention phase, mice in three treatment groups experienced differential reinforcement of low rate (DRL) schedules of reinforcement. A control group received continued exposure to the peak procedure. After 38 DRL sessions, timing was reassessed in the peak procedure. In contrast to previous reports, the DRL intervention resulted in less precise timing as indicated by increased peak spread. It also produced later peak-trial start times and later peak-trial stop times. Thus, it would appear that timing processes may have only been improved in previous reports as a result of assessing timing and choice concurrently and not a result of improvement in timing processes specifically. Following this timing assessment, mice were split into two groups based upon degree of timing precision (high precision, n = 8; low precision, n = 8). These mice were exposed to a two-bottle choice procedure in which water and ethanol were freely available. Effects of the high vs. low precision dichotomy on ethanol choice was then assessed. APPROVED
 
40. Spatial Contiguity's Contribution to the Formation of Associations Between Neutral Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHARLOTTE RENAUX (Univ. Lille, CNRS, CHU Lille, UMR 9193 - SCALab - Sciences Cognitives et Sciences Affectives, F-59000 Lille, France), Vinca Riviere (Univ. Lille, CNRS, CHU Lille, UMR 9193 - SCALab - Sciences Cognitives et Sciences Affectives, F-59000 Lille, France), Paul Craddock (University of Lille, France), Ralph R. Miller (State University of New York, Birmingham)
Discussant: Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Good spatiotemporal contiguity has long been suggested to be essential for associative learning to occur. But there are only a few demonstrations of this need in the spatial domain, and they all did so with one associate being biologically relevant phase (e.g., Rescorla & Cunningham, 1979). Here we report evidence of the benefit to associative learning of spatial contiguity between two neutral cues. We used a sensory preconditioning preparation with visual CSs in which CS2-CS1 trials during phase 1 were followed by CS1-US trials during phase 2, and then tested on CS2 as well as CS1. The CSs were colored squares and the US was an entertaining video clip. The conditioned response was the participants' looking at the location where the USs appeared. Critically, across groups (ns = 20), in phase 1 we varied the distance between CS2 and CS1. At test, greater conditioned responding to CS2 was observed when CS2 and CS1 were adjacent then when there was a small space between them. Within-subject control conditions assured that responding was due to Pavlovian conditioning of eye gaze direction. Thus, good spatial contiguity appears to enhance the formation of associations between neutral stimuli.

 
41. Relationship Between Attackers` and Targets` Behaviors in the Context of Extinction-induced Attack in Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TAKASHI SAKUMA (Tokiwa university), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Discussant: Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to clarify the relationship between attacker's extinction-induced attack (EIA) and targets' social behavior towards the attacker. Eight pigeons were the subjects. Four pigeons were attackers and the rest were targets and one attacker and one target were paired. Each attacker was introduced into an operant chamber with one key and the target was introduced into a box adjacent to the chamber via transparent panel. When the attacker emitted EIA or the target pigeon pecked the panel towards the attacker, this panel was operated. Each attacker was exposed to no-reinforcement, continuous reinforcement, and extinction schedules. In the no-reinforcement schedule, as the key was covered, the attacker could not peck the key for food. The attackers EIA and the targets pecking behavior were measured during each schedule. The attackers emitted more EIA during the extinction. The targets also pecked more during the extinction. The number of pecking behavior was more than that of EIA. The correlation coefficient between two behaviors was statistically significant. We found that attacker pigeons` EIA and target pigeons` pecking behavior are interrelated. However, whether target pigeon`s behavior could be a discriminative or a reinforcing stimulus for attackers EIA remains to be investigated.
 
42. Effects of Social Coexistence and Social Restriction on Play Behavior in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
GABRIELA BARRETO CHAVATTE ( Methodist University of São Paulo), Adriana Rubio (Universidade Metodista de São Paulo)
Discussant: Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The behavior of play and social behavior have been mediators of various social interactions that allow the healthy development of human beings in all its aspects: physical, cognitive and affective. Behaviors and social play in humans have often been objects of study in psychology, either by their relationship with the area of education or healthcare. It is a fact that both behaviors are developed in interaction with the social environment. In addition to humans, other animals also have social and play behaviors. The relationship between the two, however, is poorly understood with regard to the behavior of non-human beings. In this sense, we sought through this study, to investigate the relationship between social behavior and play in rats and willing rats in enriched environments that might, perchance, favor the occurrence of these behaviors. Therefore, they took part in this study 32 mice and rats. behavioral categories were observed which refer to social behavior and play and the animals were kept in four different experimental conditions. In the first condition, the animals were group housed and toys, making the enriched environment. In the second condition, the animals were group housed and maintained in toys depleted environment. The third and fourth condition, the animals were singly housed, with the third condition was enriched environment and the fourth condition, depleted environment toys. The results of this study showed that groups of animals, male and female, submitted to environmental enrichment situation with toy, showed lower frequency of behaviors named as antisocial, such as: aggressive behavior and a higher frequency of operation of behaviors environment. The social restriction, as evidenced in animal groups that remain individualized with toy, proved to be an important variable to be considered. Mice and rats have a greater frequency behavior of play when socialized than animals that also have toys, but are individualized. And for sex, females were more social behavior and play when grouped than males. It was concluded that environmental enrichment with toys and attractive to the animal, and to provide welfare, increases the likelihood of said behaviors as social such coo play, interact and decrease the behaviors named as antisocial such as aggressive. It is argued, similarly, the importance of enriched environment in nurseries and homes for the development of social and emotional skills in children, and emphasizes the importance of play in the full development of human beings.
 
43. Comparison of Paired Stimulus Preference Assessment and Progressive Ratio Outcomes
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
SHAWN JANETZKE (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments are used to identify a stimulus hierarchy in which stimuli are ranked according to their relative reinforcing efficacy. Paired stimulus preference assessments (PSPA) and progressive ratio (PR) schedules are commonly used to determine the relative reinforcer efficacy of stimuli. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the correspondence between a PSPA and a PR for the same six edible stimuli, a systematic replication of DeLeon et al. (2009). One adolescent male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, who attended a school for children with developmental disabilities participated in the study. When averaging data from the first three sessions for each assessment, analysis showed correspondence in rank for 6 out of 6 stimuli. After conducting additional sessions, however, the data showed correspondence in rank for 0 out of 6 stimuli. Further, steady-state responding for each stimulus was observed in the PSPA, but not in the PR. These data suggest that initial responding in a PR might not be predictive of final responding and that there might be differential variability in responding under PR schedules. Interobserver agreement was collected for a minimum of 33% of sessions with 100% agreement in the PSPA and 94.5% agreement in the PR.APPROVED
 
44. Response Restriction in the Go/No-Go Procedure With Compound Stimuli in Children With Autism
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
RAFAEL AUGUSTO SILVA (Universidade de São Paulo, Brazil; Grupo Método Intervenção Comportamental), Paula Debert (University of Sao Paulo)
Discussant: Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University)
Abstract: An alternative to the matching-to-sample procedure for the establishment of equivalence classes in typical adults is the go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli. In the first study with this procedure with children with autism, participants responded to all the compounds presented and the conditional discriminations were not established. The aim of this study was to verify if the response restriction (cover the space bar) in the go/no-go procedure with compound stimulus would avoid the development of responding in the presence of all the compounds presented, and, therefore, favor the acquisition of the trained conditional relations. Each AB and BC compounds were successively presented in training. After obtaining accurate performances in training, BA and CB symmetry tests and AC and CA equivalence testes were conducted using the go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli. All three children with autism learned all the trained conditional relations and presented emergence of symmetric relations. One participant presented emergence of transitivity and equivalence relations. The results demonstrated that the response restriction in the go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli is effective for training conditional relations with children with autism and can produce emergent conditional relations.
 
46. The Effect of the Individual-level Positive Behavior Support on Problem Behaviors and Participation in Activities of a Child With Developmental Delay
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
SEUNGCHUL KWAK (Kongju National University), Mihye Kim (Kongju ShinGwan Kindergarten), JinAh Noh (Kongju National University), Sunhwa Jung (Kongju National University), Jongnam Baek (Kongju National University), HyukSang Kwon (Kongju National University), Hyojeong Seo (Kongju National University)
Discussant: Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of the individual-level positive behavior support on problem behaviors and participation in activities of a child with developmental delay. The participant was a child with developmental delay who received education in the inclusive kindergarten setting. We used a multiple baseline design across settings with an order of baseline, intervention, and maintenance phases. The dependent variables (i.e., problem behaviors and activity participation behaviors demonstrated by a child) were observed and measured in three different settings (e.g., reading activities, activities prior to drawing, activities to learn Korean). The study findings indicated that the individual-level positive behavior support decreased the problem behaviors of the child and promoted childs participation in activities; and those desirable results were maintained after the intervention was withdrawn. It is worth to note that the general kindergarten teacher provided the child with individualized positive behavior supports within the inclusive context.
 
 
 
Poster Session #456
PCH
Monday, May 29, 2017
12:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
47. A Theoretical Comparison of Behaviorism and Humanism
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
ZOE ALEXIS BARBARA (Salem State University), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Discussant: Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Abstract: Both Behaviorism and Humanism as philosophies in psychology provide a way to approach the human condition. Behaviorism as the philosophy underlying Skinner's Science of Behavior, is often contrasted with Maslow's Humanistic Hierarchy of Needs. Theorists on both sides tend to emphasize the differences between the two approaches in an adversarial manner. However, we argue that both philosophies emphasize helping individuals live more fulfilling lives, and that the behavioral approach makes this scientifically possible for more people than traditional approaches. While Humanism may provide an artful way to discuss human development, Behaviorism is what makes development possible for more people in a more systematic way. A conceptual analysis diagram will be presented and discussed at the poster to provide a theoretical and conceptual analysis of the two approaches. It is hoped that this poster will stimulate discussion regarding the pros and cons of a synthesis between the two philosophies, resulting in a combined approach we term Humanistic Behaviorism.
 
48. Responding to Mischaracterizations of Behavior Analysis
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
MOLLY A BARLOW (University of Florida), Andrea Carolina Villegas (University of Florida ), David J. Cox (University of Florida)
Discussant: Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Abstract: Many scientific disciplines develop technical language that requires significant time, education, and training to master. This is also true for behavior analysis. Technical language, while important for precision of communication amongst scientists within a field, can make communication difficult between two people trained in different disciplines. In addition, use of specialized language may lead to miscommunication and misunderstanding between two people from disparate disciplines. This confusion can be further compounded by theoretical assumptions that may vary across members of different disciplines. Without addressing published miscommunication and misunderstanding of our science, behavior analysts allow these errors about our field to perpetuate. Using a recent publication aimed at comparing behaviorism and humanism, we demonstrate how behavior analysts can respond to authors communicating misinformation about our science and philosophy. We discuss the importance of reply articles, and use the example article to highlight ways to respond to errors regarding applied behavior analysis and behaviorism. Finally, we demonstrate how to address and discuss concerns voiced by individuals in other disciplines about the current state of behavior analysis.
 
49. Behavior is always a Statistical Measure
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
JONATHAN E. FRIEDEL (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Melissa J. Swisher (Purdue University), William DeHart (Utah State University)
Discussant: Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Abstract: Behavior analysts generally eschew statistical analyses in favor of experimental analyses (Sidman, 1960). The behavior analyst's pursuit of the prediction of behavior are at odds with the uncertainty that is an important feature of statistics. If we can predict behavior then why would we rely on the uncertainty inherent to statistical analyses? This rejection of statistical analyses is itself at odds with our basic conceptual framework of behavior. Our field is built on the concept of stochastic emission of responses from a response class. The definition of a "response" out of "response classes" can be considered an instance of the statistical concepts of "members" out of "populations." Similar to how behavior analysts are most commonly interested in predictions about response classes, the statistician is most commonly interested in predictions about populations. When the core of our conceptual framework is itself a statistical statement, we should not blindly reject statistical analyses and should consider them as just another tool in the experimentalist's kit. Importantly, the benefits of having behavior analysts with the ability to speak to other fields and disciplines (e.g., occupational safety and health) through a common ground of statistical analyses will be discussed.
 
50. A Behavior Analytic Account of Stereotype Threat
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
LAUREN DIANE BROWN (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Abstract: Although behavior analysis has contributed a great deal to the understanding and study of learning in humans, much of the research and general statistics on learning occurs in other fields (e.g., education and social psychology). The field of social psychology specifically has discussed the conditions under which members of particular groups that identify as members of those groups are likely to perform better or worse than other groups on standardized and non-standardized tests. This concept is often referred to as stereotype threat (Steele & Aronson, 1995). Although there are many assumptions offered by social psychologists as to why stereotype threat occurs, researchers have not evaluated the function of language, especially that proposed by Relational Frame Theory (RFT; Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001) in the learning process, and how RFT may further refine past theories on how stereotype threat operates. This poster aims to define and discuss the concept of stereotype threat as it relates to the performances of different groups of people on various academic tests, how these stereotypes operate from a behavior analytic and RFT perspective, and to discuss the implications that such research can have on society.
 
51. Stimulus Equivalence Evolution of Concepts: From Set to Graph Theory
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
CELSO SOCORRO OLIVEIRA (UNESP - Sao Paulo State University)
Discussant: Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Abstract: Since 1982, papers on Stimulus Equivalence and Teaching-Learning processes have been published on a variety of experiments including different objects of study based on sets, each text with different number of elements, applied to different subjects and with a diverse diagnosis. The number of sets were also tested and it introduced some pitfalls on the basic Set Theory used because had mathematical properties which were similar to the matching-to-sample procedures used at that time. But the basics on this theory did not respond to the increase on the number of objects or the number of sets, making necessary some improvements introducing words such a node, nodal distance and arcs, which do not belong to the earlier Set Theory. The introduction of new words did not have the complete system explained by stimulus references, as some authors are still trying to find, but proved that the paradigm of Stimulus Equivalence changed the basic Mathematics of Sets into another area called Graph Theory, not yet known by the classic school of behaviorists. The Graph Theory has as its main concepts the words node, arcs and graph. There are properties such as nodal distance, weight of the arc, node properties, paths, trees, and many others yet to be included in the behavior experiments and papers to be published. The first steps are already on the way by exposing the idea of using Graphs and its Theory, proposed in 1567
 
52. Visual Analysis of Within-Subject Data: A comparison Across and Between Certification Levels
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research
EDGAR CARDOZA (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Discussant: Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Abstract: Behavior analysts typically rely on the visual inspection of behavioral data to draw conclusions about the effects of experimental manipulations and behavioral interventions in practice. Although previous research has consistently produced low levels of interrater agreement, more recent research (Kahng et al., 2010) reported much higher levels of agreement. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend the findings of Kahng et al. In Experiment 1, editors and editorial board members of several journals and doctoral-level Board Certified Behavior Analysts provided dichotomous responses and numerical ratings to indicate whether a set of simulated ABAB graphs displayed experimental control. In Experiment 2, Masters-level BCBAs responded the same way to same graphs presented in Experiment 1. High levels of interrater agreement (ICC=.83; mean kappa=.84) were found in Experiment 1, whereas relatively lower levels of agreement (ICC=.69; mean kappa=.69) were found in Experiment 2.
 
53. Transition States in Single-Case Experimental Designs: Implications for Practitioners and Researchers
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Discussant: Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Abstract: We reviewed volumes 27 to 37 in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis to determine the percentage of single-case experimental design graphs that depicted transitions states. Results show that (a) 12.9% of graphs with acceleration interventions and 17.8% of graphs with deceleration interventions produced transitions and (b) 10.3% of graphs containing only antecedent interventions and 16.1% of graphs with consequent interventions produced transitions. The implications of these findings for practitioners and researchers are briefly discussed.
 
54. Has Behavior Analysis Found its Heart? Assessing Social Validity Trends in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: PCH
ADITT ALCALAY (Autism Partnership Foundation), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Kara Reagon (Beacon Services of Connecticut), Norma Torres (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Discussant: Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Abstract:

Wolf (1978) outlined the importance of social validity measures within applied behavior analytic research. Carr et al. (1999) provided an analysis of social validity trends within the first 31 years (1968-1998) of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA). The purpose of the current study was to extend Carr and colleagues' analysis of social validity trends in JABA to include issues published since Carr et al., additional measures, and further analysis of social validity trends. Implications for the field of applied behavior analysis and future research are provided.

 
55. Diet and Exercise Failures: A Theoretical Extension of Relapse
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
SONIA LEVY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Chelsey Brown (The Chicago School of Professional Pscyhology), Joshua Garner (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Abstract: Obesity is a noncommunicable disease that is associated with an increased risk of heart disease, stroke, diabetes, musculoskeletal disorders, and cancer (WHO, 2016). While there are many ways to treat obesity, approximately 80% of those who attempt a diet or exercise program fail to achieve and/or maintain their weight loss (Ross et al., 2005). This article assesses the problem of obesity and the failure to maintain treatment outcomes through a conceptual analysis of relapse. This includes analyzing not only the behaviors of individuals who are obese, but their surrounding environments. This article includes discussion of resurgence, renewal, reinstatement, and behavioral momentum theory, which may provide additional information and guidance when creating treatment plans related to obesity and obesity-related disorders. Assessing obesity through a behavior analytic lens of relapse may lead to better adherence and maintenance of obesity treatment programs, but also decrease the burden that obesity and obesity relapse has on the health-care system.
 
56. Assessment of Single Case Research Syntheses in Special Education
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
SETH KING (Tennessee Technological University), Argnue Chitiyo (Tennessee Technological University)
Discussant: Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Abstract: Efforts to introduce empirically validated interventions into special education practice have increasingly involved synthesizing disparate forms of research, including single-case designs. However, specific search parameters have the potential to influence recommendations for research and practice. Similarly, the various approaches to effect size calculation and data analysis have the potential to skew the interpretation of intervention efficacy. This study identified systematic literature reviews featured in special education research journals from 2004 - 2014 that explicitly included single case research designs. Characteristics and methods of single case reviews were subsequently assessed. Of the reviews identified in the initial search (n = 980), approximately 15% evaluated single case research. Results suggest that syntheses of single case design (a) potentially overstate the effectiveness of interventions through an emphasis on peer-reviewed research and (b) forego visual analysis of data in favor of relatively limited forms of nonparametric analysis. A discussion of implications for literature reviews of single case design studies will follow the description of findings.
 
57. Rationalism and Behavior Analysis
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
LUCAS ALEXANDER HALEY COMMONS-MILLER (Dare Institute), Michael Lamport Commons (Dare Institute)
Discussant: Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Abstract: Having behavioral analysis mimic the logical causality of rationalism is an extreme error and limitation. As curious as it may seem, the three part contingencies proposed by Skinner closely parallels the linear causality proposed in rationalism. This can be seen by linear causal sequencing of stimulus situation, behavior and then consequences. What is missing is that not all contingencies contact organismic behavior. This is determined: a) by the behavioral-developmental stage the organism on the task presented in the situation; b) by the match between the evolutionarily determined behavior and behavior control. The solution to this problem has been to: a) Multiply the opportunity for reinforcement as represented by what members are present in very large concurrent schedules times; b) the stage of the organisms on such tasks and the value of the discounts. For example, using multiple regressions, species and types of reinforcers decays for different species and different reinforcers might be examined.
 
58. Facebook: Exploring Utility Through Behavior Analysis
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH WALSH (unknown)
Discussant: Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Abstract: There has been a significant increase in the use of social media (Facebook, Twitter, Instagram). Although these trends have been noted, there remains a dearth of evidence regarding why people continue to use these applications for work and personal purposes. This poster describes the underlying principles of behavior that may be maintaining the use of social media. Specifically, the researchers explored the following terms: Reinforcers, Punishers, Motivating Operations, Discriminative Stimuli, and Modeling. Each term was explored individually as it applied to Facebook. Within the poster, the terms are defined, examples of how each relates and/or applies to common Facebook activities are provided, and rationales are provided to explain the lure to Facebook from a behavior analytic perspective. In conclusion, future research ideas are suggested that look at additional terms and may demonstrate a correlation between the rate of Facebook use from a behavior perspective within certain populations.
 
 
 
Poster Session #457
EDC
Monday, May 29, 2017
12:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D
Chair: Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
59. Use of Electronic and Behavioral Technologies in the Mainstream Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES BEVACQUA (Florida Tech/The Human Institute)
Discussant: Tyler Erath (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

An increased focus on the use of electronic technology in mainstream classrooms has established a need for the evaluation of popular educational software. The Plickers tablet application utilizes high response rates, response cards, and immediate feedback. The present study evaluated the use of Plickers in a mainstream middle-school language arts classroom. In Condition A students read fictional stories and took exams on literary analysis. Between exams, the teacher delivered a Plickers lesson that focused on common errors. A control group read the same three stories, received call-and-answer instruction after the first two, and took an exam after the third. Exams scores were higher (t(67) = 4.58, p < 0.001) for students who received the Plickers lesson. In Condition B students read non-fiction texts. The teacher presented a Plickers lesson after the first text. No skill deficits were known. The teacher presented the second and third texts with exams. No statistical difference was shown within this condition. However, scores differed significantly (t(145) = 4.66, p < 0.0001) across conditions. This suggests the increase in exam scores in Condition A is not due to the presentation of a second exam, nor due to the use of Plickers alone. Plickers was most effective when used to increase responding and give immediate feedback on common errors.

 
60. Effect of Video Self-Modeling in A Group Oral Reading Fluency Intervention
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SHENGTIAN WU (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Tyler Erath (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Video Self-Modeling (VSM) was recently utilized as an evidence-based intervention to improve the oral reading fluency of children with reading difficulties. VSM was effective not only as a stand-alone intervention, but a supplemental component in a package of interventions, although only a limited number of studies were found in the literature. The purpose of this study is to examine the supplemental effect of VSM in a group reading fluency intervention with three elementary school children with reading difficulties. Using an alternate single case design, the study compared reading fluency of participants when receiving a group intervention with and without VSM. As consequences, VSM did not further improve reading fluency when added to the group reading fluency intervention.
 
61. A Comprehensive Reading Fluency Intervention for Children with Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SHENGTIAN WU (Mississippi State University), Matthew Ferrigno (Mississippi State University), Kasee Stratton-Gadke (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Tyler Erath (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Repeated reading is a well-established oral reading fluency intervention for students with varying disabilities (e.g., Welsch, 2007). Repeated reading has been less explored with students with ADHD. Expanding upon a model developed by Allor and Chard (2011), this study further developed and examined an intervention based on a comprehensive reading fluency intervention model using repeated reading for children with ADHD. A multiple baseline design was used across three students. Students were provided with a behavior card and rewards contingent on compliance and academic performance. Direct instruction was provided for error correction on letter sounds, segmentation and blending, word meaning, and teaching of word tense. Reading fluency improved for all students, as evidenced by a large effect size (d =1.54, 1.49, and 1.68, respectively) and in comparison to baseline. Furthermore, an increasing trend was observed across all of the participants’ performances throughout the intervention sessions. Data collection is ongoing.
 
62. Teaching to the Function of Escape During Written Expression Assignments in an Elementary Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN STRANGE (Missouri State University), McKenzie Moreland (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Tyler Erath (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The purpose of this applied study was to evaluate the effectiveness of an academic and behavioral intervention package on an elementary-aged student with Autism Spectrum Disorder who exhibited off-task behaviors during written expression assignments in his classroom. A functional behavioral assessment was conducted that consisted of direct observations in his classroom as well as indirect functional behavioral assessments (Alter, Conroy, Mancil & Haydon, 2008) to assist in developing a function-based intervention (Umbreit et al., 2007). Based upon the direct observation of the student's off-task behaviors and the indirect assessments, it appeared that the student engaged in escape behavior during his written expression activities. An ABAB withdrawal design was used to assess the effects of the research-based intervention on the students off-task behaviors. The multi-component strategy included a token economy (Carnett, Raulston, Lang, Tostanoski, Lee, Sigafoo, & Machalicek, 2014), functional communication training (Mancil & Boman, 2010), a writing intervention called POW-TREE (Santangelo, Harris, & Graham, 2007;Graham & Harris, 1993). The student received step-by-step instruction on how to use the POW-TREE strategy and to self-record his responses. His on-task behaviors increased from 54% to 98%; his written expression accuracy increased from 43% to 96% as a result of the multi-component intervention package.
 
63. Acquisition and Generalization of Mathematical Concepts for Students with Autism
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JENNY ROOT (Florida State University), Erica Boccumini (Florida State University)
Discussant: Tyler Erath (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Mathematical learning is imperative for having a range of career, leisure, and vocational opportunities. Functional use of mathematical concepts requires applying understanding to a variety of exemplars in academic and natural settings. Generalized responding to mathematical concepts, such as knowing when socks are the same or different or choosing a line that has less people, can improve quality of life and independence. Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who have extensive support needs require explicit and systematic instruction to acquire and generalize academic concepts. This study extended the work of Hicks et al. (2011) and Celik and Vuran (2014) to examine the effects of Direct Instruction (DI) on acquisition and generalization of mathematical concepts for an elementary student with ASD and extensive support needs. The intervention involved multiple exemplar training across far and near distractors with generalization to natural stimuli. Results showed a functional relation between DI and acquisition of three mathematical concepts (i.e., more, different, and long) and generalization to natural exemplars (i.e., academic and environmental). Results from this study have important implications for teaching academic concepts to students who have extensive support needs.
 
64. Effectiveness of Explicit Sentence and Paragraph Instruction With Frequency Building to Performance Criteria for Middle School Students With Learning and Behavior Problems: A Two-Part Investigation
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIN MONROE-PEI (University of Iowa), Shawn M. Datchuk (University of Iowa)
Discussant: Tyler Erath (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Middle school students identified with learning and behavior disabilities often struggle to produce sentences and paragraphs that are clear, coherent, and follow the standard conventions of written expression. There is an ongoing need to examine the efficacy of supplemental instructional methods to improve writing fluency for secondary students who are expected to perform writing tasks during content area learning (e.g., science and social studies). Through a series of studies using single case design (multiple baseline and multiple probe across participants), we are examining the impact of Sentence Instruction (SI), Paragraph Instruction (PI), and Frequency Building to a Performance Criterion (FBPC) on two measures of writing fluency: (1) correct and incorrect word sequences; and (2) complete and incomplete sentences. SI and PI both include explicit instruction (follow-lead-test procedures), along with picture-word prompts. SI emphasizes discrimination between critical parts of a simple sentence (a part that names and a part that tells more), production of syntactically correct simple sentences, and matching subjects with the correct verb form. PI participants use skills mastered during SI to craft and edit connected simple sentences using conventional paragraph format. Following SI and PI, students in the FBPC phase repeatedly write sentences or paragraphs during timed trials. After each trial, the instructor scores the students writing and gives supportive and/or corrective feedback. Then, students have up to two additional chances to improve their scores. The FBPC phase concludes when students have met individualized performance criteria determined by scores on screening measures. For the dependent measures, students write sentences or paragraphs during a 1-3 minute exercise using picture-word prompts at the end of each SI, PI, and FBPC session. After intervention has concluded we will collect maintenance data. Data collection started in September, 2016 and will continue through May, 2017. As of October, 2016, all three SI students have shown improvement in two measures of writing fluency; it appears that there is a functional relation between the instructional procedures and the number of correct word sequences and complete sentences written for the first three participants receiving intervention.
 
65. A Comparison of Reinforcement Topographies on Academic Achievement Using Cover, Copy, Compare
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MARGARET BERNHEIM (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Tyler Erath (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Cover, Copy, Compare (CCC) has been well-established throughout research as an efficient academic intervention used to improve accuracy, fluency, and maintenance across multiple types of students, settings, and academic subjects. To date, however, little research has looked at the effects of changing reinforcement topographies on the academic achievement results of CCC. In the present study, an alternating treatments design was used with CCC to compare the effects of four different reinforcement conditions on the multiplication skills of a sixth-grade male with Moebius Syndrome and Duane Syndrome. The participant was randomly exposed to: a trial-based reward condition with a minimum standard required (TBwMS), a trial-based reward condition without a minimum standard required (TBwoMS), a problem-based reward condition with a minimum standard required (PBwMS), and a problem-based reward condition without a minimum standard required (PBwoMS). Preliminary data indicate that both problem based reward conditions (with and without a minimum standard required) were more effective than the trial based reward conditions. The researcher plans to continue gathering data with the participant in all four conditions.
 
67. An Evaluation of a Reinforcer-Validation Procedure for Increasing Writing in a Second-Grade Student
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE HOFF (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Nicole C Bricko (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Nathan Speer (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Cassandra Renee Dietrich (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Pooja Parikh (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Discussant: Tyler Erath (University of Kansas)
Abstract: When students fail to complete instructional exercises in the classroom, differential reinforcement (DRA) is the treatment of choice. This study examined a direct method for testing preference by offering a choice of multiple consequences for meeting a criterion on an assigned instructional task. To examine this reinforcer-validation procedure, a 2nd-grade male was given the choice between four activities as consequences for increasing the number of words written during a writing task. He was told that if he met a criterion to be revealed after the exercise, he would have brief access to the chosen activity. Multiple sessions were conducted with the previously chosen item(s) removed from subsequent sessions. The student’s performance increased in all sessions. The chosen activities were then used as a part of a DRA treatment package in the general education classroom during a time devoted to writing exercises. Results were measured as number of words written and active engagement (based on direct observations). Responding increased in both areas relative to a baseline. Results suggest that more direct tests of reinforcer efficacy can be conducted through a reinforcer-validation like the one conducted in this study, and will be discussed accordingly.
 
68. The Effect of a Behavioral Coaching Intervention on Faculty Adoption of Technology-Enhanced Teaching Practices
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE DOMONCHUK (Lambton College)
Discussant: Tyler Erath (University of Kansas)
Abstract: College faculty members face increased pressure to incorporate technology into their teaching approach. Without the support of comprehensive professional development, it is unlikely that instructors will adopt practices that enhance student outcomes. To date, researchers have explored various approaches to faculty professional development, some of which have been related to the adoption of technology-enhanced teaching. A common limitation to these studies has been their reliance on self-report and delayed reflection to evaluate changes in practice. In response to these findings, a behavioral coaching intervention that included direct observation of classroom teaching sessions was developed to support faculty adoption of technology-enhanced teaching practices. This poster will describe the effect of a modified behavioral skills training intervention implemented with a small group (n=6) of college faculty members. The intervention incorporated goal setting, instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and performance feedback. Results indicate that the intervention was successful as all participants adopted new teaching approaches and expressed satisfaction with the intervention. This suggests that behavioral coaching may be an effective approach for professional development within higher education.
 
69. Increasing Reading Fluency Using a Reading Mastery Intervention for General Education Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University), Haley Keller (Nicholls State University)
Discussant: Tyler Erath (University of Kansas)
Abstract: In this study we tested the effects of a Reading Mastery intervention on Dynamic Indicators of Basic Early Literacy Skills (DIBELS) scores in three general education grades. The participants in this study were students who were identified as needing intensive intervention by the DIBELS curriculum based measurement at the beginning of the school year. A group within subjects design was used to test the effects of the intervention. The results were compared to a pre-test post-test of those not receiving intervention. Sixty-two participants across three grade levels were given the Reading Mastery intervention. While the intervention is ongoing, the results so far demonstrate that Reading Mastery is having an effect on DIBELS progress monitoring scores at a rate greater than that of those students identified as needing intensive intervention who are not receiving the Reading Mastery intervention. Additionally, gains are equal to that of those identified as not needing intervention. Outcomes, limitations, and future research will be discussed.
 
70. Assessing the Effects of Corrective Reading Decoding Level A with a Fourth-Grade Student with a Specific Learning Disability
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JOSHUA MICHAEL PULOS (The University of Oklahoma), Nancy Marchand-Martella (University of Oklahoma), Margaret Johnson (The University of Oklahoma)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

Promoting college and career readiness is predicated on a strong foundation of literacy skills; students who lack decoding skills cannot navigate text and are hindered in their comprehension. The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of the Direct Instruction program, Corrective Reading Decoding Level A. This case study involved a fourth-grade student diagnosed with a specific learning disability in reading. Over the course of 16 weeks, a graduate student in special education conducted one-on-one decoding-based lessons using the program; fidelity checks were completed every 10 lessons. Pre- and post-data were gathered using CORE Phonics Survey and Corrective Reading Decoding Placement Test along with in-program formative assessments. Anecdotal data on the student’s performance in school were provided by the student’s mother. Results revealed post-test improvements in decoding skills and positive academic performance changes in the classroom. Implications for both practice and future research will be addressed in relation to Corrective Reading.

 
71. Developing A Disseminable Technology for Teaching Automaticity in Word Recognition: A Case Study.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CAROL CUMMINGS (The University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (The University of Kansas)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: A child has achieved automaticity in individual-word reading when words are read accurately, rapidly, and effortlessly. The participant in the current study was a typically developing 7-year-old boy who read consonant-vowel-consonant words with high accuracy, but not rapidly. When presented individual words, his latencies were approximately 4s, because he produced word components before producing a whole word (e.g. b….at…bat). To shape more rapid responding, we used a combination of instructions and a Changing Criterion design, in which the number of seconds he was given to produce an accurate, whole-word response was systematically decreased. We used PowerPointTM to develop teaching sessions that presented single words that disappeared after a designated number of seconds. The number of seconds was decreased contingent on accuracy. Results showed our training was successful in decreasing his latency to approximately 1s. He also showed generalization by rapidly reading words that had not been involved in automaticity training. Because of the precise timing involved, these procedures would be very difficult to implement without automation, and PowerPointTM is a readily available means of doing so. Thus this study expands the literature by demonstrating disseminable procedures to solve a problem that is common among struggling readers.
 
72. Evaluating the Use of Brief Experimental Analyses of Writing Interventions with Elementary Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Sarah A. Law (Stephen F. Austin State University), GLEN L. MCCULLER (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ginger L. Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the accuracy of a brief experimental analysis (BEA) in predicting elementary student’s responses to extended writing interventions and to determine if writing interventions combined with contingent rewards were more effective than instructional interventions alone. An ABCDEF changing conditions design was used during the BEA to compare the effects of a graphic organizer, re-writing, a proofreading prompt checklist, and contingent reward on the percentage of correct writing sequences and total words written during three-minute timed writing sessions. Following the BEA, an extended intervention employed an ABCBC reversal design during which the most effective intervention identified during the BEA was compared with and without the addition of contingent reward. Four 4th-grade students from a university affiliated charter school participated in the study. Results indicated that no superior writing intervention emerged for any participants during the BEA, although all participants demonstrated improved writing performance at the completion of the study. Two of the four participants demonstrated improved performance when contingent reward was combined with the most effective instructional strategy during the extended intervention. An analysis of these findings is offered in addition to implications for applied practice and future research.
 
73. Implementation of a Multi-Component Intervention to Decrease Escape/Attention Motivated Behavior During an Academic Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Katelyn Harting (Missouri State University), DYLAN MYERS (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: A Functional Behavior Assessment was conducted in an elementary school site with an 11-year-old student diagnosed with learning and attention problems. This study employed an ABAB withdrawal design. The student engaged in off-task behaviors during math instructional time. The function of the student's behavior was hypothesized to be escape motivated and maintained by adult attention. During baseline, the student was observed to be off-task on an average of 81% of the time during his math sessions. In conjunction with direct classroom observations, indirect assessments were also completed on the students. Indirect assessments include the following: Motivation Assessment Scale (Durand & Crimmins,1988), Problem Behavior Questionnaire (Lewis, Scott, and Sugai,1994), Student Assisted Functional Assessment Interview (Kern, Dunlap, Clarke, Childs, 1994), and a Reinforcement Inventory Questionnaire (Cautela & Brion-Meisels, 1979). A multi-component intervention that included a token economy (Carnett, Raulston, Lang, Tostanoski, Lee, Sigafoos, & Machalicek, 2014), functional communication training (Wacker et al., 2012), and self-monitoring (Maggin, Robertson, Oliver, Hollo, & Moore Partin, 2010) was implemented to teach to the dual function of escape and attention. His on-task behavior during baseline was 19% and increased to 96.4% during treatment phases.
 
74. Embedding Trial-Based Functional Analysis Within a Continuum of Assessment in Preschool Settings
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE BADGETT (University of Washington), Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) is well-suited for identifying the function of problem behavior in general education classrooms. Although research supports the use of TBFA by teachers following minimal training, less clarity exists for when TBFA is most appropriate, who should conduct these analyses, and how to address inconclusive results. We conducted four functional behavior assessments in an inclusive, university-based preschool. Students were 4- and 5-years old, had diagnoses of autism spectrum disorder, and varied in communicative abilities. Educators, whose training ranged from novice instructional assistants to teachers with 8-years of experience, implemented the TBFAs. The assessment procedures for each student varied based on ability to determine a functional relation between problem behavior and environmental condition and clarity of intervention results. Assessment components included TBFA, traditional functional analyses, descriptive assessment, simple schedule arrangement, and latency and demand analyses. Intervention procedures used bug-in-ear and direct coaching of educators. Results showed a clear functional relation for a single condition for each student. However, for some students, initial results from the TBFA required clarification through secondary analysis of conditions (e.g., latency analysis, demand analysis). Our findings suggest that while useful in building interventions, closer analysis and synthesis of some TBFA conditions may be necessary.
 
75. Evaluation of Behavioral Packages Including Functional Communication Training to Reduce Refusal Behavior and Increase Access to Vocational Programming for Students With Developmental Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LOUIS LEIBOWITZ (Ivymount School & Programs), Lauren Lestremau (Ivymount School & Programs), Brittany Frey (Ivymount School & Programs)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Access to hands on vocational training experience including career sampling and exploration both in school and community settings is critical for individuals with developmental disabilities in preparation for the transition to adulthood. Refusal behavior occasioned by novel or non-preferred vocational activities (e.g., working in the absence of a peer, lunch at community sites) and maintained by avoidance serves as a barrier to accessing meaningful community vocational training for individuals with disabilities. Without appropriate training for individuals with developmental disabilities, long term employment outcomes are negatively impacted. This study evaluates two behavioral packages including functional communication and tolerance training in order to reduce refusal behaviors that interfered with access to vocational programming for two high school students with developmental disabilities, when universal behavior support procedures were ineffective. Both participants have a history of anxiety that resulted in school refusal on days when triggering antecedent tasks or activities were scheduled. Results showed that functional communication and tolerance training were effective in reducing refusal behaviors maintained by avoidance. These results are particularly meaningful given the limited research on problem behavior as it relates to vocational training programs and the long term impacts of student failure to access vocational training in adolescence.
 
76. Influence of Recording Sheet on Reactivity in Self-Monitoring for Student with Autism in Regular Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KEN HANDA (National Institute of Special Needs Education), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: The present study examines the influence of a recording sheet on reactivity in self-monitoring for a student with autism spectrum disorders in a regular classroom. Both a multiple-baseline-across-settings design and an alternating-treatments design were used. Assessment information of target behaviors was gathered through an interview with the class teacher and through observation in the classroom setting. The selected target behaviors were (a) listening to the teacher with head raised and (b) listening to the teacher without touching stationaries. The influence of the recording sheet on reactivity in self-monitoring was assessed in classes of Japanese and mathematics, under the following three conditions. First, the recording sheet was placed on the upper left-hand corner of the participant’s desk (on-desk). Second, the recording sheet was placed inside the participant’s desk (inside-desk). Third, the target behaviors were explained to the participant by the instructor before the class (instruction). The effects of each of the three conditions were then measured by behavioral observation in class. Because of the assessment, the on-desk conditions were chosen for the subsequent intervention as these conditions caused the most significant improvement in the participant’s behaviors. Following the intervention, the participant’s behavior was found to have improved.
 
77. Feasibility of Evidence-Based Practices in Schools: Recommendations for Behavior Analysts Conducting Applied Research
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
COLLIN SHEPLEY (University of Kentucky), Sally Bereznak Shepley (University of Kentucky), Justin Lane (University of Kentucky)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Public school teachers are mandated by federal law to use research and evidence-based practices with students; however, a gap between research and practice exists in the field of education. Although bridging the gap is a complex process, ensuring prescribed practices are feasible for teachers and staff is critical for ensuring successful implementation. In this poster we will promote discussion about the importance of ecological validity (i.e., the feasibility of implementing a practice under “real world” conditions) and how behavior analysts can contribute to research in this area.
 
78. An Examination of the Relative Effectiveness of Functional Behavior Assessment-based Interventions: A Systematic Review
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
YUNJI JEONG (University of New Mexico), Susan Copeland (University of New Mexico)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: This review examined the quality of studies comparing effects of functional behavior assessment-based interventions (FBAIs) and non-functional behavior assessment-based interventions (NFBAIs) and identified methodological implications for strengthening future research in this area. I identified twenty peer-reviewed studies (i.e., 18 single case studies, a study using both a single case and a group design, and a group study) that implemented functional behavior assessments and compared the effects of FBAIs and NFBAIs. While the 18 studies using a single case design (SCD) reported relative effectiveness of FBAIs over NFBAIs, the remaining two studies showed no significant difference between the effects of the interventions. One of the SCD studies met all of the Quality Indicators for Single-Case Research (Horner et al., 2005) with one participant. Three studies met the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) standards for SCDs (Kratochwill et al., 2010) including one case of strong evidence and six cases of moderate evidence. The application of the Council for Exceptional Children (CEC) Standards for Evidence-Based Practices in Special Education (Cook et al., 2014) suggested that one study using a SCD was a methodologically sound study, but none of the group studies was evaluated as a methodologically sound study. Taken together, this review indicated that majority of reviewed studies reported the relative effectiveness of FBAIs over NFBAIs, but had some methodologically weak points. Future researchers using a SCD should measure procedural fidelity and rigorous inter-observer agreement and specify intervention agents' backgrounds and training or qualification. Future group studies need to provide operational definitions of target behaviors, contexts of interventions, and specific procedures of interventions.
 
79. The Effects of an Observational Intervention on Conditioning Mathematics as a Reinforcer for Performance and Learning Objectives in a Fifth Grade AIL Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
COLLEEN CUMISKEY MOORE (Teachers College, Columbia University), Rachel Cunningham (Teachers College, Columbia University), Brittany Chiasson (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: We analyzed the effects of an observational conditioning procedure on the number of learn units to objective (LtO) in mathematics. We used a delayed multiple probe across participants design with 3 typically developing fifth-grade students. Five dependent variables were measured: 1) the number of learn units to meet a math learning objective, 2) the number of learn units to meet a non-math learning objective, 3) the rate of a performance math task, 4) the rate of an ELA transcription performance task, and 5) a selection response for either a performance or a learning math task. The independent variable was the implementation of an observational intervention, where participants observed peers learning math objectives for a duration of 20 minutes; participants were then provided with an opportunity to complete the same objectives independently. Results indicated that there was a functional relation between the intervention and the dependent variables for Participant A. The study will be continued with Participants B and C.
 
80. Assessingand Prompting Philosophical Reasoning Wth Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MAKENSEY SANDERS (University of Mississippi), Stephanie Miller (University of Mississippi), Steven Skultety (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: There is some debate in academic philosophy of whether children can or should be encouraged to engage in philosophical discussions. Kitchener (1990) asserts that due to cognitive limitations, children under the age of 10 cannot think philosophically. Murris (2000) challenges Kitchener's arguments and concludes that more research is needed. Development psychologists suggest that children between the ages of 7 and 10 show individual differences in development of executive function relating to conscious control that may influence abstract thought (Zelazo et al., 1997). The present study assessed undergraduates’ and primary school children’s ability to answer philosophical questions in relation to a child-friendly story. We examined the relationships between age, scores on executive function tests, and level of engagement with philosophical questions. Additionally, we examined the effects of using questions related to issues of conformity and morality to prompt discussion by children. Further, we examined the impact of these discussions on the primary school children’s’ likelihood of conforming when presented a conformity task.
 
142. Masked Functions of Severe Self-Injury With and Without Restraint
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ROSE NEVILL (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Ohio State University), Molly K Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Thomas Banz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Catherine Maruska (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine)
Discussant: Melinda Robison (Child Study Center)
Abstract:

The current study presents data from functional analyses of patients in an inpatient pediatric unit for children with developmental disabilities and severe behavior problems which support the existence of masked functions. Masked functions of SIB have previously been reported in select studies (McKerchar, Kahng, Casioppo, & Wilson, 2001; Contrucci Kuhn & Triggs, 2009), defined as multiply-maintained behavior with functions varying dependent on whether protective equipment is applied. Data are presented from retrospective chart reviews of children (n = 5) admitted to an inpatient pediatric hospital unit for the treatment of severe problem behavior. Functional analyses were conducted with each patient using either a multi-element or paired stimulus format to identify the function of SIB. For the majority of patients, SIB was automatically maintained with all equipment removed, but served primarily an attention function when protective equipment was applied. Functional analysis data and common effective treatment components written into treatment plans across patients will be presented to further inform understanding of effective assessment and intervention components for SIB with masked functions.

 
 
 
Poster Session #458
OBM
Monday, May 29, 2017
12:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D
Chair: Douglas Robertson (Florida International University)
81. The Effects of Negative Reinforcement on Clinical Data Collection
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JOANNA FOUNTAIN (Melmark New England), Jessica Buckley (Melmark New England), Samuel Meuse (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Jessica J. Alverson (Hopeful Journeys Educational Center, Inc. and Simmons College)
Abstract: Clinical data are used to determine treatment effects on student behavior. Without accurate clinical data, effective clinical changes cannot be made. Thus, collection and recording of clinical data is a critical component of human service staff job performance. Previous research has shown that negative reinforcement can be effective when implemented to increase staff performance (DiGernnaro, Martens, & McIntyre, 2005). In the current study, a multiple baseline design was used to assess the effects of negative reinforcement on staff performance in recording clinical data, within a residential program. Staff were expected to collect clinical data each hour and record all data within ten minutes of the hours end. Data were collected on successful recording of three staff members at the end of each hour and a daily percentage of successful data recorded was calculated. Following baseline data collection, one weekly job task was removed from the staff member’s priority list contingent upon 100% of successful data recorded across 4 consecutive days. Results demonstrate that negative reinforcement increased performance on recording clinical data across all participants.
 
82. Identification and Termination of Staff In-Training
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMY LYNN VEENENDAAL (The Shape of Behavior), Domonique Y. Randall (The Shape of Behavior), Misty L. Goff (The Shape of Behavior), Nakeisha Vance (The Shape of Behavior)
Discussant: Jessica J. Alverson (Hopeful Journeys Educational Center, Inc. and Simmons College)
Abstract: Staff training, performance monitoring and retention is important, however, it is of interest to look at the ability to identify and dismiss staff members that are unable to demonstrate critical core skills. Identifying this deficit early rather than late in the training process is beneficial to all involved parties. Furthermore, despite competing contingencies it is important to create a culture whereby it is acceptable to terminate inefficient trainees. The researchers reviewed data of the average number of days to separation over four phase changes for in-training staff over the course of three and a half years. Participants included a group of 141 in-training staff. Phase changes included the addition of computer based modules, E-Learning portal, embedding of RBT Training, and a weekly new hire progress tool. The days to separation data displayed a decreasing trend with each new implementation. It is important to retain employees as well as streamline the training process to better identify individuals that are unable or unwilling to demonstrate critical core skills.
 
83. Increasing Staff Fluency through Dependent Group Contingencies and Behavioral Skills Training
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
PAIGE BOYDSTON (Milestones Behavioral and Therapy Services; Partners in Behavioral Milestones), Sarah Clemens (Milestones Behavioral and Therapy Services; Partners in Behavioral Milestones), Tyler Re (Milestones Behavioral and Therapy Services; Partners in Behavioral Milestones)
Discussant: Jessica J. Alverson (Hopeful Journeys Educational Center, Inc. and Simmons College)
Abstract: Effective and efficient behavior analytic interventions for Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) are in high demand given the continued increases in diagnoses of ASDs (CDC, 2014). However, adequately trained direct care providers and consultants are a necessary component of implementing any early intervention program (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2014). Behavior analysts are often the primary training source for direct care staff (Parsons, Rollyson & Reid, 2012). Behavioral change during employee training is enhanced by increased training time (Cole, 2008); however, given funding for autism treatment services, reimbursement for training time is not always feasible. Therefore, training times may need to be limited to when a client is present. Behavioral skills training is a well-established training tool (Parsons et al., 2012; Sarokoff & Sturmey, 2004) which can be imbedded into supervision of direct care staff within treatment sessions. Within center based programs, it is challenging to manage individual employees’ training goals when service providers work on multiple teams, and potentially for multiple behavior analysts. Training topics and data collection conducted with groups of employees may make increasing skill levels and fluency more practical. The use of group contingencies is an effective change agent for a variety of employee behavior (Cooper, Heron & Heward, 2007; Jung, Schneider & Valacich, 2010; Berkovits, Sturmey & Alvero, 2012; etc.). This study utilizes ongoing behavioral skills training within a dependent group contingency to increase the skill level and fluency of a group of direct service providers that work in a primarily clinic-based early intervention program.
 
84. Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Interobserver Agreement Integrity
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
RENEE HARTZ (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Jessica J. Alverson (Hopeful Journeys Educational Center, Inc. and Simmons College)
Abstract: Since the results of interobserver agreement calculations are used to make important decisions, it is important that a protocol for data collection and comparison is properly followed when staff are gathering information for the purpose of assessing reliability through interobserver agreement. Management of staff behavior, and subsequent effects on student performance, have been documented in behavior analytic research within settings for students with intensive academic, behavioral, and clinical needs. A variety of evidence-based training strategies have emerged such as the use of in-service trainings, self-monitoring, public postings, group contingencies, etc. Our study compares more traditional training models with Behavioral Skills Training, a competency-based training model developed by Reid and Parsons. More specifically, the purpose of our study, therefore, was to answer these two experimental questions: What will happen to interobserver agreement integrity following traditional staff training (i.e. a memo)? What will happen to interobserver agreement integrity following competency-based Behavioral Skills Training? To summarize, we found that training did lead to an increase in integrity of interobserver agreement, and that more specifically BST was more effective then the more traditional training models used. Significant changes in the targeted performance skill were observed. In addition to identifying overall changes in performance, the specific data collection and analysis allowed experimenters to identify, and in turn remedy, specific error patterns within the chain.
 
85. The Use of Behavior Skills Training to Teach Paraprofessionals Discrete Trial Training
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Ali Headley (Missouri State University), MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Jessica J. Alverson (Hopeful Journeys Educational Center, Inc. and Simmons College)
Abstract: Sarakoff & Sturmey (2004) used a behavioral skills training package to train three teachers in correct implementation of discrete trial training of children with autism. They showed that a brief, 10-minute procedure could effectively train staff and result in significantly improved performance. The current study replicated this previous work and extended it by 1) using participants without prior exposure to the method, 2) including treatment integrity data, and 3) testing for maintenance one month after training ended. The mean percentage of correct teaching responses for the three participants increased from 70%, 58%, and 66% during baseline to 97%, 96%, and 99%, respectively, following training. Results indicated that the training package was effective and the results were maintained 30 days later.
 
86. Do Supervisors Know Best? Examining the Differences in Responses by Employees on the Performance Diagnostic Checklist
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia Iannaccone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), MONICA URICH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jessica J. Alverson (Hopeful Journeys Educational Center, Inc. and Simmons College)
Abstract: The Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) is a structured survey designed to pinpoint the variables associated with poor staff performance. These variables include (a) training, (b) task clarification and prompting, (c) resources, materials, and processes, and (d) performance consequences, effort and completion (Austin, 2000). According to the procedures of the PDC, administrators and those at a supervisory level should be interviewed. There are ample studies demonstrating the effectiveness of the PDC in identifying potential interventions (Pampino, Heering, Wilder, Barton, & Burson, 2008; Rodriguez et al., 2008); however, it is unclear whether or not the supervisor is the most optimal person to interview, as no research exists comparing employee responses on this survey. The purpose of the current study was twofold; to compare responses on the PDC across positions (i.e., administrators versus direct care staff members) and to identify problems associated with each target behavior (staff making pre-arranged schedule changes among colleagues, and procedures related to calling out for work). Five administrators and 12 direct care staff were asked to complete the survey for each dependent measure. Subsets of direct care staff were specifically questioned, and included those who rarely switched shifts and rarely called out, those who rarely switched shifts frequently called out, those who frequently switched shifts and rarely called out, and those who frequently switched shifts and frequently called out. Data were aggregated across administrators and direct care groups, as well as direct care staff sub-groups. Large discrepancies were found between the administrators and direct care staff data. Furthermore, differences were also found between direct care staff subgroups. These results suggest that it might be important to interview other employees, aside from just supervisors. This may not only ensure more comprehensive interventions, but better institutionalization and maintenance of interventions (Sigurdsson & Austin, 2010).
 
87. Increasing Pre-arranged Schedule Changes among Direct Care Staff: The Utility of an On-line Communication Site
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JULIA IANNACCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kyle Kelly (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jessica J. Alverson (Hopeful Journeys Educational Center, Inc. and Simmons College)
Abstract: Absenteeism and unpredictable staffing changes is a pervasive problem in human service settings that has the potential to cause multiple organizational problems (i.e., turn-over, overtime costs)and client problems (i.e., lack of integrity in the implementation of behavioral plans). To reduce call-outs, some settings allow staff the option to switch/trade shifts with colleagues. The purpose of the current study was to minimize unplanned staffing changes by increasing the use of prearranged switching of shifts among direct care staff. A Performance Diagnostic Checklist - Human Services (PDC-HS; Carr, Wilder, Majdalany, Mathisen, and Strain, 2013) was conducted to assess the variables that affected whether or not staff made pre-arranged changes to schedules with colleagues. Results of the PDC-HS suggested that employees were not able to fully describe the process required to complete switches (i.e., the correct deadline for submitting paperwork); the task could not be performed quickly; it was effortful due to not being able to find others to easily switch with; and no visual aids or prompts were used to facilitate switches. An intervention which included the development of an on-line calendar and discussion board, designed to assist in staff communication, was evaluated in a multiple baseline design. Additionally, visual reminders with deadlines for paperwork were placed in the direct care staff’s break room. Dependent measures were the frequency of staff call-outs and staff switches across typical shifts and on-call shifts. Preliminary results suggested that the website was an easy and cost-effective strategy to increase staff switching of typical shifts. A substantial reduction in callouts was also observed. This intervention was also associated with a high degree of staff acceptability.
 
88. Effects of Independent Group Contingency of On-Time Submission With Timesheets
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JACQUE WISWELL (Sierra Madre Learning Center Total Programs), Agustin Jimenez (Sierra Madre Learning Center Total Programs), Rakhi Bhowmick (Sierra Madre Learning Center Total Programs), Sean Surfas (Sierra Madre Learning Center Total Programs)
Discussant: Jessica J. Alverson (Hopeful Journeys Educational Center, Inc. and Simmons College)
Abstract: Direct care staff have a wide range of responsibilities when assigned to work with individuals with developmental disabilities, including submission of service verification forms. Group contingencies are reinforcement based strategies impacting behavior change of a large group, which can be administered efficiently to address and solve problems in an organizational setting (Marholin & Gray, 1976). A prior study found that a lottery-based financial incentive and public posting helped improve staff attendance (Luiselli et al., 2009). Direct care staff (N = 30) from a service based organization, separated into three groups, were participants for the current study. The dependent measure included percent of staff timesheets submitted on-time. A multielement design was used to measure the effects of the independent group contingency on submission. Group 3 received an extended baseline while the two remaining groups were entered into a Lottery Raffle or Public Posting. The Lottery Raffle (group 1) demonstrated some improvements compared to baseline; however, the Public Posting (group 2) demonstrated greater performance in timely submission of timesheets. The Public Posting appears to have a greater effect on timely submission. Implications of this outcome on staff performance will be discussed, as well as additional factors that may lead to future findings.
 
 
 
Poster Session #459
CBM
Monday, May 29, 2017
12:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D
Chair: Jocelyn Kuhn (University of Wisconsin-Madison; Kennedy Krieger Institute)
89. Social Validity and Fidelity of an Outpatient Implementation of the PEERS Social Skills Curriculum
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
TIFFANY BORN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tanisha Vanen (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jocelyn Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Laura Ambrose (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elizabeth Stratis (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Holly Majszak (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kristen M. Kalymon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Jocelyn Kuhn (Wisconsin)
Abstract: The PEERS Social Skills Curriculum, a caregiver-assisted social skills program for high-functioning adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) has been shown to be effective at improving social skills. The current study focuses on an evaluation of the social validity and fidelity of an outpatient replication of the PEERS curriculum. Eleven middle and high-school students with ASD, aged 11–16, and their parents participated in a 14-week intervention across two outpatient clinic locations. Both parent and adolescent groups received a short survey weekly to rate their level of satisfaction and indicate what, if anything, they learned each session. At the end of the intervention, both groups received a more detailed social validity questionnaire. Results indicate that both adolescents and parents found the intervention mostly favorable and beneficial. In addition to the adolescents’ and parents’ feedback, each week the adult facilitators rated each participant’s level of engagement on a three point scale. Fidelity of implementation was also assessed weekly through homework completion checks and self-reported observations. Fidelity of staff implementation was high across settings (91%-95%). Homework completion varied significantly by family and assignment. Quantitative and qualitative findings as well as clinical implications will be shared.
 
90. The Effects of Internet-based Deposit Contracts on Aerobic Activity in Sedentary Adults
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSEY BROWN (The Chicago School of Professional Pscyhology), Jennifer Klapatch Totsch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Jocelyn Kuhn (Wisconsin)
Abstract: The current study assessed the effects of a deposit contract and heart rate monitoring on increasing aerobic activity in sedentary adults. Three participants, who had not engaged in any aerobic exercise for at least 30 days prior to the onset of the study, entered into a deposit contract and wore a heart rate monitoring device during physical activity. Participants were required to exercise for a specific amount of time, on a specific number of days, in their target heart rate zone in order to meet the criterion for reinforcement. In a changing criterion design, participants’ goals for the frequency and duration of exercise changed across an 8-week intervention phase. During the 7-day baseline, participants did not receive any portion of their deposit back contingent on exercise. During the 8-week intervention, participants received an incremental amount of their deposit for meeting weekly exercise goals. The results of the current study suggest that deposit contracts and heart rate monitoring could increase the frequency and duration of aerobic activity in sedentary adults.
 
91. Effects of Audio Recorded Praise Statements on an Adult's Running Speed
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BONNY AISLIN BRIGHT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Jocelyn Kuhn (Wisconsin)
Abstract: Fitness applications (apps) are becoming increasingly prevalent with smartphone users, but have rarely been investigated for their efficacy in improving performance. This study sought to identify whether recordings of general praise statements, delivered through a smartphone and headphones, have an effect on the speed of adult runners. Two adult participants were exposed to three conditions in an alternating treatments design: Baseline, with no praise statements; Observer Praise, with the researcher shouting the praise statements as the participant ran past; and Recorded Praise, where the praise statements were delivered through a smartphone and headphones. One participant, HY, improved her performance throughout the course of treatment while the other, DA, did not. No differentiation of conditions was observed on DA’s graph. Some differentiation between Baseline and the two experimental conditions was seen in HY’s data. This suggests that verbal praise may function as a reinforcer for running speed in some adults.
 
92. Individualized Heart Rate Assessments in Physical Activity Research
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ALISON RUBY (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Ryan Blejewski (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Lindsay E. Gordon (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Jocelyn Kuhn (Wisconsin)
Abstract: Physical activity research is increasingly important due to the rising levels of obesity and associated health concerns. The Center for Disease Control (CDC) recommends children engage in 60 minutes of moderate to vigorous physical activity (MVPA) every day to contact the full health benefits of exercise. Heart rate (HR) has been used to monitor energy expenditure and determine different levels of physical exertion. The purpose of this study was to determine baseline HR levels during different levels of activity ranging from sitting to running, to determine individualized HR zones indicative of light, moderate, and vigorous exertion. Seven healthy children engaged in at least two trials of each activity type (sitting, walking slowly, walking briskly, and running) while HR was measured via the Polar M400. The results indicated that the various activities produced differential HRs, with the highest HR associated with running, and the lowest with sitting still. Average HRs across subjects for each activity differed, suggesting that even when engaging in the same activity, there are individual differences in HRs associated with those activities. These results indicate that it may be necessary to determine individualized HR assessments instead of using a predetermined standard for HRs corresponding to physical activity level.
 
93. A Partial Replication of “Using Habit Reversal to Decrease Filled Pauses in Public Speaking” (Mancuso & Miltenberger, 2016)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPH F. BOERDLEIN (University of Applied Sciences Wuerzburg), Anja Sander (University of Applied Sciences Wuerzburg)
Discussant: Jocelyn Kuhn (Wisconsin)
Abstract: Public speaking is a key skill in many professions, including social work. Many students have difficulties in public speaking because of their use of filled pauses. Filled pauses consist of utterances like "uh", "um", or "er"; clicking sounds; and misuse of the word "like". Mancuso and Miltenberger (2016) successfully used habit reversal (a combination of awareness training and overcorrection / competing response training) with six participants to decrease filled pauses in public speaking. The present study is a partial replication of this study. Subjects were four undergraduate students of social work. The training phase and total number of sessions was shortened compared to the original study. Mean number of responses (filled pauses) per minute decreased from 4,65 (s²= 1,58) during baseline to 0,59 (s²= 0,04) during intervention and 0,97 (s²= 0,24) during follow-up measurement. The decreases in filled pauses per subject were comparable to the original study. Participants found the intervention generally acceptable and helpful. This study demonstrates that substantial improvement of public speaking behavior is possible even with a shortened version of habit reversal. References: Mancuso, C. & Miltenberger, R. G. (2016). Using habit reversal to decrease filled pauses in public speaking. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 49(1), 188-192.
 
94. Assessing a Punching Bag Feedback Performance Device
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
NEIL DEOCHAND (Western Michigan University), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Jocelyn Kuhn (Wisconsin)
Abstract: Physical exercise has been integrated into treatment efforts in reversing the number of overweight and obese individuals (Ueno, et al., 1997). Furthermore, exercise extends mortality, enhances general quality of life (Fitterling, Martin, Gramling, Cole, & Milan, 1988), and it is a protective health factor for preventing the progression some mental health disorders (Strohle, 2009). Electronic athletic training equipment allows people to easily monitor their real-time physical activity, and track their training progress. There are limitations to only using visual feedback (e.g., visual depictions of heart rate, speed, distance travelled, or calories burned etc.) to track and improve exercise and athletic performance, especially for some sports, such as boxing. This issue could be addressed by incorporating real-time audio along with visual feedback on crucial dimensions of a boxing workout. The outlined study evaluated whether an audio/ visual feedback package using a multiple baseline design across eight subjects resulted in better workouts, and improved athletic performance, when compared to a standard punching bag workout.
 
96. Using Applied Behavior Analysis to Treat Behaviors Typically Associated with Major Mental Illness
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
MARYELLEN NEWMAN (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Karen Stufflebeam (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Joseph Tacosik (Judge Rotenberg Education Center)
Discussant: Jocelyn Kuhn (Wisconsin)
Abstract: The field of mental health continues to expand exponentially. Parents in the home, parent/agency advocacy groups, outpatient clinics, inpatient hospitals and residential programs all contact persons carrying a wide range of DSM-V diagnoses who engage in challenging behavior and substance abuse. The prescribed treatment for each of these diagnoses can encompass a wide margin and consensus on the best course of action is not guaranteed. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is often thought of as a very specific treatment that is only utilized for individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) or Intellectual Disability (ID). This notion is supported by the fact that the majority of peer reviewed, clinical practice ABA articles focus on the application of ABA to treat problem behavior of individuals with ASD and/or ID. This paper focuses on the successful application of ABA to treat overt problem behaviors (e.g., physical aggression, substance abuse, self-injury, bizarre behavior, etc.) associated with various mental health diagnoses.
 
97. Analyzing the Social Validity of Applied Behavior Analysis forVeterans With Post-traumatic Stress Disorder
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
HANNAH ALYCE BERNARD (Florida Institute of Technology (FIT))
Discussant: Jocelyn Kuhn (Wisconsin)
Abstract: Since operation enduring freedom and operation Iraqi freedom began in 2001, 17% of veterans deployed to Afghanistan and Iraq have been diagnosed with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) (Hoge, Terhakopain, Castro, Messer & Engel, 2007). PTSD is an anxiety disorder with symptoms that include nightmares, flashbacks, and social anxiety. Such symptoms dramatically affect an individual's ability to assimilate back into the civilian community. Despite the Veterans Administration offering current evidence-based treatments, only 30 to 40% of veterans seek treatment once diagnosed (Lu, Duckart, O'Malley, & Dobscha, 2011; Hoge et al. 2004). Reasons affecting their motivation to seek treatment include cultural underpinnings, their social network, age, or the nature of treatment (Spoont et al., 2014; Sayer et al., 2009). Therefore, it is important to develop a social validity measure identifying if behavior-based interventions developed from the field of applied behavior analysis, can provide a more socially acceptable treatment option for this population. Such interventions may include contingency management, coping skills in social situations, or desensitization to anxiety inducing stimuli. This paper breaks down the reasons veterans do not seek treatment, explores behavior analysis as a treatment option, and develops a social validity measure for behavior analysis as a treatment option.
 
98. Parental Stress in Parents of Children with Autism: A Review of Recent Literature
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
SADAF KHAWAR (Hybridge Learning Group)
Discussant: Jocelyn Kuhn (Wisconsin)
Abstract: This poster will present a literature review of studies between 2000 to date on parental stress of parents with children with Autism. Parents of children with autism experience higher levels of parental stress than parents of children with other disabilities (e.g., Dabrowska & Pisula, 2010; Estes et al., 2009; Hartley et al., 2012; Hayes & Watson 2013). Characteristics of parents have been reported to be associated with parental stress in parents of children with autism, including employment status, marriage status, quality of life, receipt of support services). Characteristics of children with autism have also been reported to be associated with parental stress, including maladaptive behavior, level of autism severity, gender, and receipt of early intervention. However, the majority of these parental stress studies have mainly focused on parents of young children with autism. There is a lack of study focusing on parents of children with autism with a wide age range. In addition, studies on immigrant families of children with autism have showed that new immigrant families often do not have good support systems, thus, parents have higher parental stress (Starr et al., 2014). Compared with non-immigrant families, immigrant families are more likely to receive poorer quality of family-centered care, need interpreter to speak with service providers, and children are more likely to receive significantly less usual source of care (Lin et al., 2012). However, limited studies have analyzed the differences in parental stress between immigrant and nonimmigrant families of children with autism. Future directions for research in this area and a discussion on useful support strategies for parents will also be discussed.
 
99. Errorless Learning in Therapy
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
NICOLE R. CHANDONNET (Learning Services Neurobehavioral Institute - West), Jeff Kupfer (Learning Services Neurobehavioral Institute - West; Imagine Behavioral Health Services; Jeff Kupfer, PA)
Discussant: Jocelyn Kuhn (Wisconsin)
Abstract: Errorless Learning is an instructional design introduced in the 1930s by B.F. Skinner that gained further ground in 1962 with H.S. Terraces errorless discrimination training. Research on errorless discrimination suggests that errors are not necessary for learning to occur and, in fact, errorless learning reduces feelings of failure and inadequacy, escape and avoidance responses, and aggression. One common method of therapy session design (ongoing assessment) uses a hierarchy of cues moving from minimal to maximal assistance. In contrast, errorless learning therapy sessions are designed to move along a hierarchy of cues from maximal to minimal assistance. Three examples of using errorless learning during rehabilitation therapy for persons with traumatic brain injury are presented: (1) self-control of excessive lip movement and finger drumming; (2) naming people in photos; and (3) establishing a functional gait pattern. All learners generalized and maintained skills following training. APPROVED
 
100. Comparing Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Behavioral Activation for Depression: A Meta-Analysis
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA M MUNOZ-MARTINEZ (University of Nevada, Reno), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Jocelyn Kuhn (Wisconsin)
Abstract: Depression is the first cause of disability adjustment life years, and the second problem linked to years living with disabilities. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and Behavioral Activation (BA) are the two behavioral-oriented interventions empirically validated according to the APA. Both therapies refer to similar explicative variables; however, so far no evidence has demonstrated the difference between these interventions with respect to similar variables (i.e. values assessment). A subgroup analysis compared the effect sizes of 22-studies using ACT or BA for depression, establishing their effectiveness in treatment outcome. A simple meta-regression was conducted to assess the moderated effect of values assessment, and a multiple meta-regression was also performed to evaluate cost-benefit variables (e.g. duration, type of population) as predictors of treatment effectiveness. No significant differences were observed between ACT and BA outcomes, though BA effect sizes were higher than ACT. Meta-regression did not show moderated effects from cost-benefit variables. Limitations related to incomplete information about the quality of the research and therapeutic procedures reported by the authors are discussed. Future research that would allow reducing the burden of behavioral-driven intervention for depression is presented.
 
101. Responsiveness to Contingency Management Interventions for Physical Activity: Baselines, Reinforcers and Participant Characteristics
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JEREMIAH BROWN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kaitlyn Proctor (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sterling Rippy (College of Charleston; University of North Carolina Wilmington), Heather Fleuriet (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Haleigh Winbourne (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Jocelyn Kuhn (Wisconsin)
Abstract: Physical activity is an important to a “healthy lifestyle.” Sedentary behavior is linked to risk of obesity, cardiovascular disease, and diabetes. Our lab has conducted six experiments in adults to increase physical activity using reinforcement. Baseline walking patterns, effectiveness of reinforcer schedule and type, and variables to predict responsiveness to interventions were examined. Participants were 107 adults (74% female) with an average age of 25.5 (18-67 years). Body Mass Index (BMI) averaged 25.5 kg/m2 (18.3-43.2), with 41% categorized as overweight or obese. Linear regression examined stepcounts during the intervention: Baseline steps and reinforcer frequency were significant correlates, but gender, age, BMI, and type of reinforcement were not significant variables. In a separate regression, only baseline stepcounts was significantly correlated with percent change from baseline to intervention. Exploratory analyses of walking patterns across days of the week, and meeting CDC recommendations will be presented.
 
 
 
Poster Session #460
PRA
Monday, May 29, 2017
12:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D
Chair: Tiffany Kristin Mrla (Learning & Behavior Solutions, Inc.)
103. Increasing Social Initiations and Responses in the Context of Procedures to Decrease Motor Stereotypy
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN ELIZABETH BOURDON (Beacon ABA Services), Lisa Tereshko (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute)
Abstract: Repetitive and stereotypic motor movements or vocal behavior are one of diagnostic characteristics of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Motor stereotypy can interfere with the acquisition and demonstration of many adaptive skills. Additionally, the occurrence of repetitive motor behavior in young children with ASD may socially stigmatize individuals and limit the development and maintenance of peer relationships. The study evaluated the effects of a differential reinforcement procedure used to establish control over the occurrence of motor stereotypy during sessions. Once instructional control was achieved, the procedure was systematically implemented across a range of settings and over increasing periods of time. The data indicate that the procedure was effective in decreasing the occurrence of motor stereotypy across all evaluated settings. Moreover, during the course of the intervention social initiations and social responding made by the child increased over baseline levels. Although motor stereotypy was not completely eliminated by the procedure, the reduction was significant as was the increase in social initiations and responding. The findings are discussed in terms of social validity and establishment and transfer of stimulus control.
 
104. Assessment of Elopement Maintained by Access to Automatically Maintained Shredding
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
JOELLE KRANTZ (Marcus Autism Center; Nova Southeastern University), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute)
Abstract: Individuals with autism and related disorders commonly engage in multiple topographies of problem behavior. Previous investigations have illustrated how two topographies may enter into a reinforcement contingency whereby one problem behavior is reinforced by contingent access to another automatically maintained stereotypic behavior (Falcomata et al., 2010). Specifically, the two responses form a chain in which behavior A is positively reinforced by access to behavior B. In the current study, we hypothesized that a child with autism engaged in elopement to gain access to tangible materials, that were then used to engage in the disruptive behavior of shredding, that was automatically maintained. We modified past procedures by testing for elopement maintained by access to tangible items through the use of noncontingent access. That is, we implemented functional analysis contingencies that controlled for automatic reinforcement through a noncontingent access control condition. Results of the current study were similar to those of Falcomata et al. (2010) and Fisher et al. (1998), demonstrating that a problem behavior was maintained by access to a secondary, automatically maintained problem behavior.
 
105. Use of Signaling Procedure to Increase Participant’s Tolerance of Delayed Attention from Caregiver in the Participant’s Home Environment- A Reflection on Treatment Decisions and Barriers to Treatment
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHRYN CRAIG (Imagine Behavioral Health Services), Anna Young (Imagine Behavioral Health Services), Daniel Welch (Imagine Behavioral Health Services)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute)
Abstract: It is challenging to carry out behavioral procedures within community environments such as family homes, group residences, and day programs. The present study illustrates steps in a systematic approach of introduction of a signaling procedure to teach a participant to tolerate delayed access to attention from her parent and ongoing challenges related to training of the caregiver to ensure proper plan implementation. Research studies document use of discriminative stimuli in the multiple schedule arrangement to facilitate schedule thinning (e.g., Hanley et. al. 2001). The present study used stimuli (red and green lanyards) that signaled availability and unavailability of parent’s attention. Series of training sessions were conducted to teach participant to discriminate between conditions of attention availability and unavailability. The Behavior Analyst conducted a generalization training to assist the parent in single-handedly signaling her availability and unavailability as well as in arranging the participant’s independent engagement schedule. Data show that the signaling procedure was successful in decreasing participant’s problem behavior during parent unavailability and that the procedure was user-friendly and resulted in high levels of procedural integrity, although still requiring frequent monitoring by the lead Behavior Analyst.
 
106. An Evaluation of the Correspondence Between Caregiver and Self Report on the Social Functions Maintaining Severe Problem Behavior
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY NESS (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Southern Mississippi), Molly Butts (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Mississippi State University), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Aila K. Dommestrup (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute)
Abstract: Functional analyses are regularly conducted to identify potential social reinforcers that maintain problem behaviors (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1994). However, in some circumstances using direct, experimental functional analysis methodology may be difficult or ineffective. For example, evaluating covert self-injurious behaviors (Grace, Thompson, & Fisher, 1996) or when examining elopement behaviors (Piazza et al., 1997). The purposes of the current investigation were to examine the utility and accuracy of conducting a paired choice functional analysis interview with two children for whom experimental functional analysis procedures were deemed inappropriate due to their high levels of functioning and presenting topographies of problem behavior, and to compare the results to parent report on the functional analysis interview and the parent-administered Questions about Behavioral Function (QABF) questionnaire. Results of the comparison between the paired choice functional analysis interview and the QABF revealed similar ratings of the functions maintaining the childs problem behaviors, suggesting that the paired choice functional analysis interview could be appropriate when an experimental functional analysis is not. This information was then used to identify initial goals for behavioral treatment targeting the identified functions requiring intervention. Future directions and limitations on the clinical utility and implementation of using a paired choice functional analysis interview will be discussed.
 
107. Improving Staff Praise of Toddlers in a Group Setting
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSICA ANN AMIOT (St. Cloud State University), Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute)
Abstract: Increasing staff praise can positively affect toddler behavior in a group setting. Prior research has used both direct and indirect training techniques in order to teach staff appropriate ways to improve praise (Dufrene, Lestremau, & Zoder-Martell, 2014). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate a series of teaching strategies for improving staff praise to develop an overall treatment package. The participants were a group of 8-12 toddlers that attended a university based day care center and 12 undergraduate students serving as classroom staff. An additive component analysis was used to determine an effective treatment for improving staff praise during group time. Phases included modeling, environmental alterations, specific instructions, feedback, and movement. Modeling positive praise did not alter staff behavior. An increase in staff praise did not occur until the staff were delivered specific instructions. The increase in staff praise as well as environmental alterations had an effect on toddler compliance during group time. This study provides an effective treatment package for improving staff praise in a daycare setting.
 
108. Caregiver-Run Structured Evaluation of Elopement
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER ANDERSEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Iowa), Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Alissa Anne Conway (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that functional analysis (FA) procedures within a contrived and experimentally controlled setting can be effective at identifying functional reinforcers to develop treatments for elopement that extend to naturalistic settings (Call et al., 2016; Piazza et al., 1997); however, threats to external validity of FA results may include the use of a novel person (e.g., therapist) during the implementation of assessment procedures. Other researchers have demonstrated that caregivers can be trained to implement FA procedures with high procedural fidelity for severe behaviors (Barretto, Wacker, Harding, Lee, & Berg, 2006) and feeding disorders (Najdowski et al., 2008). The current study analyzed the effects of using caregivers as therapists when evaluating the function of elopement. Two clients with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability were referred to an outpatient behavior management clinic for the assessment and treatment of elopement. Caregiver-run structured evaluations of elopement from a room (Participant 1) and elopement during transitions (Participant 2) were conducted in order to develop function-based treatment programs. Results of caregiver-run and therapist-run FA conditions were compared. Results extend previous applications of caregiver-run FAs to the identification of function(s) of elopement in an outpatient setting that directly inform the development of caregiver-implemented treatment.
 
109. A Comparison of Procedures for Evaluating Generalization Following Matrix Training
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
WILMARIS FERNANDEZ (Beacon ABA Services), Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services), Jennifer Smith (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), Camille Rivera (Beacon ABA Services), Ashley Douglas (Beacon ABA Services), Victoria Sadler (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Alissa Anne Conway (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Matrix training has been used to promote generalized responding in the demonstration of targeted object, action, language routines (Goldstein & Mousetis, 1989; Dauphin, Kinney, & Stromer, 2004) by presenting the learner with stimuli in pairs and then assessing generalization across novel combinations of the same stimuli. Although this procedure is effective in determining emergence of untrained relations given the presentation of pairs, it deviates from a typical play scenario in which all materials are available at once. The present study was conducted to design a method of evaluating to a practical degree, generalization demonstrated in matrix training. Using a 3x3 matrix, two participants were taught to perform motor actions and vocalizations with three pairs of toys with video modeling. Following acquisition of trained targets, participants were exposed to two generalization tests repeatedly. In one test, materials were presented to the participant in pairs as they typically are in matrix training. In the other test, all materials were presented to the participant at one time. Both participants demonstrated more motor actions and vocalizations across learned and unlearned targets when objects were presented in pairs as compared to being presented will all materials at once.

 
110. Task Sequencing Mathematics Problems for Increasing Behavioral Momentum: Effects and Resources for Practice
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory
JARED MORRIS (The Pennsylvania State University)
Discussant: Alissa Anne Conway (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Teachers' often reduce the quantity or difficulty of tasks required when differentiating independent assignments. Task sequencing research suggests that rather than reducing tasks, assignments with additional brief tasks interspersed produces positive results in multiple content areas. This presentation will synthesize studies that sequenced mathematics problems for students with disabilities. Reducing the difficulty or quantity of difficulty of math problems for students with difficulty in mathematics could be a disservice to them. Research shows that adding (or interspersing) additional brief problems is a more effective way of differentiating assignments for students with disabilities (Belfiore et al., 2002; Calderhead, et al., 2006; Lee et al., 2012; Wildmon et al., 2004). Independent and distributed practice is an important aspect of explicitly teaching students with disabilities, and is essential to their learning (Archer & Hughes, 2011). Teachers often reduce the quantity of problems required when differentiating independent assignments for underperforming students in math (Kern et al., 1994). Research regarding task sequencing (e.g., task interspersal and high-p) suggest it is more effective and is preferred by students to intersperse additional brief tasks (Belfiore et al., 2002; Calderhead, et al., 2006; Lee et al., 2012; Wildmon et al., 2004). This literature review synthesizes high-p studies.
 
111. Telehealth in the Provision of Service Delivery in Mental and Behavioral Health: A Systematic Review
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
DENICE RIOS (Western Michigan University), Zachary Husak (Western Michigan University), Andrea Miller (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Alissa Anne Conway (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: As the number of individuals in need of services increases, so does the need for trained professionals. Meeting the demand for services is especially challenging in rural areas due to low availability of service providers. Telehealth is a method of providing services using remote technology. In rural areas, where behavior analysts are in short supply, it can be the solution to close the gap in service provision. The purpose of this review is to examine telehealth service delivery, recommend telehealth strategies for behavior analysts, and identify areas that would warrant future research. To do this, we conducted a systematic keyword search on three electronic databases and reviewed a total of 55 articles in terms of participant characteristics, services provided, variables measured, technology used, security of technology, and effectiveness of telehealth interventions. Overall, this poster will describe our findings and their implications on behavior analytic services as a telehealth initiative. Additionally, we will discuss how our results can inform future behavior analytic research in this area.
 
112. The Heterogeneity of Behavior Analyst Preparation Programs
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
COLLIN SHEPLEY (University of Kentucky), Allan Allday (University of Kentucky), Sally Bereznak Shepley (University of Kentucky)
Discussant: Alissa Anne Conway (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Numerous universities and colleges offer coursework approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Despite uniform requirements for approval, many differences exist among programs. To provide the field of behavior analysis with information on these differences, we conducted an initial analysis of program variables to identify differences between programs offering coursework approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Examined program variables include: departmental affiliation, course delivery methods, provision of supervision experience, and accreditation from the Association for Behavior Analysis International.
 
113. An Evaluation of Preference Assessment Procedures and Stability of Preference for Older Adults With Dementia
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN FORD (Jacksonville State University), Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (Jacksonville State University), Sara Posey (Jacksonville State University)
Discussant: Alissa Anne Conway (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Poor engagement can lead to reduced quality of life for individuals with dementia. Research on determining preference and increasing engagement with this population is limited. The purpose of this study was to compare the accuracy of 4 preference assessment procedures in identifying preferred activities and predicting engagement for 4 females with dementia and to measure stability of preference and engagement over time. We compared the predictability of single stimulus (SS) verbal and multimedia assessments, caregiver rankings (CR), and multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) assessments. Participants responded consistently on SS assessments, but we noted inconsistencies between the CR and MSWO assessments (interobserver agreement [IOA] 100%). SS assessments predicted engagement during engagement analyses (EA), but rank-order assessments did not predict engagement in moderate- and low-ranked activities (IOA 99%). For 2 participants, we evaluated the stability of preferences and engagement at 4 and 8 weeks. Participants responded consistently on SS assessments and inconsistently on MSWO assessments (IOA 100%). SS assessments predicted engagement during EAs for one participant, but MSWO assessments did not predict engagement for either participant (IOA 98%). These results suggest SS assessments may be useful for identifying preferred activities and engagement, and preferences may remain stable for some individuals with dementia.
 
 
 
Poster Session #462
DDA
Monday, May 29, 2017
12:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D
Chair: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
114. Self-Management Intervention for Task Completion and Compliance of a Child with Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN COPELAND (University of New Mexico), Megan Griffin (University of New Mexico)
Discussant: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Although the prevalence of Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder is high (estimated prevalence of 2%-5% of the school aged population in the US) and many individuals with FASD exhibit serous problem behaviors, relatively few empirical studies have examined interventions to decrease problem behaviors in this population. Parents of children with FASD report significant stress related to coping with their children’s challenging behaviors in the home. This study utilized a withdrawal design to examine the effects of a self-management intervention on increasing independent task completion and compliance with adult demands of a 9-year-old Native American male with FASD and ADHD. The intervention took place in the child’s home during daily routines identified by his mother as problematic. The intervention package consisted of a self-monitoring checklist and positive reinforcement for task completion and compliance. Implementation of the intervention was associated with immediate positive changes in both task completion and compliance with first demand. The participant and his mother expressed satisfaction with the intervention procedures and outcomes. Implications for continued research examining ABA interventions with this population are discussed.
 
115. Acquisition of Self-Feeding Skills for a Child with a Feeding Disorder
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HALLIE SMITH (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Mississippi State University), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Typically developing children and children without feeding disorders gradually develop and advance their self-feeding skills without any formalized intervention; however, children with feeding disorders are not likely to develop skills needed to self-feed or self-drink at an age appropriate level without individualized treatment (Carruth & Skinner, 2002; Peterson, Volkert, & Zeleny, 2015). Although children with feeding disorders may have met treatment goals for acceptance of liquids and solids, this likely may not translate to the child being able to independently feed themselves using those same treatment strategies (Rivas et al., 2014; Vaz, Volkert, & Piazza, 2011). Unfortunately, the literature is limited regarding treatments to increase self-feeding skills, particularly for children with feeding difficulties whose deficits are related to delays in skill development (Rivas et al., 2014). The current study explored the use of errorless learning and prompt fading procedures to increase self-feeding of a preschool-aged child with developmental delays, short gut syndrome, and feeding tube dependency. Results indicated that these procedures increased independence of self-feeding skills of both solids (with a spoon) and liquids (from an open cup). Further, findings support further exploration of the use of these procedures at increasing self-feeding skills for children with feeding disorders.
 
116. Self-Monitoring and Contingent Reinforcement to Improve Behaviors of a Child with Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN GRIFFIN (University of New Mexico), Susan Copeland (University of New Mexico)
Discussant: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Fetal alcohol spectrum disorder (FASD) is one of the most prevalent causes of developmental disability, impacting up to 2-5% of children in the United States. Yet, evidence-based treatments for individuals with FASD are notably limited, and individuals with this diagnosis have been very underrepresented in the empirical behavior analytic literature. This study employed a withdrawal design to investigate the effects of an intervention package consisting of self-monitoring and contingent reinforcement on the behavior of an 11-year-old Hispanic male with FASD. The intervention package increased the participant’s percentage of accurate and independent task completion related to chores and homework, and decreased his rate of argumentative statements. The intervention and its effects also had strong social validity with the participant and his primary caregiver. As the first study to document a functional relation between a self-monitoring intervention and the behavior of a participant with FASD, this study begins to establish the evidence base for the effectiveness of behavior analytic interventions for this population. Implications for behavior analytic research and practice among individuals with FASD are discussed.
 
117. Comparison of a 3 and 5 Second Delay of Verbal Mands for Individuals With Developmental Delays
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
SAMUEL GARCIA (The ABRITE Organization)
Discussant: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Constant time delay is a prompting procedure in which a predetermined interval is inserted between an antecedent stimuli and the controlling prompt. CTD has become an effective instructional strategy in teaching skills to individuals with developmental delays, specifically verbal mands. This study examines the efficiency of a 3 second constant time delay and a 5 second constant time delay in the response rates of verbal mands with 3 individuals diagnosis with autism. Utilizing a alternating treatment design both procedures were implemented across a series of 10 minutes sessions. Results indicate increases in verbal mands across a three individuals. However, implementation of the 3 second CTD demonstrated greater efficiency of the two CTD procedures with increased response rates in the subjects.
 
118. Transitioning From Simple-General to Framed Specific Mands During Functional Communication Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE IONE LARSON (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Caitlin Fulton (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Discussant: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Functional communication training involves teaching a mand to replace problem behavior. In cases in which problem behavior serves to obtain multiple reinforcers within the same class (e.g. multiple tangible items), it is common to teach a general, or omnibus mand that the individual can use across circumstances (e.g., can use, "More" to request multiple reinforcers). It is frequently suggested that following this initial training, FCT should then expand the specificity and complexity of the mand to better approximate normal language, but we are aware of little research that has examined the transition from simple to complex mands. The current study examined the transition from a general mand, "my way" to a specific, framed mand ("Put the _____ back please") for a young man with autism who engaged in problem behavior when various materials were rearranged. We implemented framed mand training in a multiple baseline across rearranged materials until we saw generalization of the frame across untrained materials.
 
119. A Systematic Review of Differential Reinforcement Without Extinction
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HANNAH LYNN MACNAUL (University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement interventions typically seek to reduce a target problem behavior while increasing the use of an appropriate, alternative behavior. Extinction is a common procedure used in conjunction with differential reinforcement interventions, but in certain circumstances, extinction is not ethical or feasible. The purpose of this literature review is to review all existing studies conducted using differential reinforcement procedures without an extinction component. Using predetermined inclusion criteria, a total of 13 studies were identified, reviewed, and summarized in terms of the following: (a) participant characteristics (e.g. sex, age, and diagnosis), (b) treatment setting, (c) target behavior, (d) desired alternative behavior, (e) behavioral function, (f) type of differential reinforcement intervention, (g) intervention outcomes, and (h) whether the intervention compared with and without an extinction component. 12 studies successfully reduced challenging behavior in a total of 34 participants. The findings of this review suggests that a number of treatment options can be considered promising practices for the treatment of challenging behavior without the use of an extinction component. Of the 12 studies with positive results, 9 studies successfully reduced problem behavior by manipulating different reinforcement parameters (magnitude, immediacy, and quality), while 3 used concurrent schedules of reinforcement (e.g. differential reinforcement + noncontingent reinforcement). Implications for practitioners and future research are offered.
 
120. Improving Accuracy of Data Collection on a Psychiatric Unit for Children Diagnosed with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
AIMEE SUE ALCORN (Childrens Hospital Colorado), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), James Linares (Childrens Hospital Colorado)
Discussant: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: We present data from an evaluation to identify the conditions under which four direct care staff could be taught to collect accurate data. A second observer collected interobserver agreement (IOA) during an average of 30% of sessions. IOA averaged 97.8%. Using a multiple baseline across participants plus reversal design, we evaluated the effectiveness of four conditions. During the first condition, staff received a didactic training on data collection practices. During the second condition, staff was given a counter to track the frequency of target behavior occurrence. During the third condition, staff continued to use the counter and also received simplified operational definitions that included one or two topographies of target behaviors. In addition to these components, during a fourth condition, a signal was introduced to prompt data collection to occur. IOA for all four participants increased to 100% during the course of the project. Two participant’s IOA increased upon introduction of the counter only. One participant’s IOA increased upon introduction of the simplified operational definition plus the counter. The fourth participant’s IOA increased with the combination of all three treatment components. Results will be discussed in terms of their influence for identifying effective data collection practices in a therapeutic setting.
 
121. Using Behavior Skills Training to Teach Effective Conversation Skills to Individuals With Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALLISON SCHMIDT (Missouri State University; The Arc of the Ozarks), Michael C. Clayton (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: A behavioral skills training (BST) package consisting of instructions, modeling an appropriate conversation, participant rehearsal, and constructive feedback, was used to teach appropriate conversation skills to three adults with developmental disabilities. A task analysis was used to define the steps of having a conversation. These steps included greetings, initiations, initiating a topic, responding, and maintaining a topic as the target skills. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants was used; an A-B-C format was embedded within the design for participants 1 and 2. Participant 3 was assessed using an A-B format. In situ was measured across three settings: each participants home; the assessment room where the sessions were held; and the lobby of the facility housing the assessment room. Latency to begin a conversation with a confederate was measured during baseline and in all in situ settings. The results of the study demonstrated the BST package was effective in increasing the appropriate conversation skills of all participants and all settings, while decreasing the amount of time it took for participants to initiate a conversation.
 
122. Assessing the Effects of and Preference for Response Blocking in Children With Self-Injurious Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER M DILLON (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Hagopian, et al. (2015) examined a model for subtyping automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB) based on patterns of responding observed during the functional analysis (FA). The utility of this model was demonstrated through the model's ability to predict response to one form of treatment (reinforcement). Similar to reinforcement, response blocking is a common treatment component for automatically reinforced SIB (Rooker, Bonner, Dillon, Zarcone, submitted), however how SIB changes when it is blocked has not been examined across different maintaining functions and automatic subtypes. In the current study, nine children with SIB (two with socially maintained SIB, two with Subtype-2, and five with Subtype-3 automatically reinforced SIB) participated in a two-stage assessment of response blocking. In stage one, conditions of blocking and no blocking SIB were compared. In stage two, a blocking choice assessment -- a concurrent operant arrangement where subjects choose to have SIB blocked or not blocked was conducted. Results indicated varying levels of reduction of SIB as a function of blocking SIB across subjects. Additionally, eight out of nine participants demonstrated some preference for engaging in SIB over having their SIB blocked.
 
123. A Comparison of Modeling, Prompting, and a Multi-Component Intervention for Teaching Play Skills to Children with Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER QUIGLEY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Melmark), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Play skills are an essential component of a learner’s repertoire to access social interactions with peers and adults. Children with developmental disabilities frequently require explicit teaching to acquire play skills rather than acquiring them through natural learning opportunities. Without targeted practice, these deficits could continue to expand, separating the children from their typically developing peers. This study aimed to teach three children with developmental disabilities independent play skills in the form of building blocks with a diagram. We evaluated three methods of teaching play skills, prompting, modeling, and a multi-component approach, within an alternating treatments design to determine which, if any, is most effective. Each teaching strategy included a three-step prompting hierarchy and was paired with an edible reinforcer delivered following independence. Successful responses at the targeted prompt level resulted in verbal praise. Levels of independence and success across teaching plans will be compared and results will be discussed.
 
124. Reducing Vocal Stereotypy With the Use of DRL and Discriminative Stimulus
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
BETSY CHEN (University of Central Oklahoma), Alexis Briana Pendarvis (University of Central Oklahoma), Mary Ann Hubbard (University of Central Oklahoma)
Discussant: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
Abstract: The use of differential reinforcement of lower rates of behavior (DRL) is an uncommon practice used in interventions targeting stereotypy. The current research utilized the combination of DRL procedures and visual discriminative stimuli to lower the rate of vocal stereotypy. The participants were two children, aged 7 and 8 years with developmental disabilities, both exhibited high rates of vocal stereotypy. One child repeated the same word, at the rate of one word per minute. The other child repeated random non-contextual phrases at the rate of one word every 20 seconds. Using an increasing criterion design, the reduction in rate of behavior allowed occurrences of vocal stereotypy to earn reinforcement. A reinforcer assessment was conducted on each child prior to the onset of the intervention. If the child engaged in stereotypy before the elapsed time, the visual stimulus was provided, the timer was restarted, and they did not receive reinforcement for that interval. Throughout the intervention interval times were gradually increased and the intervention was generalized. Both children demonstrated reductions in the rate of behavior, with one childs vocal stereotypy being extinguished by the 15th session, while the other child exhibited much lower rates of the behavior, and was later extinguished.
 
125. The Effects of Teaching Fine Motor Skills on Acquisition of Daily Living Skills in Adults with Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JASMINA NALEID (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
Abstract: The study investigated the effects of fine motor skills taught using Precision Teaching on daily living skills in adults with disabilities in order to increase their independence. Additionally, the study’s goal was to add to the limited body of the research on this topic. Three participants were taught to brush their hair through repeated timed practice of Big 6+6 component skills of push/pull, twist, shake, and squeeze to fluency. The research design was multiple baseline across participants. The results showed that teaching component skills of daily living skills to fluency aim is an efficient way to teach daily living skills, thus helping promote independence in adults with disabilities. Additionally, the implications of the results can be applied to teaching vocational skills to adults with disabilities.
 
126. The Effects of Self-Management using Fitbit® to Increase Walking in Adults with Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARREN MARIE LEON-BARAJAS (The University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (The University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
Abstract: Adults with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (IDD) often have health concerns (e.g. obesity, high cholesterol, and high blood pressure). Research suggests that one way to remedy these health concerns is to increase physical activity. Self-management is the use of techniques to change one’s own behavior. This study evaluates the effects of a self-management package (wearing a Fitbit®, rationales, goal-setting, self-graphing, and sensory feedback from the Fitbit®) to increase steps taken by adults with IDD. Weight was recorded as a secondary dependent variable. A multiple baseline design across three participants was used. For the first participant, the treatment package alone did not increase steps; however, after adding a tangible reinforcement component, the number of steps increased for several consecutive weeks. Weight was not affected for this participant. The other two participants, who currently are in baseline, will receive the treatment package that includes tangible reinforcement. The preliminary findings suggest that a Fitbit® combined with self-management components and tangible reinforcement may provide a modest increase in steps taken but may not affect weight. Although future research should explore other determinants of health promotion for adults with IDD, this package may be considered one component in improving overall health.
 
127. Increasing Daily Living Independence Using Video Activity Schedules in Middle School Students with Intellectual Disability
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SALLY BEREZNAK SHEPLEY (The University of Kentucky), Amy Spriggs (University of Kentucky), Mark Samudre (University of Kentucky)
Discussant: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
Abstract: This study used a multiple probe across participants design to (a) evaluate the use of system of least prompts to teach students to self-instruct and (b) evaluate the use of a mobile device for a video activity schedule of a functional daily living skill. In baseline, the classroom teacher asked participants to make a snack and collected performance data. In the technology training condition, the teacher implemented a system of least prompt procedures to teach participants to initiate use of the mobile device, navigate to a training video activity schedule, and pause/play videos of training tasks, as well as performance of the modeled training tasks. Following criterion in technology training, the classroom teacher evaluated participant performance making a snack following use of a mobile device to self-instruct using a video activity schedule. Participant technology use was still assessed but not included in criterion. All four participants learned to independently initiate and navigate the mobile device during technology training. Three participants self-instructed using the video activity schedule to independently make a snack.
 
128. A Review of Recent Advances in Teaching Academics to Learners with Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DANNA WEBBER (Northern Illinois University), Emily Morzy (Northern Illinois University), Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University)
Discussant: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
Abstract: One challenge that school-aged children and adolescents with developmental disabilities face is acquisition of academic skills that are necessary for success in post-secondary and vocational settings. The purpose of this literature review is to update the review by Spooner, Knight, Browder, and Smith (2010) and analyze recent peer-reviewed journal articles that reported the outcomes of interventions for teaching academic skills to learners with developmental disabilities. We included 12 articles in the review, and the following information was analyzed: participant characteristics, setting, implementer, target skills, intervention components, research design, and results. Further, we analyzed authors’ reports of generalization, maintenance, treatment fidelity, and social validity data. Various skills were targeted for intervention, such as literacy skills, mathematics computation, comprehension, and engagement. Interventions such as time delay prompting, verbal prompts, modeling, computer based instruction, and commercial curricula were assessed in the included studies. Schools were the most frequent sites of research activities, and participants ranged in age from 3 to 16 years old. Researchers reported primarily positive results across all studies. Implications for practice and future avenues for research will be discussed.
 
129. Teaching Yoga with Students with Developmental Disabilities in a Small Group Classroom Setting
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CAROLYN S. RYAN (Ryan Psychological, P.C.), Kimberly Heinemann (Reach for the Stars Learning Center)
Discussant: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
Abstract: The current study demonstrates the effect of an independent group contingency implemented in a private special-education classroom serving four students with developmental disabilities. Appropriate target behavior was described for: on-task performance and accurate demonstration of a specific yoga pose while situated in a small group. Target behaviors were defined and displayed using written daily schedules. The experimental design was a changing-criterion with reversals design. Baseline (Contingent Reinforcement, CR) was presented immediately following each interval of the yoga group teaching session based on the occurrence of the appropriate behaviors for each student. Each student had the opportunity to earn one token for each behavior displayed throughout each interval scored. Earned tokens during any given interval were paired with descriptive praise and exchanged at the end of the session with one back-up reinforcer of the student's choice according to the number of tokens earned. The current independent group contingency produced consistent and high levels of appropriate behavior. During Baseline, performance for Penny (displayed in the attached graphs) were consistent with the independent group contingencies in effect for accurate performance of yoga poses as well as on-task behavior. During the NCR phases, each target behavior was subjected to the noncontingent reinforcement contingencies. Participants maintained high levels of appropriate behavior which suggests rule-governed behavior. Self-monitoring appeared to be effective for Penny. Additional student data will be presented for the final project.
 
130. Increasing Physical Activity in Adults With Intellectual Disabilities: A Preliminary Evaluation
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HUGO CURIEL (Western Michigan University), Rachel Burroughs (Western Michigan University), Anita Li (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
Abstract: Physical activity recommendations, alone, have not proven sufficient in increasing levels of physical activity. This is evident by the overwhelming prevalence of overweight, obesity, and physical inactivity. Between 2013-2014, the CDC (2016) reported that 70.7% of adults met classifications for overweight and obesity. Furthermore, individuals with intellectual disabilities have been reported to have higher rates of obesity, as compared to the general population (Hsieh et al., 2013; Melville et al., 2007). This study evaluated a goal-setting and interdependent group (dyad) contingency strategy on physical activity with four young adults with intellectual disabilities. Aerobic physical activity was measured as accumulated number of steps per school day. Each dyad accessed preferred items or activities contingent on meeting or exceeding their individual goals. Prior to intervention, the participants average number of steps were 2,693, 3,519, 4,006, and 5,701. During the final week of the intervention, the participants average number of steps were 4,521, 6,016, 5,064, and 7,563, respectively. The data suggest that physical activity levels were higher during the intervention weeks for all four participants. The results provide initial support for the efficacy of goal-setting and dyad contingency strategies among young adults with intellectual disabilities in a school setting.
 
131. Functional Communication Training Using High-Tech AAC Devices for Children With Developmental Disabilities via Telehealth Coaching
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Adele F. Dimian (University of Minnesota), Jessica J. Simacek (University of Minnesota), MARIANNE ELMQUIST (University of Minnesota), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
Abstract:

Caregivers need support with teaching augmentative and alternative communication (AAC). The purpose of this study was to coach caregivers via telehealth (i.e., video conferencing with Google Hangout) to implement functional behavior analyses and functional communication training (FCT) to address both idiosyncratic and challenging behavior exhibited by two young boys with developmental delay (age 5) and autism (age 7) who were non-verbal. An adapted multiple probe design across three contexts was used to evaluate acquisition of communicative using high tech aided AAC (e.g., a Tobii Dynavox T10). A forward chain was also introduced to teach symbol selection and navigation on the Dynavox. Both children acquired the communicative alternatives taught with the Dynavox across each context (i.e., mands for tangibles, caregiver attention, and escape from demands). Caregiver implementation fidelity was measured with procedural checklists and was acceptable across baseline and intervention sessions for both children. Several challenges came up due to using a dedicated AAC device that should be addressed by future research such as providing technical assistance with setting up a device and symbol arrays remotely. Supplemental modules and other tools may be needed to facilitate larger scale implementation of evidence-based practices for children with disabilities and their families.

 
132. A Review and Commentary on Preference Assessments for Individuals Diagnosed With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA
CHRISTINE MILNE (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Discussant: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
Abstract: A key component of comprehensive behavioral intervention for individuals diagnosed with ASD is the use of positive reinforcement contingencies. Formal preference assessments (FPA) are frequently used to identify potentially reinforcing events for use during treatment and are commonly evaluated within the literature. The common use and evaluation of these rigorous yet highly predictive assessments have set the occasion for the review and discussion in the present paper. In this paper we reviewed the recent literature on FPAs that (a) included a FPA for an individual or individuals with a formal diagnosis of a developmental disability and (b) the sole effort was to identify potential reinforcers. Studies that met the inclusion criteria were quantified and categorized along several dimensions. The summated data were critically evaluated and a commentary is provided regarding clinical implications and recommendations for future research.
 
133. Programming for Generalization through Parent Training in a Function-Based Intervention Package
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH LICHTENBERGER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Roy Justin Boyd (Kennedy Krieger Institute (NBU-OP))
Discussant: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
Abstract: Function-based interventions, particularly those developed in a clinical setting, have been successfully used to decrease problem behavior for decades yet the concern for long-term maintenance and generalization still exists (e.g.,Stokes & Baer, 1977). In a literature review of functional communication interventions, Falcomata & Wacker (2013) only identified 10 studies were treatment and generalization data were provided. An even smaller number of studies have focused on training caregivers to “generalize” treatment implementation behavior; this was the main purpose of the current study. After a function-based treatment to decrease destructive behavior was determined effective, treatment expansion and generalization goals were targeted. Based on pre-treatment structured descriptive observations conducted in the home, common stimuli (from the home environment) were systematically introduced into the training environment. Next, caregiver training was conducted and monitored during contrived antecedent conditions (e.g., denied access to snack items). Caregiver “homework” in the form of practice trials was also used. Caregiver integrity in-clinic and in-home, in addition to child behavioral data, will be presented.
 
134. Treatment of Escape-maintained Aggression Using an All-day Instructional Fading Procedure
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA CHEWNING (Florida Autism Center), Jonathan K Fernand (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida; Florida Autism Center), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Jessica Bostic (Ball State University)
Abstract: Several studies have identified escape from demands as the functional reinforcer for subjects’ problem behavior and evaluated at least one treatment aimed at decreasing the rate of their problem behavior. Escape extinction is one treatment that has been consistently shown to do so. However, blocking and physical prompting may be reinforcing for some subjects or their problem behavior may be so severe that escape extinction becomes too effortful or dangerous to implement. Instructional fading is commonly added to the treatment package in such cases. Piazza et al. (1996) utilized instructional fading and DRA to decrease one subject’s problem behavior during sessions up to 68 minutes. The current study replicated these findings by examining the effects of instructional fading and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior procedures on aggression emitted by an eight-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. These effects were shown across five and a half hour sessions within a clinical setting. Escape extinction alone proved ineffective in decreasing the subject’s rate of aggression where as instructional fading proved to effectively decrease the rate of aggression even as the rate of instructions gradually increased. The clinical utility of all-day treatment procedures will be discussed.
 
135. Working with Interpreters during Behavioral Skills Training when Practitioners and Caregivers Speak Different Languages
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
STEPHANIE TRAUSCHKE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sarah Lichtenberger (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Jessica Bostic (Ball State University)
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) with caregivers is a critical component of the behavior assessment and treatment process when working with individuals with co-occurring intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) and problem behavior (e.g. Miles & Wilder, 2009; Seiverling et al. 2012). While conducting BST with caregivers, practitioners may face challenges related to behavior plan nonadherence (see, Allen & Warzak, 2000). These challenges may be compounded when caregivers and practitioners speak different languages and an interpreter is needed to facilitate communication. The current study discusses the challenges of implementing BST when working with an interpreter. Challenges include practical and productive utilization of the interpreter during BST and cultural considerations in describing behavior plans. Importantly, this study discusses how these challenges were overcome with three families from a Middle Eastern country who sought behavior analytic services in the United States. All families had children with IDD and problem behavior. Data will be presented on treatment integrity when the intervention was conducted by the caregivers. We also present data related to social validity assessment of the interpreter’s experience. Finally, we offer a problem-solving process that may help other practitioners overcome similar challenges when working with an interpreter to conduct BST with caregivers.
 
137. Providing Alternative Activities While Thinning a Multiple Schedule of Reinforcement
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NATASHA CHAMBERLAIN (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wendy Strang (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Jessica Bostic (Ball State University)
Abstract: Functional communication training, a common intervention for destructive behavior (Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008), is often introduced under a dense schedule of reinforcement. Schedule thinning is important to ensure a treatment package is practical for caregivers and may be accomplished via a multiple schedule (Greer, Fisher, Saini, Owen, & Jones, 2015). However, as non-reinforcement (S-Delta) intervals increase, clinicians may observe high rates of destructive behavior. In the current study, alternative activities were embedded into the S-Delta component of a multiple schedule with response restriction as the schedule was thinned. The participant was a eight-year old male referred for aggression and self-injurious behavior. A multi-element design was used to compare rates of destructive behavior during S-Delta intervals with no alternative activities, high quality attention, and low preference tangible items. The conditions which included alternative activities resulted in lower rates of problem behavior than the condition with no alternative activity. Schedule thinning was accomplished most rapidly when a therapists high quality attention was continuously available during the S-Delta interval. These findings are discussed in terms of clinical implications for the treatment of destructive behavior.
 
138. Increasing correct parental behavior support plan implementation through systematic introduction during behavioral parent trainings.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
REBEKAH HINCHCLIFFE (Melmark)
Discussant: Jessica Bostic (Ball State University)
Abstract: Parents of children diagnosed with developmental delays often encounter difficulties surrounding the implementation of their childs behavior support plan components. These difficulties parents face are problematic due to the social significance of the challenging behaviors their children emit. Chronis, Chacko, Fabiano, Wymbs and Pelham (2004) described behavioral parent trainings (BPT) as a way of teaching parents to implement behavioral strategies that have been proven effective and are empirically supported. The purpose of this study was to analyze the effects of systematically introducing behavior analytic principles of a behavior support plan during parent trainings. By slowly introducing the different components of the behavior plan, it was hypothesized that an increase in correct behavior plan implementation would be noted, as well as consistently low levels of challenging behavior. Initial behavioral parent trainings consisted of positive pairing. Final trainings concluded with the mother implementing her sons behavior support plan with staff present only for behavioral support. The results of this study showed a decreasing trend in challenging behavior and an overall improvement in behavior plan implementation through the use of systematic introduction of components of behavior support plans over time.
 
139. Using Backward Chaining to Increase Self-Feeding and Self-Drinking in a Child with a Pediatric Feeding Disorder
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Kate M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of Nebraska Medical Center/ MMI), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), HOLLY M NEY (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Jessica Bostic (Ball State University)
Abstract: Typically developing children often begin self-drinking between the ages of 12-36 months, and begin self-feeding by 12 months. Unfortunately, independent feeding skills do not always emerge without treatment in children with feeding disorders. Studies have shown that consequence-based interventions such as physical guidance are effective at increasing self-feeding and self-drinking. Very few studies, however, have evaluated the efficacy of antecedent-based strategies for increasing self-feeding and self-drinking. Backward chaining is a procedure that involves breaking a task down to its component parts and teaching the final step first. Once the child achieves mastery of the final step, the therapist teaches the earlier steps of the chain, one at a time, until the child is able to emit the full target response independently. To our knowledge, Hagopian, Farrel, and Amari (1996) were the only investigators to increase self-drinking in one child with a feeding disorder using backward chaining; however, the treatment package included multiple variables which could have affected child responding (e.g., fading). In the current study, we increased both self-feeding and self-drinking in a 4-year-old child with a feeding disorder using backward chaining. Keywords: backward chaining, feeding, self-drinking, antecedent-intervention
 
140. Removing Extinction Late in a Treatment Evaluation
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CAROLYN RITCHEY (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Jessica Bostic (Ball State University)
Abstract: Extinction as a treatment component is important in the development of function-based treatments for problem behavior (Lerman & Iwata, 1996). However, withholding reinforcement for problem behavior is not always possible (Fisher et al., 1993; Hagopian, Fisher, Sullivan, Acquisto, & LeBlanc, 1998). For example, individuals who engage in severe aggression or self-injury pose a danger to themselves or others. This study examined two cases where caregivers were physically unable to implement extinction due to the size of the individuals and the intensity of the problem behavior. Extinction was removed following initial implementation from both treatments in order to ensure the safety of the caregivers, to maintain treatment integrity, and to aid in treatment generalization. After removing extinction, problem behavior resulted in escape from demands in the form of a room time out in the first case and differential access to preferred items in the second case. A reduction in problem behavior was observed in both cases. Results suggest that treatments without extinction were successful in reducing problem behavior in generalization settings (i.e., home) while also maintaining caregiver safety. References Fisher, W., Piazza, C. C., Cataldo, M. F., Harrell, R., Jefferson, G., & Conner, R. (1993). Functional communication training with and without extinction and punishment. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 26, 2336. Hagopian, L. P., Fisher, W. W., Sullivan, M. T., Acquisto, J., & LeBlanc, L. A. (1998). Effectiveness of functional communication training with and without extinction and punishment: A summary of 21 inpatient cases. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 31, 211235. Lerman, D., & Iwata, B. (1996). Developing a technology for the use of operant extinction in clinical settings: An examination of basic and applied research. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 23, 345-385.
 
141. Refinements to increase the efficiency and social validity of paired stimulus preference assessments
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
AMI J. KAMINSKI (Munroe- Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jessica Akers (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Jessica Bostic (Ball State University)
Abstract: Paired-stimulus preference assessments (Fisher et al., 1992) are a common method for determining a hierarchy of preferred items that may be used as reinforcers (Hagopain et al., 2004). One limitation is that they can be time consuming. The current studies evaluated methods of increasing the efficiency and social validity of these procedures with 10 participants. In Study 1, we developed a novel procedure for creating a caregiver-nominated hierarchy and compared caregiver paired-choice rankings with child rankings. Previous literature has shown that edibles frequently displace leisure items when presented together (DeLeon, et al,, 1997; Bojak, & Carr, 1999). In Study 2, we evaluated the results of a combined edible-leisure preference assessment with separate edible and leisure assessments to determine whether (a) displacement occurred in a paired-choice preference assessment and (b) relative rankings from the combined assessment correlated with rankings from the separate assessments. Results indicate that (a) caregiver rankings alone were not strongly correlated with the childs preference hierarchy, (b) displacement of the highest ranked leisure items by edible items was not observed for the majority of participants, (c) and there was not a strong correlation between rankings from the separate assessments and the relative rankings from the combined assessment.
 
142. A Preliminary Evaluation of Stability in Behavioral Function
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JONATHON METZ (Bancroft), Katherine Hurlock (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Discussant: Jessica Bostic (Ball State University)
Abstract: Functional analysis researchers have identified ways to move from brief to more complicated functional analysis procedures (Vollmer, Marcus, Ringdahl,& Roane 1995) and clarify initially ambiguous functional analysis outcomes (Rooker, DeLeon, Borrero, Frank-Crawford, & Roscoe, 2015). Although research in preference has also explored stability over time (e.g., Hanley, Iwata, & Roscoe, 2006), no known research has explored changes in behavioral function over time. In the current study, we identified 4 participants that had experienced at least two functional analyses as part of their assessment and treatment process at a residential treatment facility. Participants were only included if the assessments were completed for the same topography of target behavior and were conducted at least 6 months apart. Assessment results were compared and results indicated that the functional analysis results of all four participants remained unchanged when the assessment was repeated, even when the assessments were completed by a separate clinical team. Results will discussed in terms of implications for clinicians and best practices in functional analysis.
 
143. The Use of a Brief Functional Analysis with an Individual with Deaf-Blindness
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HAILEY RIPPLE (Mississippi State University), Kasee Stratton (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University), Megan Anderson (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Jessica Bostic (Ball State University)
Abstract: While functional analyses have been used for some time, recently researchers have begun using them with low incidence populations (i.e. severe intellectual disability; Delgado-Casas et al., 2014) and less common behavioral concerns (i.e. rumination; Lyons et al., 2007; Beavers et al., 2013). The current study uses the brief experimental analysis (BFA) procedures to identify the function of noncompliance with wearing hearing aides in a 13-year old male diagnosed with CHARGE syndrome, the leading cause of congenital deaf-blindness. Five-minute sessions were used with the participants mother present. The participants mother wore a headphone in one ear while the researchers watched from a one-way mirror and gave her instructions on how to react to each behavior and complete each condition. While current data suggests the function may be social attention, data collection is on going. The completion of this BFA will add to the research of the utility of functional analyses in low incidence populations as well as less prevalent behavioral concerns.
 
 
 
Poster Session #463
AUT
Monday, May 29, 2017
12:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D
Chair: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
144. A Parametric Analysis of Prompting Errors During Discrete-Trial Instruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER M OWSIANY (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Ashley Felde (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that low-levels of treatment integrity with the implementation of a controlling prompt may interfere with the acquisition of skills during discrete-trial instruction. In the current study, we evaluated the effects of three levels of prompting errors on skill acquisition for two children with an autism spectrum disorder. We used an adapted-alternating treatments design to compare acquisition during a condition with 100% integrity, 75% integrity, 50% integrity, 25% integrity, and a control condition. The results showed that participants acquired skills taught in the high-integrity condition and in the conditions with a lower percentage of errors in fewer number of teaching sessions relative to conditions with a higher percentage of errors (e.g., 25% integrity condition). We will discuss important areas of future research related to teaching children with autism spectrum disorders and training practitioners to implement discrete-trial instruction.
 
145. Role of Intraverbal Training in Inducing First Instances of Speech in Non-vocal Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SMITA AWASTHI (Queen's University Belfast, Ireland), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Behavioral research on the intraverbal operant has focused on increasing existing verbal repertoire of children (Shillingsburg, Kelley, Roane, Kisamore & Brown,2009; Valentino, Conine and Delfs, 2015) in the autism population however there is no research on its value for non-vocal children. Intraverbal fill-in training with rhymes, fun and contextual fill-ins can create opportunities for vocals to be emitted under the control of specific verbal stimuli. 13 non-vocal children with autism aged between 1.5 and 5 years participated in 3 multiple baseline studies. The first phase of intervention included sign mand training with paired vocal stimuli. None of the participants acquired vocals under motivating operations, non-verbal or verbal stimuli. In phase 2 intraverbal training was introduced. Results suggest 9 of the 13 participants acquired speech defined as acquisition of 7 distinct vocals. IOA across participants was 100%. The study holds significance in presenting a new technology for inducing speech and vocal-verbal behavior in children with autism. Emerged speech varied across intraverbals, mands and echoic-mands.
 
146. The Impact of Delay in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention on Educational Outcomes for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Adele F. Dimian (University of Minnesota), Frank J. Symons (University of Minnesota), MARIANNE ELMQUIST (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

With increases in diagnoses of autism spectrum disorders (ASD) over the past decade, it is imperative that children have early access to services (Chasson, Harris, & Neely, 2007). Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions (EIBI) is an applied behavior analytic approach that can be effective for remediating ASD symptoms for some individuals (Matson & Smith, 2008). Stakeholders report long waitlists for services and the effects of a delay is unknown. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect a delay in EIBI for children with ASD (aged 3-5) have on later educational outcomes. Medicaid records from Minnesota were used to create a cohort who received a diagnosis between 2008 and 2010. Education records were matched from 2014 (94.5% match rate, n= 607). Delay to EIBI and educational outcomes (e.g., primary educational ASD diagnosis, instructional placement, standardized test scores) were evaluated with logistic regressions. Approximately 70% of children in this study experienced a delay to EIBI, with an average delay of nine months. Delays of five months or more were significantly associated with more restrictive instructional placements. Although some received services before a diagnosis was given, there are delays in Minnesota which may be detrimental. Future research should investigate if a telehealth delivery model could supplement services early on.

 
147. Evaluating the Social Validity of PEERS for Young Adults, Teens, and Preschoolers in a Clinical Replication
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WHITNEY ANN ENCE (University of California Santa Barbara), Tara A. Glavin (University of California San Francisco), Robert Klinkel (University of California San Francisco), Tara Rooney (University of California San Francisco), Katy Ankenman (University of California San Francisco), Gregory L. Lyons (University of California San Francisco)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: PEERS is an empirically supported, parent-assisted social skills group for teens. PEERS research suggests positive and durable social skill improvements for teens with ASD. Research has not evaluated the social validity (SV) of PEERS. Stakeholder approval is paramount as stakeholders are more likely to select interventions they deem acceptable. Given this, PEERS research must examine stakeholder experiences. The objective was to survey parent and patient participants across PEERS acceptability, feasibility, perceived effectiveness, and satisfaction. We have gathered data from 24 stakeholders across one teen, one young adult, and one preschool group (n = 12 parents; n = 12 patients) and aim to gather data from 56 more participants by May 2017. SV questionnaires were distributed on the final session (5-point scale: strongly agree = 5 to strongly disagree = 1). Exploratory correlations suggest, at p < .05, that (a) perceived effectiveness on parent behavior was negatively correlated with feasibility (r = -0.62) and positively correlated with overall satisfaction (0.77), (b) perceived effectiveness on patient behavior was positively correlated with acceptability (r = 0.54), and (c) attendance was correlated with overall satisfaction (r = 0.49). Preliminary results suggest modestly positive SV. Understanding this domain could help stakeholders improve successful contact with intervention.
 
148. Differences in Behavioral Resurgence Between DRO and DRA Interventions as a Model of Treatment Relapse
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN C. MAURO (The Sage Colleges, Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Krystine Cardenas (Behavior Analysis, Inc.), Daryl L. Jordan (The Sage Colleges), Andres Gallego (Behavior Analysis, Inc.)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Pritchard et al. (2014) demonstrated that the resurgence of problematic behavior during extinction (a model of treatment relapse) was greater following a richer than a leaner non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) behavior intervention. The current two experiments extend this important applied research by examining differences in behavioral resurgence among differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). Experiment 1 (6-year-old boy with autism) involved a series of four conditions: (1) baseline measure of aggression during a pre-experimental functional analysis, (2) alternating treatment between DRO and DRA with yoked reinforcement, (3) extinction of other/alternative behavior as a test of resurgence, and (4) a return to the optimal treatment (DRO or DRA) that had the best behavioral reductive effect while showing the least likelihood of resurgence. The results (data gathering complete) showed that DRA had a slightly greater behavioral reductive effect than DRO, and that the degree of behavioral resurgence was substantially greater during extinction of DRO than the extinction of the DRA intervention. Experiment 2 (ongoing data gathering) compares behavioral resurgence following DRA training dependent on the occurrence of problematic behavior with response-independent DRA training arranged according to a time-based schedule yoked to the response-dependent DRA training.
 
149. Identification of Prenatal, Obstetric, and Neonatal Risk Factors Associated With Having a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
SABA TORABIAN (San Jose State University)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: The research study was a descriptive survey design as well as reviewing the mother’s pregnancy medical records and child’s neonatal and infancy medical records. Participants completed a 110-item questionnaire that contained a vast number of questions about prenatal, obstetric and neonatal factors. Child’s ASD diagnosis was confirmed using ADI-R scale. The preliminary data consists of 46 families of children with ASD and 49 typical control families in the United States. Among the prenatal factors, a preliminary analyses revealed a significant effect of the following prenatal factors and having a child with ASD: maternal anxiety disorder, paternal age at conception, low sexual satisfaction with the marriage in overall, maternal Sexually Transmitted Disease (STDs) as well as paternal STDs), specifically genital herpes (HSV-II), parent’s age difference, living proximity to the freeway and high voltage area, and maternal and paternal education level. Among obstetric factors, significant results were found between having a child with ASD and excessive weight gain during the pregnancy, gestational diabetes at second and third trimester, hypertension at second and third trimester, maternal bacterial infection and high fever during the third trimester, close proximity of the living to the freeway and high voltage area, cesarean section, low amount of vomiting and low amount of morning sickness compared to control mothers. The major finding of the study revealed significant results for the effect of parental herpes (HSV-II) infection and having kid(s) with autism. The results further revealed a significant interaction between both maternal and paternal (HSV-II) infection and the type of the delivery with having a child with autism (See Fig. 1). This suggests that unlike what majority of the studies emphasize solely on the role of maternal factors on autism etiology, paternal factors might be as significantly important.
 
150. Positive Effects of Self-Monitoring on a Seven-Year-Old Boy With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Avantika Sharma (Behaviour Enrichment Dubai), MEERA RAMANI (ABA India)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The focus of this presentation will be to study the effect of a self-monitoring list on the transition across dissimilar tasks allotted during an hour long behavior analytic therapy session in a child exhibiting Autism Spectrum Disorder. The purpose of this experiment is to show that the use of a self-monitoring list will have a significant effect on the time taken to transition from one task to another. It is a single case experimental design and the participant is a nine year old boy who is diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. He was provided with a personalized self-monitoring list containing a randomized array of tasks with slots specifying the varying schedules for reinforcers which was monitored by him through the course of the session. The use of the self-monitoring list has minimized transitioning difficulties experienced by the participant with reference to both time and behavior. A future implication could involve the use of self - monitoring list to help the participant transition through tasks in social and other non-academic settings.

 
151. Identifying Alternative Sources of Stimulation to Reduce Rate of Diurnal Bruxism With a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA KLASEK (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Mary Halbur (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Bruxism is a condition characterized by the grinding, clenching, or gnashing of one?s teeth and jaw. This condition appears to be more prevalent in individuals with developmental disabilities than in typically developing individuals (DeMattei, Cuvo, & Maurizio, 2007), and is associated with health concerns such as tooth and gum damage, headaches, and pain. The purpose of the current case study was to identify whether providing alternative forms of auditory or tactile stimulation reduced the rate of bruxism with a 5-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). We used a multiple baseline design across settings with reversal to compare rates of bruxism during discrete trial instruction (DTI) and break intervals when the client had continuous access to a highly preferred item. An embedded alternating treatments design was used to compare rates of bruxism during exposure to alternative sources of tactile stimulation (i.e. a Nuk or teether). When presented individually, the teether and Nuk produced lower rates of bruxism during breaks compared to no alternative source of stimulation. During DTI, rates of bruxism were lowest with the Nuk. These results suggest that safer, alternative sources of tactile stimulation may be sufficient for reducing bruxism for some children with autism spectrum disorder.
 
152. Using a Self-Management Package to Assist a Young Adult with Autism Spectrum Disorder to Participate in Postsecondary Education: Improving Sleep
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YADAN LIU (Monash University), Dennis W. Moore (Monash University), Angelika Anderson (Monash University)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Abstract Although adults with autism spectrum disorder faces a number of challenges, such as low rate of postsecondary education participation and employment; this topic is under-researched. The aim of this study was to investigate the effects of a self-management intervention package involving goal-setting, self-recording and self-monitoring in improving sleep in a 24-year old young college student with autism spectrum disorder. A single-case, ABCD design with no treatment (baseline) conditions maintained in the second setting was used. Results supported that 1) by applying this self-management intervention package, sleep was improved in the training setting; and the positive behavioural changes generalised to a non-training setting; and 2) the social validity of this self-management intervention package assessed by both the BIRS-Adapted and interviews was relatively high. This self-management intervention package was an effective treatment for this college student with ASD to improve sleep. Positive generalisation effects and good social validity were obtained.
 
153. Teaching Classroom Skills to Children With Autism During Group Instruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANA BIBAY (IME MAIA, France), Afifa Magram (IME MAIA, France)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: The study was completed to evaluate the effects of systematically using physical prompts and differential reinforcement to teach classroom skills to 3 boys with autism, aged between 10-14. In a group, 3 learners with autism learned :1) to copy text written by the teacher on the board; 2) to raise their boards to show their answers when they heard the SD teachers clap. Steps were broken down to teach 2 subjects the skill of raising their boards to show their answers using modeling/ imitation. Steps were also broken to the therapist presenting only the SD when I clap raise your boards. Daily probe data were collected in the subjects classroom. Copying text before instructor completes writing on the board, raising boards before instructors discriminative stimulus of clapping and copying text that doesnt match what the instructor wrote were all considered as incorrect responses. A generalization/ follow up phase (1 month later) indicates that the learners had retained the skill of copying text and raising their boards to show their answers on signal.
 
154. Evaluating the Efficacy of Video Self-modeling for Remediating Dysgraphia in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GERI HARRIS (Walden University Texas Young Autism Project Uni), Steven G. Little (Walden University), Elizabeth Essel (Walden University)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Writing is essential to human communication. A severe deficit in handwriting is known as dysgraphia, a problem frequently associated with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Video self-modeling (VSM) has proven effective for children with ASD by strengthening social skills, verbalizations, and daily living skills. However, there remains a paucity of information regarding the use of VSM for the treatment of dysgraphia in children with ASD. Because VSM has demonstrated success in the acquisition of many types of skills, it may prove similarly effective for remediating dysgraphia in children with ASD. This study seeks to determine if VSM is an effective treatment for improving handwriting legibility and proficiency. Data will be collected from 3 participants, ages 7-9, within a day treatment center setting. After establishing a baseline level of behavior for writing simple words, researchers will administer the VSM treatment and rate the legibility of the participants responses based on scores recorded in baseline, treatment, and maintenance phases. A pretest/ posttest evaluation will determine changes in handwriting proficiency. This would be an important contribution to the existing literature, and would enhance social change initiatives through strengthening the communication skills of individuals with ASD.
 
155. An Assessment of Staff and Child Behaviors During Unstructured Time in a Special Education School Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SUMMER BOTTINI (Binghamton University), Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Binghamton University), Rachel N.S. Cavalari (Binghamton University-SUNY), Lisa Cooper (Binghamton University)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Behavior analysts understand the importance of building skills in multiple settings and situations as a critical component of maintenance and generalization for learners. Unstructured periods throughout the day (e.g., lunch, recess, free play) provide appropriate opportunities to expand skills; however, data are rarely collected during these periods without formal programming for specific concerns. Also, it is unclear how often staff embed naturalistic teaching during these periods of the day. The present project was designed to obtain objective, quantitative data on staff and student behavior during unstructured periods at a private special education school where ABA is the primary theoretical approach to instruction. Momentary time-sampling was used across five classrooms serving children with ASD between the ages of 3-11 years old. Child social and play behaviors and staff-child interactions or prompts to promote social and play behaviors were recorded. Results indicated that child-directed interactions by staff occurred during fewer than 30% of the observed intervals. There were numerous occurrences of functional play recorded, but these behaviors were exhibited by a limited number of the children. There were also many occurrences of inappropriate play across classrooms. Implications for staff training to increase productive use of unstructured periods via naturalistic teaching are discussed.
 
156. The Relative Effectiveness of the Complexity of Instructions on Receptive Language Skill Acquisition for an Individual Diagnosed With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
NORMA TORRES (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Responses to the spoken language of others (i.e., receptive language) is commonly targeted, directly or indirectly, within interventions for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Grow & LeBlanc, 2013). Receptive labels are one of the common receptive language response often targeted through a discrete trial teaching (DTT; Lovaas, 1981, 1987) approach. Some authors have discussed the risks (e.g., faulty stimulus control) of including irrelevant or additional information in the instruction (e.g., "Touch the ball" as opposed to "ball"; Green, 2001; Grow & LeBlanc, 2013). The purpose of this study was to explore the relative effectiveness of the complexity of instructions on receptive language skill acquisition for an individual diagnosed with ASD.

 
157. An Evaluation of a Progressive Extinction to Assess Response Class Membership of Multiple Topographies of Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINE WARNER (Western New England University; New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (University of the Pacific Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), Jessica Slaton (Nashoba Learning Group)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Persons with autism often engage in multiple topographies of problem behavior. Conducting functional analyses of each form as recommended by Hanley, Iwata, and McCord (2003) may be too time consuming for most practicing behavior analysts. In this study, we applied progressive extinction within a single test condition to determine response class membership of multiple topographies of problem behavior. First, an interview informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) based on the procedures described by Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) was conducted on problem behaviors that were reported to co-occur in five children with autism. During the initial analysis, all reported problem behaviors were reinforced. Next, progressive extinction based on the procedures described by Magee and Ellis (2000) was implemented during which problem behavior types were sequentially placed on extinction. An expedited assessment was conducted for one participant in which only the most concerning topography of problem behavior received reinforcement. Results showed that all topographies of problem behavior that were reported to co-occur were evoked and maintained by the same contingencies across all participants. We highlight the conditions under which a practitioner may want to consider a full or expedited extinction analysis with children who exhibit multiple topographies of problem behavior.
 
158. Treatments Evaluation for Increasing Seatbelt Wearing in a Teenager With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Melany J Rosa (Bancroft), REBECCA LASOSKI (Bancroft)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Safely accessing transportation is an area of deficit for many individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities, which can negatively impact their ability to access important educational and community based learning experiences. Despite this, the majority of research on this topic has focused on increasing seatbelt wearing with young drivers specifically high school and college students. This lack of research on seatbelt safety is an immediate concern for the safety of individuals within the intellectual and developmental disabilities population. The purpose of this study was to determine an effective treatment to reduce seatbelt removal while in a vehicle. The participant was a 16-year old diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder and an intellectual disability, who lived on a residential campus where his behavior while in vehicles was a significant barrier to less restrictive settings. First, a reversal design with an imbedded alternating treatments design was utilized to evaluate interventions, including blocking, differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), and a combination of DRO and NCR. Results of the treatment evaluation indicated that a DRO procedure alone was most effective in increasing seatbelt wearing and decreasing seatbelt removal, along with other problem behavior. Therefore, the DRO procedure was evaluated independently and faded to acceptable rates for direct care staff implementation. These results indicate that a single component intervention was successful at increasing seatbelt wearing resulting in greater community access and an improved quality of life. Reliability data was collected for 89% of sessions across conditions with an average agreement of 99%.

 
159. A Meta-Analysis of Pivotal Response Treatment as an Early Naturalistic Developmental Behavior Intervention for Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GREGORY L. LYONS (University of Wisconsin-Madison; UCSF STAR Center for ASD and NDDs), Robert Klinkel (University of California, San Francisco STAR Center for ASD and NDDs), Lori Beth Vincent (Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center), Tiffany Born (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Stakeholders routinely consider Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) empirically supported; however, the literature lacks sophisticated meta-analytical studies aimed at ascertaining cumulative PRT evidence and effect sizes (ES) across early intervention outcome areas. Furthermore, meta-analyses should employ appropriate methodology to investigate moderator variables, as well as both single-case (SCD) and group designs (GD). We systematically selected articles that compared PRT to no-treatment conditions for children with autism under 6 years old; 36 studies (30 SCD, 6 GD) were included. We coded operationally-defined variables, and extracted SCD data point coordinates and GD statistics. We gathered adequate inter-coder agreement at every stage of search, selection, and variable coding. For SCD, we employed HLM, Tau-U non-overlap, and the Shadish d-statistic. For GD, we aggregated Cohens d random effects by inverse variances. Accounting for study quality, we found moderate-to-strong SCD ESs across social-communication and language, play, and affect outcomes (Tau-U = 0.74), with more robust estimates for social-communication and language. The GD meta-analysis indicated a moderate-sized effect across outcomes. For SCD, higher study quality significantly penalized PRT effects. The HLM analysis revealed significant variation between participants. Claims of positive PRT effects beyond social-communication and language are tenuous. We outline a model for advancing PRT research.
 
160. Assessing Interventions for Automatically Maintained Self-injury and Self-restraint as a Reinforcer
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW DAVID LASOSKI (Bancroft), Brian M. Hinchcliffe (Bancroft), Lauren F. Troy (Bancroft), Virginia Kaufmann (Bancroft)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Multiply maintained self-injurious behavior remains difficult to effectively assess and treat. The participant, a nonverbal 26-year-old male, diagnosed with autism, resides on an adult transitional campus due to severe self-injury. Self-injury has resulted in several recent hospitalizations and prevented him from transitioning to a less-restrictive environment. A multi-element functional analysis, preceded by open-ended functional assessment interviews, was conducted. Results of the assessment suggested self-injury is multiply maintained by social positive reinforcement (attention) and access to self-restraint. A competing stimulus assessment suggested a combination of a helmet, gloves, and arm sleeves would be successful in maintaining low rates of self-injury. For the duration of the assessment phase, direct care staff implemented continuous reinforcement of self-injury during non-assessment times, which was used as a baseline. A function based treatment package composed of a combination of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), functional communication training, and structured visual schedules will be evaluated. In the absence of self-injury to the head for a predetermined amount of time, he received access to a self-restraint item in his bag, also for a predetermined amount of time. By following his visual structured schedule and using an augmentative communication device, he will receive verbal and tactile praise, along with access to his requested items as appropriately defined. The results of this study indicate, with quick assessment techniques, multiply maintained self-injury could be accurately assessed allowing for timely implementation of a function based treatment package.
 
161. A Meta-analysis of Single-Case Research on the Use of Tablet-mediated Interventions for Persons With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LIYUAN GONG (University of Tsukuba), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Jennifer Ninci (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Kristi Morin (Texas A&M University), Sawako Kawaminami (University of Tsukuba), Yan-qiu Shi (University of Tsukuba), John Davis (University of Utah), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: There is a growing amount of single-case research literature on the benefits of tablet-mediated interventions for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). With development of tablet-based computers, tablet-mediated interventions have been widely utilized for education and treatment purposes; however, the overall quality and evidence of this literature-base are unknown. This article aims to present a quality review of the single-case experimental literature and aggregate results across studies involving the use of tablet-mediated interventions for individuals with ASD. Using the Tau nonoverlap effect size measure, the authors extracted data from single-case experimental studies and calculated effect sizes differentiated by moderator variables. The moderator variables included the ages of participants, participants diagnoses, interventions, outcome measures, settings, and contexts. Results indicate that tablet-mediated interventions for individuals with ASD have moderate to large effect sizes across variables evaluated. The majority of research in this review used tablets for video modeling and augmentative and alternative communication. To promote the usability of tablet-mediated interventions for individuals with ASD, this review indicates that more single-case experimental studies should be conducted with this population in naturalistic home, community, and employment settings.
 
162. Tablet-based Interventions for Persons With Autism Spectrum Disorder: An Overview of Generalization and Maintenance Measures in Literature
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAWAKO KAWAMINAMI (University of Tsukuba), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Liyuan Gong (University of Tsukuba), Kristi Morin (Texas A&M University), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), John Davis (University of Utah)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Recently, more educators and researchers have widely utilized tablet-based interventions with individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) for education and treatment purposes; however, it is little known if the use of tablet-based interventions promotes skills generalization and maintenance within individuals with ASD. This systematic review evaluated peer-reviewed single-case research concerning the generalization and maintenance of tablet-based interventions for individuals with ASD. A total of 28 studies were included and summarized in terms of (a) generalization dimension, (b) generalization design, (c) maintenance assessment design, (d) maintenance and generalization teaching strategy, and (e) latency to maintenance probes. Using the Tau effect size measure, the authors extracted data from single-case experimental studies and calculated effect sizes differentiated by the type of generalization and maintenance teaching strategies. Of the 28 articles evaluated against the preset inclusion and exclusion criteria, a total of 18 studies collected measures regarding the generalization and/or maintenance of the dependent variables (64%). Data from this study yielded a total of 130 separate AB contrasts (i.e., baseline/intervention vs. generalization/maintenance) from 19 articles with 62 participants. The omnibus Tau nonoverlap effect size for baseline to generalization comparisons was .8282 CI95 [.7424, .9139], indicating a moderate effect. For the contrasts between intervention and generalization comparisons, the omnibus Tau nonoverlap effect size was .2018 CI95 [.1215, .2820], indicating a small effect. The omnibus Tau nonoverlap effect size for baseline and maintenance comparisons was .9480 CI95 [.8686, 1.0000], indicating a strong effect. For the contrasts between intervention to maintenance comparisons, the omnibus Tau nonoverlap effect size was .1865 CI95 [.1146, .2583], indicating a small effect. The findings in this review suggest that more studies should investigate if tablet-based interventions are truly effective in improving skill generalization and maintenance within individuals with ASD by including generalization and maintenance measures.
 
163. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Inappropriate Sexual Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MEGAN B. BOUCHER (The Ivymount School), Stacey M. McIntyre (Ivymount School)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Previous research has evaluated functional analysis procedures for problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. Typically, these functional analysis procedures involve running extended alone sessions. However, when evaluating the function of behavior that is hypothesized to be maintained by automatic reinforcement, extended alone sessions may not capture the antecedent stimuli that evoke the behavior. Research on sexual arousal exhibited by sex offenders with developmental disabilities supports the use of repeated measures to identify antecedent stimuli that elicit arousal (e.g., penile plethysmograph) and fetishism. The current study provides a demonstration of automatically maintained problem behavior (i.e., inappropriate sexual behavior) that is more likely to occur in the presence of other individuals and environments that have likely been paired with a history of accessing reinforcement in the past (e.g., therapy rooms, office space). The participant was an 18-year-old student enrolled in a special education school. The participants diagnoses included Autism Spectrum Disorder and Intellectual Disability. Total duration interobserver agreement was assessed during 39% of sessions and average 99% (Range, 96% to 100%). Results support the need to conduct functional assessment in order to develop an effective intervention, while highlighting the importance of empirically identifying antecedent stimuli that may occasion automatically maintained inappropriate sexual behavior.
 
164. Teaching an Adult With Autism to Use an Activity Schedule During Vocational Beekeeping Tasks
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA SANCES (Drexel University), Jessica Day-Watkins (Drexel University), James E. Connell (Drexel University)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Adults with autism spectrum disorders experience poor employment outcomes compared to adults with other disabilities (Roux, Shattuck, Rast, Rava, and Anderson, 2015). New state and federal guidelines on employment of those with disabilities (http://apse.org/employment-first/map/) and investment in sustainable green jobs (American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, 2009) provides incredible opportunity for job-carving and customizing employment. Bee-keeping is a sustainable green job. Vocational tasks such as Bee-keeping typically require chains of behavior to be completed independently. Activity schedules have shown effectiveness in increasing the independence of children with autism engaged in various tasks (e.g., Carlile, Reeve, Reeve, and Debar 2013). This study investigated the effects of an activity schedule with contingent reinforcement designed to increase the number of steps completed independently by an adult with autism employed at an apiary. The data demonstrate that the treatment package led to a higher percentage of steps completed correctly, indicating that activity schedules may be used to aid in vocational training with sustainable jobs for adults with autism. Additionally, this study demonstrates that adults with autism may find success in the green job sector, particularly if they have interest in the outdoors, insects, or beekeeping.
 
165. Towards a More Functional Analysis of Prompt Maintained Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LOGAN MCDOWELL (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: One potential side effect of multiple years of discrete, trial-based instruction is the emergence of prompt dependent behavior, or prompt dependency. These terms refer to the tendency for individuals to actively wait for a prompt rather than engaging in a target behavior. In this case, they will engage in this waiting period, even when the behavior in question is within their repertoire. It has been suggested that rather than referring to this phenomenon as prompt dependency, a more appropriate term may be prompt maintained behavior, as the prompts themselves appear to function as reinforcers for the behaviors described. In this study, we attempted to more specifically define the terms of the relationship between prompting and active waiting through the use of brief functional analyses. We set up conditions in which specific prompt levels (physical, verbal, model, gestural, and visual) were provided contingent upon the occurrence of behaviors defined as active waiting. Preliminary results indicate a degree of differentiation in rates of responding between the different prompt levels. Implications for further research into this area will be discussed.
 
166. What to Know and Where to Look: Dissecting the Male-driven Research for the Evaluation and Diagnosis of Autism in Females
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BEAU A. DUVALL (ABA Group, Inc.)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: The gender disparity in autism has received significant attention in recent years. However, only a few studies assess the symtomatology of autism in girls (Van Wijngaarden-Cremers et al). Recent research has found differences in the core triad of autism. For example, females demonstrate fewer symptoms regarding rigid and repetitive behavior, and those with higher intelligence tend be under-diagnosed or mis-diagnosed. Moreover, common neuropsychological subtests (i.e., NEPSY-II: Social Perception) that contribute to the diagnosis don't publish normative data for gender differences in autism. The present paper proposes to systematically evaluate what we know so far regarding the accurate evaluation and diagnosis of girls with autism.
 
167. Improving Caregiver Achievement in Implementing Applied Behavior Analysis Strategies with Young Children Evaluated for Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHLEEN SIMCOE (Vanderbilt University Medical Center Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorder (TRIAD)), Ashley Vogel (Vanderbilt University Medical Center Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorder), Amanda Spiess (Vanderbilt University Medical Center Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorder), Mary Morton (Vanderbilt University Medical Center Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorder), Alacia Stainbrook (Vanderbilt University Medical Center Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorder), A. Pablo Juárez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Zachary Warren (Vanderbilt University Medical Center )
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: This program evaluation study summarizes behavior specialist and caregiver fidelity from two years of early intervention service delivery for 42 families of young children (18-34 months) evaluated for ASD. Subsequent intervention included twelve 90-minute caregiver training sessions utilizing a manualized curriculum. Each familys state-funded early interventionist (EI) attended at least four sessions. Self-reported behavior specialist fidelity was collected. Caregiver fidelity measured caregiver use of target intervention strategies within sessions. Similar to previous research, behavior specialist fidelity was high while caregiver achievement was variable. In order to address this discrepancy, we restructured our model to utilize more focused curriculum modules. A new fidelity procedure captures didactic implementation of caregiver training procedures and a new service model narrows the scope of services. The revised model is underway with 30 families each receiving six 60-minute caregiver training sessions in one of four focus areas. Measures include a fidelity checklist that reflects evidence-based practices for didactic coaching of caregivers and is completed by EIs to rate behavior specialist performance and a caregiver fidelity checklist specific to each curriculum module. It is hypothesized that these refinements will result in the maintenance of high fidelity levels for behavior specialists and increased caregiver performance.
 
168. A Coaching Intervention Package to Teach Parents Contingency Management of On-Task and Undesirable Behaviors of Their Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Caldwell University), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Caralyn Harris (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Courtney Biondo (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sarah Losowyj (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Managing contingencies effectively is critical to a behavior-change agent’s success. Here we share a systematic approach to coaching four parents of young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to become skillful agents of behavior change across a variety of settings, contexts, and child behavior. Specifically, parents were taught to manage contingencies at school, at home, and in the community; surrounding children’s initiations, anticipated undesirable behaviors, and undesirable behaviors occurring in vivo; with expectations of child behavior and across specific activities individualized to child needs and parent concerns. Contingency management was defined as (a) correctly identifying an opportunity, (b) stating/ arranging the environment to communicate contingencies surrounding access to specified reinforcer(s), and (c) delivering the specified reinforcer(s) when and only when children engaged in the specified behavior(s). Each opportunity with all three components displayed correctly was considered correct; parents’ performance was summarized as the percentage of opportunities with correctly managed contingencies per session. Results indicate that parents displayed these skills at criterion levels across a variety of settings, contexts, and child behaviors with rapid acquisition across numerous successive phases; these outcomes produced tightly corresponding changes in secondary dependent variables measuring children’s on-task and undesirable behaviors.
 
169. Effects of Digital Superimposition and Fading to Establish Sight Reading Skills for Learners With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EDGAR D. MACHADO (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Barbara Etzel (University of Kansas), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Research suggests that stimulus superimposition with fading may successfully transfer stimulus control of vocal labeling from pictures to text for many learners (e.g., Birkan, McClannahan & Krantz, 2007; Fields, Doran, & Marroquin, 2009; Schilmoeller, Schilmoeller, Etzel & LeBlanc, 1979). Corey and Shamow (1972) defined stimulus superimposition with fading as the process of adding a new stimulus dimension to a stimulus dimension already exerting control over responding, and gradually fading the initial stimulus dimension to transfer control of responding to the new one. The location of stimulus features was also an important variable to establish stimulus control (Rincover, 1978). Similarly, Schilmoeller, Schilmoeller, Etzel and LeBlanc (1979) demonstrated that criterion related cues (i.e., stimulus features common to initial and terminal stimulus complexes) were better than non-criterion related cues for shifting stimulus control. The current study extends this work, in particular, the work of Birkan, McClannahan and Krantz (2007), by fading the superimposed stimuli that appear outside the target S+ first and then fading the superimposed stimuli that appear inside the target S+ to gradually shift responding from pictures to corresponding text to teach sight-word reading to people with autism. Results demonstrate the effective transfer of stimulus control to the target stimuli.
 
170. The Use of iPad to Promote Leisure Activities for Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAORI G. NEPO (Autism Life Support), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Lois Meszaros (Chimes)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are characterized by difficulties in social interactions, functional communication skills, and the presence of repetitive behaviors and restrictive interests (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). These skill deficits could adversely affect their daily functioning and pose problems in obtaining and maintaining stable employment. In addition, the limited ability to engage in leisure activities could diminish the quality of life for people with ASD (Garcia-Villamisar, & Dattilo, 2010; Patterson, & Pegg, 2009). Employing an iPod Touch or iPad, the current study will use a multiple-probe design across participants to investigate the effects of a most-to-least prompting procedure, on the duration of leisure skills and incidents of maladaptive behaviors for six adults with ASD. The study will also examine the impact of a visual schedule on the participants independent access to leisure. Furthermore, the social validity of the interventions and the social perception of the use of these commonly available devices and the stigma associated with ASD will be explored through surveys.
 
171. The Effects of Individualized Positive Behavior Support on the Aggressive, Self-injury and Spitting Behaviors of Students with Developmental Disability : Case study
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University), DAEYONG KIM (Pusan National University)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to analyzed the effects of individualized positive behavior support(PBS) on the aggressive behavior, self-injury behavior and spit behavior by the students with developmental disability(DD) in special education high school. The participant were male students enrolling a special education high school. During the beginning of this study, a functional behavior assessment(FBA) was conducted to identify the primary and secondary functions of the target behaviors by using a indirect assessment(i.e., parent/teacher interview, MAS, and QABF) and direct assessment(i.e., ABC narrative analysis). A behavior intervention plan(BIP) was developed and implemented based on target behavior?s functions. The BIP consisted of participant?s basic information(e.g., diagnosis, language level, etc.), FBA results, proactive/reactive strategies(i.e., vicarious reinforcement, reinforcing alternative behaviors, planned ignoring, location change during lunch time, etc.). An AB design was employed to identify the positive effects of PBS on the target behaviors. The target behaviors were recorded via a frequency recording and the collected data were graphed and visually analyzed. The results depicted that the individualized PBS intervention packets would be effective to decrease the frequency of participant?s aggressive and spitting behaviors. PND values means of aggressive behavior for PBS was 95.1(i.e., highly effective), self-injury behavior for PBS was 97.7(i.e., highly effective) and spitting behavior for PBS was 95.1(i.e., highly effective).
 
172. Evaluating Learner Consistency of Reinforcer Choices Within Pre and Post Trial Assessments
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JEFF FOSSA (Beacon ABA Services), Steven Rivers (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that preference/reinforcer assessments can improve performance on learning activities with children with a diagnosis of autism. It also suggests that performance and behavior are improved when learners are given choices of reinforcers to be provided. However, such assessments are traditionally done prior to presentation of instructional trials. Once the trial is completed, the previously selected item is immediately delivered. Up to this point no research has evaluated if choices made/preferences expressed prior to instructional trials remain consistent after the trial has been completed. The present study assessed preference prior to the onset of a trial and after the completion of the trial. Two versions of preference assessments were evaluated; first a five choice array was compared pre and post-trial, then a forced choice (two choice) condition was conducted Results suggest that for some learners initially expressed preference changed after the trial was conducted. These data were more pronounced in the five choice condition than in the forced choice presentation.
 
173. High Probability Request Sequence: An Evidence-Based Practice for Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSI BROSH (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Larry Fisher (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Charles L. Wood (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: A comprehensive review of the literature published in peer-reviewed journals between 1990 and 2011 was conducted to evaluate high-probability request sequences (i.e., behavioral momentum interventions) as an evidence-based practice (EBP) for children, adolescences, and young adults with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) (Wong et al., 2014). Using quality indicators developed by Gersten et al. (2005), Horner et al. (2005), and review guidelines set by the What Works Clearing House, high-probability request sequence was identified as a focused intervention practice with some support; however, this intervention was not considered an EBP due to an insufficient number of participants included in the studies. The purpose of this review was to expand on the findings from previous authors to determine if high-probability request interventions can be considered an EBP for individuals with ASD. By expanding the literature review and replicating the procedures from previous analyses, results indicate that the intervention can be considered an EBP for individuals with ASD. Implications for practice, limitations, and suggestions for future research are discussed.
 
174. An Evaluation of the Effects of Social Interaction on Preference and Response Allocation in Preschool-Age Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MADISON R. MCNINCH (University of Kansas), Amber Lessor (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Elizabeth Foley (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments (SPAs) have been successful for determining preferred stimuli and activities to be used as reinforcers (Hagopian, Long, & Rush, 2004). The delivery of social interaction (SI) during access periods of SPAs may influence outcomes. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to determine the effects of social interaction on preference for leisure items in young children. First, we compared the results of SPAs in which toys were provided alone (Solitary Assessment) with one in which the same toys were paired with SI (Social Assessment; Study 1). Second, we determined an overall preference hierarchy when toys alone and those same toys + SI were in the same SPA with participants from Study 1 (Combined Assessment; Study 2). Study 1 results showed that preference for toys was stable across assessments for the majority of participants, and Study 2 results showed that SI displaced toys alone for most participants.
 
175. Decreasing Challenging Behavior during Overnight Hours Using a Response Cost
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA A. CLARK (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Challenging behaviors that occur during overnight hours can be dangerous. Staff resources decrease within the residential setting, increasing the risk factor for both the staff members as well as the individual engaging in challenging behaviors. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of a response cost on the occurrence of challenging behaviors during overnight hours. Data were collected on occurrence of self injury, aggression, and property destruction. Data were summarized as percent of overnight success. At bedtime, a visual contract was reviewed; if the participant maintained “good hands” while in his bedroom he earned access to a preferred edible item in the morning. Upon the occurrence of any challenging behavior a token was removed from the visual contract. During the twelve weeks preceding the implementation of this procedure, challenging behavior occurred on 4 occasions. A decrease in challenging behavior was observed with only 2 occasions during the overnight hours across 24 weeks. These results were replicated during a brief reversal. Thus, results of this study indicated that use of a response cost was effective in decreasing occurrences of challenging behavior during the overnight hours.
 
176. Teaching Empathetic Responding to Children With Autism: An Extension
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY KEEGAN KELEHER (Beacon ABA Services), Laura J. Dantona (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Children with autism display deficits in engaging in empathetic responses. The researchers involved in this project sought to extend the study, "Teaching Empathy Skills to Children with Autism" by Shrandt et al. 1) to study the effects of a treatment package on generalized empathetic responding in individuals with autism 2) to evaluate the use of video modeling for teaching empathy in a home-based intervention environment. Participants had a diagnosis of autism and were between the ages of 4-8 years old. Prerequisites included experience with token economies, the ability to imitate 3 word phrases, and minimal disruptive behaviors. The treatment package involved video modeling, role play, and reinforcement. It was modified from the original study to promote more rapid acquisition and generalization of skills, as well as efficient implementation for the purposes of extending the application to practitioners and families in an home-based clinical setting. Results showed that video modeling was an effective method for teaching target empathetic responses and promoting generalization across SDs, response categories, people, and settings.
 
177. Changing Typography to Improve Reading Fluency in Individuals Who Engage in Vocal Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY SEALS MATHIS (Mississippi State University), Grace Drumheller (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Although the function and treatment of vocal stereotypy has been evaluated throughout the literature, it’s effect and interference on academics, specifically reading, has not been evaluated. Vocal stereotypy is known for its maladaptive effects; specifically, it’s disruption to the learning environment. The current study aimed to distinguish the best intervention for improving reading fluency in a 14-year-old female with Autism that engages in high rates of vocal stereotypy by conducting a brief experimental analysis. From this analysis, an intervention, repeated readings with a change in typography of the text, was selected and further examined. The individual was presented with enlarged portions of the text at a time and read through the text once with error corrections and second time without. With this intervention, the individual continued to show higher rates of Words Correct Per Minute (WCPM) when the intervention was implemented than when it was not. The study suggests that this intervention decreased rates vocal stereotypy and increased on-task behavior, as it led to higher rates of words being read per minute.
 
178. Improving Rate of Responding in Receptive Identification Tasks in Four Children with Autism Using Behavioral Momentum
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RAZIA ALI (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: This study evaluated the effectiveness of behavioural momentum, (Mace et al., 1988) in building the pace of responding to mastered receptive identification tasks in 4 children with autism whose rate of responding was between 4 and 10 per minute. In the intervention phase, participants were required to complete a sequence of high probability responses comprising of motor imitation tasks and this was followed immediately by the presentation of low probability receptive identification tasks. Post intervention probes demonstrated increase in rate of responding to receptive identification tasks by 43%, 50% and 125% with three participants and 18% with fourth. The Inter-observer agreement for the study was 90%. A multiple baseline across subjects was used to demonstrate experimental control.
 
179. Decreasing Vocal Stereotypy Using Antecedent Cues in a 14-Year-Old Boy With A Diagnosis of Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RAZIA ALI (Behavior Momentum India), Anisha Tanna (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Previous research has focused on interventions such as Response Interruption and Re-Direction (RIRD, Ahearn et al., 2007), Non-contingent Reinforcement (NCR, Falcomata et al., 2004) to reduce stereotypic behavior. This study aimed to assess effectiveness of antecedent cues (Conroy et al., 2005) in decreasing vocal stereotypy. Participant was a 14-year-old boy with autism who engaged in nonfunctional speech and high rates of vocal stereotypy. A functional assessment indicated that the behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. The intervention for this single subject study involved antecedent cues of being seated on a wooden chair and printed word “quiet” in conjunction with differential reinforcement- Omission (DRO) with access to stereotypy in a white plastic chair. Vocal stereotypy which was more than 90% of intervals observed in baseline reduced to 0 within 7 sessions of intervention. Brief follow up probes demonstrated a positive impact of this intervention across home and school settings as well.
 
180. The Impact of Preference Assessment on Independent Responding in Two Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Razia Ali (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Fischer (1992) demonstrated that using high frequency stimuli selected as reinforcers were correlated with higher rates of responding compared to those that were selected fewer times. This study examined the impact of using Multiple Stimulus without Replacement (MSWO; De Leon & Iwata 1996) for identifying and using high value reinforcers to increase the rate of independent responding. Two 2-year-old children, MC and VB with diagnoses of autism participated in the study. The children were observed to respond with a delay greater than 5 seconds to familiar instructions. The MSWO preference assessment procedure was used to identify and classify preferred stimuli as high, medium and low. independent responses from participants within 5 seconds resulted in delivery of high value reinforcers and prompted responses contacted low value reinforcers. Independent responding increased from 12% to 25% for MC and from 10% to 65% for VB over just 5 sessions of training. The results demonstrate the value of preference assessments in identifying stimuli that could strengthen responding.
 
181. Shaping Across Four Parameters: Accuracy, Consecutive Instructional Frequency, Distance From Learning Station and Complexity Of Instructional Tasks Complied With To Improve Accuracy In Responding
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Madhavi Rao (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Behavior can be shaped in terms of topography, frequency, latency, duration and amplitude/magnitude (Copper, Heron and Heward, 2007). In this study, shaping was simultaneously attempted across four parameters, accuracy, number of consecutive instructional tasks, distance from learning station and complexity of instructional tasks complied with. A 5-year-old girl with autism was responding to mastered tasks at less than 10% accuracy in her designated learning station in baseline conditions. An improvement in accuracy was initially achieved by moving from designated work station for academic tasks to play area one floor and 15 meters away from stairs, dropping low probability instructions and reducing the number of trials per sitting to 5. Through 7 phases and 53 days, the terminal criterion comprising of a) 80% plus accuracy in responding b) 10 consecutive trials per sitting c) Interspersed high-p and low-p tasks and d) location at designated workstation on first floor was reached. This study explores the importance of systematically varying multiple criteria to progress towards terminal goal. Conceptual issues of discriminating between generalization across settings and location as an attribute of behavior for shaping are discussed.
 
182. Teaching An 8 Year Old Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Mand for Information Using "When"
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VIDUSHI SHARMA CHAUHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Asking for information is an important element in language development as it can help in acquisition of additional verbal behavior (Sundberg & Partington,1996).Children with autism have difficulties in acquiring mands for information and require structured teaching (Charlop & Milstein, 1989; Endicott & Higbee, 2007). While there are limited studies on teaching mand for information using how (Valentino, 2011; Lechago et al., 2013) and using which (Marion et al., 2012), there are none on teaching to mand using when. Teaching to mand using when can be accomplished by creating a motivating operation (MO) for information involving passage of time (Sundberg and Partington, 1996). In this experiment an 8-year-old boy with autism was taught to mand for information by using When? (Kab) in Hindi. The motivating operation was contrived and access was interrupted by specific verbal stimulus Not Now, followed by a prompt to mand using when. This resulted in information that access would be allowed after completion of a specific brief task. Completion of task resulted in access to preferred item. Manding by asking When (Kab) was acquired within 5 sessions of training. IOA was 100%. Generalization probes for Mand When with other verbal interruptions like later (baad mein) and after some time (thodi dair baad) were also acquired.
 
183. The Benefits of Teaching Simple Signs to an Individual Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder to Increase Appropriate Requesting Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
NATHAN VANDERWEELE (Western Michigan University), Cody Morris (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: As practitioners, behavior analysts must continually search for the most effective method of producing socially significant behavior change. In accordance with best practice guidelines, when a problem behavior is targeted for reduction, an appropriate alternative behavior must also be taught to replace that aberrant behavior. Functional communication training (FCT) is one such option utilized by behavior analysts to teach the desired response followed by reinforcement, while minimizing reinforcement for or placing the undesired response on extinction. This study illustrates the benefits of implementing a functional communication training program with a 14-yr old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Baseline data was collected for a period of six months before the FCT program was implemented. Components of the program included discrete trial teaching (teaching simple hand signs to request preferred items), natural environment teaching (teaching hand signs to request items with current motivational value), and ignoring or redirecting undesirable behaviors which previously resulted in obtaining the desired reinforcer. All components of the program were taught as needed to caregivers and staff as turnover occurred. A significant decrease in several target behaviors has been observed, with the number of novel signs and the number of independent requests continuing to increase.
 
184. Using Non-Contingent Reinforcement with Extinction to Reduce the Aggression In A 7 Year Old Boy With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Madhavi Rao (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) has been used to reduce self-injurious behaviors in adults with developmental disabilities (Kahng, Iwata, Thompson, Hanley ,2000). NCR with extinction was evaluated to reduce aggressive behavior in a 7-year-old boy with autism. A functional analysis confirmed the function of problem behavior as access to preferred activity (jumping on trampoline) and ruled out the previously hypothesized escape function (from instructional tasks). Functional Communication training (FCT) was introduced and was withdrawn as it resulted in demands for non-stop access to the activity for extended durations. In the next NCR plus extinction phase, access to the preferred activity was provided for constant 20 seconds and the NCR interval was increased (thinned) systematically from an average of 30 secs to 11 minutes. A differential reinforcement procedure was instituted to shape appropriate transitioning. From a baseline average of 26 mins per session, the duration of aggressive behavior reduced by 50% within the first few sessions and to zero in 35 sessions while inappropriate transitions were reduced to zero in 14 sessions.
 
185. A parametric analysis of the effects of physical activity on stereotypy and academic engagement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KISSEL JOSEPH GOLDMAN (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Sarah Weinsztok (University of Florida), Gina Nicolini-Green (Behavior Analysis Support Services)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Several investigators have observed decreases in stereotypy and increases in academic engagement or on-task behavior following bouts of physical activity (e.g., Celiberti, Bobo, Kelly, Harris, & Handleman, 1997; Neely, Rispoli, & Gerow, 2014) in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Some have attributed these effects to changes in the value of reinforcement for stereotypy following physical activity, but fatigue may also be a factor. Either way, the effects may be related to the amount of physical activity. The duration of engagement in physical activity varies widely within studies that have examined these effects, and only Celiberiti et al. (1997) have observed participants engaging in physical activity for extended periods following physical activity to determine the duration of these effects. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to analyze changes in stereotypy and on-task behavior following varying durations of physical activity. Two participants with ASD were observed for 10 min before, between 1 and 15 min during, and 30 min following engagement in physical activity. Results revealed that engagement in stereotypy and on-task behavior did not vary systematically as a function of duration of physical activity. These data suggest that more physical activity may not result in longer durations of effects.
 
187. Increasing the Acceptance of Low-probability Foods Using High-probability Sequence With Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Monalisa Costa (AFETO), Bárbara Souza (AFETO), Ronildo Silva (AFETO), DANIELA DE SOUZA CANOVAS (Grupo Método - Intervenção Comportamental), Michelle Sutherland (Sprouts Feeding Therapy)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to increase the variety of foods accepted by a 5-year-old child with ASD. Initially two preferred foods were established as high-probability foods (one crunchy food and one low texture food). Then a high-p instructional sequence was implemented with each type of food. Two sessions were conducted daily. Initially, each food was presented in a ratio of 3:1 (high-p:low-p food). After criterion (90% or higher acceptance in 3 consecutive sessions), ratio was 2:1; 1:1; and finally only the low-p food was presented. The intervention also included other components such as escape extinction and re-presentation of food if expulsion was observed. Performance with crunchy foods was consistent and the criterion was met in 3 to 5 sessions in each phase. With the low texture foods intervention took more sessions; acceptance was consistent (90% or higher), however the child had a cough in 90% or more of the trials. Additional procedures were implemented and successful to decrease cough. The intervention was effective to establish the acceptance of a variety of 8 new crunchy foods and 3 new low texture foods. Data collection is still ongoing to establish 2 more low texture foods.
 
188. Establishment of Generalized Identity matching With Objects in Children With Autism Using a Modeling Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Anne Caroline Carneiro (AFETO and Universidade Federal de Pernambuco), Cecília Freitas (AFETO and Universidade Federal de Pernambuco), Michelle Brasil (AFETO and Universidade Federal de Pernambuco), DANIELA DE SOUZA CANOVAS (Grupo Método - Intervenção Comportamental), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to establish identity matching with objects in children with ASD, who had previously failed to learn this repertoire. During each trial, three comparison stimuli were simultaneously presented on the table in front of the participant. The experimenter then presented a model, which consisted of positioning a sample stimulus in front of the participant and then matching it with the corresponding identical comparison. After that, the sample was again positioned in front of the child with the instruction "match". Two children with ASD, who had a history of imitating with objects participated in the study. We used a concurrent multiple probe design across sets of stimuli. Pre and Posttests consisted of sessions of identity matching-to-sample with each set of three stimuli, in 9-trial blocks under extinction. Training sessions were conducted daily until criterion (8/9 or 9/9 correct responses in two consecutive sessions). One of the children met the criterion during training with the two sets of stimuli (objects) and also performed accurately during posttests (90% or higher correct responses). Data collection is ongoing for the second participant.
 
189. Abbreviated Intensive Parent Training Program for Toddlers with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Sienna VanGelder (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center), ALEXIS N. BOGLIO (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Parent involvement is a crucial component of behavioral interventions, particularly as it relates to language development for toddlers and young children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. An intensive short-term training model has previously demonstrated efficacy in teaching parents to implement Pivotal Response Treatment (Koegel, Symon, & Koegel, 2002). However, the 25 hour one-week model lacks social validity for some parents of toddlers because the schedule can interrupt natural sleep routines. As a result, an abbreviated 15-hour model was offered to parents of toddlers, while parents with young children continued to enroll in the 25-hour model. 28 parent-child dyads participated in the current year-long pilot study, with 7 dyads enrolled in the 15-hour model and 21 dyads enrolled in the 25-hour model. Results indicate that across both service options parents increased their fidelity of implementation with average scores in an acceptable range of fidelity. During the one-week training period, 5 of 7 dyads enrolled in the 15-hour model and 16 of the 21 dyads enrolled in the 25-hour model obtained fidelity of implementation. These findings further support for short-term training models and warrant further investigation of the brief model and programming for toddlers.

 
190. A Case Study: Increasing Independent Consumption of Low-probability Food using Textual Cues
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MICHELLE MCDERMOTT (Firefly Autism), Michael Ray (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: A few studies indicate success of using a high-probability sequence to increase consumption of low-probability food by learners with autism and developmental disabilities. Previous studies included verbal prompts by therapists, care givers, or family members to cue independent consumption of low-probability food by learners with autism and developmental disabilities. This study aimed to increase the learner's independence during mealtime using textual cues to further research using high-probability sequence to increase consumption of low-probability food by a learner with autism. Two forms of textual cues were used during the case study. The first textual cue intervention comprised of a written list of food ordered in a high-probability sequence. The second textual cue intervention used guidelines indicating the amount of food the learner was required to consume to gain access to the post meal reward. Results of the case study indicate the textual cue interventions were successful in increasing independence during meals and consumption of low-probability food. Twelve low-probability foods were independently consumed at a criterion level during the study. Additionally, consumption maintained over time. Independent consumption of low-probability food generalized across settings to the learner's home during meals with his family.
 
191. A Systematic Review of Early Intensive Behaviour Intervention and Developmental Intervention Treatment Outcomes for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
SARAH DAVIS (Brock University), Kirsten M. Wirth (Wirth Behavioural Health Services; University of Manitoba), Kendra Thomson (Brock University)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Empirical support for early intensive behaviour intervention (EIBI) as a treatment of choice for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is extensive. There is a dearth of research, however comparing the relative outcomes of EIBI to developmental interventions including those with some behavioral components. Using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-analyses (PRISMA) guidelines, this systematic literature review will compare the treatment outcomes of: early intensive behaviour intervention (EIBI), Early Start Denver Model (ESDM), Relationship Development Intervention (RDI or Floortime), and Developmental Individual Relationship-Based intervention (DIR). Databases searched were: PsycINFO, Education Resources Information Centre (ERIC), Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL), PubMed, and PubMed Central. To be part of the ongoing analysis, studies had to include: a systematic evaluation (i.e., randomized control trial, single-case design, or open trial), children aged 10 or younger with confirmed ASD diagnoses, a primary target to reduce ASD symptoms or increase functional skills, at least 10 hour of intervention per week, direct observation and/or psychometrically sound outcome measures, publication in peer-reviewed English journals. Results of this review will be discussed as well as implications for service delivery.
 
192. The Itsy Bitsy Pinches
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Amanda Rades (Firefly Autism), REBECCA PERRY (Firefly Autism), Lily Dicker (Firefly Autism)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: We completed a component analysis of a treatment package (which consisted of a competing items procedure, response cost procedure, and sensory extinction procedure), on the problem behavior for a young child with autism spectrum disorder. Each component was systematically implemented to determine the individual effects on rates of pinching. In addition, a functional analysis was conducted and the results indicated that pinching is maintained by automatic reinforcement. During intervention, the response topography shifted which caused the previously successful intervention to require further investigation. The initial definition of pinching was as follows: using fingers and/or thumb to grab his skin or skin of therapist using light pressure to push skin together, targeted areas include elbows, neck, and knees. The modified definition includes pinching hands as the participant targeted the webbing of his fingers. Initially, access to competing items decreased rates of pinching to a socially significant level. With the shift in topography, the competing items no longer decreased rates. Preliminary data suggest that sensory extinction may be effective in decreasing the current topography of pinching.
 
193. Horton Hears an "Eeeee!"
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA PERRY (Firefly Autism), Amanda Rades (Firefly Autism), Mary Allietta (Firefly Autism)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: A reversal design was used to examine the effects of self-recording on vocal stereotypy with a four year old diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The participant's vocal stereotypy was defined as a high-pitched continuous "eee" or "uuh" vocalization, and/or other continuous noncontextual vowel sounds occurring for at least one second. The treatment involved wearing a Bluetooth hat that played a recorded loop of the participant engaging in vocal stereotypy during sessions. The hat was worn for 30 minutes and removed for five minutes to prevent satiation. Data were recorded using momentary time sampling (MTS) on vocal stereotypy across various settings, activities and staff in both baseline and treatment phases. Eight five-minute time samples were recorded throughout sessions. Data suggest that he engages in vocal stereotypy at higher rates during activities that involve gross motor movement. Although wearing the Bluetooth hat did not have an effect on performance in skill acquisition programs, the intervention decreased vocal stereotypy to a socially significant level.
 
194. Pete and Repeat
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Rebecca Perry (Firefly Autism), AMANDA RADES (Firefly Autism), Elyse Murrin (Firefly Autism)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

A multiple baseline design was used to examine the effects of behavioral momentum and positive punishment on echolalia. The procedure was implemented for a child with autism who engaged in high rates of echolalia following vocal instructions. Echolalia was defined as any instance where the student repeats a word or a phrase said by an adult or a student, outside of an appropriate context. The intervention increased correct responding and decreased echolalia for a 6-year-old boy with autism spectrum disorder.

 
195. The Use of Defusion Exercises to Explore the Emergence of Creative Responses
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DAVID LEGASPI (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Andrea Mazo (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Sara Morris (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Kayla Diane Brachbill (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Daniel Spohr (St. Louis Community College), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Creative behavior may be described as a mutation of behavior, a product of selection by which behavioral variability and novelty occur (Skinner, 1959). Rigidity is described as the inability to break rules and is a characteristic of autism (American Psychiatric Association, 2013), though research has been limited, it supports the use of defusion to change levels of psychological flexibility by altering the function that a verbal event may have. (Eilers & Hayes, 2015). Wulfert et al. (1994) explored rigidity by comparing responses across inaccurate and inaccurate rules referring to two different schedules of reinforcement (SOR), comparing the effects of rule following and contingency control. Psychological flexibility is described as the ability to contact the present moment, allowing for behavior change in response to goals or values (Hayes et al., 2010). In our pilot study, individuals responded differently depending on accurate or inaccurate instructions regarding a machine’s SOR. The accurate group responded on average of 44.09 clicks per minute, the inaccurate group’s average was 181.55. In the present study, individuals diagnosed with autism will then be interviewed and observed to identify idiosyncratic rigid habits/rules, be given the appropriate questionnaires, and undergo individualized defusion sessions to study the emergence of creative behavior.
 
196. The Effectiveness of Picture Exchange Communication System on Increasing Vocalizations for a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Frances Parkes (Tomorrow's Voices Bermuda Autism Early Interventio), NAOMI LOUISE TAYLOR (Tomorrow's Voices Bermuda Autism Early Interventio)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: This study utilized an AB design to examine the effects of PECS training on increasing vocalizations in a three year old child with autism. Pre and post probes were carried out for each PECS stage, as well as in the natural environment through video observation. Results showed the participant met mastery of criterion across all long-term objectives. Results from a follow up video observation showed a considerable increase in vocal mands in comparison to video observations prior to the onset of the intervention.
 
197. Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Perform Multistep Requesting Using an iPad
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NOUF ALZRAYER (Texas Tech University), Devender Banda (Texas Tech University), Koul Rajinder (Texas Tech University, Health Science Center)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and developmental disabilities fail to develop spontaneous requesting without direct instructions and express their wants and needs using prelinguistic forms of communication or through maladaptive behaviors. Mobile touchscreen devices as speech generating devices (SGDs) have been used over the recent years to improve communication skills. This study evaluated the effects of the iPad with Proloquo2Go in developing multistep requesting in children with ASD and developmental disabilities using systematic instructions during playtime. Four children between the ages of eight and ten-year- old diagnosed with ASD and developmental disabilities, participated in this study. The results showed that the intervention was effective in increasing multistep requesting using the iPad in children with ASD. All participants were successful in both page navigation and symbol combination. Additionally, they requested new preferred items and activities during the generalization probes. Results are discussed and implications for research and practice are provided.
 
198. Effects of Lag Schedules on Topographical Mand Variability and Challenging Behavior During Functional Communication Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin, Special Education Department), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Reinforcing multiple mand topographies or modalities during functional communication training (FCT) may increase the persistence of manding during challenges to treatment. However, validated procedures that reinforce the use of multiple mand topographies during FCT are lacking. Prior research demonstrated that FCT with a lag schedule of reinforcement reduced challenging behavior and increased non-vocal mand variability across modalities in individuals with autism. This finding suggests similar procedures may have similar effects on challenging behavior and vocal and/or sign manding. Also, studies have shown that lag schedules following response prompting and/or prompt fading can increase variability in vocalizations, tacts, and intraverbals. Therefore, we compared the effects of response prompting procedures and a lag schedule of reinforcement on topographical mand variability and challenging behavior during FCT. The current data from two of three children with autism suggest that lag schedules can reinforce topographical mand variability during FCT following the fading or elimination of response prompts. This finding warrants study of the effects of these procedures on the resurgence of manding and challenging behavior following treatment with FCT in children with autism. Limitations of the current study and directions for future research are discussed.
 
199. Comparing Echoic and Textual Prompts in the Establishment of Tact for a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAWAKO KAWAMINAMI (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Several tact training studies have been implemented for children with autism spectrum disorders and language development disorder. These studies have revealed the effectiveness of vocal or visual prompts; however, which types of prompts are more useful for individuals with particular characteristics is still unclear. The present study focuses on echoic and textual prompts and investigates the relative effectiveness of each in establishing tact behavior in a child with autism spectrum disorder and a language development disorder manifested through delayed echolalia. We compared two training conditions, one using an echoic prompt (vocal stimuli) and another using a textual prompt (written stimuli), in an alternating treatment design. The materials were video clips that were used to develop tact through three-word utterances (e.g., Ms. Sato throws a ball.). Nine video clips were made for every condition. The dependent variable was the number of correct tact through three-word utterances. The result indicated that the participant displayed more rapid inculcation of tact using the echoic prompt. We discussed the significance of selecting appropriate training prompts considering the participants characteristics.
 
200. Examining Hispanic Parent/Child With Autism Interactions Through Augmentative and Alternative Communication
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALLEGRA MONTEMAYOR (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: The purpose of this behavioral phenomenological investigation was to explore the contingency histories of Hispanic parents with children diagnosed with autism regarding the use of an Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) in a home setting. Often referred to as "perceptions" (Creswell, 1998), Hispanic parents of children with autism were asked to define their lived experiences and interactions they have with their child with autism in terms of antecedent variables and consequences. Few research endeavors have been directed towards examining the reciprocity of parent-child with autism interactions using an AAC. The use of behavioral phenomenological inquiry however, provides detailed descriptions of Hispanic parents' personal histories of reinforcement that can help shape a comprehensive understanding of their interactions with their children with autism, and the extent to which forms of AAC enhance these interactions. Ultimately, this study is an examination of the verbal community for a child with autism using an AAC. The antecedent variables were responsible for AAC implementation in support of the child's communication skills. There were numerous consequences that parents reported as variables that led to the maintenance of AAC. A salient factor derived from the findings showed that parents faced many challenges implementing AAC in the home that caused them to give up. In three of the four cases, the consequences to using the AAC were not hopeful enough to outweigh the antecedent variables related to contextual fit of the device and familiarity of how to use the AAC appropriately.
 
201. Isolating Important Procedural Elements Using a Conditioned Transitive Motivating Operation to Teach a Mand
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSIE PARENT (ABA & Verbal Behavior Group, Inc.), Anita Lynn Wilson (ABA & Verbal Behavior Group, Inc.)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Mand training is an important aspect of teaching language to children with a diagnosis of autism. The current study compared the occurrence of unprompted manding for specified toys under two treatment conditions and a non-treatment condition. Conditioned transitive motivating operations were an element of both treatment conditions. Using a reversal design, the first treatment condition consisted of a vocal instruction to complete a pre-trained two-component play sequence. If the instruction was not consistently effective across sessions in establishing a motivating operation and a corresponding unprompted mand for a missing item, the second treatment was implemented, which included direct mand training if necessary (i.e., echoic prompt after a 5-second delay) and a vocal description of a pre-identified presumed terminal reinforcer (e.g., "first feed the baby, then iPad). The non-treatment condition consisted of free access to the toy set used in the experimental condition (with the relevant “mand” item hidden) during a two-hour session. Participants were two four-year-old children with autism that did not demonstrate mands for missing items. Results demonstrated no manding for the items during the non-treatment condition, variable unprompted manding under the first condition, and acquisition of consistent unprompted manding during the second condition.
 
202. The Effects of Rapport-Building and Instructional Fading During Discrete Trial Instruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELINDA CHERIE WRIGHT (Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Hansen (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Discrete-Trial Instruction (DTI) has been shown to be a beneficial procedure used to teach new academic skills to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Escaping from instructional situations had been found to be the second most common function of problem behavior in children with ASD (Love, et al., 2009). Shillingsburg et al., (2014) found that pairing the therapist and teaching setting with highly preferred activities and removing instructional demands can reduce avoidance behaviors. The addition of an instructional fading component may assist in bridging this gap. Instructional fading has been effective in decreasing maladaptive behavior during teaching (Pace et al., 1993, Piazza et al., 1996, Ringdahl et al., 2002). The benefit to this strategy is it could eliminate the need for an escape extinction component, which has been shown to be effective (Iwata et al., 1990) but can be associated negative side effects (Lerman et al., 1999, McConnachie & Carr, 1997). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of combining these procedures to increase social approach behaviors, reduce social avoidance behaviors, and establish and maintain compliance with instructional demands during DTI. Five participants were included in the study. A multiple baseline design across participants was utilized.
 
203. An Evaluation of Language for Learning on Language Acquisition for Preschool Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHANTINIQUE JONES (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often demonstrate language deficits that limit social communication and learning opportunities. The present study examined the effects of a Direct Instruction (DI) program, Language for Learning, on language and group learning outcomes for preschool aged children diagnosed with ASD. Language for Learning is designed for kindergarten and primary-age students as well as English language learners. The intervention was delivered daily in a small-group format as part of a 30-hour per week early intensive behavioral intervention program for children with a diagnosis of ASD. Daily dependent measures included listener responding, tacting, intraverbal responding, and imitation. Imitation trials were added to the curriculum to ensure mastered skills were interspersed with novel targets in order to increase accurate responding during initial lessons. Participants were required to meet 80% accurate responding for each operant to progress through lessons. A repeated pre-post probe design was used to evaluate learning once participants met mastery criteria for 10 lessons. The results of this study speak to the potential of Language for Learning as an effective curriculum for teaching early language skills to preschool children with ASD.
 
204. Group-Mediated Effective Instruction Delivery Training for Parents of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ANDREA ZAWOYSKI (University of Georgia; Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kayzandra Bond (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Roderick O'Handley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sarah Smith (East Tennessee State University; Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cody McCormick (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are more likely to engage in noncompliance than typically developing peers when parents provide indirect instructions (Bryce & Jahromi, 2013). Training parents to use Effective Instruction Delivery (EID) has been shown to increase child compliance (Mandal, Olmi, Edwards, Tingstrom, & Benoit, 2000). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of a group-mediated behavioral skills training (BST) package to increase parent accuracy of EID. Participants were three parents of children with ASD. The primary dependent variable was percentage of EID steps completed correctly. Data were collected on parents’ attempts to gain compliance from a researcher acting as a child across randomized demands and randomized “child” responses (e.g., compliance, noncompliance, compliance with verbal opposition). The BST package consisted of didactic instruction, skill modeling, role-play with feedback, and a booster session. Data were evaluated via AB design. Improvement in EID was correlated with intervention; for example, 100% of data points between baseline and intervention were non-overlapping. Strong procedural integrity and inter-observer agreement percentages indicate a high degree of confidence in the data. Ultimately, results demonstrated that group-mediated instruction can improve the efficiency of training in EID for parents of children with ASD.
 
205. Using Matrix Training to Test Generative Learning of Expressive and Receptive Language with Children Diagnosed with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSEBELLE PICHARDO (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), Regina Nastri (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Matrix training is a form of generative learning. This efficient method organizes and selects targets for teaching to promote the generalization of novel targets. Using this approach, only a subset of targets is taught and the emergence of new untrained responses is later evaluated, thereby obtaining a greater number of acquired skills through fewer training trials. The goal of this study is to evaluate whether matrix training can enhance expressive and receptive language in children diagnosed with autism. Participants for this study consisted of three, 4-year old, boys diagnosed with autism. Two matrices consisting of six nouns and six play action verbs were arranged, resulting in 36 possible noun-verb combinations. Initially, all targets were probed, but only three were trained. Once trained targets reached mastery criteria, other noun-verb combinations were probed for generalization. For two participants, noun-verb combinations were probed and taught as receptive language targets (i.e., performing play actions) and for the third as expressive language targets (i.e., labeling play actions). Because generalization of communication skills is of interest, a language assessment was conducted and natural environment play samples were recorded prior to training; these will be reassessed at the end of the study.
 
206. Teaching Peers with Autism to Recruit and Respond to Bids for Social Attention in a Dyad
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAMIE LEE COHEN (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Ashley Stevens (Marcus Autism Center), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: A core feature of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is significant impairment in social communication (DSM-5; American Psychiatric Association, 2013). This impairment includes lack of spontaneously sharing interests or achievements, and lack of gestures. These behaviors are sometimes referred to as joint attention skills. Joint attention is recognized as one of the earliest forms of communication and involves coordinated attention between a partner and event or object in the environment (Taylor & Hoch, 2008). This study used a non-concurrent multiple baseline across dyads to teach one child to initiate bids for attention and teach the peer to respond. Observational learning of untargeted skills was assessed through a role reversal. During baseline the target child was instructed to complete a scavenger hunt. Any bids for attention (e.g., “Look at my dinosaur”) from the target child and comments (e.g., “Cool”) from the peer were recorded. During training, script fading procedures were used to teach the target child to recruit attention. Additionally, echoic prompts were used to teach the peer to respond. The target participant learned to show items and the peer learned to respond following intervention. Following mastery, roles were reversed. Both participants responded correctly, despite never being directly taught to do so.
 
207. The Role of a Differential Observing Response on an Auditory-Visual Conditional Discrimination Task
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAKE PAGANO (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kathryn Glodowski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Victoria Cohrs (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Children with autism may respond over-selectively with respect to a given element within a conditional discrimination (Reith, Stahmer, Suhrheinrich, & Schriebman 2015). In such cases, prompting a differential observing response (DOR) can reduce restricted stimulus control. For example, Dube and McIlvane (1999) demonstrated the efficacy of a DOR during a visual-visual conditional discrimination task for individuals with intellectual disabilities, and Kisamore et al. (2016) found that a DOR improved multiply-controlled intraverbals for some children with autism. The purpose of the current project was to extend this research by examining the role of a DOR in establishing a different type of conditional discrimination, namely, an auditory-visual conditional discrimination. We asked four children with autism to tact one of two components when presented with a two-component compound stimulus (e.g., a green square). If responding was not at mastery-level performance, we prompted a DOR. Preliminary results show that a DOR alone improved responding for some participants, and high-level performance maintained with the removal of the DOR. However, differential reinforcement was necessary to increase responding in some participants. These results suggest that a DOR may be sufficient to establish auditory-visual conditional discriminations for some children with autism.
 
208. The Effects of Visual Prompts on Improving question-asking Behaviors in a Child with ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LIYUAN GONG (University of Tsukuba), Sawako Kawaminami (University of Tsukuba), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: Many individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) have difficulty presenting question-asking behaviors in natural social contexts. In this study, one 7 years old child with ASD and intellectual disability learned how to make “wh-” questions including “Where is this place?”, “What is this?”, and “Who is he or she?” using visual prompts and prompt fading procedures. The visual prompt was fading out with 3 steps. A multiple-baseline design across three questions was utilized. As a result, the participant showed an improvement in making “what is this?’ and “where is this place?” questions, also initiated without visual prompt. However, the participant seemed to have more difficulty making a “who is he or she?” question. After the completion of the intervention implementation, maintenance and generalization probe observations were conducted for three questions. One of the questions “What is this?” was generalized to the real item in play time. Limitations and implications for future research were discussed.
 
209. Assessing Multiple Control Over the Verbal Behavior of Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LEE L. MASON (Univ of Texas at San Antonio), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: Extending the work on functional analyses of verbal behavior, we report the results of a procedure designed to assess converging variables over the language of children who display autistic speech. Four primary verbal relations were assessed: mand, echoic, tact, and intraverbal. Subsequently, we assessed the control of six bivergent variables: mand/echoic, mand/tact, mand/intraverbal, echoic/tact, echoic/intraverbal, tact/intraverbal. This was then followed by assessing the trivergence of: mand/echoic/tact, mand/echoic/intraverbal, mand/tact/intraverbal, and echoic/tact/intraverbal. Finally, we assessed the simultaneous multiple control of all four primary sources to serve as a control condition against which other conditions can be measured. The results of this verbal operant analysis of multiple control demonstrate the interaction of environmental variables and may be useful for assessing present levels of functional language, developing treatment plans, and designing individualized prompt fading procedures for transferring control across operant classes.
 
210. Using Blocked-Trials to Teach Conditional Discrimination between Tact Noun and Tact Action
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Ashley Simmons (Marcus Autism Center), KATE GOODRICH (Marcus Autism Center), Julia Kincaid (Marcus Autism Center), Camille Woodard (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder often exhibit difficulties with conditional discriminations, in which responding to a discriminative stimulus is reinforced only when another conditional stimulus is present. Saunders and Spradlin (1989) implemented a blocked-trials procedure to teach discrimination to two adults with intellectual disabilities. Recently, a blocked-trials procedure has been effective in establishing control over intraverbal responding (Ingvarsson, Kramer, Carp, Pétursdóttir, & Macias, 2016) and teaching color discrimination (Williams, Pérez-González, & Beatriz Müller Queiroz, 2005) in children with autism. The present study used blocked-trials to teach discriminations between “what is it?” and “what’s happening?” when presented with a verbal instruction and 3D stimuli for a child with autism. Six targets were selected using three items (three tact noun and three tact action) in a multiple probe across targets design. In baseline, targets in sets 1, 2, and 3 were presented in a mixed order (i.e., mixed trials), with no more than two of the same target presented consecutively. In set one, blocked-trials treatment with fading was required to demonstrate discrimination at mastery levels. For set two, discrimination occurred following mixed trials treatment. For set three, discrimination between targets was mastered in mixed trials baseline. Maintenance was observed across all sets.
 
211. Teaching Children with Autism to Emit Mands for Social Information in a Naturalistic Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BETHANY TALMADGE (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Cecilia Crowe (Marcus Autism Center), Ashley Stevens (Marcus Autism Center), Cassondra M Gayman (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated the utility of contrived establishing operations (EOs) to teach children with autism to mand for information related to obtaining tangible items. Recently, Shillingsburg, Frampton, Wymer, and Bartlett (in press) contrived EO and AO conditions in which personal information about another person was either unknown or known and demonstrated that children with autism learned to ask questions when personal information was unknown. This study, however, was limited in that the trials were conducted in a contrived format. The current study sought to extend this research by teaching a child with autism to mand to peers for personal information within an ongoing classroom activity. The participant was tasked with giving peers their preferred items related to the activity topic (e.g., farm animals, etc.). In AO condition, the participant was provided with information regarding one peer’s preferred item. For the EO condition, the peer’s preferred item was unknown. During intervention, the participant was taught to ask the peers about preferred materials in order to provide the correct items (e.g., “Allison, what’s your favorite farm animal?”). The participant acquired mands for personal information within a small group. Responses to novel activities and to probes evaluating inferences of preferences were evaluated.
 
212. Teaching Gestural Communication to Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Ashley Simmons (Marcus Autism Center), JENNIFER GIOIA (Marcus Autism Center), Meighan Adams (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: Gestural communication typically begins in infancy and remains an important skill throughout development. Taking many forms, communication with gestures is used to socially interact with others, request or refuse items, and to direct attention to oneself (Watson, Crais, Baranek, Dykstra, & Wilson, 2013). While there is significant evidence to support that children with autism exhibit lower rates of appropriate gesture use (e.g., pointing to request items) when compared to typically developing children, limited research exists on how to teach these skills (Braddock et al., 2016). Additionally, studies completed to teach requests by gesturing were taught under the control of discriminative stimuli. The present study evaluated teaching three children with autism to point to indicate preference under the presence of an establishing operation (EOP). Before treatment, a pretest was completed in a natural setting followed by baseline and treatment in a structured setting. Pointing did not occur during the pretest or in baseline. All participants learned to use a distal point when motivation for the items was present (EOP) and did not use a point when motivation for the items was not present (EOA). During posttest, pointing was observed across participants when conducted in the same natural setting as the pretest.
 
213. Stimulus Fading: Establishing Visual Discriminations in an Early Manding Repertoire
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ELIZABETH LEFEBRE (Bierman ABA Autism Centers), Ashley Alhers (Bierman ABA Autism Centers), Jessica Sivak (Bierman ABA Autism Centers), Jessica Gutwein (Bierman ABA Autism Centers)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: Manding, is a critical communication skill for individuals of all ages. Individuals can mand using vocal communication, picture exchange, augmentative device use or gestural communication. Using pictures as a primary mode of communication requires the recruitment of many component skills. One of the many component skills includes discrimination of visual stimuli. Visual discrimination is the ability to recognize differences, details, similarities, color, etc. in visual images in order to differentiate one stimulus from another. When using pictures to mand, teaching visual discrimination skills across different stimuli can be a challenge for children with Autism. This intervention used stimulus fading. In this study, we used Stimulus Fading procedures by increasing the saliency of the different features of the target stimulus and the distractors and systematically fading the salient cues. The learner quickly progress through the Stimulus Fading procedures and demonstrated generalization with a variety of new targets.
 
214. An Analysis of Intraverbal Responding Through Syllogistic Frames
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALONZO ALFREDO ANDREWS (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Lee L. Mason (Univ of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: Conditioning stimulus control over intraverbals, the operant class of social behavior, is a primary function of the verbal community. Addressing intraverbal deficits, however, continues to be a challenge for researchers and practitioners, due to the lack of precise measures and sparse literature on establishing discriminations across derivations of intraverbal stimuli. Applying a stimulus equivalence framework to intraverbal relations, we designed and employed a novel outcome measure consisting of brief affordance narratives premised upon syllogistic logic to evaluate the relative control of reflexive, symmetrical, and transitive stimuli over responses to Wh- questions by children with autism. Similar affordance narratives were composed across the four figures of syllogisms to assess differences in participants' responding. Results demonstrate disproportionate degrees of derivational stimulus control as an operant dimension of behavior across syllogistic figures.
 
215. Establishing Naming in Children With Autism Through Sufficient Exemplar Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Roy Salomonsen (University Hospital of Tromso)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: Naming was defined as being able to receptively and expressively label an item after observing another person tact that item. We selected 40 items that the participants were not able to receptively or expressively label (name). However, the participants had to be able to echo the name of the items. We employed a non-concurrent multiple probe design and the participants were assigned either a 1 day or 14 days baseline. The first step of the procedure consisted of the teacher twice tacting the item with the child was observing. The second step was probing if the child could receptively and expressively label the item - based merely on this observation. If the child could not do this, naming was taught. If the child named the item, the next item on the same procedure was followed for the next item on the list. This procedure was followed until the participants named three consecutive items. Both participant met this criterion, however the number of items needed to be trained varied. Both participants established the receptive labelling part of naming quicker than the expressive labelling part. These findings need to be replicated and future research should check if naming generalizes to daily life.
 
216. Establishing two-component instruction following with children with autism using multiple exemplar instruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
FANNY SILVA (AFETO, Pernambuco, Brazil), Ana Eduarda Vasconcelos (AFETO, Pernambuco, Brazil; Universidade Federal de Pernambuco, Brazil), Milena Pimentel (AFETO, Pernambuco, Brazil; Universidade Federal de Pernambuco, Brazil), Daniela De Souza Canovas (Grupo Método - Intervenção Comportamental), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: Listener responding, more specifically, following instructions is an important skill to be developed in children with ASD. However, some children respond under the control of only one part of the instruction, rather than both components (e.g., "raise arms" versus "cross arms"; or "raise arms" versus "raise legs"). The purpose of this study was to investigate a training procedure to establish accurate listener responding under the control of all components of the instructions. Two children with ASD participated in the study. We used a multiple probe design across sets of instructions. Each set included three instructions (e.g., raise arms, open arms, cross arms). The multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) included the simultaneous training of four different operants with the same action: 1. pointing to the picture of the corresponding action (given the instruction, e.g. "raise arms"); 2. tacting the picture of the action, 3. imitating the action in the picture and 4. following the instruction. Results showed that after MEI training, both participants demonstrated responding (90% or higher), indicating the effectiveness of this procedure.
 
217. Pre-treatment Verbal Functioning as a Predictor of Response to Parent-implemented Verbal Behavior Intervention for Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY RAE CONNOVICH (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: Approximately 67% of children diagnosed with autism are estimated to respond positively to Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI, Perry, 2008). The child’s initial level of verbal functioning has been hypothesized to be a predictor variable for these heterogeneous EIBI outcomes (Itzchak, 2009). The purpose of this study was to explore pre-treatment level of verbal functioning as a possible predictor of the mixed treatment outcomes of a parent-implemented ABA intervention based on Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior (VBA). Outcome measures including the Mullen Scales of Early Development (MSEL), the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), and direct observation of verbal behavior (VB) and joint attention (JA) skills during parent-child interactions were collected at baseline, immediately following the 3-month parent-implemented VBA intervention, and 3-months after the end of intervention (6-month follow-up). Data from 12 children assigned to VBA were analyzed in the context of their pre-treatment language functioning level as measured by the VB-MAPP and portions of the MSEL. Growth patterns in VB and JA were detected to cluster by pre-treatment level on the VB-MAPP, and the specific patterns were largely dependent upon the demand characteristics of the “presses” designed to differentially evoke JA and VB during the parent-child interactions.
 
218. Using Tact Training to Produce Emergent Relations between Numbered Musical Notations and Notes in A female with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YI-CHIEH CHUNG (National Pingtung University)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: In recent years, there have been an increasing numbers of studies that empirically investigated the emergence of derived equivalence relations among individuals with autism. Traditional match-to-sample approaches involving error corrects were usually used in building target stimulus-response relations. In the field of verbal behavior, several studies have examined emergent stimulus equivalence following tact training. The purpose of the current study was to investigate the effects of tact training with errorless learning procedures in a many-to-one (MTO, i.e., A=B and C=B) format on emergence of derived relations between seven numbered musical notations (A) and notes(C). A multiple probe design across behaviors was used to first teach the participant to tact numbered musical notations (A=B) and then learned to tact musical notes(C=B). Following tact training, untaught relations including symmetry (i.e., B=A and B=C), and transitivity (i.e., A-C relations) were observed. Specifically, generalized effects of some responding were found in more natural conditions.
 
219. Methodology for testing whether tokens function as reinforcers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEACHA LYNN COON (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Stephanie Bonfonte (The New England Center for Children), Mary Katherine Carey (New England Center for Children), Joshua Jackson (New England Center for Children), Julie M. Stine (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: Many experimenters have employed token systems but few have explicitly demonstrated that tokens function as reinforcers. In this poster we present a methodology for testing whether or not tokens act as reinforcers. Our primary method entailed a comparison between a token production condition and a yoked tandem condition. In the token condition, we delivered tokens contingent upon responding. The token condition was identical to the tandem except that there were no token deliveries during the tandem condition. We held the ratio to responses to primary reinforcers constant across token and tandem conditions. In order to avoid temporal contiguity between responding and primary reinforcement, participants exchanged tokens at a delay following sessions. Likewise, we delivered primary reinforcers earned during the tandem condition at a delay following the session. We identified primary reinforcers via paired-stimulus preference assessments. Participants were seven students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder that were attending a school for individuals with intellectual disabilities. These methods allowed us to detect when tokens did and did not function as reinforcers.
 
220. Effects of Self-Monitoring Strategy in Increasing On-Task Behavior of a Student With Autism Spectrum Disorder Without Teacher Observation
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
DAISUKE NAGATOMI (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: This study was designed to evaluate self-monitoring procedures on the independent work behavior of a student with autism in a situation without teacher observation. First, the student solved a trace problem in a situation with teacher observation (Condition A). Second, he worked out a trace problem in a situation without teacher observation (Condition B). Last, he applied a self-monitoring strategy in the situation without teacher observation (Condition C). A-B-C-B-C design was implemented, and three dependent variables were observed. (1) The percentage of time engaged in on-task behavior. (2) The percentage of intervals engaged in off-task behavior. (3) The percentage of number traced Japanese words exactly. The results are displayed in Figure 1. The findings indicated that the self-monitoring procedure was successful in increasing stable on-task behavior. Moreover, the student traced Japanese words almost precisely in Condition C. In the future, we aim to reverse Conditions B and C and continue evaluating the self-monitoring procedure.
 
221. Use of flavor spray to decrease the occurrence of post-meal rumination
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANTOINETTE DONALDSON (Children's Hospital Colorado), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: Rumination has been defined as the repetitive regurgitation of undigested food, and can lead to serious health consequences (Luiselli, 2015). We present data from a child referred to a psychiatric inpatient unit diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who engaged in post-meal rumination. That is, rumination most likely to occur following a meal or snack. Interobserver agreement was collected on 40% of sessions and averaged 90%. This child’s evaluation was conducted using an ABAB reversal design. During the baseline condition, the child was permitted continuous access to preferred activities, such as reading books, and direct attention immediately following a meal or snack. Rumination was ignored. Results of baseline showed initially high levels of rumination that eventually decreased over time. During treatment, one spray from a flavor spray bottle was delivered on a fixed time 5-min schedule following each meal or snack. Preferred activities and adult attention were continuously available, and rumination continued to be ignored. Results showed initially lower levels of rumination when flavor spray was delivered compared to the baseline condition. However, while occurring less, the overall duration of episode of rumination continued to be approximately equal. These data will be discussed in terms of managing post-meal rumination.
 
222. Extension of a Parent-mediated Joint Attention Intervention With Generalization to Home Setting for Young Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BUKET ERTURK (University of Oregon), Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders have numerous developmental difficulties and one of these difficulties is social-communication deficit. Joint attention is a social-communication skill, which is a pivotal skill for more complex social-communication, language, and social skills. In this concurrent multiple baseline single-case research study, we investigated the effectiveness and generalization of a parent-implemented joint attention intervention, response to joint attention skills of three young children with autism, and parents' treatment fidelity of implementation. Results indicated that parents were able to implement the social-communication intervention following parent training and coaching. Results also indicated that children were able to gain response to joint attention skills with the use of prompts and generalize these skills to more natural settings. Conclusion and recommendation for future research are discussed.
 
223. Further Evaluation of Choice on Instructional Efficacy and Individual Preferences
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHAVELYS VALLE (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Johanna Sosa (Florida Institute of Technology), Andre V. Maharaj (Florida International University), Carolina Samitier (Florida Institute of Technology), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of choice making opportunities on the rate of skill acquisition in children with autism spectrum disorder. We systematically replicated procedures described by Toussaint et al. (2015). That is, we evaluated the following conditions: choice (with a differential consequence) and no choice. Additionally, we assessed a condition during which the participant had a choice among an array of identical items (choice with no differential consequence). Additionally, we assessed preference for each of the contingency arrangements. Results indicated that choice-making opportunities increased the rate of skill acquisition when choice is provided with and without differential consequence. However, despite the increased rate of skill acquisition, preliminary results suggest there is little correspondence between efficiency and preference in this experimental arrangement.
 
 
 
Paper Session #464
Applied Animal Behavior: Research
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: AAB
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Erin E. Watkins (WMU)
 
Assessing Cat Preference for Social, Food, Toy and Scent Stimuli Using a Free-Operant Method
Domain: Applied Research
KRISTYN VITALE SHREVE (Oregon State University), Monique Udell (Oregon State University)
 
Abstract: Although cats can be conditioned to engage in numerous behaviors, some believe cats are un-trainable, a reputation potentially stemming from a lack of knowledge with respect to cats' most preferred stimuli (MPS) and what stimuli motivate cats, important aspects of operant conditioning. This study investigated individual cat preferences for categories of stimuli in two populations (pet and shelter). Forty-six cats underwent a free-operant preference test with stimuli in human social, food, toy and scent categories. Stimuli with the highest proportion of interaction within each category were compared in a final session to determine each cat's MPS category. For within-category comparisons, more individuals spent at least half the session time engaging with the social stimulus, significantly more than other categories of stimuli (all p = 0.0001). In between-category comparisons to determine MPS, social interaction was preferred significantly more than toy (p = 0.0003) and scent (p = 0.0001) stimuli. Food was preferred significantly more than scent (p = 0.0003). Results indicate preference is highly individual, however social interaction and food were the MPS for the majority of cats. Future research can assess ability of MPSto serve as a reinforcer, informing further applied uses of these stimuli in cat training situations.
 
Influence of Training Procedures on Tobacco Generalization Performance in Scent Detection Rats
Domain: Applied Research
ERIN E. WATKINS (Western Michigan University), Timothy Edwards (University of Waikato), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract: Tobacco was smoked by over 1.1 billion people in 2015, making nicotine one of the most commonly used drugs in the world (World Health Organization, 2016). Illicit trade in cigarettes undermines effective health, safety, and taxation policies and promotes further criminal activity (Titeca, Joossesns, & Raw, 2011). APOPO, a Belgian nonprofit organization headquartered in Tanzania, employs giant African pouched rats (Cricetomys ansorgei) in demining operations as landmine detection animals and as a screening resource to identify sputum samples from TB-positive individuals. In 2014, exploratory research conducted by APOPO demonstrated the rats' ability to detect tobacco products through scent-detection and outlined additional research necessary for pouched rats to contribute to controlling illicit cigarette trade (Mahoney et al., 2014). In the current study, rats were trained to respond to filter samples of 21 cigarette brands and not to filter samples of controls. Tests were conducted with 15 untrained cigarette brands to measure generalization. Training resulted in average hit rates ranging from 91% to 100% and false alarm rates ranging from 2% to 5%. Tests resulted in hits on 38% and 48% of generalization samples. These results indicate modest generalization from trained to untrained cigarette brands. Responding on generalization samples increased when cigarette brands were trained sequentially. Further research is needed before pouched rats can be employed as illicit tobacco detection animals.
 
 
 
Symposium #465
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Advancements in Teaching Appropriate Play Skills to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lorraine A Becerra (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Lorraine A Becerra, M.A.
Abstract:

The three presentations within this symposium describe the recent advancements in teaching appropriate play skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Each paper describes systematic approaches to improve the effectiveness in teaching in the areas of independent and social play. The first presentation is a quantitative analysis of interventions used to teach play skills to children with ASD. The second presentation will describe the use of technology based activity schedules to teach independent play skills to preschool students. The final presentation describes the use of video modeling training to increase pretend play behaviors for two pairs of participants with ASD. Implications and future directions for teaching various play behaviors will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Play
 

Teaching Play Skills to Children With Autism: A Review of the Literature

HEATHER PANE (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The development of play skills is thought to be an important part of human development. Children spend the majority of their time engaged in play activities (Boutot, Guenther, & Crozier, 2005). Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often present with substantial delays in the development of play behaviors. To our knowledge, the literature on teaching play skills to children with ASD has not been fully reviewed. The purpose of the current review was to conduct a quantitative analysis of studies that evaluated interventions to teach play skills to children with ASD. Fifty-seven articles met the inclusion criteria. These studies were evaluated across 16 parameters (e.g., participants, dependent variable, preference assessment, independent variable, generalization, social validity, type of play). The majority of the studies reviewed were effective in increasing the target play skill. Further evaluation of the social validity of the outcome is warranted. Determining a means of measuring the participants newly acquired play skill relative to a child of typical development would be valuable information in understanding how socially valid the results are. Another interesting finding is that only eight studies conducted some type of preference assessment to identify the toys used during the intervention. Consideration of a childs preference for a toy might aide in the development of the play skill. In addition, more consideration should be made in programming for and assessing generalization across toys, people, and environments. Identifying effective interventions is an important step in promoting play skills within the contexts of natural play environments.

 

An Evaluation of an iPad Based Photographic Activity Schedule to Increase Independent Play Skills for Young Children With Autism

KASSIDY REINERT (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

A visual activity schedule is a set of pictures or words that can be used to teach an individual with disabilities to complete a set of tasks. These schedules can help individuals with disabilities to become more independent and complete tasks appropriately. Children with autism often engage in behaviors that are repetitive or not appropriate when playing. Visual activity schedules have been used to teach a variety of skill and teach appropriate play. Typically, activity schedules are paper based; this study examines the use of an activity schedule taught on an iPad. This study included three young boys with a diagnosis of autism who were attending a university-based early intervention preschool. This study found that technology-based activity schedules are an effective way to teach play and the technology-based activity schedule was preferred for two of the three participants.

 

Teaching Children With Autism Pretend Play Using Video Modeling

ASHLEY SIMMONS (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Sandra Shirk (Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Talmadge (Marcus Autism Center), Tom Cariveau (Marcus Autism Center), Whitney Trapp (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Video modeling has been used to teach a variety of play behaviors for children with ASD including solitary play (MacDonald, Clark, Garrigan, and Vangala, 2005; Paterson & Arco, 2007), and pretend play with typically developing peers and siblings (Reagon, Higbee, & Endicott, 2006; Macdonald et al., 2009). However, there is limited research on the utility of video modeling training when all participants have ASD. A multiple probe design across behaviors (pretend play scenarios) was used to evaluate the effects of video modeling for two pairs of participants. During all sessions, rate of vocalizations, play actions and completion of the targeted scenario was scored for all participants. In baseline, the participants did not engage in the targeted play scenarios and displayed low rates of contextually appropriate vocalizations and play actions. Following exposure to the video models, all participants displayed elevated vocalizations and play actions and completed the targeted play scenarios. Maintenance probes showed that play persisted once the videos were no longer viewed. These results extend the video modeling research by demonstrating that the intervention can successfully be provided to two children with ASD simultaneously.

 
 
Symposium #466
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Methods to Address Errors and Response Bias During Skill Acquisition for Learners With Autism
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Sloman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals with autism may exhibit persistent errors and biased responding during academic tasks, which may slow the skill acquisition progress. The proposed symposium will present data from three research studies on the evaluation of procedures improve skills acquisition in learners with autism. In the first study, Audrey Toricelli will present a study that used functional communication to decrease biased responding in learners with autism during receptive identification tasks. In the second study, Stacy Lauderdale-Litton will present a study evaluating three error correction procedures in the acquisition of response chains in learners with autism. In the third study, Douglas Stracquadanio will present an evaluation of different error correction procedures during sight word reading and generalization of effects to naturalistic instructional contexts for individuals with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Chaining, Error Correction, Functional Communication, Response Bias
 

Using Functional Communication Training to Decrease Biased Responding During Receptive Identification Tasks in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

AUDREY TORRICELLI (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley Gatley (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Stacy Lauderdale-Littin (Monmouth University)
Abstract:

Biased responding is a common problem observed during academic instruction for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). These learners may develop response patterns controlled by a different stimulus or an aspect of a stimulus rather than respond based upon programmed stimuli and contingencies. For example, when selecting from an array, the individual may always select the stimulus on the left. This faulty stimulus control often leads to stagnated progress during skill acquisition programming. Biased responding may be likely to occur during novel tasks because individuals with autism lack the means to effectively request help or additional information. The purpose of the present study is to a) demonstrate that biased responding can be a function of novel (unknown) stimuli and b) use functional communication training (FCT) to teach two learners diagnosed with ASD, who have demonstrated response biases, an expressive I dont know response when presented with novel instructional stimuli. Results indicate that responses biases emerge during presentation of novel instructional materials. In addition, FCT can be an effective tool to teach individuals with ASD a socially appropriate response to unknown instructional stimuli. Implications for generalizing FCT to natural settings will be discussed.

 

Evaluation of Error-Correction Procedures During Chained Tasks for Learners With Autism

STACY LAUDERDALE-LITTIN (Monmouth University), Melanie Erwinski (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Jennifer Stracquadanio (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Rachel Davis (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Douglas Stracquadanio (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Abstract:

Many socially significant behaviors are taught to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) by breaking a complex chain of responses into smaller, manageable steps. When teaching chained responses, various instructional strategies are used to promote independence. Past research suggests that the effectiveness of procedures may be idiosyncratic across learners (McGhan & Lerman, 2013). Therefore, individualized assessment is essential to determine the least intrusive, most effective strategy. Joe, a 14-year-old classified with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and Zander, a 17-year-old with ASD, participated in an error-correction assessment. The assessment compared acquisition of chaining tasks across three error-correction conditions: error feedback (i.e., instructor stated, No thats no right when error occurred and reset materials), overcorrection (i.e., error in chain was interrupted, materials were reset, and student was prompted through the entire chain 3 consecutive times) and reset (error in chain was interrupted, materials were reset, and student was prompted through the chain 1 time) using an alternating treatments design. When examining trials to acquisition, results indicated that error feedback resulted in the first chaining task being acquired more quickly for both learners. Implications for future generalization of these results in each students classroom programming will be discussed.

 

Evaluation of Error-Correction Procedures During Sight Word Reading for Learners With Autism

DOUGLAS STRACQUADANIO (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Stacy Lauderdale-Littin (Monmouth University), Audrey Torricelli (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Kyung Mo Nam (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Various error-correction procedures are used when teaching learners with autism. Procedures may involve providing feedback to the learner, prompting the correct response, or having the learner practice the response numerous times. Past research suggests that the effectiveness of the procedures may be idiosyncratic across learners. Therefore individualized assessment is paramount to find the least intrusive, most effective error-correction procedure. Two adolescents with autism participated in an adapted error-correction assessment (McGhan & Lerman, 2013). Baseline probes were conducted to identify three sets of three novel sight words for inclusion in the study. We compared acquisition of sight-word reading lists across two error-correction conditions: error-feedback (i.e., instructor stated correct response) and repeating trials until independent (i.e., student was prompted to say correct response and trials at independent were presented until student engaged in correct response) and a control condition (no reinforcement and no error correction) using an alternating treatments design. Results revealed that error-feedback resulted in higher rates of skill acquisition whereas no sight words were acquired during the repeat until independent or control condition. These results were replicated with the set of words that were previously trained using the repeat until independent condition. Implications for future generalization of these results to classroom programming will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #467
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in Treatment for Automatically-Maintained Problem Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine )
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Joanna Lomas Mevers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement can present a challenge and are often more difficult to treat than behaviors maintained by social reinforcement. This challenge is often due to the mechanism that is maintaining the behavior and the inability to fully control access to the automatic reinforcement.. This challenge is compounded by limited empirically validated treatment options. The current symposium will present two papers focused on developing innovative treatments for behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. The first paper focuses on the validation of a free-operant competing stimulus assessment (FOCSA) as an effective tool for identifying items which are highly-preferred, but also result in high-rates of stereotypy (HP-HS) and items which are highly-preferred, but result in low-rates of stereotypy (HP-LS). Results demonstrated the immediate effects of the HP-LS and HP-HS stimuli were correctly predicted by the FOCSA for each participant. The second paper focuses on the use of an activity schedule as a treatment for automatically maintained problem behaviors. Specifically, this study evaluated the use of providing differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior for completion of an activity schedule (without the use of differential reinforcement for the absence of the automatically-maintained problem behavior). Taken together, the results of both studies provide support for continued research on refinements and development of novel treatment approaches for behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Activity Schedule, Automatic Reinforcement, Competing Assessment
 

Extensions of the Use of Free-Operant Competing Stimulus Assessment to Identify Competing Items Used in the Treatment of Stereotypy

John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Erin Swinkels (Aubrun University), KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University), Jennifer Lynn Cook (Monarch House), Kathryn McHugh (Monarch House), Kathryn Mann (Monarch House)
Abstract:

Frewing, Rapp, and Pastrana (2015) described a free-operant competing stimulus assessment (FOCSA) wherein they compared conditional probabilities of participants? engaging in stereotypy while manipulating items to the unconditional probability of stereotypy. We conducted a series of experiments to further evaluate this assessment tool. In Experiment 1, we showed that each participant?s repetitive behavior persisted without social consequences. In Experiment 2, we used the same FOCSA to identify high-preference, low stereotypy (HP-LS) items for four participants and high-preference, high-stereotypy (HP-HS) items for four participants. To validate the results of the FOCSAs (Experiment 3), we used a three-component multiple schedule to evaluate the immediate effects of a HP-LS stimulus, a HP-HS stimulus, or both (in separate test sequences) on each participant?s stereotypy. Results of Experiment 3 showed that the immediate effects of the HP-LS and HP-HS stimuli were correctly predicted by the FOCSA for each participant. We briefly discuss the clinical implications and limitations of this study, as well as directions for future research with this FOCSA.

 
Use of Activity Schedules to Treat Automatically Maintained Problem Behavior
JOELLE KRANTZ (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Automatically maintained problem behavior is particularly difficult to treat as the events that evoke or reinforce the behaviors often cannot be observed or manipulated directly (Vollmer, 1994). Reinforcement-based treatments to reduce such problem behavior have focused primarily on identifying competing stimuli that individuals will engage in to the exclusion of automatically reinforced problem behavior (e.g., Piazza et al., 1998; Shore, Iwata, DeLeon, Kahng, & Smith, 1997). However, this strategy may prove difficult if the individual does not have a wide array of activities that compete with the automatic reinforcement produced by the problem behavior. The present study applied a treatment strategy (activity schedules) shown to be effective at promoting adaptive play in other populations to children exhibiting automatically maintained self-injury. Specifically, we used a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) procedures to teach children to utilize the activity schedule, where alternative activities were trained and reinforced. All participants demonstrated significant reductions in problem behavior following treatment, with treatment gains maintained over time. The findings from the study provide support for a novel intervention to treat automatically maintained problem behavior.
 
 
Panel #468
CE Offered: BACB
A Mile in My Moccasins: What You Think You Know, But Don't Know About Being an Autism Parent
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: William Tim Courtney, Ph.D.
Chair: William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
LORRI SHEALY UNUMB (Autism Speaks)
MICHELE TRIVEDI (The Arc of Indiana)
MARY ROSSWURM (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Clinicians work with a wide variety of families affected by autism and come to feel as if they are a part of the family and really understand that autism parents and families go through. This panel, made up of three parents who are also in the "field" and are parenting young adults, will discuss what it's truly like to raise a young person with autism. From angry, resentful siblings, to parental guilt, these topics and more will be discussed in a frank manner so the participants will have a better understanding of the autistic life. Marital stress, financial stress and the constant stress of losing services will be addressed. Please don't think you know what an autism parent goes through unless you have walked a mile in their moccasins.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism families, autism parents, autistic adults, autistic teenagers
 
 
Invited Paper Session #469
CE Offered: BACB/QABA

We Can Teach You That Too! Using Behavior Analysis to Teach Reading, Maths, and Writing to Children With Autism

Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Corinna F. Grindle, Ph.D.
Chair: Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children)
CORINNA F. GRINDLE (Bangor University)
Corinna Grindle, Ph.D., has over 20 years of experience working with children with autism and related developmental disabilities. She obtained her undergraduate degree at the University of Warwick, and her Ph.D. at the University of Southampton, in 2004. She is a director of the Centre for Behaviour Solutions, a not-for-profit social enterprise that offers evidence-based specialist support for children and young people whose challenging behaviour is impacting negatively on their quality of life. Corinna has been a lecturer on the MSc in ABA at Bangor University since 2004 and taught numerous university courses for behaviour analysts and specialists regarding autism, behaviour analysis, curriculum design and effective instruction. She is currently also an associate research fellow at the Centre for Educational Development Appraisal and Research, University of Warwick. She has been invited to present at national and international conferences regarding educational, behavioural and communicative issues relating to children and young people with autism. Corinna’s research interests include early intervention, challenging behaviour, and fostering academic learning for students with moderate and severe learning disabilities. Her research has been published in journals including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Modification, Behavioral Interventions, the Journal of Autism and Developmental Disabilities, and Research in Developmental Disabilities.
Abstract:

There has been considerable interest in the use of Applied Behaviour Analysis methods as a comprehensive intervention model for children with autism in home and centre-based or school-based settings. Recent systematic reviews and meta-analyses suggest positive outcome data, especially for cognitive, language, and adaptive skills. In addition to a focus on social, language and other adaptive skills, ameliorating academic skill deficits (in reading, writing and maths) is often a component of these programs. However, within the research literature on interventions for children with autism, investigating the best methods of teaching academics has received limited attention. In this presentation I will describe an approach for extending what we know about the psychology of learning to the teaching of academic skills to more fully account for the full range of skills that may be lacking in children with autism. I will describe three distinct strands of research that have effectively taught reading, maths and handwriting skills to children with autism. This talk will provide a new framework for developing and evaluating academic programs for children with autism.

Target Audience:

PENDING

Learning Objectives: PENDING
 
 
Symposium #470
CE Offered: BACB
A ‘Reel’ Problem: The Influence of Verbal and Contextual Variables on Gambling Behavior and Reducing the Negative Influence of Disordered Gambling
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sarah Litten (University of Southern Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, M.S.
Abstract: The gambling industry generates more revenue than the entertainment and sports industries combined, resulting in estimates as a high as 4% of the general population suffering from disordered gambling. International efforts have been made to better understand the sources of disordered gambling, with an emphasis on the development of preventative strategies as well as treatment strategies in application with this population. The first discussion will showcase how verbal relations can lead to suboptimal decision making in the context of losses disguised as wins. The second discussion will demonstrate the potential therapeutic utility of relational defusion in decreasing the contextual influence of verbal relations. The final discussion will highlight a harm-reduction strategy by teaching gamblers to optimize gambling strategies when attending real casinos. Together, this collection of research will put forward a behavior analytic model of gambling behavior, and will show how behavior analytic strategies can be used to treat and prevent disordered gambling.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Gambling, Harm Reduction, Preventative Strategies, Verbal Relations
 

Decreasing the Influence of Relational Verbal Networks on Gambling Behavior Through Therapeutic Exercises

(Basic Research)
DANA PALILIUNAS (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Ryan C. Speelman (Pittsburg State University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The prevalence of disordered gambling in the United States, due in part to the large scale availability of avenues for gambling, both in person and online, has led to the study of treatments for pathological gambling. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), which is based on the Relational Frame Theory (RFT) account of human language, is one form of intervention that has demonstrated its utility in the treatment of problem gambling. Although outcome data for ACT suggest that it is an effective therapeutic approach, there is limited research regarding the relational frames which underlie ACT core process therapeutic exercises (i.e. defusion, self as context, etc.) which comprise the treatment. The presents studies examine the effect of conditioning verbal relations in the context of therapeutic exercises on the participants responding during gambling tasks. This collection of studies will examine the role of experiential exercises on the defusion of rule governed behavior underlying gambling, contextual variables on impulsive choice behavior of gamblers, and mindfulness activities on suboptimal decision making in a gambling context. Implications of focused research on the relational networks underlying core processes of ACT in terms of broader treatment for disordered gamblers will be discussed.

 
Using Behavioral Skills Training to Promote Optimal Blackjack Strategies
(Basic Research)
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Pittsburg State University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), David Legaspi (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: The proliferation of gambling has exposed millions of Americans to contrived games in which casinos or other vendors hold a statistical and financial edge over a player. Due to the overwhelming popularity of these games, interventions designed to promote optimal choice and improve strategy are socially valid. The present study replicates a previous investigation that taught recreational players blackjack strategies and extends this study by incorporating multiple decks and testing for generalization to an authentic casino setting. A multiple baseline across participants design examined the efficacy of a behavior skills training procedure consisting of video instructions, rehearsal and testing to promote optimal choice-making in blackjack and notably, to teach a specific skill in blackjack (sometimes referred to as card counting). Prior to training, no participants counted cards or won a substantial amount of money while playing. Following training, all three recreational blackjack players counted cards with 100% accuracy and won money in a casino setting, likely improving the entertainment value and reducing the financial costs of the game. These results suggest recreational players would likely benefit from training procedures designed to educate and promote optimal choice-making
 
Losses Disguised as Wins in Slot Machines: A Case of Contingency Confusion
(Basic Research)
JACOB H. DAAR (Northern Michigan University), Ashley Shayter (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The presentation of outcome stimuli on modern slot machines are thought to occasion gamblers to inaccurately detect the programmed contingencies.  One recently added characteristic of modern slot machines is the ability to deliver wins with lower magnitudes of credits than the initially staked wagers.  Termed a "loss disguised as a win" (LDW), this type of consequence appears to produce reinforcement effects despite representing an overall loss.  In a series of three experiments using computer simulated slot machines, the presentation of LDWs were initially evaluated for possible influence on the temporal characteristics of repeated wagers, subsequently examined to potentially bias response allocation across concurrently available LDW display densities, and finally appraised after labeling training designed to potentially alter the discriminative and consequential functions of LDWs.  Participants in these studies responded differentially following outcome types, allocated more responding on slot machines that produced higher densities of LDWs despite payback rates remaining similar, and maintained responding to LDWs as different from losses even when participant verbal behavior was trained to identify LDWs as a loss. The lack of change in gambler’s behaviors despite changes in verbal responding suggests the importance of behavioral interventions over verbal ones in the alteration of irrational gambling behavior
 
 
Symposium #471
CE Offered: BACB
The Clinical Utility of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Diverse Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University)
CE Instructor: Ashley Shayter, M.S.
Abstract: Challenging covert and overt behaviors found in schools, treatment centers, and residential facilities are often dealt with by teachers, social workers, and direct care staff. Behavior analysis has developed technologies such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to deal with these higher order problems. The research in ACT extends beyond traditional behavior analytic interventions in order to address issues such as psychological inflexibility, addiction, and other problem behaviors. ACT can help individuals become aware of how their verbal relations interact, and the effect those relations have on their covert and overt behaviors. Additionally, the use of ACT may present an alternate solution to the use of pharmaceutical interventions. In the present symposium, diverse settings in which ACT can be applied will be discussed. Specifically, the three presentations will discuss the clinical utility of ACT within early childhood and pre-school settings, its application by social workers in addiction treatment centers, and improve direct care staff performance during crises.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ACT, Addiction Treatment, Crises Intervention, Preschool
 
Clinical Utility of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Early Childhood Settings
(Applied Research)
HEATHER LYNN LEWIS (Saint Louis University), Tracy Crystal Lemler (Southern Illinois University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Despite increasing rates of mental illness in children, simple contingency models are often prescribed with little to no consideration of the private events that may influence challenging behaviors. Without addressing a significant influential component to such concerns, even effective procedures prove temporary. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been shown to be an effective treatment option for a range of clinically significant behaviors across the lifespan, and research is beginning to emerge on applying ACT in schools, particularly for children with emotional and behavioral disorders. Despite a growing interest, limited focus has been placed on the implementation and outcomes of very young learners. Given minimal literature on the topic, a need emerges for clearly identifying empirically-based strategies for successful implementation of ACT in pre-school settings. Therefore, the current presentation will showcase empirically-based strategies for infusing ACT into an early childhood setting. The presentation will outline therapeutic sessions with pre-school-aged children and how to measure success when implementing an ACT intervention.
 

Using Clinical Behavior Analytic Social Work Practice in Addiction Treatment Centers: Infusing Mindfulness and Acceptance Based Strategies During Group Sessions

(Service Delivery)
SHELBY BATES (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Minimal information currently exists about best practices and implementation strategies for behavioral therapy for gambling disorders, particularly in community addiction treatment centers. Furthermore, therapeutic treatment models applying clinical behavior analytic social work practice to gambling addictions suggest the importance of identifying environmental factors maintaining gambling, to promote sustained absence. The current presentation extends previous work on clinical behavior analytic social work practice into addiction treatment centers. Group sessions conducted across mindfulness and acceptance based topics, derived from previous research on substance use disorders and gambling disorders, were provided to adult males attending a substance in-patient/out-patient community center in the Midwest, United States. Traditional behavior analytic strategies were modified and adapted to fit the community center culture, where attendance or participation in meetings was not required. Further, psychometrics related to mindfulness and acceptance (i.e., MAAS) were provided to attendees before and after weekly sessions, to determine any within-session effects. Identified barriers and solutions for overcoming data collection challenges in community mental health group settings will also be discussed. Finally, with graduate programs training social workers in the use of ABA, the current presentation will discuss the clinical utility of infusing clinical social work with clinical behavior analysis.

 
Evaluating a Brief ACT intervention to Improve Direct Care Staff Performance During Crisis Intervention Encounters
(Applied Research)
ASHLEY SHAYTER (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Direct care staffs are often tasked with responding to difficult and oftentimes dangerous problem behaviors. While efforts to identify safe and effective procedures for addressing problematic behaviors has produced a number of proactive and function based strategies, default technologies such as restraint may often be required to ensure that a client cannot harm themselves or others. However, staff members who use these types of technologies tend to suffer from greater levels of anxiety, desensitization, and negatively interact with clients. Additionally, staff are less likely to engage in proactive and recommended protocols, or accurately respond to incidents. Although clear correlations between burnout, poor interactions, and job stressors exist, there are currently few empirically based programs designed to train appropriate coping mechanisms in these situations. The present study examined the efficacy of a brief Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) intervention in combination with realistic role-play scenarios in improving direct care staff performance during crisis intervention encounters. Results indicated that four of the six participants improved their performance following training. Implications of this study suggest that ACT may be a beneficial intervention to increase staff performance during crises.
 
 
Symposium #472
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Towards Higher Standards for the Practice of Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA))
Discussant: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Lynn Hammond, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current symposium centers around topics related to the necessary skills required to provide effective behavior analytic services, and the extent to which our field is potentially equipped to this end. Special attention will be paid to practitioners who support individuals who exhibit severely challenging behaviors in the home and community settings, however, each presentation includes implications for practitioners across a range of settings and populations. The first is a discussion paper on the recent increase in publications regarding the current standards for graduate training and the supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), as well as the potential divide between science and practice within the field of behavior analysis. The second paper focuses on the outcomes of a survey designed to extend previous research on the various types of staff and supervisory training, as well as performance management procedures offered to BACB certificants actively working in the applied setting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

The Potential Impact ofa Divide Between Science and Practice in the Field of Behavior Analysis

BENJAMIN THOMAS HEIMANN (CABA), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

There has been a recent increase in publications related to increasing the standards for 1) graduate training programs in ABA (e.g., Dixon, Reed, Smith, & LaMarca, 2015) and 2) supervision of individuals pursuing BCBA certification (e.g., Turner, Fischer, & Luiselli, 2016). Carr (2016) suggested a potential deficit of over 55,000 BCBAs to meet the growing need for behavior analytic services, making these discussions related to the quality of graduate training and BCBA trainee supervision extremely important. However, there has been relatively less attention paid to issues associated with ensuring on-going training for individuals who have already completed graduate school and have obtained their BCBA. By definition, as the demand for behavior analytic services increases, it may be reasonable to expect increased expertise in the practitioner skill set maintained by BCBAs. The purpose of the current paper is two-fold: 1) to review the recent publications on issues related to training behavior analysts, and to extend this discussion to the on-going supervision of BCBAs, and 2) to provide suggestions for supporting the on-going development of BCBAs who are faced with increasingly complex clinical issues. These topics will be addressed with respect to recent publications regarding the potential divide between science and practice within the field of behavior analysis (e.g., Critchfield, 2015b).

 

Quality Control: An Assessment of the Current Status of Supervision for Behavior Analysts

RICHARD COLOMBO (Center for ABA), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA))
Abstract:

The purpose of the current investigation was to extend previous research on the various types of staff and supervisory training and performance management procedures offered to BACB certificants. Reed and Henley (2015) surveyed 382 individuals to this end, and their results suggest several areas that require increased attention; in particular, half of the respondents indicated that they did not receive initial pre-service training and nearly one third of respondents indicated that they do not receive on-going training in their work setting. The outcomes of Reed and Henley's investigation provide several valuable avenues for future research and practice. It is important to note, however, that only 18.9% of respondents reported that they work in the home setting (the remainder worked in center/school-based programs). Community-based practitioners are operating under far different contingencies than those who work in a group setting, which directly impacts issues related to staff training and performance management. Moreover, the topography and severity of challenging behaviors may differ across the home and school settings for a given individual. As such, the purpose of the current investigation was to extend Reed and Henley to include 1) more BCBA respondents who practice in the home setting and 2) more data on the frequency and nature of training and supervision received and provided by the respondents (with particular attention to severely challenging behaviors). Potential benefits associated with establishing a more robust definition of on-going training and performance management will be discussed. Implications for the concept of "Continuing Education" also will be presented.

 
 
Paper Session #473
Adaptive Skill Training for Academic Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
 

Reading Assessment and Intervention for Children With Autism or an Intellectual Disability

Domain: Service Delivery
MICHAEL D. HIXSON (Central Michigan University)
 
Abstract:

Reading is considered the most important academic skill children learn in school. Although children with ASD or an intellectual disability may demonstrate slower and more variable progress in learning early reading skills, current research on phonics instruction indicates they can make progress when taught prerequisite skills and provided with appropriate instruction. Some children with ASD may need no or only minor modifications of instructional procedures to learn to read. Others may require very intensive instructional procedures. In this presentation issues, procedures, and curricula pertaining to reading instruction for children with ASD or an intellectual disability will be discussed.

 

Intensive College Adaptive Skill Training Program for Adults With Intellectual Disabilities

Domain: Applied Research
CARMEN L. HALL (Fanshawe College)
 
Abstract:

Participants ages 16 to 33 years old participated in a five-week summer intensive behavior skill building and habilitation training course offered to adults with moderate to severe intellectual disabilities at the local college. Trained ABA therapists taught individuals in natural settings with individualized programs and goals to teach communication, social, and adaptive living skills. A switching replications design was used to measure participants' communication skills, social skills, adaptive living skills, and quality of life from pre- to post-intervention. A multiple probe across behaviors design was used to measure each participant's social and communication skills across three identified behaviors. Results demonstrated a significant increase in skills acquired with the intervention across participants. Parents rated the intervention high in social validity, and significant changes in social, communication, adaptive living skills, and quality of life were seen across participants. The research highlights the need for intensive ABA training programs for adults with disabilities to enhance skill development, independence, and quality of life.

 
 
 
Panel #474
CE Offered: BACB
Outside the Box: Better Outcomes Through Collaboration
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Tiffany Salmon, M.S.
Chair: Tiffany Salmon (Services for the UnderServed)
ASHELEY BLAISE (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
SAINDYSE GERMAIN (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
AMANDA DUVA (Services for the Underserved)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts working in clinical settings are in a unique position: through the role of developing and implementing behavioral interventions, their work often overlaps and intersects with that of clinicians from many other disciplines. For example, the assessment of motivating operations and antecedents often overlaps with the work of psychiatrists and nurses. The process of implementing and evaluating interventions often overlaps with the work of program management and quality assurance. From this vantage point, the behavior analyst may be in a position to impact interdisciplinary collaboration among these various professionals. The panel will discuss two specific cases where this occurred. In each case, the individual presented with multiple behavioral and medical problems for which solutions were initially difficult to identify. Only after focusing on interdisciplinary team building and communication were the clinicians involved able to develop successful interventions. Specialists from management, nursing, and behavior analysis will discuss the approaches they used to achieve this collaboration, as well as the unique interventions it produced.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): adults, care coordination, developmental disabilities, interdisciplinary team
 
 
Invited Paper Session #475
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

A Behavioral Analysis of Aesthetic Responses

Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Francis Mechner, Ph.D.
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation; Columbia University)
Mechner received his doctorate in 1957 from Columbia University under Professors Keller and Schoenfeld, and continued on the teaching faculty until 1960. He did much of his work on the behavioral analysis of aesthetics during his years at Columbia (1948-1960), having spent his earlier years as a concert pianist, painter, and chess master. In the early 1960s he developed an instructional technology based on behavioral analysis and used it to create instructional programs for high schools, medical schools, industry, and government, and with UNESCO, to modernize science teaching internationally. Under government contracts he led the creation of prototype Job Corps Training Centers. In 1968 he founded and operated the original Paideia School, featuring individualized education. In 1970 he participated in the design of Sesame Street. With support from the U.S. Dept. of HEW he created educational daycare systems for four states, and testified before the Senate Finance Committee in support of the Comprehensive Child Development Act of 1971. With endorsement from the OECD, several countries, including Brazil, implemented Mechner's manpower development technology. Mechner's work has included: laboratory research on operant behavior and resurgence; development of a formal symbolic language for codifying behavioral contingencies; founding and operating innovative schools; and conducting continuing R&D programs in educational technology.
Abstract:

The responses we call aesthetic are instances of synergetic phenomena�elements interacting with a transformative effect. Such effects are pervasive in nature, as when chemical reagents react to create another substance, DNA creates organisms, or photosynthesis creates leaves. This conceptualization of aesthetic responses as synergetic phenomena puts the spotlight on the behavioral priming histories of audiences (viewers, listeners, etc.) with respect to the interacting elements�sounds, visual stimuli, words, abstract concepts. actions, or sensations. Aesthetic responses are complex, surprise-tinged emotional reactions. Artists, composers, poets, writers, performers, architects, or chefs create aesthetic effects by assembling such elements as ingredients of �synergetic brews.� To create these brews, they use a limited set of concept manipulation devices. Key factors that determine the aesthetic impact of such synergetic brews are prevailing behavioral contingencies and potentiating circumstances that act much like catalysts for the synergetic interaction�for instance, socio-cultural factors. Mechner shows how synergetic effects based on the use of the described concept manipulation devices are manifested in diverse art forms and disciplines�music, visual art, literature, humor, architecture, science, etc. He also shows how some of these devices can be modeled in the laboratory, and proposes research strategies for increasing our understanding of the pervasive behavioral phenomenon we call aesthetics. Dr. Killeen will offer comments following Dr. Mechner's paper.

Target Audience:

Intermediate; master's level (BCBA) or master's students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) illustrate the relationship among the terms "synergetic interaction," "synergetic brew," "aesthetic response," "surprise," "emotion," "primed," and "potentiating factors;" (2) state five features that aesthetic responses have in common; (3) describe at least three devices used in the arts as ingredients of synergetic brews that can generate aesthetic responses.
 
 
Symposium #476
CE Offered: BACB
Professional Collaboration Between Behavior Analysts and the Rest of the World: It's Not So Tough
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, M.S.
Abstract:

Much has been written in the field of behavior analysis concerning collaboration with professionals in other disciplines. The general hypothesis of this literature focuses on how behavior analysts often come across as dismissive of other disciplines, using language that drips heavily with technical terms, and with an attitude of how we know best. Many suggestions have been made to behavior analysts as to how to be perceived in a more positive light and thus have better working relations with these other professionals. Some of these suggestions include monitoring our language more carefully by speaking at the level of the listener, act more open to ideas from other disciplines, and to become a conditioned reinforcer to make other professionals more receptive to our ideas. One of our biggest strengths is that of adhering to an analytic process when confronted with a behavior problem that is not easily solved. This analytic process (involving case formulation, operational definition of key terms, careful assessment, protocol development, implementation with carefully constructed data instruments, evaluation of the data, and ultimately changing the treatment protocols if not successful) is a process that most disciplines understand and implement to some extent. The purpose of this symposium is to present case studies of successful collaboration between behavior analysts and professionals from other disciplines. Specific strategies for behavior analysts to use in similar collaborative opportunities will be highlighted to aid in the accomplishment of the objectives of such cases.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): adults, autism, collaboration, community
 

Issues in Behavioral Collaboration With Other Disciplines: Applying Our Way of Thinking to Working With Others

(Service Delivery)
Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Jessica Zawacki (PAAL), Kaitlin Ross (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Lauren Erion (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), THOMAS L. ZANE (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Behaviorism and the philosophy of science dictates a set of attitudes and practices to which behavior analysts adhere in their work. Our approach to solving human behavior problems - operational definition of the problem to solve, careful assessment of its current state, functional assessment identifying the reason(s) for the problem, and a 3-term paradigm describing different potential approaches to solutions � has been shown to be effective when applied to a wide range of human endeavors. Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) noted that, �A society willing to consider a technology of its own behavior apparently is likely to support that application when it deals with socially important behaviors, such as retardation, crime, mental illness, or education.� However, to have that impact in all areas of society requires collaboration with professionals in these other disciplines and areas. Collaboration is a set of behaviors for which behavior analysts have been criticized. We often come across as too technical; hesitant to take into consideration the suggestions of other disciplines; and adhering to a philosophical position (of behavior) that is not held by many others in society or other professional fields. This presentation will discuss how behavior analysts can collaborate in ways that makes us more influential with other disciplines and, at the same time, permits the adherence to our philosophy and approach towards solving human problems.

 

Using Preference Assessments to Increase Physical Activity of Youth in an After-School Program

(Service Delivery)
PRIYA VANCHY (KU Work Group), Courtney Moore (University of Kansas), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Physical activity is important to child and adolescent health and development. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommends that youth between 6 to 17 years participate in at least 60 minutes of physical activity daily. Healthy People 2020 objectives aim to increase the proportion of youth meeting the federal physical activity guidelines. This study examines if identifying and providing opportunities for youth to engage in preferred activities increases participation in leisure-time physical activity. Study participants were youth ages 5 to 15, who resided in a low-income housing complex and participated in an after-school program. The Assessment of Preferred Leisure Alternatives for Youth was used to identify highly preferred activities that were made available through the youth program. A reversal design using momentary time sampling was used to evaluate whether access to highly preferred activities increased the percentage of youth engaged in moderate to vigorous physical activity. Preliminary data suggest an increase between baseline (M = 6.5%, range, 0% to 13%) and intervention phases (M = 66.4%, range, 25% to 85%). Results will be discussed to better examine the efficacy of using online preference assessments and interventions to increase youth physical activity in community-based settings.

 

A Data-Based Protocol for Reducing High Levels of Medication in Adolescents and Adults With Autism

(Service Delivery)
JESSICA ZAWACKI (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Medication is often used solely or in conjunction with behavioral procedures to treat behavior problems in individuals with autism. However, the synergetic effect of multiple medicationsmay evoke otherdifficult challenges that must be addressed in addition to the original dangerous behavioral concerns. Data based decisions and consistent behavioral programming can be used in conjunction with medical oversight and review to systematically reduce medication use so that the individual over time is demonstrating appropriate behavior on the smallest level of medication necessary. This case study demonstrates a formal protocol used when reducing the number and amount of medications used with two adolescents with autism. They demonstrated such serious self-injurious and aggressive behaviors that they were dangers to themselves and others, and that resulted in both being on a cocktail of several different medications tomanagespecific problematic behaviors as well as other alleged psychiatric issues. The number and dosage of these medications were such that these two individuals were sedatedwhichinterfered with skill acquisition. Close collaboration with their medicalneurologists,along with consistent behavioral programming and comprehensive data collection, resulted in gradual reduction and elimination of medications along with continued low-to-no rates of the original target behaviors. The protocols were successful due to the collaboration, gradual pace of medication reduction, consistent implementation of the behavior intervention plans, and the systematic collection of behaviordata.

 
 
Symposium #477
CE Offered: BACB
Ensuring the Success of Behavior Therapists
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Meghan Van Nostrand (ABACS)
CE Instructor: Meghan Van Nostrand, M.S.
Abstract: The success of behavior therapists (BTs) is essential to quality service delivery. In this symposium, success of BTs was examined in terms of procedural integrity (PI) and BT retention. First, the effects of behavior skills training and self-evaluation via video recording on maintenance of PI were evaluated in a multiple baseline design across participants. A discussion of the utility of BST and video self-evaluation of PI is included, particularly when limited resources are available. Next, a group design was used to compare lay and technical terminology in programming for staff who had not received prior training on the specific programming. Data were analyzed using descriptive and statistical analyses and identified that programming using lay terminology resulted in greater PI. Finally, a multitude of data were analyzed across more than 30 interview questions for over 60 employees to determine which variables best predict BT retention. Both descriptive and statistical analyses were conducted and identified clinically and statically significant relations between applicant variables and retention. These three presentations identify practical strategies that can be used to both select BTs and increase BT performance. Each study provides insight into allocation of resources to produce successful BTs who remain employed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Effects of Self-Evaluation on Training Practitioners

CHRISTINE AHERNE (ABACS, LLC.), Lauren Beaulieu (Regis College)
Abstract:

Procedural integrity (PI) is the degree to which techniques are implemented properly and should be maintained at a high level to ensure proper implementation of discrete trial training (DTT). We used a multiple baseline design across participants, and within session design to evaluate the maintenance of DTT skills taught through behavior skills training (BST) with three new behavior therapists at a home-based service agency. All participants learned to implement DTT through BST, and one participant maintained 100% correct implementation of DTT at the 2 week, 4 week, 6 week, and 8 week follow-ups. One participant maintained 100% correct implementation of DTT at the 2 week follow-up, but decreased below criterion at the 4 week follow-up. One participant dropped below mastery criterion at the 2 week follow-up. We taught these participants to implement self-evaluation via video recording. Following the self-evaluation program, DTT skills maintained for 6 weeks for one participant and for 7 weeks for one participant. These results suggest that skills taught through BST may maintain for up to 8 weeks; however, if skills do not maintain, self-evaluation may be a supplementary intervention to increase and maintain PI.

 
Predictors of Staff Retention and Performance Using Interview Data
Ashley Williams (ABACS), Stephanie Phelan (ABACS), MIRANDA COURANT-MORGAN (ABACS)
Abstract: In the current study, we analyzed a variety of observable, measurable variables observed across 90+ individuals during the interview and onboarding process in order to determine which variables might be correlated with greater length of employment and higher performance. A t-test indicated that statistically significant differences existed between applicants for number of months employed and performance checklist scores across several variables. The analysis of number of months employed yielded statistical significance at p < 0.1 for responses to two of four scenario-based questions (p = 0.06 and p = 0.05). Statistical significance was observed at p < 0.1 when examining performance checklist scores: experience under a BCBA, future goals, and education level. Many of the other variables yielded differences among the groups with respect to months employed and checklist score, and these results are discussed in terms of their clinical and practical significance. The results of the analyses suggest greater emphasis on certain aspects of the interview process as well as specific interview questions. Increased awareness of ABA as a potential career as well as opportunities for supervision by BCBAs could help address BT staffing needs in the field.
 

Evaluating the Effects of Lay and Technical Terminology on the Procedural Integrity of Behavior Analytic Programming

Stephanie Phelan (ABACS), HANNAH VANCE GREENWOOD (ABACS), Ashley Williams (ABACS), Lauren Werth (ABACS; Northeastern University), Christine Aherne (ABACS)
Abstract:

This study was conducted to determine the impact of terminology on the procedural integrity of behavior analytic programming. A group design was utilized in which participants were randomly assigned to one of two treatment groups: Technical-Terminology (TT Group, n = 23) and Lay-Terminology (LT Group, n = 23). Participants were 46 individuals who were students at a local university (n = 36) or interviewees of a behavior analytic service provider (n = 12). In each condition, participants were provided with a behavior analytic program to teach intraverbal behavior: answering WH questions about Massachusetts. The TT Group received programming with technical behavior analytic terminology while the LT group received the same program with lay terminology. A paired samples t-test indicated that the lay terminology group had significantly higher procedural integrity than the technical terminology group (p = 0.079). Average procedural integrity scores for the lay terminology group was 60.49% compared to 51.72% for the technical terminology group. IOA of the participants procedural integrity was established. These results emphasize the importance of tailoring language to the audience and given context. Social validity data are reported, as well as implications that this study has on staff training and other areas of future research.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #478
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Cannabis Dose-Effects Across Routes of Administration: Subjective, Performance, and Pharmacokinetic Differences

Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Christine E. Hughes, Ph.D.
Chair: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
RYAN VANDREY (Johns Hopkins University)
Dr. Vandrey is an experimental psychologist with degrees from the University of Delaware (BA) and University of Vermont (Ph.D.). He is currently an Associate Professor at the Johns Hopkins University Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit (BPRU). Dr. Vandrey's research focuses on the behavioral pharmacology of cannabis (marijuana) with a primary focus of controlled laboratory studies with adult research volunteers, but also includes clinical trials, web-based survey research, and natural history studies with patient populations using cannabis/cannabinoids for therapeutic purposes. His work helped characterize the cannabis withdrawal syndrome, has provided novel data about the comparative pharmacokinetics and corresponding pharmacodynamics of cannabinoids across routes of administration, explored medications that are potential adjuncts to behavior therapy to improve rates of abstinence among individuals trying to quit using cannabis, examined the effects of cannabis on sleep, and provides information about the risks and benefits of medicinal use of cannabis/cannabinoids for various health conditions.
Abstract:

The use of cannabis (marijuana) for medical and non-medical purposes is expanding worldwide and now includes legal retail outlets for purchasing cannabis products in many areas. Retail cannabis products are varied with respect to dose and intended route of administration, yet the preponderance of scientific data is limited to analysis of the effects of smoked cannabis. This presentation will summarize data from a series of controlled human laboratory studies evaluating the dose effects of oral, smoked, and vaporized cannabis in healthy, non-tolerant individuals. Outcome measures to be described include subjective ratings of drug effects, cardiovascular measures, cannabinoid quantitation in biological fluid, and performance on psychomotor, memory, and divided attention tasks. Implications of the study findings will be discussed with respect to regulation of medical and non-medical cannabis products, drug testing, and education.

Target Audience:

Masters and Doctoral Level BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Understand how route of administration alters the time course of cannabis effects; (2) Be able to describe adverse effects of cannabis that can occur at high doses; (3) Understand the relation between blood THC levels and behavioral effects.
 
 
Symposium #479
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Social and Nonsocial Stimuli as Reinforcers for the Behavior of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders and Typically Developing Children
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kristine Safaryan (California State University Los Angeles)
Discussant: Kristine Safaryan (California State University Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Svein Eikeseth, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents four studies examining effects of various types of social and nonsocial reinforcers for the behavior of children with autism spectrum disorders and typically developing children. Effects of three types of social reinforcers (i.e., enthusiastic praise, neutral praise, and smiling faces) and one type of nonsocial reinforcer (i.e., geometric forms) were assessed. Results shows that for the children with autism, exited praise was more reinforcing as compared to praise given in a neutral tone of voice. In contrast, the two types of praise was equally effective for typically developing children. When given a choice between a smiling face and a geometric form, children with autism preferred the geometric reinforcer to a lager extent than was the case for the typically developing children.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Nonsocial Reinforcers, Praise, reinforcement quality, social reinforcers
 
Effects of Quality of Praise on Discrimination Acquisition
JENNIFER REBECCA WEYMAN (University of South Florida), Jolene R. Sy (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that praise is an effective reinforcer; however, few studies have evaluated how qualitative differences in praise affect responding. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of neutral-quality praise, high-quality praise, and no praise on the rate of discrimination acquisition and maintenance of discriminations at a 6-week follow-up with children diagnosed with autism and intellectual disabilities during discrete-trial training. In addition, preference for neutral-quality praise, high-quality praise, and no praise was evaluated. Slightly faster acquisition was observed during the high-quality praise condition relative to the neutral-praise and no praise conditions for all three participants and independent discriminations maintained at a 6-week follow-up for two of two participants during all three conditions. In addition, one of three participants preferred high-quality praise. These results suggest that there is a slight advantage to using high-quality praise relative to neutral-quality praise and no praise during discrete-trial training.
 

A Comparison of Enthusiastic and Neutral Praise in Skill Acquisition in Children With Developmental Disabilities

MEGAN HINDS (Lovaas Institute for Early Intervention), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

In an expansion of Polick, Carr and Hanney (2012), the purpose of this study is to determine the effects of enthusiastic and neutral praise in skill acquisition by four children with developmental disabilities in this alternating treatment design with a concurrent multiple baseline. One skill with six objectives, three for each phase of treatment, was targeted for each participant. Skill acquisition was measured as a percentage of opportunity as well as sessions to mastery to determine which method resulted in faster skill acquisition. During one phase, enthusiastic social praise was delivered contingent on a correct response while neutral praise was delivered during the second phase. Enthusiastic praise was defined as varied pitch and intonation, volume or tempo as well as an animated tone of voice. Neutral Praise was defined as even and consistent pitch and tone. The same ten approved phrases were used as in both phases of treatment. No sensory input or gestures were provided during either phase of treatment. For all four participants, skill acquisition was faster when enthusiastic social praise was delivered by an average of 1.43 sessions. Anecdotal reports indicate that noncompliance was higher in participants during the neutral praise phase and Clients failed to meet mastery in more neutral praise targets. Limitations and recommendations for future research are discussed.

 

Praise Delivered in Excited Tone or Neutral Tone Affect the Behavior of Children With Autism Differently From That of Typically Developing Children

SVEIN EIKESETH (Oslo and Akershus University College), Catherine M. Gale (UK Behaviour Analysis and Research Group CIC), Miriam Worku (UK Young Autism Project), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract:

According to treatment manuals, praise when used as a putative reinforcer should be given in an excited voice. However, no published study have directly evaluated whether excited praise is more effective than praise delivered in a neutral tone. To examine this questions experimentally, an application for a tablet to assess responding to social praise delivered in excited tone and neutral tone was developed. Two squares, one red and one yellow were presented simultaneously on the tablet screen. Whenever one of the stimulus was touched, it played an audio clip of social praise either delivered in excited tone or neutral tone. Participants were 10 children with ASD and 9 typically developing children. Dependent variable was number of touches on each type of stimuli within and across participants. Results showed that for children with ASD, praise delivered in excited tone was more reinforcing compare to praise delivered in neutral tone. For typically developing children, in contrast, both conditions were equally effective in controlling responding, and hence, equally effective as reinforcers.

 

Assessing Reinforcement Magnitude of Social and Nonsocial Stimuli in Children With Autism and Typically Developing Children Using a Progressive Ratio Reinforcement Schedule

SVEIN EIKESETH (Oslo and Akershus University College), Catherine M. Gale (UK Behaviour Analysis and Research Group CIC)
Abstract:

This study assessed reinforcement magnitude of social and nonsocial stimuli in children with autism and typically developing children using a progressive ratio reinforcement schedule. An application for a tablet was developed to assess responding to social images and nonsocial images. A pixelated stimulus was presented on the tablet screen, and whenever it was touched, it played a video clip for two seconds. The video clip was either a social image (a face) or a nonsocial image (a geometric pattern). Participants were 10 children with autism and 10 typically developing children. Dependent variable was the reinforcement schedule reached before responding extinguished (i.e., break point), and rate of responding across sessions. Results showed that for nonsocial stimuli, the break point and the rate of responding was higher for the children with autism as compared to the typically developing children. For the social stimuli the break point and the response rate was for similar for the children autism compared to the typically developing children. Results suggest that nonsocial stimuli is a more potent reinforcer for the behavior of children with autism as compared to typically developing children. Potent nonsocial reinforcers may select stereotyped and repetitive behavior and defici verbal and social skills.

 
 
Symposium #481
CE Offered: BACB
Explorations of Extinction in Basic and Applied Research
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Forrest Toegel (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Tyler Nighbor, M.A.
Abstract: Extinction - the discontinuation of response-contingent reinforcement – is not only a common life occurrence but also an intervention to reduce problematic behavior. The present symposium considers research on the extinction-related phenomena of resurgence and spontaneous recovery and on the efficacy of extinction procedures used in clinical treatment and in the laboratory. The work encompasses a range of subjects – rats, pigeons, and people with autism – studied in basic and applied settings. The goal is to encourage an exchange of ideas that will promote translational research on extinction and related phenomena.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Extinction, Resurgence, Spontaneous Recovery, Translational Research
 
Control of Spontaneous Recovery by Temporally Sequenced Auditory Stimuli
(Basic Research)
FORREST TOEGEL (West Virginia University), Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Spontaneous recovery is the recurrence of previously extinguished behavior at the beginning of successive extinction sessions. We investigated the possibility that spontaneous recovery is controlled by stimuli correlated with the start of a session. Rats’ lever pressing was reinforced with food on a variable-interval 60-s schedule during training sessions divided into five segments lasting 10 min each. A distinctive auditory stimulus was correlated with each segment. In a series of test sessions, responding was extinguished by discontinuing reinforcement. For some rats, the temporal order of the stimuli was the same as in training, so that the start of every session was accompanied by the same stimulus. Other rats were tested with the stimuli in a different order. In two experiments, extinction sessions were arranged on successive days or immediately after one another on the same day. Spontaneous recovery was greater when a consistent stimulus was correlated with the start of the sessions, and when the sessions were separated by a day.
 
Persistence of Responding Maintained by DRL Schedules
(Basic Research)
TYLER NIGHBOR (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate (DRL) schedules reinforce responses separated by t seconds or more from the previous response. Little is known about the effects of extinction on responding previously maintained by DRL schedules. Aside from conventional extinction, extinction is also arranged as response-independent food presentations on a fixed or variable-time (VT) schedule. The purpose of the present experiment was to compare the effects of conventional extinction and VT extinction on four pigeons’ key-pecking previously maintained by multiple DRL 15-s DRL 15-s schedules. In EXT 1, conventional extinction was arranged in one component. In the other, VT component, reinforcement rates and temporal distributions of reinforcers were yoked to those obtained in baseline. Response rates were lower in the conventional extinction component than the VT component for 3 of the 4 pigeons. In EXT 2, following reestablishing baseline, conventional extinction was arranged in one component and a VT 30-s schedule in the other component. Results of EXT 1 were consistent with those from EXT 2. The VT schedules maintained higher response rates than did conventional extinction for 3 of the 4 pigeons, and in some cases, maintained higher response rates than the DRL baseline. Additionally, conventional extinction did not eliminate responding entirely.
 
The Effects of Non-Contingent Reinforcement on Resurgence
(Basic Research)
JESSICA LANGLEY (University of Auckland), John Bai (University of Auckland), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Understanding the mechanisms behind resurgence is vital for developing effective treatments to replace problem behaviour. The typical resurgence procedure consists of three phases, where the first phase involves reinforcement of a target response. Second, the target response is extinguished and an alternative response is reinforced. Third, reinforcement for both responses is extinguished and target responding typically resurges. Previous research found more abrupt resurgence when the alternative response was unavailable in Phase 3 (a modified procedure), than when the alternative response was available (the typical procedure). The current study replicated the modified procedure using non-contingent alternative reinforcement with 6 homing pigeons. We found abrupt resurgence in both the modified and typical procedures, and peak resurgence in the initial sessions in both procedures. In contrast, a control condition replicating the typical procedure with response-contingent reinforcement resulted in peak responding after the initial sessions. This difference in the patterns of resurgence suggest that the relation between responding and reinforcement may influence the onset of resurgence, possibly because non-contingent reinforcement produces less response competition than contingent reinforcement.
 
Further Evaluation and Analysis of Differential Exposure to Establishing Operations During Functional Communication Training
(Applied Research)
DANIEL R. MITTEER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Adam M. Briggs (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Recent research findings (DeRosa, Fisher, & Steege, 2015) suggest that minimizing exposure to the establishing operation (EO) for destructive behavior when differential-reinforcement interventions like functional communication training (FCT) are first introduced may produce more immediate reductions in destructive behavior and prevent or mitigate dangerous extinction (EXT) bursts. We directly tested this hypothesis by introducing FCT with EXT in two conditions, one with limited exposure to the EO (limited EO) and one with more extended exposure to the EO (extended EO) using a combined reversal and multielement design. For one participant, we conducted this evaluation in a multiple-baseline design across functions of destructive behavior. Participants were two boys (ages 3-4) diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder who engaged in destructive behavior maintained by access to tangibles, escape, or both. Results demonstrated that the limited-EO condition rapidly reduced destructive behavior to low levels during every application, whereas the extended-EO condition produced an EXT burst in five of six applications. We discuss these findings in relation to the effects of EO exposure on the beneficial and untoward effects of differential-reinforcement interventions.
 
 
Symposium #482
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analytic Perspectives on Choice
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B/C
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
Discussant: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Kyonka, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Choice has a varied history as a topic of research in behavior analysis. To the extent that ?choice? refers to exercising free will, it is incompatible with a determinist philosophy of science. Nevertheless, it is consistently among the most popular topics at this conference and in behavioral journals. It has yielded some of the most significant conceptual and empirical advances in behavior analysis. From factors influencing consumer behavior to the role of impulsive behavior in substance abuse, from mathematical elaborations on the matching law that serve as the foundation for quantitative models of behavior to client preference assessments, few areas of behavior analysis have escaped the influence of choice. In this symposium, four distinguished behavior analysts with different research backgrounds and theoretical orientations present their ideas about the contributions of behavior analysis to the study of choice, and the value of choice as a research topic for behavior analysts. Speakers will discuss what we have accomplished already and offer their thoughts about where the field might go in the future.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): consumer choice, delay discounting, time allocation, treatment outcomes
 
Choice as Time Allocation
(Theory)
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis)
Abstract: The word “choice” has multiple meanings. In one usage, it is a momentary event, synonymous with “decision.” In that usage, one might speak of “choices.” Another usage considers activities extended in time, roughly synonymous with “preference.” In that usage, one does not pluralize “choice.” The difference between the two may be compared to the difference between weather and climate. As many rainy days may occur in a month, so many choices may occur in a day. As the climate in a place may be rainy, so one’s preference for working may dominate over one’s spending time with family. The latter usage has applied to research on choice as operant behavior. The matching law, suggested by Herrnstein in 1961, has proven useful in laboratory research and also in thinking about behavior in the everyday world. Since time is limited (e.g., to 24 hours a day), activities must compete with one another. In the laboratory, this competition has been studied extensively. In everyday life, competition explains much of human choice, such as so-called “work-life balance.” Since activities are episodic, time spent switches between activities relatively often. Such switches may be equated to momentary choices or decisions.
 

Choice and its Utility in Applied Behavior Analysis Research and Practice

(Applied Research)
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Choice can be readily conceived within behavior analysis as analogous to a concurrent schedule of reinforcement. Thus, choice can be viewed within the scope of basic behavior analysis. In the applied behavior analytic literature and in the practice of applied behavior analysis, choice has a long history as both a procedural detail and an independent variable. Using past data related to preference assessment and current data related to an NIH-funded study on the maintenance of Functional Communication Training intervention effects, the current presentation will review the impact of choice as a procedural detail in applied behavior analysis research and practice. Specifically, the utility of choice in various types of assessment will be documented as a means of designing more effective and long lasting treatments. In addition, the current presentation will discuss the use of choice as an independent variable, or component, in the treatment of severe problem behavior. Specifically, studies related to how incorporating choice into treatment components impacts treatment outcomes will be discussed.

 
Operant Behavioral Economics and Consumer Choice
(Theory)
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University)
Abstract: Economics is concerned with allocation of scarce resources to competing alternatives. Operant psychology is concerned with allocation of responses to competing sources of reinforcement. Behavioral economics is concerned with deviations from classical rational choice models in economics. Operant behavioral economics applies methods and theory from operant psychology to understanding economic choice. Unlike behavioral economics, Operant Behavioral Economics does not attempt to rescue rational choice theory nor does it appeal to various heuristics and biases to explain choice. Instead, Operant Behavioral Economics is arational. Research in the Operant Behavioral Economics of consumer choice is reviewed, highlighting the ways in which economic theory and operant theory can inform one another in explaining how consumers choose.
 

Using Choice Procedures to Understand Brain Systems of Value

(Basic Research)
SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

Choices between dissimilar items are ubiquitous but how are these decisions made? Researchers are interested in this issue to gain insights into various pathologies, including substance use attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, schizophrenia, etc., as well as learn about basic decision-making mechanisms. In all of these disorders, patients show a heightened preference for small, immediate rewards over and larger, later rewards, also known as delay discounting. Studies in rodents examining the neural correlates of these types of choice have used a procedure in which subjects choose between small, immediate rewards and larger, later rewards where the delay to reward increases systematically across trials in a session. This talk will compare this procedure to titrating procedures that are also used in the field. I will present data showing the degree of correlation between the procedures is actually limited, discuss reasons for this mismatch and review the data on the neural bases of delay discounting derived from both types of procedure to identify regions identified by both procedures as well as regions identified by a single procedure.

 
 
Paper Session #483
Contemporary Research in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom A
Area: EAB
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Eric James French (Central Michigan University)
 
Multiple Sources of Control in Multiple Schedules
Domain: Basic Research
ERIC JAMES FRENCH (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
 
Abstract: Multiple schedules are widely used to investigate many behavioral phenomena; however, the standard measures of stimulus discrimination under such schedules, the discrimination index and overall response rates, may occlude potentially interesting sources of behavioral control. Using rats, we investigated the development and maintenance of lever pressing under four multiple schedule procedures. In the first procedure, an 8-component multiple schedule was used. In half of the components, a random interval 30 s schedule was signaled by a slow flashing light (SD). In the remaining components, one of the seven faster flashing lights (SΔ) signaled extinction. Behavior was found to be under the control of three interacting variables: the similarity of the stimuli to the SD, time in each component, and the previously experienced component. In the next two experiments, lever pressing in transition from mixed to multiple schedules was evaluated. The component durations and schedules of reinforcement were identical between the mixed and multiple schedules. Behavior in the mixed schedules was shown to be influenced by the time in each component. Despite the presence of distinct flashing lights, response rates on the multiple schedule were often similar to the mixed schedule performance. In the final procedure, a variable interval (VI) 15 s was arranged on the left lever in one component and a VI 120 s on the right lever in the alternative component. This two-lever arrangement allowed within component changes to be measured by both changes in response rate and allocation. Throughout training, behavioral allocation in the VI 120 s component shifted towards the right lever, and the effect of temporal control within the components was reduced. These four procedures demonstrate that, in addition to the programmed exteroceptive stimuli, several sources of control in multiple schedule procedures may be present, interact, and change with training.
 
Evaluating Resurgence Procedures in a Human Operant Laboratory
Domain: Basic Research
HYPATIA BOLIVAR (University of Florida), David J. Cox (University of Florida), Molly A Barlow (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
 
Abstract: Resurgence is defined as the reemergence of previously extinguished behavior when reinforcement for an alternative behavior is withheld (e.g., Epstein, 1983). Resurgence is a well-documented phenomenon in the basic literature, and these findings have important implications for clinical interventions using differential reinforcement procedures. The majority of this research has been conducted with non-human animals; however, recent research has attempted to validate brief procedures for use in human operant settings. The current study sought to extend the results of Sweeney and Shahan (2016) who tested but did not observe resurgence during a brief forced-choice procedure. We examined whether four manipulations of signaling and response availability following a history of variable interval reinforcement would produce resurgence using college student participants in a procedure that lasted no more than 1 hr total. Data for participants in one of the four manipulations demonstrated resurgence. Specifically, resurgence appeared in the manipulation that involved the re-presentation of a stimulus correlated only with target response reinforcement during the extinction phase. Methodological issues and results are discussed in terms of their implications for future translational research.
 

Blocking of Stimulus Control and Condtioned Reinforcers in Rats and Children

Domain: Applied Research
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Monica Vandbakk (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis/Oslo and Akershus University College), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College)
 
Abstract:

Sometimes, standard training procedures fail to establish stimulus control with compound stimuli, as well to establish conditioned reinforcers. Previous experiments in our rat lab have indicated that when procedures fail, the phenomenon of blocking is often evident, such that prior establishment of a conditioned reinforcer under magazine training blocked novel stimuli from acquiring stimulus control and conditioned reinforcing properties. Hence, efforts to establish conditioned reinforcers and stimulus control with compound stimuli may sometimes be seriously hampered by earlier training. The purpose of current study was to replicate these result with children. Three preschoolers with autism participated in the present experiment. First, the children were trained to touch the screen on a net board in the presence of a visual or auditory stimulus. When stimulus control was established with two single stimuli, we reinforced touching the screen in presence of compound stimuli. Testing of stimulus control and whether the stimuli functioned as conditioned reinforcers, showed similar results as in the experiment in the rat lab. Present study indicates that blocking can be a widespread problem in teaching children with autism compound stimuli and conditioned reinforcers.

 

Effects of Punishment on Verbal-Nonverbal Interactions

Domain: Basic Research
CAMILO HURTADO-PARRADO (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Mónica Andrea Arias Higuera Higuera (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Alejandra Hurtado (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Mariana Parra (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Lucia Medina (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Julian Cifuentes (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Laura García (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Christian Sanchez (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz)
 
Abstract:

The lack of studies on the role of aversive contingencies on verbal-nonverbal interactions exemplifies the diminished interest for the basic processes of aversive control and their interaction with other behavioral phenomena (e.g., stimulus control and verbal behavior). Hurtado-Parrado et al. (2016) recently developed a computerized adaptation of the experimental task designed by Catania et al. (1982). It consists of a random-interval random-ratio multiple schedule of reinforcement (MSR) that operates on buttons appearing on the screen, which participants click to earn points exchangeable for money. Automatic shaping of verbal reports entails multiple-schedule interruptions, during which participants complete blanks with guesses regarding multiple-schedule performance and earn points depending on the quality of their guesses. Embedding a response-cost (RC) contingency for high response rates during the random-interval component of the MSR typically produced differential button-pressing rates, followed by successful shaping of corresponding guesses (e.g., I click fast for random-ratio and I click slow for random-interval). The fact that differential button-pressing ceased after removal of the RC -despite congruent guessing was previously established- indicated poor verbal control of nonverbal behavior. Observation that RC produced random-ratio button-pressing rates that matched the low rates that were characteristic of random-interval performance suggested that verbal-nonverbal interactions may have been responsible for this effect. Here we present data of 4 experiments that have extended these findings regarding the role of punishment in verbal-nonverbal interactions by replicating systematically Catania et al.s (1982) manipulations: Experiment 1 and 2 tested the effects of reversal of schedule contingencies (RSC), reversal of shaped and instructed guessing (RG and RIG), and RC; Experiment 3 explored the effects of nondifferential reinforcement for guessing (NDG), RSC, and RC; and Experiment 4 tested the effects of instructing button pressing rates, NDG, RSC, and RC.

 
 
 
Symposium #484
CE Offered: BACB
Assessing Different Methodology in Higher Education on Student Learning
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Russell (Sage Graduate School; ASPIRE LLC)
Discussant: Dana R. Reinecke (Long Island University Post)
CE Instructor: Cheryl J. Davis, M.S.
Abstract:

Many higher education programs teach courses online, face to face, synchronous, asynchronous and hybrid. Online instruction continues to increase in popularity as noted with over 200 colleges and universities offering online instruction (National Center for Education Statistics, 2014) with at least 120 schools offering full online programs (National Center for Education Statistics, 2012). Convenience and flexibility are key benefits of online learning (Marks, Sibley & Arbaugh, 2005). Online learning eliminates physical barriers to education such as geographic distance, time constraints and household obligations (Hines & Pearl, 2004). There is however, little to no empirical data that investigates the effectiveness of online learning, nor the most effective method of delivery and whether those methods should differ from traditional classroom methods. With such diversity in formats, it is essential to assess what components are most effective for student learning. The multiple modalities allows for variation of instruction across each mode often allowing multiple methods within one course. This symposium will review four different methods of delivering instruction and report on the student learning measures.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Higher Education, Methodology comparison, Teaching
 
The Effects of Using Interactive Video Lectures on Student’s Test Performance
CHERYL J. DAVIS (Endicott College/SupervisorABA), Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences)
Abstract: Studies purport that student engagement in online courses demonstrated many students did not access material, handouts or audio-visual lectures (Grow et al., 2010; Reinecke & Finn, 2014). Instructors must be able to determine whether students are utilizing posted lectures, handouts and reading assignments, which becomes more challenging in the online classroom, as instructors cannot judge learning on demand. Students learn best by doing (Skinner, 1968), hence it is imperative that online instruction includes ways to make learning interactive and provide immediate feedback. One such way is to have students actively respond during lectures, such as answering questions or giving examples of a concept. It is unclear if this is interactive component is needed in the online learning environment as teaching techniques and coursework varying in this environment compared to a traditional classroom. The present study evaluated the use of interactive video lectures to determine if student outcomes on posttest improved when actively responding during the posted lecture. Preliminary results show that the method of the video lecture did not significantly impact student performance. Discussion about why this may be the case and other variables responsible for learning will be reviewed.
 
Evaluation of a Computer Based See/Write Exercise on Quiz Performance in Higher Education Courses
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Georgian Court University), David M. Wilson (Georgian Court University)
Abstract: Precision teaching techniques used in higher education often are see/say activities (e.g., SAFMEDS) despite the fact that examinations are usually in a see/write learning channel. Previous researchers (e.g., Cihon, Sturtz, & Eshleman, 2012) have suggested it may be beneficial to conduct practice in the same learning channel as assessment. Use of a see/write exercise delivered by course management software would both match the assessment learning channel and produce a permanent product of studying for instructor evaluation. The current investigation was a preliminary analysis of a) the utility of course management software at delivering a see/write exercise, b) students’ patterns of use, and c) the effects of the see/write exercise on weekly quiz performance. Each week students completed brief timings in the software presented definitions and students typed the appropriate term. The assigned number and distribution of timings varied across conditions. Results indicated that student use tended to meet but not exceed requirements and effect on quiz performance was dependent on both number and distribution of timings.
 

Comparing Engagement Instruction Versus Lecture Instruction in an Undergraduate Classroom

Andrea Mazo (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), WILLIAM ROOT (Southern Illinois University), David Legaspi (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Several studies have demonstrated that active learning techniques in classrooms are more effective than passive learning techniques. The current literature has several different definitions of what consists of active learning. Bijou (1970) suggests that behavior analysis develop an approach to education that is more scientific and omits the otherwise hypothetical constructs that presently govern educations overall impact on student performance. The purpose of this study is to offer a behavior analytic definition of active learning and passive learning, create terminology that better describes the process, and to compare the effects of engagement versus lecture instruction approaches to teaching. We used an alternating treatments design across participants to demonstrate differentiation in weekly quiz scores between the two types of instructions. We hypothesize that weekly quiz scores will increase during the engagement instruction sessions and that weekly quiz scores will decrease during the lecture instruction sessions.

 

Assessing the Effects of Incorporating Optional Synchronous Video Discussions Into an Asynchronous Online Graduate Course

NICOLE M. DAVIS (Northeastern University), Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University)
Abstract:

Online graduate programs in applied behavior analysis have grown in recent years. One of the major differences between on-ground and online courses is the nature of class discussions that take place within those courses. Traditional classrooms involve discussions that allow for immediate instructor feedback, provide opportunities for repeated practice, and vocal verbal discussions of concepts. Online courses on the other hand, often rely on discussion boards as a way for students to discuss concepts and demonstrate knowledge. Advantages to the use of discussion boards may include increased responding from students who might not respond in a live discussion, increased opportunity for students to engage in written behavior, and fewer time restrictions for students and instructors. The current study examined the effects of replacing static discussion board requirements with optional synchronous video discussions during target weeks during the semester. Student allocation to discussion board and synchronous video discussion sessions, number of responses per week, performance on assessments, and reported preference were compared.

 
 
Symposium #485
CE Offered: BACB
Arranging Classroom Contingencies to Maximize Student Engagement and Task Completion While Minimizing Escape-Motivated Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Edward J. Daly (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Discussant: Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee)
CE Instructor: Edward J. Daly, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Teachers essentially have students turn their attention from whatever they are doing prior to instruction to present instructional tasks that are effortful and difficult. For many students, the suddenly imposed demands frequently evoke some behaviors that interfere with student learning and make it difficult for the teacher to teach. At the same time, these task demands frequently do not evoke the kinds of desired behaviors that are conducive to student learning. Managing the contingencies to promote appropriate task engagement and completion while minimizing classroom disruptions can be very challenging. Four studies will be presented that examined a variety of consequence-based and antecedent strategies to increase desired classroom behavior and decrease disruptive behavior. Specifically, the studies examined the effects of (a) different reinforcement schedules on math-problem completion using a token-based reinforcement system, (b) adding differential negative reinforcement to an instructional package to increase revisions in self-generated writing samples; (c) contingent negative reinforcement on problem behavior maintained by escape during instruction; and (d) combining demand-fading and choice making on task completion and aggression. The results will be discussed in terms of arranging classroom contingencies to maximize student engagement and task completion while minimizing escape-motivated behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Demand fading, Negative reinforcement, Token economies, Writing revision
 

Comparing the Effects of Fixed-Ratio and Variable-Interval Reinforcement Schedules on Problem Completion During Math

BRITTANY PENNINGTON (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Jessica J. Simacek (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

When teachers implement point- or token- based classroom reinforcement systems, they must make decisions about how to deliver the point or tokens. One important consideration is on what schedule teachers should deliver points, but few studies have evaluated the effects of different schedules of reinforcement in classroom settings. In this study, we used an alternating treatments design to compare the effects of the two reinforcement schedules that would be easy for teachers to implement in the classroom, variable interval (VI 60-s) and fixed ratio (FR 5), on math fact completion and on-task behavior for three third-grade students. Students exchanged two points for a backup reinforcer in both conditions, and point distribution rate was designed to ensure the amount of reinforcement was similar across conditions in order to isolate the schedule. The study was conducted during a math center in the students classroom while regular classroom activities continued. Although results varied somewhat across participants, the fixed-ratio schedule maintained a higher rate of responding with less variability compared to the variable-interval schedule for all participants. Results are discussed in terms of optimizing point- or token-based classroom management systems, with suggestions for evaluating persistence of responding in future studies.

 
The Impact of Negative Reinforcement Contingent on Revision on Students’ Writing: Can Writing Less Lead to Writing More?
JILL HOLTZ (University of Nebraska--Lincoln), Pooja Parikh (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Cassandra Renee Dietrich (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Nathan Speer (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Abstract: This study examined the impact of negative reinforcement contingent on revision added to an instructional package consisting of positive reinforcement and prompting on the revising behavior of high school students. A multiple-baseline across participants consisting of two cohorts of three participants each was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention. Prior to baseline, participants were screened for basic writing skills. Programmed reinforcers were validated. During baseline, participants were instructed to revise a previously written composition using a prompt and to write a story. After completing both tasks, students were provided access to a reinforcer. After stable baselines were achieved for each participant, negative reinforcement contingencies for revising were introduced. Students were instructed that they could escape writing a story contingent upon making a criterion number of revisions to their compositions. Results demonstrated that the intervention increased students’ number of attempted revisions, correct revisions, and unique revisions but suggested differential responding patterns for accuracy. Results are discussed in terms of performance deficits in revising, individual differences in students’ writing skills, implications for intervention in revision, and general contingencies of reinforcement in the classroom. Discussion focuses on the need for future research on intervention components to increase students’ revising behavior.
 
Functional Communication Training and Demand Fading Using Choice Making
TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (Baylor University), Regan Weston (Baylor University), Abby Hodges (Baylor University), Lauren Uptegrove (Baylor University), Kristen Williams (Baylor University), Kelly M. Schieltz (The University of Missouri)
Abstract: Demand fading typically includes an escape extinction component, which can be difficult to implement due to extinction bursts and the inability to continue task presentation due to the nature of challenging behavior. The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of demand fading with choice making, rather than extinction, for a 7-year old male participant diagnosed with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, oppositional defiant disorder, and disruptive mood dysregulated disorder. The participant consistently engaged in severe, escape-maintained aggression when presented with academic tasks. First a functional communication response (FCR) was trained so the participant could request breaks. Functional communication training was followed by demand fading to systematically increase the amount of work completed between break requests. During demand fading, aggression and requests emitted prior to meeting the task completion criterion were reinforced with short, low-quality breaks, but requests emitted following task completion criterion were reinforced with long, high-quality breaks. As the task completion criterion increased, percentage of problem behavior decreased and FCR rates dropped to socially appropriate levels. Results suggest that choice making may be an effective alternative to extinction as a component of demand fading.
 
Effects of Negative Reinforcement for Task Completion on Problem Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (The University of Missouri), Alyssa N. Suess (Trinity Health), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Jessica Schwartz (University of Iowa), Nicole H. Lustig (Seattle Children's Hospital), Jessica Detrick (University of Missouri), Kristin Hathaway (University of Missouri)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of contingent negative reinforcement for task completion on problem behavior maintained by escape. Jake was a second grader who was diagnosed with ADHD, a language disorder, and specific learning disorders in math, reading, and written expression. Academic instruction was provided at the first grade level. Primary behavioral concerns were noncompliance, self-injury, complaining, and negative vocalizations when asked to complete academic tasks. All procedures were conducted one time per week on an outpatient basis across 5 mo and focused on math. Phase 1 was conducted within a reversal design to determine the occurrence of problem behavior with and without contingent positive reinforcement for task accuracy. Phase 2 was conducted within a multielement design embedded within a reversal design to determine the effects of instructional strategies with and without contingent negative reinforcement for task completion on problem behavior. Results (Figure 1) showed that problem behavior occurred at higher levels when positive reinforcement was provided for task accuracy and when instructional strategies were provided in isolation. In contrast, problem behavior decreased to lower levels when contingent negative reinforcement was paired with the instructional strategies. Results will be discussed in terms of motivating operations.
 
 
Symposium #487
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Tacts to Create Treatment Integrity: Principles Involved, Related Phenomena, Practical Considerations, and Some Data
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc. / Rollins College)
Discussant: Karen R. Wagner (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc and TheBehaviorAnalyst.com)
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium explores how tacting correct and incorrect implementation of behavioral training procedures may enhance treatment integrity when carrying out those procedures. Train to Code (http://www.ai2inc.com) is an internet-enabled program that uses multiple exemplar training to teach trainees to tact behavioral events as an expert does, as they occur sequentially in a video. By definition, when trainees have achieved expert tacting performance with the targeted events, high inter-observer-agreement with the expert has been attained. Early in the evaluation of this program, we noted that when trainees learn to consistently tact steps an expert therapist takes when carrying out a behavioral training procedure, they show improved skill in carrying out the same procedure. This may be conceptualized as tacting if-then relationships in the environment (i.e., deriving self-rules) and then following those rules at a later time under similar circumstances (Fryling, Johnston, and Hayes L, 2011). We explore what behavioral principles and phenomena might be involved in such transfer, what practical considerations impact the success of this training, and provide two examples of the use of this approach to enhance skills in carrying out behavioral training procedures.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral training, computer-based training, observation training, treatment integrity
 

Transfer From Tacting Examples and Non-Examples of Skilled Behavioral Procedures to Later Performance of Those Procedures

(Theory)
DAVID A. A. ECKERMAN (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Genae Annette Hall (Behavior Analysis and Intervention Services), Robert G. Vreeland (Behavior Analysis Intervention Services), Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc. / Rollins College)
Abstract:

Train to Code is an internet-enabled program that uses multiple exemplars to teach trainees to tact behavioral events as an expert does, as they occur sequentially in videos. When the events to be tacted involve implementation of behavior analytic training procedures, we have found that, after trainees have achieved mastery (high inter-observer-agreement), they often carry out those procedures more correctly compared with their baseline performance (i.e., with improved treatment integrity). Since ABA interventions must be implemented with high treatment integrity to be effective, and this is a major issue in the field, we are excited that TTC may play a role in achieving this goal. In this presentation, we seek to identify behavioral principles that may account for this transfer, which we view as delayed observational learning. We also discuss behavioral phenomena that appear to be related to this finding, such as abstract control in simple and more complex (higher order) verbal relations, rule-governed behavior, self-talk in skilled performance in judged sports, and the role of tacting a model's behavior in imitating that behavior at a later time.

 

Using Train-to-Code to Teach Implementation of PECS to Undergraduate Students

(Applied Research)
ROCIO ROSALES (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Nicole Martocchio (University of Massachusetts Lowell), David A. A. Eckerman (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Helena Whitlow (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to assess the feasibility of an observation and coding software system (i.e., Train-To-Code [TTC]) to teach university students implementation of Phase 3A of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). The software was used to develop a customized program that coached participants by presenting multiple exemplars of correct and incorrect implementation of each step of this phase of PECS. Participants were required to code specific behaviors in accordance with a taxonomy developed by the experimenters. The training program provided prompts and feedback in real time based on participants' level of performance and required mastery of seven levels of training, each with fewer prompts and feedback, until an expert level of unprompted coding performance was demonstrated. Four undergraduate students with no prior experience in the implementation of PECS were recruited. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of the training on treatment integrity performance during role-play with a confederate learner before and after training. Results showed improved performance relative to baseline following training, and maintenance of performance at 2-4 weeks follow-up. Implications of these findings for staff training in applied settings will be discussed.

 
A Preliminary Investigation of Train to Code for Teaching Match-to-Sample Skills
(Applied Research)
RYLAND K. BAKER (Western New England University; New England Center for Children), Kelly James (New England Center for Children), Danielle Dickie (New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children), David A. A. Eckerman (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to pilot the use of a computer-based training program (Train to Code [TTC]) in teaching Match-to-Sample (MTS) procedures to 4 daycare teachers with no prior experience conducting MTS programs. Written instructions for conducting MTS procedures were given during baseline for 2 participants, and 2 other participants received additional Powerpoint® slides describing MTS procedures prior to baseline. During baseline, an experimenter played the role of the student, and data were collected on the participant’s correct implementation of the MTS program. The participants then participated in the TTC training by viewing videos of teachers implementing MTS trials and scoring each trial as correct or incorrect, with embedded prompts for scoring systematically faded over 6 training levels. A multiple baseline design across participants was used. Interobservor agreement (IOA) was obtained through an additional observer scoring the participant alongside (but independently of) the researcher in all phases of sessions, and/or through video transcription. The secondary observer scored 33% of total observations. IOA was calculated by dividing the number of agreements by the number of agreements plus disagreements and multiplying by 100. IOA on procedural integrity was high with a range of 85% to 100%. Results showed improvements for all participants after TTC training, but only 2 participants demonstrated at least 80% correct responding. Generality probes were also conducted with 3 participants, and showed similar, but more variable, performances as post-training sessions across prompting delays and stimuli sets. Implications for future iterations of the TTC program for training MTS procedures are discussed.
 

Should Staff Training Be Guided By Individualized Educational Programs?

(Theory)
ROGER D. RAY ((AI)2, Inc. / Rollins College)
Abstract:

ABA staff are typically taught quite differently from how those same staff members teach clients. Clients are individually evaluated for existing skills and knowledge, then Individualized Educational Programs (IEPs) are developed that take into account a wide variety of important variables that impact the educational program designed for each individual client. Staff, on the other hand, are more typically taught using techniques more commonly found in classroom instruction and is not individualized. That is, they are taught in groups, are presented slide presentations and limited narrated video examples, and may participate in some discussion and/or even role playing. Ignored are individual differences in prior training or content exposures, the pace of delivery, and most other teaching/learning variables. Train-to-Code (TTC) is a software system designed to help individualize this process through highly adaptive and interactive process pacing, prompting, and feedback or error correction procedures. But that is only a beginning in individualization. The design of the content and task demands of those who supply content for TTC presents a whole new set of instructional challenges that should also be very carefully considered and individualized for each trainee. This presentation reviews data showing how critical this requirement really is.

 
 
Symposium #488
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Verbal Behavior Research
Monday, May 29, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David Legaspi (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Andrea Mazo, M.S.
Abstract: In recent years, verbal behavior research has focused on developing procedures that increase the efficiency of verbal behavior acquisition. This body of research is generally translational, focusing on (a) the development of procedures that preclude the functional independence of verbal operants, (b) translating basic procedures to clinical populations and socially significant behaviors (i.e., using equivalence-based instruction to teach verbal operants, incorporating metacontingency packages to increase social skills and intraverbals/conversation), or (c) answering basic research questions while focusing on the clinical aspects that would most benefit from its solution (i.e., the effects of motivating operations on tact acquisition in children with Autism Spectrum Disorders). When translated to clinical practice, these procedures can enhance the efficiency of verbal behavior acquisition, which can help decrease the gap between the verbal behavior repertoire of children with developmental disabilities and that of their typically developing peers. This symposium will provide an overview of the aforementioned lines of research, with a focus on directions for future research and clinical implications.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Motivating Operations, Private Events, Stimulus Equivalence, Verbal Behavior
 

An Examination of the Metacontingency Utilizing Activities With Embedded Interlocking Contingencies to Promote Social Interactions

MEGAN FULTS (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), William Root (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mariela Castro (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Samantha Lee Kohn (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Christina L Chancey (Southern Illinois University of Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The current investigation examined the effectiveness of a metacontingency package in two experimentations. In experiment one, the metacontingency was utilized by embedding activities with interlocking behavioral contingencies to examine its effectiveness on reciprocal social interactions in two females diagnosed with an Intellectual Disability. Results demonstrated an increase of the dependent variable by the metacontingency activities. The results of experiment one were the premise for experiment two, which was to examine whether the metacontingency activities that were effective in increasing reciprocal social interactions were an effect of the metacontingency or an effect of engaging in an activity together. Experiment two utilized two activity types, parallel and metacontingency activities, to determine their relative effect on self-talk behavior, reciprocal social interactions, and conversational units in two males diagnosed with an Intellectual Disability. Results suggested that there were no relative effects demonstrated by the two activity types on self-talk behavior, however results demonstrated an increased effect by the metacontingency activities relative to the parallel activities on reciprocal social interactions and conversational units.

 

Motivating Operations and Tact Acquisition

MIRELA CENGHER (City University of New York, The Graduate Center), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Research has shown that typically developing children tact at a higher rate when deprived of social interaction as compared to when satiated. The purpose of this study was to further examine the effects of presession social interaction on the acquisition of tacts. The participants were three children with Autism Spectrum Disorder, who learned tacts following presession conditions of deprivation of social interaction, satiation of social interaction, and control. Maintenance probes were conducted 2 weeks and 1 month following training. A functional analysis of language demonstrated that the newly acquired words functioned as tacts. All three participants learned tacts more efficiently following deprivation of social interaction, as compared to satiation or control. This study extended the literature by demonstrating the effects of pressession social interaction on tact acquisition.

 

The Emergence of Intraverbals Following Equivalence-Based Instruction in a Young Male With Autism

Kelly Della Rosa (Alpine Learning Group), Jamie Fitzgerald (Alpine Learning Group), JAIME DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Past research has demonstrated that oral labeling can emerge following equivalence-based instruction (Groskreutz et al., 2010). We designed an equivalence-based protocol to determine if intraverbals would emerge following EBI. A pretest/posttest control group experimental design was used to examine the effects of teaching specific conditional relations among stimuli representing planets, on the emergence of untaught relations, as well as intraverbals (i.e., answering questions about the planets). Class A was the written name of the planet (i.e., Neptune, Mars, and Saturn), Class B was a picture representing each planet, and Class C was a fact about the planet (e.g., has rings made of ice). A match-to-sample protocol using a linear training structure was used. Pretests were conducted for all relations and with the exception of C-A, scored at or below 50%. During a pretest for answering questions about planets, the participant scored 0%. The participant responded correctly on 100% of the trials during the posttest of all relations and answered 70% of the posttest questions accurately. The teaching as usual control comparison included questions about a different set of planets (i.e., Venus, Earth, and Jupiter) and facts that were taught using discrete trial instruction. The participant could not answer any questions from this set of planets during the pretest. After the participant was directly taught to answer these questions, he was able to answer 70% of the questions correctly. Results indicate that, for this participant, accuracy of intraverbal responding that emerged following EBI was similar to that trained directly using DTI.

 
Effects of Dictation Taking and Spelling Responses in Children While Using Overt Indicators to Measure Covert Processes
ANDREA MAZO (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Samantha Smalley (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Samuel Nathan Krus (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), David Legaspi (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Abstract: Several studies have demonstrated that conditions can be arranged to promote increases in a nontargeted verbal operant following instruction of another verbal operant. Furthermore, Palmer (2010, stated that in order to fully understand behavior at the covert level, we must expand our repertoire of experimental and analytical tools. One way to expand our experimental procedures is to use covert indicators to measure overt processes. In this study we used a multiple baseline design with embedded probes to evaluate the effects of an instructional protocol on 2 nontargeted verbal repertoires (taking dictation and vocal spelling) in children ages 6-7. The children were divided into two groups. The first group was instructed in taking dictation with vocal probes to test for the emergence of vocal spelling of the words. The second group was instructed in vocally spelling the words with written probes to test for the emergence of written responses. In addition, covert indicators were operationally defined and measured throughout the study for each child. Results indicate that each child demonstrated the emergence of nontargeted verbal operants. In addition, we developed a possible measure to indicate covert thinking at the overt level.
 
 
Paper Session #489
Horsing Around with ABA: What Riding a 1,200 Pound Animal Can Teach You About Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: AAB
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Lisa M. Todd (Wayne State University School of Medicine)
 
Horsing Around with ABA: What Riding a 1,200 Pound Animal Can Teach You About Behavior
Domain: Theory
LISA M. TODD (Wayne State University School of Medicine), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
 
Abstract: In most applications of applied behavior analysis, the intervention program is planned in advance, data are taken, and results are plotted objectively. Programs are often planned just as carefully for non-humans. In most cases, the data analysis and other critical aspects of the program are done at relative leisure, in an office or planning meeting, and then applied at some other time. However, when the behavior to be managed is that of a horse, perhaps one traversing a jumping course at a gallop with the behavior analyst on top (and hoping to stay on top), the nature of the programming must change. Advanced planning gives way to the unplanned use of immediate contingencies. Detailed knowledge of behavioral sensitivities and idiosyncrasies becomes critical. The clever use of incidental contingencies sometimes supersedes the use of clickers and other kinds of programmed reinforcement. This presentation describes some interesting and critical aspects of this kind of real-time behavioral intervention–one in which the life and safety of the interventionist might literally be dependent on split second decisions–and how expert horse trainers, who have no formal knowledge of behavioral contingencies, are nevertheless practical experts at their application.
 
 
 
Symposium #490
CE Offered: BACB
Measuring Behavioral Development and Intervention in Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Discussant: Saranya Ramakrishnan (Harvard School of Public Health)
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The symposium is on measuring behavioral development and intervention at proper place for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder . It focuses on the need of developmentally based behavioral instruments to assess the progress of autism. This allows for individualization in all cases to increase intervention effectiveness. The presentations in this symposium will discuss: a) a developmentally based behavioral instrument for early detection of autism and effective intervention; b) empirical study of autism developmental task instrument in predicting developmental difficulty of task items; c) a need for placing the person in the right place in a behavioral development sequence, to see if sequenced interventions are actually moving the child forward.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

A Developmentally Based Behavioral Instrument to Assess Development and Progression of Autism

NICHOLAS HEWLETT KEEN COMMONS-MILLER (Tufts University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School), Dristi Adhikari (Dare Association)
Abstract:

A new developmentally based behavioral instrument Autism Developmental Task Sequence has been developed. With the use of the instrument, the aim is to see the longitudinal and cross-sectional data on developmental progress in individual performance in a number of domains associated with autism spectrum disorder. All the questions in the instrument are task based. The answers to questions are asked ratings from a scale of 1(never) to6 (always). The items in the instrument are developed using the Model of Hierarchical Complexity to determine their developmental difficulty. The domains and subdomains are also based on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. The instrument breaks these domains down to get an understanding/analysis of these impairments and their developmental progress. Each items are pre scored for their Order of Hierarchical Complexity (OHC) (Commons & Miller, 1998; Commons & Pekker, 2008). In each domain, the instrument’s items form a task sequence. The sequence is formed by determining the order of hierarchical complexity of the items and then putting them from easy to hard in order. A task actions is one order of hierarchical complexity more difficult than the task actions it is defined in terms of and sequences the actions in a non-arbitrary way.

 
Findings from Measuring Developmental Outcomes in Autism Spectrum Disorder
DRISTI ADHIKARI (Dare Association), Jeffery Baran (Northeastern University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: orty-two children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder were given a developmentally based behavioral instrument, Autism Developmental Task Sequence. The instrument was found to be a very good predictor of how developmentally difficult the task items were. The correlation between Order of Hierarchical Complexity (OHC) of the items and Rasch score was extremely strong, r(43) = .892, p = .000.The mean stage of performance was, M = 4.26, S.D. = 2.36. The age range and mean stage of performance of the sample did not line up with the age and stage distribution of normal population (Piaget, 1983). Through the use of the instrument, we were able to show the development sequence cross sectionally. This information is useful for knowing where to intervene and also to measure effectiveness of intervention over reasonable period of time.
 
 
Symposium #491
CE Offered: BACB
Assessing and Enhancing Discrete Trial Procedures to Maximize Learning for Children With ASD
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Ivy M. Chong Crane Crane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals with ASD face many challenges, including acquisition and generalization of new skills. While discrete trial training (DTT) remains a hallmark of early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) programs, there remains a lack of research indicating optimal procedures for specific learners. The studies in this symposium assess elements of DTT that may lead to optimal learning outcomes, including generative instruction, presentation order, and treatment integrity.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Discrete trial, Generative Instruction, Treatment Integrity
 
Discrimination Training to Produce Emergent Relations of Math Skills
JEANINE R TANZ (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane Crane (Florida Institute of Technology & The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Madeleine Diane Keevy (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have deficits with respect to generalization of skills. Stimulus equivalence has been shown to promote generalization. This study used a modified multiple probe design with an embedded multiple schedule to (1) compare the one-to-many (OTM) and many-to-one (MTO) training structure to determine which structure results in more positive equivalence outcomes when all variables are held constant, and (2) determine the extent to which children with ASD demonstrate equivalence and class mergers when using educationally relevant stimuli. Children with ASD were taught two classes of stimuli (Class 1 and Class 2) comprised of pre-algebraic math skills across two different training structures. Implications for teaching educationally relevant materials to children with autism will be discussed.
 
Evaluation of Stimulus Presentation Order on Rate of Acquisition
MELINDA GALBATO (Florida Institute of Technology), Jeanine R Tanz (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Evelyn C. Sprinkle (Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane Crane (Florida Institute of Technology & The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Chana Gehrman (Kaleidoscope Interventions), Kristin M. Albert (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Match-to-sample (MTS) is one method commonly used to teach stimulus relations. The order in which stimuli are presented during MTS teaching has been shown to have an effect on rate of acquisition for typically developing children (Petursdottir & Aguilar, 2016). However, it is unclear to what extent presentation order might affect acquisition rate for children with autism. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effect of presentation order (sample first, comparison first, and simultaneous) on rate of acquisition for children with ASD. The current study evaluated acquisition during three visual-to-visual MTS formats using a multiple probe design.
 
A Further Analysis of Commission Errors during Discrete Trial Training
ABIGAIL BLACKMAN (Florida Institute of Technology and the Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology), Diana C. Carlos (Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane Crane (Florida Institute of Technology & The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract: Treatment integrity has been manipulated in various ways to evaluate its impact on intervention effectiveness. Studies have compared different types of integrity failures and levels of treatment integrity in various contexts and behavioral interventions. Evaluations include differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, child compliance, and discrete trial training. However, further research is needed to establish the point at which integrity becomes detrimental to intervention effectiveness. The purpose of this study was to conduct a parametric analysis (i.e., 100%, 75%, 50%, & 25%) of treatment integrity to examine the effects of commission errors during discrete-trial training. Three participants, ages 35 - 42 months diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) were included. Using discrete trial training (DTT), participants were taught to receptively identify features of common items. Targets taught with 100% integrity (perfect implementation) yielded the fastest rates of acquisition for all participants. Low level of treatment integrity (i.e., 25%) or persistent errors produced a slower rate of acquisition.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #492
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Cannabis Use Disorder: Determining Mechanisms and Developing Interventions

Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Joshua Anthony Lile, Ph.D.
Chair: Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
JOSHUA ANTHONY LILE (University of Kentucky)
Joshua Lile is a tenured Associate Professor of Behavioral Science, Psychiatry and Psychology at the University of Kentucky. He earned a Ph.D. in Pharmacology from Wake Forest with Mike Nader. His graduate research focused on the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic determinants of the reinforcing effects of stimulants using non-human primate models of drug abuse. He then completed a Post-Doctoral Fellowship in Medical Behavioral Science at the University of Kentucky with Craig Rush and Tom Kelly, where he extended his expertise by studying substance use disorders using human laboratory methods. As a faculty member, Dr. Lile established an independent program of research on cannabis use disorder aimed at identifying non-cannabinoid neurotransmitter systems involved in the abuse-related effects of cannabis and screening potential treatment interventions in cannabis users. During this time, he has also been involved as a co-investigator on several projects to develop interventions for stimulant use disorder, and recently he established and validated functionally equivalent IV cocaine self-administration procedures in humans and rhesus monkeys as a platform for translational research on mechanisms of cocaine reinforcement. Throughout his career, Dr. Lile has also been involved in research on the role of individual differences such as personality, sex and hormones, as well as the environment, on the abuse liability of drugs, and more recently has incorporated neuroimaging and non-invasive brain stimulation methods into his research. These scientific efforts have yielded over 60 original research articles. In addition to these research efforts, Dr. Lile is a member of the University of Kentucky Institutional Review Board, and is an active educator and mentor, particularly through his involvement in the Behavioral Science department's graduate program in Clinical and Translational Science. In 2004 Dr. Lile received the American Psychological Association Division 28 Outstanding Dissertation Award, and in 2012 he received the College on Problems of Drug Dependence Joseph Cochin Young Investigator Award.
Abstract:

The landscape surrounding cannabis use is changing dramatically. Legalized medical and recreational use is spreading, habitual use is growing, perceptions of harm are decreasing and the concentration of THC, the main psychoactive ingredient, is rising; consequently, increased problems associated with cannabis use have been predicted. A better understanding of the mechanisms that underlie cannabis use disorder and effective treatments are therefore needed. This presentation will describe the use of human drug discrimination procedures to determine the neuropharmacological mechanisms of the interoceptive effects of THC and identify targets for treatment. This research has demonstrated that GABA and voltage-dependent calcium channels (VDCC) are involved in the response to cannabis in humans. This presentation will then discuss the use of human laboratory drug self-administration procedures, combined with medication maintenance, as a strategy for determining the initial safety, tolerability and efficacy of ligands at these targets as potential treatments. Studies with the GABA reuptake inhibitor tiagabine and the VDCC ligand pregabalin will be described. Lastly, the presentation will include initial results from research that has integrated neuroimaging, non-invasive electrical brain stimulation and acute drug administration techniques to study cannabis-use disorder.

Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in cannabis use disorder
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the current state of cannabis use in the US and cannabis use disorder; (2) describe the use of human laboratory procedures based on operant psychology principles (i.e., drug discrimination and drug self-administration) to study cannabis and cannabinoid effects; (3) describe the involvement of GABA receptors and voltage-dependent calcium channels in the behavioral effects of cannabis and cannabinoids.
 
 
Panel #493
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Medicine SIG of ABA-I presents: Treatment Adherence in Behavioral Medicine Research: Challenges, and Suggestions for Improvement
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Gretchen A. Dittrich, Ph.D.
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College)
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons College)
SANDY JIN (Eastern Connecticut State University)
JESSICA R. NEWMAN (Simmons College)
Abstract: Behavioral medicine research often employs methods wherein interventions are developed to address behaviors that occur outside of the clinical setting, requiring the client or caregiver to comply with and implement strategies to change their own behavior or the behavior of another. The degree to which caregivers or clients adhere to the treatment will affect outcomes. However, in many situations, treatment adherence may decline over time, or may be low, due to a variety of factors. The purpose of the current panel is to discuss common challenges that affect treatment adherence in behavioral medicine research, and to offer suggestions to improve adherence.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral Health, Behavioral Medicine, Treatment Adherence
 
 
Invited Paper Session #494
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Rethinking Mental Health: A "Post-Internal" Analysis of the Behaviours and Contexts Found in "Mental Health" Symptoms, the DSM, and Psychological Therapies

Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Bernard Guerin, Ph.D.
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (Root Solutions)
BERNARD GUERIN (University of South Australia)
Bernard Guerin is Professor of Psychology at the University of South Australia, where he teaches social and community behaviour, language and discourse analysis, and social science interventions. He trained at the Universities of Adelaide (Ph.D.) and Queensland (Postdoctoral), and then taught at James Cook University and the University of Waikato (NZ). His broad goal has been to integrate social and community psychology, discourse analysis and behaviour analysis with the other social sciences into an a-disciplinary framework that can be used for practical analysis and intervention. Most of his research is focused on working alongside communities, primarily on issues of responding to racism, mental health, mobility, sustainability of communities, and attachment to country. He has worked in partnership with Indigenous Australian, Maori, Somali refugee, and migrant communities.
Abstract:

In this talk I will discuss how we can analyse "mental health" symptoms, the DSM and psychological therapies as behaviours-in-context. The main focus will be on the social, economic, societal and cultural contexts, and showing the historical invention and development of "mental health" metaphors as western societies changed. Along the way I will illustrate with examples drawn from my participatory research on the "mental health" of Indigenous and refugee communities. The discussion will also highlight what needs to be changed within behaviour analysis if it wishes to engage more in social and community research.

Target Audience:

Academic and professional behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the history of mental health metaphors; (2) describe examples of community level behavioral interventions; (3) discuss how behavior analysis needs to change in order to improve its contributions to social and community level interventions.
 
 
Symposium #495
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Considerations for Collaborative Service Delivery
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Laura Bassette (Ball State University)
CE Instructor: Laura Bassette, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Providing effective ethical treatment to clients with autism and/or other developmental disabilities across the lifespan requires collaborative interdisciplinary teamwork between parents, teachers, behavior analysts, and other service providers. Specifically, practitioners who work in diverse settings may need to understand different organizational cultures, relevant laws, applicable policies, perspectives, and procedures from others who do not come from a behavior analytical framework. Behavior analysts who are knowledgeable of how various environmental stimuli contribute or negate to collaborative efforts are in a unique position to contribute to the success of the collaborative effort. This symposium will provide an overview of the various entities that can potentially impact cooperation amongst teams across various settings (e.g., school based special education settings, home-based applied behavior analysis settings, residential adult service settings) and how these influence interdisciplinary team members perspectives. The application of the ethical code and generalization of ethical behavior and skills will be discussed in relation to relevant ethical scenarios.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): collaboration, ethics, interdisciplinary teams, service provision
 
Ethical Collaboration in Behavior Analysis
(Service Delivery)
LAURA BASSETTE (Ball State University)
Abstract: Effective collaboration requires behavior analysts acquire, maintain, and generalize a complex repertoire of social, communicative, and professional behavior. Furthermore, the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts mandates that behavior analysts engage in appropriate collaborative activities to advocate for the needs of their clients and provide effective treatment. It is imperative for behavior analysts to acknowledge how their behavior: influences the collaborative effort, impacts team members’ perceptions of behavior analysis, and address the overall ethical implications of these for clients. While behavior analysts are required to collaborate with others, these skills are not typically the focus of master’s level applied behavior analysis higher education programs and behavior analysts previously reported that issues with collaboration are a result of other team members’ lack of effort. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss relevant strategies behavior analysts can use to elicit ethical collaborative behavior among team members through capitalizing on known behavior analytical principles. Specific antecedent and consequence based strategies (e.g., assigning team members to specific roles during team meeting, strategies to effectively pair yourself as reinforcing with interdisciplinary team members) and managing differing expectations among stakeholders & team members will be discussed.
 

Promoting Positive Collaboration Between Parents of Children With Autism and Educators Using Behavior Analysis

(Service Delivery)
JESSICA BOSTIC (Ball State University), Laura Bassette (Ball State University)
Abstract:

Positive collaboration among educators and parents is a vital component when developing a successful Individualized Education Plan (IEP) for students receiving special education services. Parents of students diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) report overall negative perceptions of educators in terms of adequate preparation and knowledge of their childs unique disability. The breakdown in this partnership can be attributed to a lack of communication initiation from teachers, insufficient teacher knowledge, and differences in attitudes and opinions regarding the needs of the individual child/student. With the rapid increase in the prevalence of ASD in todays classrooms, it is highly probable that both general and special education teachers will encounter multiple students with ASD each year; however, most teachers receive minimal preparation in evidence-based practices for students with ASD. This presentation will provide recommendations for how the partnership between teachers and parents of students with ASD can be mended through high-quality training opportunities under the principles and guidelines of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA).

 
Common Challenges to Providing Ethically Appropriate Evidence-Based Practice in ICF/ID and Waiver Funded Settings
(Service Delivery)
FRITZ KRUGGEL (Supportive Community Innovations)
Abstract: The majority of individuals with developmental disabilities and/or autism who receive applied behavior analytic therapy and/or supports will also receive some amount of Long Term Care (LTC) services over the course of their lifespan. LTC for adults with disabilities typically includes a wide range of services such as: case management, residential, behavioral, and vocational rehabilitation. Currently over 8 million individuals receive publicly funded, Long Term Care disability services nationwide, at a cost of over $147 billion dollars annually. These facts alone reveal with tangible relevance the importance of efficacious collaboration with others responsible for providing care to individuals receiving LTC services, and thus the need to address how our ethics are informed and animated when working in these settings. Behavior Analysts working in ABA therapy, school, and Home and Community Based settings need to understand the variables present in Long Term Care environments and how they impact collaborative efforts in the field. The purpose of this presentation is to provide an overview of the factors that impact LTC services and how this relates to behavior analytical services.
 
 
Paper Session #496
Teaching ABA-Based Skills to Professional Care Providers
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
 
Using Self-Instructional Manuals to Teach Direct Stimulus Preference Assessment Procedures: Four Studies
Domain: Applied Research
C.T. YU (University of Manitoba; St.Amant Research Centre), Duong Ramon (St.Amant and University of Manitoba), Lindsay Wishnowski (St.Amant; University of Manitoba), Carly Chand (St.Amant), Morena Miljkovic (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St.Amant Research Centre; University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba)
 
Abstract: Although direct stimulus preference assessment is a well-established procedure for identifying reinforcers for people with severe and profound developmental disabilities, uptake of this methodology has been slow. Self-instructional approaches could be an effective and efficient method to disseminate this technology. We have completed four studies to evaluate the effectiveness of two self-instructional manuals to teach multiple-stimulus without replacement and paired-stimulus preference assessment procedures. The manuals were evaluated in two separate studies, one manual was delivered online in a third study, and one manual was compared to video modeling in the fourth study. Participants included a total of 34 university students and 10 staff members working in the field of developmental disabilities across the studies. Research designs included concurrent multiple-probe design across participants and between-group analyses. Results showed that (a) the manuals were effective in teaching the participants to carry out the procedures; (b) video modeling alone was insufficient to increase performance to mastery criterion; (c) online delivery of the manual is a viable alternative; and (d) participant feedback about the self-instructional approaches was positive. The self-instructional manuals are freely available for download using these links: http://wwwapps.cc.umanitoba.ca/faculties/arts/departments/psychology/bio/inc/getFile.php?FileID=262; and http://wwwapps.cc.umanitoba.ca/faculties/arts/departments/psychology/bio/inc/getFile.php?FileID=261
 

Demand Fading for Dummies:A How-To for Clinicians Seeking to Treat Escape Maintained Problem Behaviors

Domain: Service Delivery
KEN WINN (Firefly Autism), David Barton (Creating Brighter Futures)
 
Abstract:

Escape-maintained problem behaviors are notoriously difficult to treat, given the pervasive and functional nature of these behaviors. This talk will present a unique methodology and practice of demand fading, based on the established research on errorless learning. The focus of the presentation will be on the many applications to a variety of individuals who engage in behaviors maintained by escape from demands. Participants will be able to demonstrate this process as well as identify the different populations of learners for which this is applicable. We will include case examples of successful intervention with this treatment. Treatment focused on utilizing functional assessment methodology which demonstrated that demand situations where common antecedents to escape-maintained problem behaviors, including loud vocalizations, physical aggression, dropping, self-injurious behavior and property destruction. Treatment incorporated a demand fading protocol as part of a comprehensive behavior plan where demands were graded based on difficulty and placed into demand sets that were ordered and introduced according to predetermined mastery criteria of low rates of problem behavior. As individuals decreased their rates of problem behavior over time, new demand sets, that were more complex and difficult, were introduced systematically. Demand fading protocol resulted in decreased rates of problem behavior across all individuals.

 
 
 
Panel #497
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Instruction in the Mainstream: Headsprout's Accomplishments and Challenges
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Janet S. Twyman, Ph.D.
Chair: Janet S. Twyman (Center on Innovations in Learning)
CORINNA F. GRINDLE (Bangor University)
MARTA LEON (Learning A-Z)
PATRICK B. MARCOTTE (Learning A-Z)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts frequently lament the lack of global impact of behavior-analytic philosophy and application, especially in "mainstream" domains such as general education, healthcare, or policy. This panel will share the achievements and challenges of a behavior-analytic program that is widely used in a mainstream context. Headsprout, an online program created by behavior analysts, teaches early reading and reading comprehension and is used in schools around the globe. Panelists will discuss how Headsprout became "mainstream," as well as the difficulty most "laypeople" have understanding the design behind the program and why it does not follow the approach used by most other instructional programs. Discussion will cover objections from traditional educators, the increasing requirements and challenges facing all instructional programs (regardless of philosophy), and how Headsprout has managed to maintain and increase adoption across the years (including effectiveness data and what has been learned through wide-spread implementation). Behavior analysis can make an impact through wide-scale applications, and the experiences of Headsprouts creators and implementers might help inform scientists and practitioners who aim for that goal.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Headsprout, instructional design, reading, reading comprehension
 
 
Panel #498
CE Offered: BACB
Web Technologies for ABA: The Perils and Benefits
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Richard E. Laitinen, Ph.D.
Chair: Richard E. Laitinen (Peronalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
JAMES W. PARTINGTON (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
SARA GARBARINI (David Gregory School)
MELANIE R. KONG-SHAW (Play Connections Autism Services, LLC)
Abstract:

Cloud based computer technology is now available for the management and enhancement of clinical practices in both urban and remote settings. This discussion will review aspects of this technology that are available for assessment, program implementation and documentation, staff training and practice management. Presenters will discuss the advantages and disadvantages of cloud base practice management, the steps required for transitioning to cloud base practices, and the potential for conducting in-house research, staff and program development. Finally, the potential for these services to promote the dissemination and utilization of latest research findings and practices and other benefits such as the networking of remote service providers will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
 
Panel #499
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Risky Business Revisited: Ethics, Interventions, and Consultation in the Area of Sexuality
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Frank R. Cicero, Ph.D.
Chair: Worner Leland (Upswing Advocates)
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change)
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University)
KIMBERLY E. CHURCH (Human Development Center)
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis acknowledges our responsibility to ethically provide services that support the autonomy of and maximize reinforcement for our clients, while also maximizing benefit to the community at large. Perhaps in no arena is this responsibility more pertinent than in that of sexual behavior. Cognizance around ethical issues as well as potential legal implications is of highest importance, especially in situations in which our clients have developmental disabilities. This panel will serve as a sounding board for common issues faced in the field as behavior analysts who address potential behavior change surrounding sexual behavior. Panelists will provide anecdotal information to inform best practices, surrounding the ethics of consultation and intervention, and the ethical considerations of each. Past Risky Business panels will serve as a brief touchpoint for this panel, as our panelists continue to bring us new and relevant information in the realm of sexual behavior.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, ethics, sexual behavior
 
 
Paper Session #500
Methods for Training Post-Secondary Students
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 304
Area: TBA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Sal Ruiz (The Pennsylvania State University)
 
An Examination of Graphical Displays for Functional Analysis Data
Domain: Theory
SAL RUIZ (The Pennsylvania State University)
 
Abstract: Visual Analysis is the preferred method to make decisions in the field of Behavior Analysis. The present study examines the ability of participants to determine function of challenging behavior using three different graphical displays. All participants had completed three courses in an approved university course sequence and received at minimum a bachelor’s degree. Participants received brief instruction on decision making with each display. The data show that participants most effectively determined function using an equal interval line graph. However, correct identification of function remained low across displays. Data sets from published manuscripts were maintained by one function, multiple functions, and undifferentiated results. A discussion of decision making tactics, differentiating between multiply maintained and undifferentiated results, as well as, the differences between displays could clarify the results of the current study. Further, a discussion of the approaches taken in a university setting on the instruction of visual analysis will take place.
 

Training Undergraduate Students to Work With Adolescents to Decrease Disruptive Behavior Through a Mentoring Program

Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTINE TURKO (Spectrum Education Center; University of Mount Union)
 
Abstract:

The training required of behavior intervention professionals is extensive. Hands-on experience typically follows significant time dedicated to learning about behavior theory in the classroom. The opportunity to experience the routine of a chosen profession in behavior intervention often comes too late for a student to change paths if one recognizes that their choice is not optimal. This does not benefit the student, and has the potential to result in professionals who lack passion and motivation for their work. This paper demonstrates how undergraduate students can be trained to use applied behavior analysis (ABA) to mentor middle and high school students (i.e., adolescents) with disruptive behaviors. The undergraduates work supports adolescents in the community with special needs, while stimulating their budding professional interests. The adolescents parents or caregivers identify disruptive behaviors prior to mentoring. Students use the information to set measurable and observable goals. Undergraduates are trained to conduct basic preference assessments and use the identified reinforcers while implementing person-centered behavior plans that involve modeling, schedules, and self-management. The undergraduates implement the goal driven behavior plan with the purpose of achieving outcomes that direct future intervention and improve the adolescents quality of life.

 
 
 
Symposium #500A
CE Offered: BACB
Aesthetics and Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts generally lack vocabulary to discuss aesthetic properties of artistic aesthetic stimuli and have to develop strategies for analyzing and synthesizing artistic information. Perhaps there are phylogenetic reasons why we find some things beautiful, but what explains acquired tastes. Palmer will explore the hypothesis that “aesthetic responses” entail Skinner’s concepts of multiple control, the “probe,” and saltations in response strength. Catania argues that, contingencies of three terms have operated throughout artistic creation and appreciation, and variations have been a major component in the evolution of the arts. Hineline explores patterns – spatial, temporal, sequential and coherence. While parsimony of mathematical arguments can make them elegant if they are completely coherent, musical sequences engage us by perturbing coherent patterns that have been established by histories of exposure. How do we systematically study the functions of artistic, aesthetic stimuli? Thompson concludes by touching on a. Artistic establishing operations which determine what creations will be more or less reinforcing; b. Discriminative Stimuli. C. Conditional Discriminative Stimuli that will facilitate the effectiveness of other discriminative stimuli in therapy, public health or education), and d. Artistic creation as reinforcing activities. Sponsored in part by the Behavior Analysis and the Arts SIG.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
Aesthetic Behavior: Creating and Appreciating Art
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Painting and photography involve visual media; music involves sound; gastronomy involves taste. But not all arts are defined by their media: literature and poetry can be either listened to or read. In some arts different media come together, as when opera combines music and libretto and costumes and stage settings. All arts involve audiences, even if only the artists themselves in the act of creation or at later times. Art can be cumulative, as when playwrights set the occasion for acting and set design and stagecraft and so on; the responses they engender eventually come together as a performance to which audiences respond. Contingencies of three terms and more have operated throughout artistic creation and appreciation, and variations have been a major component in the evolution of the arts. We will illustrate these points with examples, to show how a behavior analytic approach can contribute to the study of aesthetics. Examples will include some derived from Skinner (poetry and other verbal behavior, his clavichord, his psychology of design), and others from contributors to this symposium (singing, painting, narrative).
 
Aesthetics in Appreciation and Explanation
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University - Emeritus)
Abstract: What kinds of arrangements – of contingencies as well as of stimuli – do we choose to live with? What kinds of explanations do we accept? As addressed to pragmatic arrangements, whether of contingencies or of objects, one consideration concerns precision and predictability vs. variation and unpredictability ; precision is appropriately valued, but when it is excessively regulated it can be ugly. Patterns – spatial, temporal, sequential -- raise the relevance of coherence, and departures therefrom. While parsimony of purely mathematical arguments can make them elegant only if they are completely coherent, musical sequences engage us by perturbing coherent patterns that have been established by histories of exposure. Verbal stories, while less easily specified than melodies or sequences of equations, can lend a sort of coherence to sequences of events. Indeed, the coherence of a theoretical narrative can obscure its inadequacy (as illustrated by conventional avoidance theory). Coherence that arises out of familiarity is a potent influence, perhaps second only to generality, in affecting whether we accept an explanation.
 
The Role of Multiple Control and Response Strength in Aesthetics
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College)
Abstract: Perhaps there are phylogenetic reasons why we find some things beautiful, but what explains acquired tastes? I will explore the hypothesis that “aesthetic responses” entail Skinner’s concepts of multiple control, the “probe,” and saltations in response strength. We appreciate most those stimuli that evoke behavior that was already at partial strength, typically as the consequence of the combined effect of a panorama of other stimuli. We find texts incomprehensible when relevant responses have little strength and boring when relevant responses are at high strength. Poetry is commonly judged more beautiful than prose because it exploits multiple sources of control—cadence, rhyme, thematic relations—to strengthen an otherwise weak response. When the relevant textual stimulus is encountered, the jump in response strength is therefore considerable and stands out against the background of other textual responses. An analogous account can be offered for art, music, dance, and sport. Experience in a domain greatly enriches the web of multiple controlling variables, and the connoisseur finds beauty in subtleties to which the rest of us are insensitive. Thus the novice enjoys the thumping rhythms of the poetry of Poe, while the literary critic finds beauty in the esoteric, multi-layered literary allusions of James Joyce.
 
Behavioral Functions of Aesthetic Arts
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: The arts have been ubiquitous historically, but behavior analysts lack vocabulary to discuss aesthetic properties of such stimuli and strategies for analyzing and synthesizing artistic information. Artifacts or performances are created by their makers with aesthetic interest, often surpassing those of everyday objects, in virtually every known culture. Arts serve cultural, political, educational and religious purposes. Some artistic products serve mainly ceremonial or propaganda functions rather than aesthetic. Institutions in some cultures, create and sustain standards of aesthetic interest often apart from practical, ceremonial, or religious use (museums, orchestras, universities, publishers, art schools). Artistic materials with aesthetic interest pose scientific Questions: 1. What does it mean that some people with minimal language and significant disabilities produce remarkable art? 2. How are artistic aesthetic preferences established? 3. What roles do artistic stimuli play in human interventions (e.g. medicine/health care, psychological and behavioral) 4. How do we systematically study the functions of artistic stimuli: a. Establishing Operations: Determining what things will be more or less reinforcing under specific circumstances; b. Discriminative Stimuli: set the occasion for responding. C. Conditional Discriminative Stimuli: will facilitate the effectiveness of other discriminative stimuli (e.g. in therapy, public health or education), and d. Artistic creation as reinforcing activities.
 
 
Paper Session #501
Teaching Life Skills to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Dianne Zeigler (Temple University)
 

Teaching Adolescents With Autism to Order in a Fast Food Restaurant Using Least to Most Prompting

Domain: Applied Research
DIANNE ZEIGLER (Temple University), Shana E. Hornstein (Temple University), Amanda Guld Fisher (Temple University)
 
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of using least to most prompting to teach individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and intellectual disability to order independently at a fast food restaurant. Four male students ages 11-17 were enrolled in this study. Each student has a dual diagnosis with a primary diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) with a secondary diagnosis of intellectual disability. Baseline data were collected across three fast food restaurants, on steps completed independently of a task analysis. Following the baseline phase, training was conducted in all three restaurants until students reached mastery criterion. Probe data were collected on percent of steps of the task analysis between training at each restaurant. Following completion of the study, social validity data were taken. A multiple probe design across restaurants was used to analyze progress. Results indicate that community based instruction, using a least to most prompting hierarchy, was effective in teaching students with intellectual disability and autism to order food at a fast food restaurant.

 
Teaching Daily Living Skills to Individuals With Autism: A Comparison of Two Instructional Methods
Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER WERTALIK (The Pennsylvania State University)
 
Abstract: Many individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience impairments in daily living skills, hindering the level of independence achieved in adulthood. Considering activities of daily living comprise a skill area critical to enhancing independence, utilizing effective and efficient instructional methods to teach daily living skills proves essential for individuals with ASD. Current research has examined the effects of video modeling (VM) and TAGteach for teaching daily living skills to individuals with ASD (Wertalik & Kubina, manuscript submitted for publication). Using an alternating treatments design, the experimenters compared the short-term effects of VM and TAGteach to teach daily living skills (i.e., applying deodorant, face washing, teeth brushing) to three adolescents with ASD. Results indicated that short-term instruction using both VM and TAGteach produced accelerated effects when compared to baseline. Although TAGteach produced improvements in performance, VM delivered consistent and productive changes for all three participants. Additionally, experimenters systematically replicated and extended the initial findings. The results yielded similar outcomes in that VM was more effective than TAGteach in teaching daily living skills for all three participants.
 

Component Analysis of a Feeding Intervention With Siblings as Peer Models for Children With Autism

Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER SKINNER (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (The University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas)
 
Abstract:

Prevalence of feeding problems in children with autism has been estimated to be as high as 90% (Kodak & Piazza, 2008). This can cause serious malnutrition, stress on the child and family, and limit a family's ability to engage in activities. Various intervention methods have been used effectively to increase food consumption. Among these methods are differential reinforcement (DR) and peer modeling (PM). Two studies have been conducted that assessed the effects of PM and DR and resulted in increases in food consumption (Greer et al., 1991; Sira & Fryling, 2012). However, both studies introduced DR and PM simultaneously. The purpose of the current study was to assess the differential effects of DR and PM on the eating behavior of two preschoolers with autism who engaged in food selectivity. To encourage generalization to the home environment, peer models in this study were the participants siblings. A multi-element design was used to evaluate the separate effects of each component, followed by a multiple baseline across food groups to evaluate the combined effects. Results thus far have indicated that both components are differentially effective in increasing certain food groups, but that other food groups require a combination of components to increase consumption.

 

Treating Sleep Disturbance in Children With Autism: An Investigation Into Primary and Secondary Outcomes

Domain: Applied Research
LAURIE MCLAY (University of Canterbury), Karyn France (University of Canterbury), Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury), Jacqui Knight (University of Canterbury), Brent Hastie (University of Canterbury), Jenna van Deurs (University of Canterbury), Jolene Hunter (University of Canterbury)
 
Abstract:

There is a high prevalence of sleep problems in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Sleep problems can adversely affect daytime functioning, family functioning, and parental wellbeing, and are unlikely to abate without treatment. In treating sleep disturbance, where multiple, individual variables influence behaviour, strong connections between assessment and treatment are necessary. One approach to forging such connections is Functional Behavioural Assessment (FBA). This presentation will present data from a series of single-case design studies that explored: (1) the effects of individualized, parent-implemented, behaviourally-based interventions for sleep disturbance, predicated on the results of FBA; (2) the effect of interventions for sleep interfering vocal stereotypy; (3) the maintenance of treatment effects over time; and (4) the secondary effects of improved sleep on childrens daytime behaviour, and parental wellbeing. Each study included children with ASD, who were between 3-16 years of age. Preliminary research findings demonstrate a reduction in sleep problems following treatment. These gains were maintained over time. The resolution of sleep problems also resulted in improved daytime behavior and parent wellbeing. The implications of these findings for research, and clinical practice will be discussed.

 
 
 
Symposium #502
CE Offered: BACB
Utilizing Qualitative Methods to Inform Behavior Analytic Research
Monday, May 29, 2017
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta)
Discussant: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Caitlin H. Delfs, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Existing research illustrates how qualitative research methods could be utilized in other fields, including educational research and behavioral sciences (Jacobs, 1987) and the following studies incorporate these methods to inform, evaluate, and measure outcomes of behavior analytic interventions. The first study included focus group data collected from Spanish-speaking caregivers to help develop a behavioral parent training (BPT) program for families with limited English proficiency. The results of the focus groups, as well as the results of the implementation of the BPT program are reported. The second paper examined the use of focus groups and interviews with parents, teachers, and school administrators to evaluate a school-based, comprehensive model to address the needs of students with autism. Feedback and recommendations to improve feasibility and acceptability were included. The third study reviewed the use of a qualitative measure of caregiver buy-in during admission in an outpatient program to address problem behavior. The relationship between caregiver buy-in and successful completion of the program will be discussed. The final study examined the use of structured observations, clinical interviews, and indirect assessments, along with quantitative measures to assess interventions for problem behavior. Results suggest that positive outcomes extend beyond reducing problem behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregivers, focus groups, qualitative research
 

Utilizing Focus Groups to Inform Behavioral Parent Training for Caregivers With Limited English Proficiency

(Applied Research)
Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), BHAVNA KANSAL (Marcus Autism Center), William Walton (Marcus Autism Center), Claire Lea (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Although autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has been found to occur across a variety of ethnic, racial, and socioeconomic groups (CDC, 2010), further research is needed to evaluate how language and cultural barriers impact the effectiveness of interventions and modifications to standard practice (Baker-Ericzn, Stahmer, & Burns, 2007). Similarly, existing literature suggests that behavioral parent training (BPT) programs are considered a promising clinical and preventive intervention (Jang et al., 2011; Serketich & Dumas, 1996), yet very few researchers have examined the impact of BPT within specific cultural groups (Martinez & Eddy, 2005). In the current study, focus groups were developed to assess the barriers associated with accessing treatment options within the Latino community, and evaluate the perceived efficacy of BPT for caregivers with limited English proficiency (LEP) and a child with ASD. Participants were asked about previous experiences, perceived barriers to treatment, and suggestions for behavioral clinicians. Focus group transcriptions were thematically coded and used to inform modifications to staff training, service delivery, and curriculum for an existing, communitybased BPT intervention. The impact of the modifications will be monitored through assessing parent skills for 12 LEP parent-child dyads and both caregiver and therapist satisfaction and acceptability of service delivery.

 

Integrating Stakeholder Feedback Into a Comprehensive, School-Wide Intervention Through Qualitative Research Methodology

(Applied Research)
Krystal M. McFee (University of South Florida), SUZANNAH J. IADAROLA (University of Rochester), Sheri Grace (Appalachian State University), Sharon Hodges (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida; Florida Mental Health), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute)
Abstract:

Myriad behavior analytic strategies are considered evidence-based for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD); however implementing comprehensive intervention packages in public schools has been difficult. Implementation barriers, such as fidelity and buy-in, are especially challenging but not fully explored in the literature. To address gaps in intervention development and implementation, we developed Students with Autism Accessing General Education (SAAGE), a comprehensive, modular intervention for use by educators for students with ASD. Modules allow educators to support core and associated features of ASD and rely heavily on behavior analytic principles. SAAGE is implemented by a school team and a coach, who helps the team assess student needs, identify goals and select relevant modules. We used qualitative research methodology to obtain feedback on the model, via 9 focus groups and 3 interviews conducted with 22 teachers, 13 administrators, and 11 parents across four sites. Data were analyzed by thematic analysis; we achieved triangulation through multiple informants and independent coding. Results indicate overall positive feedback for SAAGE, as well as recommendations for fine-tuning the model. This feedback is being integrated to inform the final version of SAAGE, to support its feasibility, acceptability, and perceived helpfulness by prospective implementers and recipients of the intervention.

 

An Analysis of Caregiver Buy in for a Parent Training Program Targeting Problem Behavior

(Applied Research)
WILLIAM WALTON (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Jamieson Ekstrom (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Past research has examined the effects of treatment integrity on the effectiveness of interventions for challenging behavior (Sterling-Turner, Watson, & Moore, 2002; Van Den Hoofdakker et al. 2007). Acceptability is a precursor to treatment integrity (Witt & Elliott, 1985), and acceptability may be thought of in terms of how bought-in a caregiver is to the treatment procedures. However, there has been only limited research on how to best measure acceptability or buy-in. In addition, the studies that have been conducted have used self-report (usually from teachers) and have generally assessed only pre- or post-treatment as opposed to analyzing buy-in throughout. This study extends the past research by examining caregiver buy-in (assessed by a 6 item, likert-scale questionnaire completed by a therapist observing the caregiver). In the present study, we analyzed data from this measure completed by the therapist at the second and third appointment of a 10-week outpatient behavioral treatment program targeting problem behavior. The caregiver buy-in measure was related to successful completion of the program, demonstrating the importance of considering caregivers buy-in to treatment procedures. Other aspects of reliability and validity (e.g., test-retest reliability) are also discussed.

 
Beyond Percent Reduction: Global Outcomes of Interventions for Problem Behavior
(Applied Research)
JOANNA LOMAS MEVERS (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory School of Medicine), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine), Whitney Turbyfield (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Individuals who engage in problem behavior are likely to experience a number of negative outcomes, which can impact both the individual engaging in the problem behavior as well as the caregivers/families of these individuals (Estes et al., 2013; Sikora et al., 2013). To date it has been well established that interventions employing applied behavior analysis techniques are effective at reducing the rates of problem behaviors in these individuals (Von Schulz, 2014). However, little research has examined the broader impact of these interventions. The current study examined the use of structured observations, clinical interviews, and indirect assessments to evaluate the global impact of interventions for problem behavior. These measures were selected to evaluate different aspects including adaptive behavior, social responsiveness, severity of problem behavior, and caregiver stress. These measures were used in addition to more traditional measures such as percent reduction. Results suggest that this preliminary effort at identifying the collateral benefits of behavioral treatments for problem behavior demonstrate that positive outcomes extend beyond reducing problem behavior. Future research may benefit from identifying further measures that capture the range of domains impacted as well as identifying optimal times to conduct such measures.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #503
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Recent Advances in the Behavioral Pharmacology of Cannabis

Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Brian D. Kangas, Ph.D.
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
BRIAN D. KANGAS (Harvard Medical School)
Dr. Brian Kangas is an Associate Psychobiologist at McLean Hospital and Assistant Professor of Psychiatry at Harvard Medical School. After training in the experimental analysis of behavior at Southern Illinois University and the University of North Texas, he earned his Ph.D. at the University of Florida under the tutelage of Dr. Marc Branch. He then completed a postdoctoral fellowship in the Behavioral Biology Laboratory at Harvard Medical School. Dr. Kangas has served on the editorial board of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, is the recipient of several research awards including the B. F. Skinner New Researcher Award from the American Psychological Association, and has grant funding from the National Institute on Drug Abuse and National Institute of Mental Health. Dr. Kangas teaches operant principles to undergraduates, graduate students, and medical students in a course on behavioral pharmacology at Harvard originally founded by Drs. Peter Dews and Bill Morse. His research program focuses on the development and empirical validation of animal models and apparatus to assay complex behavioral processes relevant to pain perception, addiction, and other neuropsychiatric conditions.
Abstract:

Marijuana is the most commonly used illicit drug in the United States with recent surveys estimating over 22 million current (past month) users. However, there is growing acceptance of its recreational use, evident by successful efforts to decriminalize and, in some states like Colorado, legalize use. In addition, although the full medicinal value of cannabis is not yet understood, such cannabinergic effects are of known benefit in the palliative care of anorectic patients undergoing chemotherapy or suffering debilitating conditions such as AIDS or Alzheimer?s disease. This has led to a broadening interest in the clinical utility of drugs that target the endocannabinoid system. In this regard, however, delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the primary psychoactive ingredient in marijuana, is generally acknowledged to produce some unwanted effects in humans. These include deleterious effects on several types of complex behavior, especially related to learning, memory, and vigilance. Employing operant techniques in nonhuman primates such as drug discrimination, self-administration, nociception assays, and touchscreen-based models of learning and memory, this presentation will highlight recent advances in the understanding of THC?s effects on complex behavioral processes and, as well, efforts to develop drugs that engage the cannabinergic system and retain medicinal value, yet produce lesser adverse psychoactive effects.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in the behavioral effects of marijuana and the development of improved cannabis therapeutics.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to: (1) identify adverse behavioral effects of marijuana and its psychoactive constituents; (2) understand basic fundamentals of cannabinoid pharmacology, including mechanism of action and receptor subtypes; (3) identify some drug discovery approaches to improve the medicinal value of cannabis while reducing adverse psychoactive side-effects.
 
 
Symposium #504
CE Offered: BACB
Those Bugs Can Do What? Exploring the Learning Abilities of Invertebrates
Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B/C
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Matthew L. Johnson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
CE Instructor: Matthew L. Johnson, M.S.
Abstract: The continuity of species as a key concept in behaviorism, and subsequently behavior analysis, highlights the range of potential organisms available for studying behavior. Invertebrate laboratories within behavior analysis programs are expanding, and thus, so are the variety of invertebrate species studied. This symposium will showcase a series of three talks from three different research teams involving the utilization of non-traditional animal subjects to explore the analysis of behavior.  Each paper will focus on a single invertebrate organism, discuss the deviations from the traditional operant chamber that were needed, and provide data illustrating learning in these under represented species of animals. The three papers being presented address topics such as the effects of psychoactive chemical compounds in flatworms, escape and avoidance modeled in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (MHC), and an assessment of the effects of residual chemicals on MHC behavior. Implications about new technologies within animal and invertebrate research will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Cockroach, Invertebrate, Metabolite
 

Assessment of the Reinforcement and Stimulant Properties of Nicotine Metabolites

BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), Tayler Hutchinson (South Dakota State University), Katie Lang (South Dakota State University), Shafiqur Rahman (South Dakota State University)
Abstract:

We will present data pertaining to the reinforcing and stimulant properties of the major and minor nicotine metabolites, namely cotinine, anabasine and nornicotine, using the invertebrate Planaria as an animal model. The reinforcement effects will be assessed using the conditioned place preference (CPP) procedure. The stimulant properties will be assessed with two measures involving human observers: motility measured as the number of grid lines swam across over a 1cm2 grid placed underneath a Petri dish in a five minute interval, in different metabolite concentrations and stereotypy/hyperkinesias-abnormal stereotyped movements indicative of strong stimulant concentrations. Stereotypies were counted as number of occurrences per five-minute interval during exposure to different concentrations of the metabolites. The typical concentrations we assessed are .01mM, .03mM and .06mM for anabasine and nornicotine as these compounds had toxic effects upon the flatworms at stronger concentrations while cotinine allows for the use of much stronger concentrations of up 5mM.

 

A Systematic Investigation of Residual Chemicals in Madagascar Hissing Cockroach Performance

NICOLE TAKLE (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

It is unknown if Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches (MHCs) respond to chemical residues left from previous sessions with the same or different MHC. Understanding if performance might be in part due to past sessions would be of benefit to those who study MHCs. In Study 1 we used a Y-maze with removable sections within each arm. Using one male MHC as the subject, we alternated between which arm was scented and which was clean. To gather the female's scent, we housed her on a piece of cardboard for 48 hours. The results of Study 1 showed a minor preference for the clean arm versus the arm with the female's scent, therefore we decided to replicate the study and include the male's scent. In Study 2 we used a square apparatus with half of it covered in clean cardboard and the other covered with either the female's scent or the male's scent. We used 4 subjects, all dominant males, and two females for scent on the cardboard. Results from this study showed that there were both within subject and between subject differences for time allocation related to female and self-scents. The results also highlight the importance of cleaning apparati during cockroach research

 
Towards an Invertebrate Model of Avoidance and Escape
LINDA MUCKEY (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Aversive stimuli and their effects have been studied widely in vertebrate laboratory animals. Relatively much less attention has been given towards invertebrate models of avoidance and escape. Although well documented in rodents and pigeons, research on escape and avoidance in other organisms is limited. This paper will explore a variety of potential aversive stimuli and their effects on the behaviour of Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches (Gromphadorhina portenosa). Specifically, the effect of electric shock and varying intensities of electric shock will be assessed. A specially designed shock grid divided in half with variable voltages allowed for each half of the grid to be individually adjusted from 0V to 30V. Simple avoidance and escape responses were demonstrated by the organisms. Additionally, the Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches responded discriminatively to differential shock intensities. Intensity and duration of electric shock were correlated with relevant dimensions of escape and avoidance responses. Implications of the findings and avenues for future research will also be discussed.
 
 
Panel #505
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Translational Research: Implications and Future Directions
Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom A
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Ashley Marie Fuhrman, M.A.
Chair: Ashley Marie Fuhrman (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
WAYNE W. FISHER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
F. CHARLES MACE (Nova Southeastern University)
JOHN A. NEVIN (University of New Hampshire)
Abstract:

The ongoing collaboration and coordination of research between the experimental and applied communities of behavior analysis is essential to the advancement of the science of behavior (Mace & Critchfield, 2010). Involvement of young researchers is vital to the maintenance and future development of translational work within the field. The panelists for this professional development panel is made up of established researchers in the field of behavior analysis whose research efforts span the basic to applied continuum. Panelists will provide examples of research they are conducting and review the current state of translational research in our field. In addition, they will identify potential barriers to establishing and maintaining collaborative relationships between basic and applied researchers. Panelists will also provide the audience with recommendations for the future directions of translational research and suggestions for how to incorporate basic research into applied settings. The audience will have the opportunity to learn about translational work and how researchers can pursue and further the field of translational research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Applied Research, Basic Research, Translational Research
 
 
Panel #507
CE Offered: BACB
No, You Cannot Just Sit There and Listen: The Research and Pragmatics of Interteaching Challenges
Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D.
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
TRACI M. CIHON (University of North Texas)
KAREN KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi)
NANCY A. NEEF (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Traditional lecture appears to promote passive learning, and leads many instructors to have little idea whether students are grasping content prior to exam days (McKeachie, 2014). Interteaching, which uses immediate feedback, is a good alternative. Further, interteaching allows students to practice future test content (Boyce & Hineline, 2002; Saville & Zinn, 2011; Querol, Rosales, & Solder, 2015). These factors, in turn, increase student fondness of class and their performance (Saville & Zinn, 2011). However, most instructors are not taught to teach this way, and most university students are accustomed to lectures. This can make for some unique challenges. Questions about how to make a prep guide, when to do a clarifying lecture, if and how to assign quality points, and how to form groups become critical. Finding ways to introduce interteaching without scaring students away, and maintaining engagement - especially early in the semester - are topics of importance. This panel, consisting of interteaching experts, will briefly explore research on interteaching before focusing on pragmatic issues that arise when implementing an interteaching format in university settings, particularly when students and instructors are changing from a traditional lecture format. Substantial time will be left for audience questions after the initial discussion.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): classroom logistics, interteaching
 
 
Panel #508
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysts’ Role in Higher Education and University Settings
Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: James Moore, Ph.D.
Chair: Gina Boullion (University of Mississippi)
ALLISON GOHRING (Lindenwood University)
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College)
JAMES MOORE (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: The role of the science and practice of behavior analysis in addressing educational issues has long been a relevant topic of discussion (Skinner, 1968). Higher education instructors and administrators are often presented with a wide array of issues, from encountering students with low motivation, learning problems, or disruptive behaviors, to providing effective teacher trainings and managing governance within departments and colleges. Because of this, higher education instructors and administrators are often left wondering how and where to begin. The focus of this panel will be to describe the roles that Behavior Analysts can, should, and could play in higher education instruction, governance, and administration. Panelists’ experiences with implementing behavior analysis to prepare effective teachers, increase prosocial campus behaviors, and behaviorally manage members within departments will be described. Potential avenues for new faculty, faculty considering administrative leadership positions, and graduate students interested in academia to implement behavior analytic strategies in the university setting will also be discussed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Higher Education, Teaching Effectiveness, University Services
 
 
Panel #509
PDS: Female Leadership in Behavioral Science: Challenges, Opportunities and Future Directions
Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F/G
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno)
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno)
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Over the last twenty years the field of behavior analysis has witnessed unprecedented growth in the number of female authors, clinicians and researchers (Nosik & Grow, 2015). Yet, since 1999 the ratio of male to female presidents of ABAI has been roughly 2:1. Furthermore, according to a 2014 American Psychological Association Workforce Study, males are still more likely to acquire the rank of Full Professorship within university Psychology Departments than are their female counterparts. This panel will bring together prominent women leaders in behavioral science to discuss issues related to leadership. Recent trends in the number of females involved in research, practice and teaching will be discussed. Special attention will be paid to the topics of mentorship, legacy and the unique challenges and opportunities that come with being a female scientist. The conversation will conclude with a discussion regarding future directions and tips for fostering strong female leaders within behavioral science.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): leadership, women
 
 
Panel #510
CE Offered: BACB
Disseminating Behavior Analysis: Novel Applications and Additional Avenues
Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Ryan Lee O'Donnell, M.S.
Chair: Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Institute of Meaningful Instruction, Bx+)
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Institute of Meaningful Instruction)
GREG STIKELEATHER (Los Angeles, CA)
APRIL M. BECKER (The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Science can be utilized to affect a wide range of socially significant behaviors across diverse populations. Breaking into and establishing the practice in ?novel? fields or applications is often discussed among behavior analysts, but can be an overwhelming task and can leave one confused about where exactly to begin. This panel seeks to address areas, practices, and populations that can benefit from applied behavior science, and to discuss approach and entry into interdisciplinary work. The presenters will discuss their own work in diversifying the recipients and proponents of behavioral technology outside traditional funding streams and applications, including: education, neuroscience, online learning, sports/exercise, and local government organizations. An emphasis on an experimental analysis for their varied approaches and data on the success of their ventures will be presented. Following will be an open discussion with attendees on inviting other perspectives and future directions and implications for applied behavior science.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Neuroscience, Novel Applications
 
 
Symposium #511
CE Offered: BACB
Instructional Arrangements to Promote Intraverbal Emergance
Monday, May 29, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University)
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Tullis, Ph.D.
Abstract: Learners with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) frequently present with difficulties acquiring novel behavior without direct teaching. As such, teaching procedures that result in the emergence of untrained verbal behavior are one essential component of behavioral language intervention for learners with ASD. Although teaching arrangements that encourage emergence of untrained verbal relations are present in the behavior analytic literature, a large proportion of investigations focus on the emergence of mand or tact responses. In comparison, a smaller number of investigations focus on emergence of intraverbals. The three investigations presented will illustrate teaching methodologies that resulted in the emergence of untrained intraverbals with vocal and non-vocal learners with ASD. In the first investigation (Shillingsburg et al.), the effects of listener training on emergent intraverbal responding was examined. The second (Fetzer et al.), extends previous investigations focusing on training history and emergence of novel intraverbals. In the final investigation (Tullis et al.), the effects of instructive feedback on the acquisition of untrained intraverbals for a learner with a speech generating device was examined. These investigations also highlight the significance of explicitly programming for emergence within clinical settings.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Emergence, Intraverbal
 

The Effects of Training Multiple Unidirectional Intraverbal Relations on the Emergence of Bidirectional Relations With Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
JAMIE FETZER (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Perez-Gonzalez, Garcia-Asenjo, Williams, and Julio-Carnerero (2007) evaluated the effects of training multiple bidirectional (A?B) relations on the emergence of novel bidirectional relations with two children diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder. Results showed that although both participants demonstrated emergence of bidirectional relations, the participant who experienced immediate bidirectional training demonstrated emergence of novel bidirectional relations in fewer training trials than the participant who experienced extended unidirectional training (A==>B) prior to bidirectional training (A==>B and B==>A). The purpose of the current study was to replicate the basic procedures of Perez-Gonzalez et al. and extend their findings by evaluating the effects of an extended unidirectional training history on the emergence of bidirectional relations with four children with autism. We further extended Perez-Gonzalez et al. by (a) using simple antecedent stimuli (i.e., English ==> French translations), (b) reporting participant scores on expressive and receptive language assessments, (c) evaluating the effects of training history with two matched groups of children with autism, (d) programming for and assessing maintenance, and (e) assessing social validity. Novel bidirectional relations emerged quickly for both participants who were exposed to an immediate bidirectional training history. Emergence of novel bidirectional relations was impeded for one of the two participants who were exposed to an extended unidirectional training history. These results indicate that bidirectional relations should be trained immediately to avoid potential problems with emergence of bidirectional relations.

 

A Clinical Application of Procedures to Promote the Emergence of Untrained Intraverbal Relations With Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
STACY CLEVELAND (The Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Tom Cariveau (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Strategies to promote the emergence of untrained verbal relations are of critical importance for learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The current study examined the effects of systematically training new relations on the emergence of intraverbal relations within the same set and across untrained sets using a multiple probe across behaviors (sets) design. Three sets consisting of three classes of stimuli were developed for each of the six participants with ASD. Training was sequentially introduced within Set 1 for listener responses by feature/function, tact feature/function, and bi-directional intraverbals. Following mastery of one relation within the set, probes were conducted to assess emergence of all untrained relations within set 1. Once mastery criteria were met through direct training or emergence for all intraverbal relations in set 1, probes were conducted to evaluate relations across all sets (1-3). The procedures were repeated with the remaining sets. Results indicated that some participants showed emergence of untrained intraverbal relations following training of the listener and tact responses, consistent with prior research. Some participants required training across multiple relations and classes before emergence of intraverbals was observed. These results highlight the importance of evaluating performance over multiple sets and the benefits of systematically programming for emergence within clinical work.

 

Enhancing Instruction via Instructive Feedback for a Child With Autism Using a Speech Generating Device

(Applied Research)
VIDESHA MARYA (Marcus Autism Center), Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Emma Jensen (Marcus Autism Center), Shoma Sajan (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Instructive feedback (IF) is a procedure in which non-targeted information is presented to a learner during instruction for targeted skills. Previous research has demonstrated that students with autism spectrum disorder may acquire at least a portion of skills presented via IF. Although a promising instructional methodology for learners with ASD, few studies focus on learners who use an augmentative device for communication purposes. The purpose of the current investigation was to extend the IF literature related to students with ASD who use communication devices. Across all target skills, IF resulted in the acquisition of at least a portion of secondary targets without explicit teaching.

 
 
Special Event #512
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Presidential Address: Identity
Monday, May 29, 2017
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom (Plenary)
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Presidential Address
Chair: M. Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech)
CE Instructor: M. Jackson Marr, Ph.D.
 

Presidential Address: Identity

Abstract:

The word identity seems ubiquitous. It is a focus of contemporary social science, appears regularly in the media, and occurs increasingly often in everyday conversation, especially on college campuses and among the cultural cognoscenti. Typically, it is used as or paired with a descriptor - such as gender identity, ethnic identity, or identity crisis - and then offered as an explanation of some behavioral phenomena, including gender and ethnic differences, the results of presidential elections, and even B. F. Skinner’s enrollment in graduate school following his “dark year” as a fledging writer. While behavior analysts eschew such explanations, most people, including most behavioral and social scientists, are more interested in the temporally extended patterns of complex behavior subsumed by terms like identity than they are in the foci of much current behavior analytic research. Cogent behavioral accounts of identity and related phenomena are available, but typically garner little attention. Borrowing from these, a behavior analysis of identity is presented and then used to reflect on the identity of behavior analysis itself. If identity consists of patterns of behavior, it appears that our identity is changing. Within behavior analysis, the extraordinary success of the applied wing has overshadowed our identity as a basic behavioral science. Outside behavior analysis, our identity as a viable, comprehensive behavioral science has diminished. We appear to be having an identity crisis, and if it is important to retain our scientific identity, we need to address it.

 
MICHAEL J. DOUGHER (University of New Mexico)
 
Dr. Michael J. Dougher is professor of psychology at the University of New Mexico, which is but the tip of the iceberg when it comes to describing the breadth and crosscurrents of teaching, research, and service in his distinguished career. Trained at the University of Illinois, Chicago as a clinical psychologist, his career exemplifies the scientist-practitioner model of that discipline. He has published widely on the analysis and treatment of such clinical problems as pain, depression, and addictive behavior. His research, however, has extended far beyond the traditional boundaries of clinical psychology. He has brought creative basic analyses of verbal behavior and stimulus equivalence to bear on the understanding of not only the origins of clinical syndromes, but also new possible lines of approaches to their treatment. These complementary analyses of basic and applied research earned him the APA Division 25 Don Hake Award. Along these same lines, it is telling to note that Dr. Dougher served concurrently on ABAI's Practice Board and as the experimental representative to its executive council. His record of service also includes terms as president of ABAI and APA's Division 25, and on numerous boards and task forces related to professional issues in psychology. On these boards and task forces, he consistently has been a strong, thoughtful, and diplomatic representative of a behavior analytic perspective.   These same adjectives characterize his editorial contributions to behavior analysis, as editor of The Behavior Analyst, associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and as a member of the editorial boards of six other journals. In addition, Dr. Dougher has provided equally exceptional service to his students and university. This mentor of 25 doctoral students has received several teaching awards, including being named the University of New Mexico Teacher of the Year in 1995. Prior to his present appointment, he served as the department's director of clinical training and also department chair, then associate dean for research in the College of Arts and Sciences, then senior vice provost for Academic Affairs, and thereafter as the University of New Mexico’s vice president for research.
 
Target Audience:

Pending

Learning Objectives: Pending
 
Keyword(s): Presidential Address
 
 
Business Meeting #513
An Introduction to BACB Certification
Monday, May 29, 2017
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Convention Center 301
Chair: Emily White (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Presenting Authors:

This meeting will review the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), including information on BACB credentials, eligibility requirements, approved course sequences, examination administration, and applying for examination. This meeting is intended for individuals seeking certification as BCBAs or BCaBAs.

Keyword(s): Certification, Coursework, Eligibility, Experience
 
 
Business Meeting #514
Georgia Association for Behavior Analysis Business Meeting
Monday, May 29, 2017
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Chair: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Presenting Authors:

The Georgia Association for Behavior Analysis (GABA) is dedicated to supporting behavior analysts in the state of Georgia. We have several goals dedicated to advancing behavior analysis in Georgia. First, we provide a professional network resource for behavior analysts in Georgia. Through this network, we promote collaboration, dissemination of recent research, sharing ideas, and discussing needs. Second, we promote the ethical and effective use of behavior analysis and encourage ethical practice through offering live continuing education in this domain during our annual conference as well as postings related to current information in the field. Third, we serve as a resource for caregivers and other individuals seeking ABA services in Georgia. Lastly, we host an annual regional ABA conference where we provide continuing education through presentations from leading researchers in the field of behavior analysis, as well as events to promote local networking. The purpose of the current meeting is for all committee members to provide updates on current projects and how these projects are working towards advancing the goals of GABA. We will also provide an overview of the 2016 conference as well as complete planning for the 2017 conference. Last, changes in bylaws made in 2016 will be reviewed.

Keyword(s): Affiliated Chapter, Georgia, Professional Development, Southeast
 
 
Business Meeting #515
Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group
Monday, May 29, 2017
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:

The Behavioral Gerontology SIG (https://bgsig.wordpress.com) provides an open forum for students, practitioners, and researchers who have an interest in applying the science, practice, and philosophy of behavior analysis to problems encountered by adults in later life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The goal is to promote the development, implementation, and evaluation of behavior analytic approaches to a wide variety of topics of high public health significance in this population, such as self-management for health promotion and disease prevention, and functional assessments of and interventions for behavioral changes commonly associated with neurocognitive disorders (e.g., due to Alzheimers disease). The meeting will explore attendees and members' interests and needs; foster collaborations and the sharing of information; and encourage education, training, practice, and research. In addition to general administrative matters related to the structure of the SIG, an important business item is the discussion of the results of a recent membership survey.

Keyword(s): aging, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, prevention
 
 
Business Meeting #516
Clinical Special Interest Group
Monday, May 29, 2017
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Convention Center 304
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings applying behavior analytic principles to just about any situation that may involve psychological distress. This is our annual meeting to discuss how to promote our work at ABAI and beyond. Members have the opportunity to network and discuss their areas of interest and work, training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles and developments, and plan activities for the next year. Everyone is welcome to attend and learn more about this exciting area of behavior analysis.
Keyword(s): Behavioral Medicine, Clinical, Family
 
 
Business Meeting #517
Behavior Analysis and Selectionist Robotics SIG
Monday, May 29, 2017
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Convention Center 401/402
Chair: Richard D Weissman (Behavior Analysis)
Presenting Authors:

This is an open business meeting for the BA and Selectionist Robotics SIG of ABAI. All interested are welcome to attend. Behavior analysis has contributed to the field of robotics since the 1990s. "Skinner bots" and operant conditioning theory applied to robotics development have helped to advance the field.

 
 
Business Meeting #518
New Hampshire Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2017
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Chair: Kim M. Kelly (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.)
Presenting Authors:

Meeting open to all interested in discussing the business of New Hampshire ABA.

 
 
Special Event #519
ABAI Social
Monday, May 29, 2017
8:00 PM–12:00 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom A
Chair: M. Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech)

Join your friends and colleagues for one last night of music, dancing, celebration and shenanigans! Silliness will be encouraged as we bring back the annual photo booth and costumes!

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}